Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 18, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3572   26-1418899

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

2740 Zanker Road

San Jose, California 95134

(408) 432-9600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Suresh Vasudevan

Chief Executive Officer

Nimble Storage, Inc.

2740 Zanker Road

San Jose, California 95134

(408) 432-9600

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Gordon K. Davidson, Esq.

Jeffrey R. Vetter, Esq.

Mark A. Leahy, Esq.

Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, CA 94041

(650) 988-8500

 

Aparna Bawa, Esq.

General Counsel

Nimble Storage, Inc.

2740 Zanker Road

San Jose, California 95134

(408) 432-9600

 

Jeffrey D. Saper, Esq.

Allison B. Spinner, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.    ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨    Non-accelerated filer  x   Smaller reporting company  ¨
  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of securities

to be registered

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price(1)(2)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $150,000,000   $19,320

 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject To Completion. Dated October 18, 2013.

            Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Nimble Storage, Inc.

Nimble Storage is offering             of the shares to be sold in the offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $            and $            . Nimble Storage intends to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NMBL”.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under federal securities laws. See “Risk Factors” on page 13 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Nimble Storage

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares from Nimble Storage at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on             , 2013.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley

 

Pacific Crest
Securities
  William Blair   Stifel   Oppenheimer & Co.   Needham &
Company

 

 

Prospectus dated             , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     13   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     36   

Market and Industry Data

     37   

Use of Proceeds

     38   

Dividend Policy

     38   

Capitalization

     39   

Dilution

     41   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     43   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     45   

Business

     82   

Management

     99   

Executive Compensation

     107   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     119   

Principal Stockholders

     123   

Description of Capital Stock

     126   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     132   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

     135   

Underwriting

     140   

Legal Matters

     144   

Experts

     144   

Additional Information

     144   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Through and including                 , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment in our common stock. You should carefully consider, among other things, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Overview

Our mission is to provide our customers with the industry’s most efficient data storage platform. We have designed and sell a flash-optimized hybrid storage platform that we believe is disrupting the market by enabling significant improvements in application performance and storage capacity with superior data protection, while simplifying business operations and lowering costs. At the core of our innovative platform is our Cache-Accelerated Sequential Layout file system software, which we call our CASL technology, and our cloud-based storage management and support service, InfoSight.

Enterprises and cloud-based service providers today are overwhelmed by numerous storage challenges including increasing costs, capacity and performance tradeoffs, management complexity and data protection issues. These challenges have been exacerbated by key trends in the data center: the rapid proliferation of applications with varying performance requirements, increased use of virtualization and the exponential growth in data. Over the last several years, major technological advancements have been made in flash storage media and data analytics, but traditional storage system providers have been unable to fully capture these improvements into system performance and efficiency at reasonable cost. We believe that a fundamental change to the software architecture underlying storage systems is required to fully take advantage of these advancements.

Our team is comprised of storage and software experts who recognized the opportunity to develop a platform that would transform the industry. We have built our platform from the ground up, starting with a fundamentally new file system software that takes advantage of the high performance characteristics of flash memory and the capacity and low cost of disk. Our platform’s key benefits include high performance and high capacity efficiency, superior data protection and simplified storage lifecycle management. In addition, CASL’s scale-to-fit flexibility enables non-disruptive and independent scaling of performance and capacity. We enable a new approach to storage infrastructure management by leveraging advances in data analytics. InfoSight takes advantage of deep-data analytics and other capabilities embedded across our platform to proactively monitor the health, capacity and performance of customer systems, and provide real-time operational insights to us and our end-customers.

We serve a broad array of enterprises and cloud-based service providers, and our software and storage systems effectively handle mainstream applications, including virtual desktops, databases, email, collaboration and analytics. Since shipping our first product in August 2010, our end-customer base has grown rapidly. We had over 40, 270 and 1,090 end-customers as of January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and, as of July 31, 2013, we had over 1,750 end-customers. Our end-customers span a range of industries such as cloud-based service providers, education, financial services, healthcare, manufacturing, state and local government and technology.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We sell our products through our network of value added resellers and distributors, and also engage our end-customers through our global sales force. As of July 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we had over 70, 220 and 600 value added resellers that offered our solutions worldwide. Additionally, we leverage our “land and expand” business model to sell additional products to our existing end-customers. For example, in the three months ended July 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, approximately 19%, 22% and 28% of the dollar amount of orders received was from existing end-customers. As of July 31, 2013, the top 25 of our 117 end-customers that have been with us for at least two years, on average, made additional purchases that were approximately three times the initial dollar purchase amount in the two years following the initial sale.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods with total revenue of $1.7 million, $14.0 million, $53.8 million and $50.6 million in the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013. Our net loss was $6.8 million, $16.8 million, $27.9 million and $19.8 million in the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013. As our sales and customer base have grown, we have also experienced growth in our deferred revenue from $2.0 million as of January 31, 2012 to $10.9 million as of January 31, 2013 and to $19.9 million as of July 31, 2013. Our gross margin has improved from approximately 55% for the year ended January 31, 2012 to 62% for the year ended January 31, 2013 and to 63% for the six months ended July 31, 2013. As a percentage of total revenue, our operating expenses have declined from 175% for the year ended January 31, 2012 to 114% for the year ended January 31, 2013 and to 101% for the six months ended July 31, 2013.

Industry Background

Data has become a key strategic resource for modern businesses and consequently, data storage has become a mission-critical element of IT infrastructure. IDC estimates that enterprises will spend approximately $42.5 billion worldwide on data storage systems in 2017, while Gartner estimates an additional $21.3 billion in worldwide spend on storage software in 2017. To maximize the benefits from investments in data storage infrastructure and applications, enterprises and cloud-based service providers generally require data storage systems that provide cost-effective storage capacity, high performance, comprehensive data protection, optimized footprint and cost of operations, and simplified management. These requirements have become increasingly difficult to address through traditional storage systems, particularly with the recent changes within enterprise and cloud-based service provider data centers. Specifically, the rapid adoption of virtualization technologies, proliferation of a diverse set of applications and enormous increase in the amount of data gathered and analyzed by organizations are resulting in substantially greater challenges for storage infrastructure than ever before.

Current storage products remain inadequate for meeting the broad demands of modern enterprises and cloud-based service providers due to the following limitations:

Existing Storage System Architectures Use File Systems that Are Not Optimized for Today’s Storage Demands and Available Technology.    File system software is the foundation of the enterprise storage system. File systems define the manner in which data is laid out on the underlying storage media, which in turn governs the performance, capacity, scalability and management functionality of the storage system. Traditional storage architectures relied on hard disk drives as the only underlying storage medium, and their file systems were designed using a basic approach of mapping application data to locations on hard disk drives. However, over the last decade, hard disk drive performance has not kept up with server compute performance improvements, resulting in ever-slower storage system read and write performance. This problem has become even more acute with the rapid adoption of virtualization. To meet application performance requirements, traditional

 

 

2


Table of Contents

storage systems have had to resort to significant over-provisioning of hard disk drives, which results in only modest performance improvements, inefficiently using storage capacity and increasing total cost.

Existing “Hybrid” Architectures Do Not Efficiently Utilize Flash Technology.    To improve input/output, or I/O, performance, some storage vendors have simply “bolted on” flash to existing hard disk drive-based systems, an approach that does not optimize for the unique characteristics of flash. These “hybrid” systems generally require over-provisioning of flash, are complex to manage and typically require more expensive high-endurance flash, all of which significantly increase total cost.

Scaling Limitations.    Traditional storage systems are limited in their ability to cost-effectively scale capacity, performance or both as storage user needs evolve. “Scale-up” architectures typically do not allow the aggregation or sharing of resources or the management of multiple systems in a unified manner. An alternative “scale-out” model, which can aggregate individual systems into one clustered, multi-node system, generally forces IT departments to scale both capacity and performance even if only one is required.

Inadequate Data Protection.    Traditional approaches to data backup are time-intensive and as a result, most enterprises typically take only one backup per day, risking substantial data loss in the event of a storage system failure. In addition, today’s remote replication solutions consume a significant amount of expensive network bandwidth, forcing enterprises to replicate only a small portion of their data for disaster recovery and rely on off-site tape copies to protect the rest.

Operational Complexity.    Existing storage systems are complex and time consuming to manage, resulting in high operating costs. With legacy storage systems, IT departments can be challenged to identify and address root causes of problems and have difficulty predicting future performance and capacity demands and preventing future service disruptions.

Opportunity for a Next Generation Storage Platform

Enterprises and cloud-based service providers today are overwhelmed by the growing inefficiency, cost and complexity of storage. However, recent technology advances such as the emergence of high performance flash storage media, cloud-based monitoring capabilities and predictive data analytics software have created a unique opportunity to fundamentally disrupt the storage market and significantly improve storage system capabilities. Our innovative platform, built on software designed from the ground up, leverages the strengths of both flash and disk to provide transformative benefits in application performance and data protection while simplifying business operations.

We believe we have a significant market opportunity. According to IDC, the worldwide market for storage systems with a cost greater than $15,000 is $23.5 billion in 2013 and growing to approximately $28.0 billion in 2017. Gartner estimates the worldwide market for software in Core Storage Management, Data Replication and Device Resource Management to be an additional $6.3 billion in 2013 and up to $7.9 billion in 2017. We believe the combination represents our addressable markets.

Our Solution

Our team of storage and software technology experts built our flash-optimized hybrid storage platform to leverage the strengths of both flash and disk and to simplify business operations. We believe our key technological differentiator is the software that underlies our disruptive CASL file system and our cloud-based InfoSight service. CASL enables our platform to deliver high performance and capacity efficiency with integrated data protection. InfoSight transforms storage lifecycle management, enabling us and our end-customers to manage and support their storage infrastructure from the cloud.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

The key benefits of our platform include:

Enhanced Performance and High Capacity Efficiency.    CASL optimizes storage system performance and capacity by collecting random write I/Os and writing them as large coalesced sequential I/Os to low-cost hard disk drives. This allows us to effectively accelerate the write performance of a low-cost disk. For read performance, CASL caches copies of active data into flash-based solid state drives, so I/Os can be delivered in real time. The use of flash as a read cache is much more efficient since it eliminates the need for redundant provisioning of extra flash to protect against loss of data. Further, CASL enables all data stored on flash and on hard disk drives to be compressed in real time, further lowering costs. In total, CASL enables us to deliver significantly better performance with far less hardware and at lower cost than traditional solutions.

Flexible “Scale-to-Fit” Capability.    Our systems have a modular architecture that allows our end-customers to “scale-to-fit” system performance, capacity or both by adding compute, flash or hard disk drives as needed in small, discrete increments. This allows our systems to scale cost effectively. For demanding environments, our systems enable scaling of both performance and capacity beyond a single system by combining multiple systems into scale-out storage clusters.

Superior Data Protection.    Our platform enables our end-customers to take thousands of point-in-time snapshots without impacting system performance or consuming a large amount of space. Consequently, when they encounter accidental deletions, database corruptions or other logical failures, the amount of data at risk is significantly less than with traditional data protection approaches. In addition, there is no need to copy data between primary and backup storage, resulting in materially faster recovery times and significantly higher application availability. To mitigate physical failures, our platform replicates data between systems by transferring only compressed block-level changes, making disaster recovery easy and affordable.

Innovative Cloud-Enabled, Multi-Tenant Storage Lifecycle Management.    Built on powerful deep-data analytics, InfoSight monitors systems deployed across our end-customer base from the cloud to deliver a complete and insightful perspective of the overall health of our storage systems at individual end-customers and across our end-customer community. We believe InfoSight also provides an unmatched level of proactive support with alerts, comprehensive dashboard views, capacity forecasting and performance planning, enabling our end-customers to significantly reduce the time they have to invest in managing their storage infrastructure.

Our Strategy

Our growth strategies include the following:

Extend Our Technology Leadership.    We intend to extend our technology leadership by continuing to innovate and investing in research and development to expand the breadth of our platform into additional markets and deliver more cloud-based management services.

Drive Greater Penetration into Our Installed Base of End-Customers.    Our large installed base of end-customers provides us a strong foundation in which to drive incremental sales through our “land and expand” model. We plan to continue to assist our end-customers to migrate additional workloads and applications to our storage platform. We also plan to continue to use InfoSight’s predictive capabilities to help our end-customers identify potential expansion needs in their storage environments, thereby driving greater sales of our systems.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Expand and Deepen Our Channel Presence to Accelerate New End-Customer Acquisition.    We have carefully and systematically cultivated a strong channel partner network that has been a key contributor to our rapid customer growth. We intend to grow and deepen our value added reseller network and expand our channel model across a broad range of industries and geographies to increase our rate of new end-customer acquisition.

Continue to Build Our Sales Organization to Fuel Our Growth and Acquire New End-Customers.    We will continue to expand our sales organization with additional teams focused on field sales, enterprise, government, and our channel partners. We also believe we have significant opportunities for international expansion and are continuing to invest in key markets.

Expand Our Integration with Alliance Partners.    We have invested heavily in our SmartStack reference architecture initiative and have been focused on improving integration with industry-leading applications, hypervisors and servers from Cisco Systems, Inc., Citrix Systems, Inc., CommVault Systems, Inc., Microsoft Corporation and VMware, Inc. to make it easier to deploy our storage systems. We intend to continue to develop SmartStack solutions with our existing technology partners, as well as invest in new alliance relationships.

Risks Affecting Us

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

We have a history of losses and we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability;

 

  Ÿ  

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects;

 

  Ÿ  

If the market for storage products does not grow as we anticipate, our revenue may not grow;

 

  Ÿ  

Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future performance;

 

  Ÿ  

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly;

 

  Ÿ  

We have limited visibility into future sales;

 

  Ÿ  

Adverse economic conditions or reduced IT spending may adversely impact our business;

 

  Ÿ  

We are dependent on a small number of product lines;

 

  Ÿ  

If our products have defects, failures occur or end-customer data is lost or corrupted, our reputation and business could be harmed;

 

  Ÿ  

We receive a substantial portion of our total revenue from a limited number of channel partners;

 

  Ÿ  

We face intense competition in our market, especially from larger, well-established companies;

 

  Ÿ  

We rely on a limited number of suppliers;

 

  Ÿ  

We depend on third-party manufacturers to build our products; and

 

  Ÿ  

Our directors, officers and principal stockholders will beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding stock after this offering and therefore will have the ability, acting together, to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in November 2007 as Nimble Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 2740 Zanker Road, San Jose, California 95134, and our telephone number is (408) 432-9600. Our website address is www.nimblestorage.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms “Nimble Storage,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Nimble Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. We have registered the trademark Nimble Storage in the United States, the European Union and Japan and we have a pending trademark application for the trademark Nimble Storage in other jurisdictions. We have registered the trademark CASL in the United States and the European Union. We also have pending trademark applications for the trademark InfoSight in the United States and the European Union and for NimbleConnect in the United States. The “Nimble Storage” logo, SmartStack and certain product names contained in this prospectus are our common law trademarks. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies that are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

JOBS Act

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer (this means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year), or the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock offered by us

                shares

 

Over-allotment option to be offered by us

                shares

 

Shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

                 shares (             shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full)

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may use a portion of the proceeds to acquire other complementary businesses or technologies. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

“NMBL”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 61,835,683 shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2013, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

15,452,223 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of July 31, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.37 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

75,000 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of July 31, 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

1,895,600 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after July 31, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.49 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

115,000 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units granted after July 31, 2013; and

 

  Ÿ  

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans as of July 31, 2013, consisting of (a) 3,117,888 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (including the options to purchase shares of our common stock and shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units granted after July 31, 2013), (b)                  shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (c)                  shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus. Upon completion of this offering, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

awards under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all share numbers referred to are calculated following our 3-for-2 forward stock split, which became effective October 22, 2012, and all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

  Ÿ  

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of July 31, 2013 into an aggregate of 38,867,647 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise of outstanding stock options or settlement of outstanding restricted stock units; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The summary consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of July 31, 2013 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the financial statements. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period and the results for the six months ended July 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. The summary consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended July 31,  
     2011     2012     2013           2012                 2013        
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue:

          

Product

   $ 1,632      $ 13,113      $     49,765      $     17,731      $     45,766   

Support and service

     49        900        4,075        1,378        4,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     1,681        14,013        53,840        19,109        50,602   

Cost of revenue:

          

Product(1)

     604        5,233        17,266        6,073        15,375   

Support and service(1)

     230        1,045        3,184        995        3,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     834        6,278        20,450        7,068        18,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

     847        7,735        33,390        12,041        31,761   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development(1)

     4,415        7,903        16,135        6,714        14,376   

Sales and marketing(1)

     2,934        12,863        39,851        13,868        31,428   

General and administrative(1)

     325        3,756        5,168        1,999        5,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     7,674        24,522        61,154        22,581        51,146   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6,827     (16,787     (27,764     (10,540     (19,385

Interest income

     5        6        32        12        22   

Other expense, net

            (4     (26     (28     (295
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (6,822     (16,785     (27,758     (10,556     (19,658

Provision for income taxes

            5        99        12        176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (6,822     (16,790     (27,857     (10,568     (19,834

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (16     (23     (34     (14     (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (6,838   $ (16,813   $ (27,891   $ (10,582   $ (19,855
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.47   $ (1.04   $ (1.53   $ (0.60   $ (0.98
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     14,457        16,226        18,236        17,546        20,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

       $ (0.51     $ (0.34
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

         54,887          59,040   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

(footnotes on next page)

 

 

9


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended January 31,      Six Months Ended July 31,  
       2011          2012          2013            2012              2013      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of product revenue

   $       $ 10       $ 48       $ 8       $ 78   

Cost of support and service revenue

     5         31         114         46         131   

Research and development

     46         268         874         348         914   

Sales and marketing

     37         244         1,029         397         1,121   

General and administrative

     16         267         539         236         538   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $     104       $     820       $  2,604       $     1,035       $     2,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(2) Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended January 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013 have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented or the original date of issue, if later.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of July 31, 2013 is presented on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 38,867,647 shares of common stock and the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred and our restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on July 31, 2013; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

     As of July 31, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,720      $ 36,720       $                

Working capital

     33,400        33,400      

Total assets

     70,545        70,545      

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

     19,931        19,931      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     98,580             

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (69,256     29,324      

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
                       Six Months Ended  
     Year Ended or as of January 31,     or as of July 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Key Business Metrics:

  

Total revenue

   $ 1,681      $ 14,013      $ 53,840      $ 19,109      $ 50,602   

Year-over-year percentage increase

     nm        734     284     337     165

Gross margin

     50.4     55.2     62.0     63.0     62.8

Total deferred revenue(1)

     227        2,028        10,896        4,972        19,931   

Net cash used in operating activities

     (7,584     (14,841     (18,754     (9,741     (8,656

Non-GAAP Net Loss

     (6,718     (15,970     (25,253     (9,533     (17,052

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)

     (6,681     (15,802     (24,068     (9,187     (15,390

 

(1) Our deferred revenue consists of amounts that have been either invoiced or prepaid but have not yet been recognized as revenue as of the period end. The majority of our deferred revenue consists of the unrecognized portion of revenue from sales of our support and service contracts. We monitor our deferred revenue balance because it represents a portion of revenue to be recognized in future periods.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in this prospectus the following two financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP: Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA.

We define Non-GAAP Net Loss as our net loss adjusted to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation. We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net loss, adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation, interest income, provision for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. We have provided a reconciliation below of Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We have included Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short-term and long-term operational and compensation plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider these measures in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  Ÿ  

Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA do not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation, which is an ongoing expense for us;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

  Ÿ  

Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Because of these limitations, you should consider Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. We compensate for these limitations by also reviewing our GAAP financial statements.

A reconciliation of Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss is provided below:

 

     Year Ended January 31,     Six Months
Ended July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (6,822   $ (16,790   $ (27,857   $ (10,568   $ (19,834

Stock-based compensation

     104        820        2,604        1,035        2,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Net Loss

     (6,718     (15,970     (25,253     (9,533     (17,052

Interest income

     (5     (6     (32     (12     (22

Provision for income taxes

            5        99        12        176   

Depreciation and amortization

     42        169        1,118        346        1,508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (6,681   $ (15,802   $ (24,068   $ (9,187   $ (15,390
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially harmed. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We have a history of losses, anticipate increasing our operating expenses in the future, and may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability. If we cannot become profitable or maintain our profitability in the future, our business and operating results may suffer.

We have incurred net losses in all fiscal years since our inception, including net losses of $6.8 million, $16.8 million and $27.9 million in the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013. As of July 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $77.8 million. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to develop our technology, enhance our product and service offerings, expand our sales channels, expand our operations and hire additional employees. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently, or at all, to offset these higher expenses. In future periods, our profitability could be adversely affected for a number of possible reasons, including slowing demand for our products or services, increasing competition, a decrease in the growth of our overall market or general economic conditions. If we are unable to meet these risks and challenges as we encounter them, our business and operating results may suffer.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects.

We were incorporated in November 2007 and shipped our first products in August 2010. The majority of our revenue growth has occurred in the years ended January 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and our future prospects, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by rapidly growing companies in constantly evolving industries, including the risks described in this prospectus. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business and operating results will be adversely affected, and our stock price could decline. Further, we have limited historical financial data. As such, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market.

If the market for storage products does not grow as we anticipate, our revenue may not grow and our operating results would be harmed.

We are vulnerable to fluctuations in overall demand for storage products. Our business plan assumes that the demand for storage products will increase as organizations collect, process and store an increasing amount of data. However, if storage markets experience downturns or grow more slowly than anticipated, or if demand for our products does not grow as quickly as we anticipate, whether as a result of competition, product obsolescence, budgetary constraints of our end-customers, technological changes, unfavorable economic conditions, uncertain geopolitical environments or other factors, we

 

13


Table of Contents

may not be able to increase our revenue sufficiently to ever achieve profitability and our stock price would decline.

Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future performance.

You should not consider our revenue growth rate in recent periods as indicative of our future performance. While we have recently experienced significant revenue growth rates in the years ended January 31, 2012 and 2013, we do not expect to achieve similar revenue growth rates in future periods. You should not rely on our revenue growth rates for any prior periods as any indication of our future revenue or revenue growth rates.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly, which could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

Our operating results have historically fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter, and we expect that this trend will continue as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the budgeting cycles and purchasing practices of end-customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to attract and retain new channel partners and end-customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to sell additional products to existing channel partners and end-customers;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in end-customer requirements or market needs and our inability to make corresponding changes to our business;

 

  Ÿ  

any potential disruption in our sales channels or termination of our relationship with important channel partners;

 

  Ÿ  

potential seasonality in the markets we serve;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing and success of new product and service introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape, including consolidation among our competitors or end-customers;

 

  Ÿ  

deferral of orders in anticipation of new products or product enhancements announced by us or our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

our inability to provide adequate support to our end-customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to control the costs of manufacturing our products, including the cost of components;

 

  Ÿ  

our inability to fulfill our customers’ orders due to supply chain delays or events that impact our manufacturers or their suppliers;

 

  Ÿ  

our inability to adjust certain fixed costs and expenses, particularly in research and development, for changes in demand;

 

  Ÿ  

price competition;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of certain payments and related expenses, such as sales commissions;

 

  Ÿ  

increases or decreases in our revenue and expenses caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as an increasing portion of our revenue is collected and expenses are incurred and paid in currencies other than the U.S. dollar;

 

  Ÿ  

general economic conditions, both domestically and in our foreign markets;

 

  Ÿ  

the cost of and potential outcomes of existing and future claims or litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business; and

 

  Ÿ  

future accounting pronouncements and changes in our accounting policies.

 

14


Table of Contents

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors referred to above may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results. In particular, because we have historically received a substantial portion of sales orders during the last few weeks of each fiscal quarter, we are particularly vulnerable to any delay in order fulfillment, failure to close anticipated orders or any other problems encountered during the last few weeks of each fiscal quarter. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet our revenue or other operating result expectations or those of investors for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

We have limited visibility into future sales, which makes it difficult to forecast our future operating results.

Because of our limited visibility into end-customer demand, our ability to accurately forecast our future revenue is limited. We sell our products primarily through our network of channel partners that accounted for 82% and 89% of our total revenue in the years ended January 31, 2012 and 2013. We place orders with our third-party manufacturers based on our forecasts of our end-customers’ requirements and forecasts provided by our channel partners. These forecasts are based on multiple assumptions, each of which might cause our estimates to be inaccurate, affecting our ability to provide products to our end-customers. When demand for our products increases significantly, we may not be able to meet it on a timely basis, and we may need to expend a significant amount of time working with our customers to allocate limited supply and maintain positive customer relations, or we may incur additional costs to accelerate the manufacture and delivery of additional products. If we or our channel partners underestimate end-customer demand, we may forego revenue opportunities, lose market share and damage our end-customer relationships. Conversely, if we overestimate demand for our products and consequently purchase significant amounts of components or hold inventory, we could incur additional costs and potentially incur related charges, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Adverse economic conditions or reduced IT spending may adversely impact our business.

Our business depends on the overall demand for IT and on the economic health of our current and prospective customers. In general, worldwide economic conditions remain unstable, and these conditions make it difficult for our current and prospective customers and us to forecast and plan future business activities accurately, and they could cause our customers or prospective customers to reevaluate their decision to purchase our products. Weak global economic conditions, or a reduction in IT spending even if economic conditions improve, could adversely impact our business and operating results in a number of ways, including longer sales cycles, lower prices for our products, reduced bookings and lower or no growth.

We are dependent on a small number of product lines, and the lack of continued market acceptance of these product lines, particularly our CS Series of storage products, would result in lower revenue.

Our CS Series of storage products, or CS products, account for a majority of our total revenue and we anticipate that these products will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. As a result, our revenue could be reduced as a result of:

 

  Ÿ  

any decline in demand for these products;

 

  Ÿ  

the introduction of products and technologies by competitors that serve as a replacement or substitute for, or represent an improvement over, our CS products;

 

15


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

technological innovations or new communications standards that our CS products do not address;

 

  Ÿ  

our failure or inability to predict changes in our industry or end-customers’ demands or to design products or enhancements that meet end-customers’ increasing demands; and

 

  Ÿ  

our inability to release enhanced versions of our CS products on a timely basis.

Our products handle mission-critical data for our end-customers and are highly technical in nature. If our products have defects, failures occur or end-customer data is lost or corrupted, our reputation and business could be harmed.

Our products are highly technical and complex and are involved in storing and replicating mission-critical data for our end-customers. Our products may contain undetected defects and failures when they are first introduced or as new versions are released. We have in the past and may in the future discover software errors in new versions of our existing products, new products or product enhancements after their release or introduction, which could result in lost revenue. Despite testing by us and by current and potential end-customers, errors might not be found in new releases or products until after commencement of commercial shipments, resulting in loss of or delay in market acceptance. Our products may have security vulnerabilities and be subject to intentional attacks by viruses that seek to take advantage of these bugs, errors or other weaknesses. If defects or failures occur in our products, a number of negative effects in our business could result, including:

 

  Ÿ  

lost revenue or lost end-customers;

 

  Ÿ  

increased costs, including warranty expense and costs associated with end-customer support;

 

  Ÿ  

delays, cancellations, reductions or rescheduling of orders or shipments;

 

  Ÿ  

product returns or discounts;

 

  Ÿ  

diversion of management resources;

 

  Ÿ  

legal claims for breach of contract, product liability, tort or breach of warranty; and

 

  Ÿ  

damage to our reputation and brand.

Because our end-customers use our products to manage and protect their data, we could face claims resulting from any loss or corruption of our end-customers’ data due to a product defect. While our sales contracts contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, these provisions might not be upheld. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention and could result in public perception that our products are not effective, even if the occurrence is unrelated to the use of our products. In addition, our business liability insurance coverage might not be adequate to cover such claims. If any data is lost or corrupted in connection with the use or support of our products, our reputation could be harmed and market acceptance of our products could suffer.

We rely on third-party channel partners to sell substantially all of our products, and if our partners fail to perform, our ability to sell and distribute our products and services will be limited, and our operating results will be harmed.

We depend on value added resellers, or VARs, and distributors to sell our products. Our contracts with channel partners typically have a term of one year and are terminable without cause upon written notice to the other party. Our channel partner agreements do not prohibit them from offering competitive products or services and do not contain any purchase commitments. Many of our

 

16


Table of Contents

channel partners also sell our competitors’ products. If our channel partners give higher priority to our competitors’ storage products, we may be unable to grow our revenue and our net loss could increase. Further, in order to develop and expand our channels, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures that support our channel partners, including investments in systems and training, and those processes and procedures may become increasingly complex and difficult to manage. If we fail to maintain existing channel partners or develop relationships with new channel partners, our revenue opportunities will be reduced.

We receive a substantial portion of our total revenue from a limited number of channel partners, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in, orders from one or more of our major channel partners would harm our business.

We receive a substantial portion of our total revenue from a limited number of channel partners. For the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 our top ten channel partners accounted for 68%, 43% and 37% of our total revenue. In particular, Advanced Media Services, which buys our products for resale by CDW Corporation, accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in the year ended January 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013. We anticipate that we will continue to depend upon a limited number of channel partners for a substantial portion of our total revenue for the foreseeable future and, in some cases, the portion of our revenue attributable to individual channel partners may increase in the future. The loss of one or more key channel partners or a reduction in sales through any major channel partner would reduce our revenue.

We face intense competition in our market, especially from larger, well-established companies, and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position.

A number of very large corporations have historically dominated the storage market. We consider our primary competitors to be companies that provide enterprise storage products, including Dell, Inc., EMC Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company and NetApp, Inc. We also compete to a lesser extent with a number of other smaller companies and certain well-established companies. Some of our competitors have made acquisitions of businesses that allow them to offer more directly competitive and comprehensive solutions than they had previously offered. We expect to encounter new competitors domestically and internationally as other companies enter our market or if we enter new markets.

Many of our existing competitors have, and some of our potential competitors could have, substantial competitive advantages such as:

 

  Ÿ  

potential for broader market acceptance of their storage architectures and solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

greater name recognition and longer operating histories;

 

  Ÿ  

larger sales and marketing and customer support budgets and resources;

 

  Ÿ  

broader distribution and established relationships with distribution partners and end-customers;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability to bundle storage products with other technology products and services to better fit certain customers’ needs;

 

  Ÿ  

lower labor and development costs;

 

  Ÿ  

larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios;

 

  Ÿ  

substantially greater financial, technical and other resources; and

 

  Ÿ  

greater resources to make acquisitions.

 

17


Table of Contents

We rely on a limited number of suppliers, and in some cases single-source suppliers, and any disruption or termination of these supply arrangements or failure to successfully manage our relationships with our key suppliers could delay shipments of our products and damage our channel partner or end-customer relationships.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers, and in some cases single-source suppliers, for several key components of our products. We generally purchase components on a purchase order basis and do not have long-term supply contracts with our suppliers. Our reliance on key suppliers reduces our control over the manufacturing process and exposes us to risks, including reduced control over product quality, production costs, timely delivery and capacity. It also exposes us to the potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components because we do not have long-term supply commitments. In particular, replacing the single-source suppliers of our solid state drives and chassis would require a product re-design that could take months to implement.

We generally maintain minimal inventory for repairs, evaluation and demonstration units and acquire components only as needed. We do not enter into long-term supply contracts for these components. As a result, our ability to respond to channel partner or end-customer orders efficiently may be constrained by the then-current availability, terms and pricing of these components. Our industry has experienced component shortages and delivery delays in the past, and we may experience shortages or delays of critical components in the future as a result of strong demand in the industry or other factors. If we or our suppliers inaccurately forecast demand for our products or we ineffectively manage our enterprise resource planning processes, our suppliers may have inadequate inventory, which could increase the prices we must pay for substitute components or result in our inability to meet demand for our products, as well as damage our channel partner or end-customer relationships.

Component quality is particularly important with respect to disk drives. We have in the past and may in the future experience disk drive failures, which could cause our reputation to suffer, our competitive position to be impaired and our end-customers to select other vendors. To meet our product performance requirements, we must obtain disk drives of extremely high quality and capacity. In addition, there are periodic supply-and-demand issues for disk drives and flash memory that could result in component shortages, selective supply allocations and increased prices of such components. We may not be able to obtain our full requirements of components, including disk drives, that we need for our storage products or the prices of such components may increase.

If we fail to effectively manage our relationships with our key suppliers, or if our key suppliers increase prices of components, experience delays, disruptions, capacity constraints, or quality control problems in their manufacturing operations, our ability to ship products to our channel partners or end-customers could be impaired and our competitive position and reputation could be adversely affected. Qualifying a new key supplier is expensive and time-consuming. If we are required to change key suppliers or assume internal manufacturing operations, we may lose revenue and damage our channel partner or end-customer relationships.

Because we depend on third-party manufacturers to build our products, we are susceptible to manufacturing delays and pricing fluctuations that could prevent us from shipping orders on time, if at all, or on a cost-effective basis, which would cause our business to suffer.

We outsource the manufacturing of our products to third-party manufacturers, including Flextronics and Synnex, our contract manufacturers. Our reliance on these third-party manufacturers reduces our control over the manufacturing process and exposes us to risks, including reduced control over quality assurance, product costs and product supply and timing. Any manufacturing disruption by these third-party manufacturers could severely impair our ability to fulfill orders. Generally, our orders

 

18


Table of Contents

represent a relatively small percentage of the overall orders received by Flextronics and Synnex from their customers; therefore, fulfilling our orders may not be a priority in the event those manufacturers are constrained in their ability to fulfill all of their customer obligations. If we are unable to manage our relationships with these third-party manufacturers effectively, or if these third-party manufacturers suffer delays or disruptions for any reason, experience increased manufacturing lead-times, capacity constraints or quality control problems in their manufacturing operations, or fail to meet our future requirements for timely delivery, our ability to ship products to our end-customers would be impaired, and our business and operating results would be harmed.

We rely on a limited number of manufacturers and any disruption or termination of our manufacturing arrangements could delay shipments of our products and harm our business.

Our current agreements with Flextronics and Synnex do not contain any minimum commitments to manufacture our products, and are terminable at will or upon short notice by the manufacturer. Furthermore, any orders are fulfilled only after a purchase order has been delivered and accepted. As a result, Flextronics and Synnex may stop taking new orders or fulfilling our orders on short notice or limiting our allocations of products. If this were to occur, we would need to find alternative vendors and we could experience delays in shipping orders, which could harm our business.

Our business and operations have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we do not effectively manage any future growth or are unable to improve our systems and processes, our operating results could be harmed.

We have experienced rapid growth over the last few years. Our employee headcount and number of end-customers have increased significantly, and we expect to continue to grow our headcount significantly over the next 12 months. For example, from January 31, 2011 to July 31, 2013, our headcount increased from 47 to 464 employees. Since we initially launched our products in August 2010, our number of end-customers grew to 1,750 as of July 31, 2013. The growth and expansion of our business and product and service offerings places a continuous significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources.

To manage any future growth effectively, we must continue to improve and expand our information technology, or IT, and financial infrastructure, our operating and administrative systems and controls, our enterprise resource planning systems and processes and our ability to manage headcount, capital and processes in an efficient manner. In addition, our systems and processes may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions, or fraud. Our failure to improve our systems and processes, or their failure to operate in the intended manner, may result in our inability to manage the growth of our business and to accurately forecast our revenue and expenses, or to prevent losses. Our productivity and the quality of our products and services may also be adversely affected if we do not integrate and train our new employees quickly and effectively. Failure to manage any future growth effectively could result in increased costs, negatively impact our end-customers’ satisfaction and harm our operating results.

Our ability to sell our products is dependent on the quality of our technical support services, and our failure to offer high quality technical support services could have a material adverse effect on our sales, operating results and end-customers’ satisfaction with our products and services.

Once our products are deployed within our end-customers’ networks, our end-customers depend on our technical support services to resolve any issues relating to our products. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in end-customer demand for support

 

19


Table of Contents

services. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors. Increased end-customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. Any failure by us to effectively help our end-customers quickly resolve post-deployment issues or provide high-quality technical support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to sell our solutions to existing and prospective customers.

If we do not successfully anticipate market needs and develop products and product enhancements that meet those needs, or if those products do not gain market acceptance, our business will suffer.

The storage market is characterized by rapidly evolving technology, customer needs and industry standards. We might not be able to anticipate future market needs or changes in existing technologies, and we might not be able to develop new products or product enhancements to meet such needs, either in a timely manner or at all. For example, if changes in technology result in a significant reduction in the price for flash memory, enterprises may not need to utilize flash-optimized storage in order to cost effectively protect their data. Also, one or more new technologies could be introduced that compete favorably with our storage products or that cause our storage products to no longer be of significant benefit to our end-customers.

The process of developing new technology is complex and uncertain, and we may not be able to develop our products in a manner that enables us to successfully address the changing needs of our end-customers. We must commit significant resources to developing new products and product enhancements before knowing whether our investments will result in products the market will accept. Additionally, we may not achieve the cost savings or the anticipated performance improvements we expect, and we may take longer to generate revenue, or generate less revenue, than we anticipate. If we are not able to successfully identify new product opportunities, develop and bring new products to market in a timely manner, or achieve market acceptance of our products, our business and operating results will be harmed.

Our future growth plan depends in part on expanding outside of the United States, and we are therefore subject to a number of risks associated with international sales and operations.

As part of our growth plan, we intend to expand our operations globally. We have a limited history of marketing, selling and supporting our products and services internationally. International sales and operations are subject to a number of risks, including the following:

 

  Ÿ  

greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;

 

  Ÿ  

increased expenses incurred in establishing and maintaining office space and equipment for our international operations;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies in markets where we do business;

 

  Ÿ  

management communication and integration problems resulting from cultural and geographic dispersion;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in attracting and retaining personnel with experience in international operations;

 

  Ÿ  

risks associated with trade restrictions and foreign legal requirements, including the importation, certification and localization of our products required in foreign countries;

 

  Ÿ  

greater risk of unexpected changes in regulatory practices, tariffs, and tax laws and treaties;

 

20


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the uncertainty of protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

  Ÿ  

greater risk of a failure of foreign employees to comply with both U.S. and foreign laws, including antitrust regulations, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and any trade regulations ensuring fair trade practices; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and political conditions in these foreign markets.

These factors and other factors could harm our ability to gain future international revenue and, consequently, materially impact our business and operating results. The expansion of our existing international operations and entry into additional international markets will require significant management attention and financial resources. Our failure to successfully manage our international operations and the associated risks effectively could limit the future growth of our business.

If we are not successful in executing our strategy to increase sales of our products to larger enterprise end-customers, our operating results may suffer.

Our growth strategy is dependent, in part, upon increasing sales of our products to larger enterprises. Sales to these types of end-customers involve risks that may not be present or that are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller entities. These risks include:

 

  Ÿ  

competition from larger competitors that traditionally target larger enterprises that may have pre-existing relationships or purchase commitments from those end-customers;

 

  Ÿ  

increased purchasing power and leverage held by large end-customers in negotiating contractual arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

more stringent support requirements; and

 

  Ÿ  

longer sales cycles and the associated risk that substantial time and resources may be spent on potential end-customers that elect not to purchase our products.

Large enterprises often undertake a significant evaluation process that results in a lengthy sales cycle. Although we have a channel sales model, our sales representatives may invest substantial time and resources in engaging with sales to larger end-customers. We may spend this time and resources without being successful in generating any sales. In addition, product purchases by large enterprises are frequently subject to budget constraints, multiple approvals, and unplanned administrative, processing and other delays. Finally, large enterprises typically have longer implementation cycles, require greater product functionality and scalability and a broader range of services, demand that vendors take on a larger share of risks, sometimes require acceptance provisions that can potentially lead to a delay in revenue recognition, and expect greater payment flexibility from vendors. All of these factors can add risk to business conducted with these end-customers. If we fail to realize an expected sale from a large end-customer in a particular quarter or at all, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We are in the process of evolving our distribution model, which may harm our future operating results.

We are in the process of evolving our distribution model from contracting directly with hundreds of individual VARs to contracting with fewer larger global distributors. Although we believe that this transition will make our sales channels more efficient and broader reaching, there is no guarantee that this new distribution model will increase our sales in the short term or allow us to sustain our gross margins. Any potential delays or confusion during the transition process with our new partners may negatively affect our relationship with our existing end-customers and channel partners. Upon completion of the transition to the new sales model, we will be more reliant on fewer channel partners,

 

21


Table of Contents

which may make us more vulnerable to underperformance by or deteriorations in our relationships with those partners. Our failure to successfully implement this new distribution model could adversely affect our operating results.

Our sales cycle is unpredictable, which makes it difficult to predict our results even in the near term.

A substantial portion of our quarterly sales typically occurs during the last month of the quarter, which we believe largely reflects sales cycles of storage products and other products in the technology industry generally. We have little visibility at the start of any quarter as to which existing end-customers, if any, will make additional purchases and when any additional purchases may occur, if at all.

Currently, our average sales cycle is approximately three months. However, potential end-customers may undertake a longer evaluation process that has, in the past, resulted in a longer sales cycle. In addition, our sales cycle may be extended if potential end-customers decide to re-evaluate other aspects of their storage infrastructure at the same time they are considering a purchase of our products. As a result, our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict even in the near term.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

Our future growth will depend on our ability to enter into successful strategic relationships with third parties. For example, our SmartStack initiative involves working with third parties, including Cisco, Microsoft and VMware, to create a broader integrated technology solution to address our end-customers’ needs. In addition, we work with global distributors to streamline and grow our sales channel. These relationships may not result in additional customers or enable us to generate significant revenue. These relationships are typically non-exclusive and do not prohibit the other party from working with our competitors or from offering competing services. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results could suffer.

Interruptions to and failures of our IT infrastructure could disrupt our operations and services.

We depend on our IT infrastructure, which includes our data centers and networks, to operate our business and to provide services to our end-customers through our InfoSight platform. This infrastructure, including our back-up systems, resides in two locations. We do not currently have a disaster recovery policy. Any interruptions to or failures of our IT infrastructure, whether due to natural disasters, system failures, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins or other causes, would affect our ability to operate our business and provide services through our InfoSight platform. As a result, we could face liability with respect to the performance of the InfoSight platform, our reputation could be harmed and our ability to sell our solutions to existing and prospective customers could be harmed.

The inability of our products to interoperate with leading business software applications, hypervisors and data management tools would cause our business to suffer.

Our products are also designed to interoperate with virtualization solutions in the market. Virtual environment solutions require a fast and flexible network storage foundation. If our products are not compatible with leading business software applications, hypervisors and data management tools, demand for our products will decline. We must devote significant resources to enhancing our products to continue to interoperate with these software applications, hypervisors and data management tools. Any current or future providers of software applications, hypervisors or data management tools could make future changes that would diminish the ability of our products to interoperate with them, and we might need to spend significant additional time and effort to ensure the continued compatibility of our products, which might not be possible at all. Any of these developments could harm our business.

 

22


Table of Contents

If our products do not interoperate with our end-customers’ infrastructure, sales of our products could be negatively affected, which would harm our business.

Our products must interoperate with our end-customers’ existing infrastructure, which often have different specifications, utilize multiple protocol standards, deploy products from multiple vendors, and contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time. As a result, when problems occur in a network, it may be difficult to identify the sources of these problems. If we find errors in the existing software or defects in the hardware used in our end-customers’ infrastructure or problematic network configurations or settings, we may have to modify our software or hardware so that our products will interoperate with our end-customers’ infrastructure. In such cases, our products may be unable to provide significant performance improvements for applications deployed in our end-customers’ infrastructure. In addition, government and other end-customers may require our products to comply with certain security or other certifications and standards. If our products are late in achieving or fail to achieve compliance with these certifications and standards, or our competitors achieve compliance with these certifications and standards, we may be disqualified from, or disadvantaged in, selling our products to such end-customers, which could harm our business and operating results.

If our industry experiences extraordinary declines in average sales prices, our revenue and gross profit may also decline.

The data storage products industry is highly competitive and has historically been characterized by declines in average sales prices. It is possible that the market for our storage products could experience similar trends in equal or greater degree than the rest of the industry. Our average sales prices could decline due to pricing pressure caused by several factors, including competition, the introduction of competing technologies, overcapacity in the worldwide supply of flash memory or disk drive components, increased manufacturing efficiencies, implementation of new manufacturing processes and expansion of manufacturing capacity by component suppliers. If we are required to decrease our prices to be competitive and are not able to offset this decrease by increases in the volume of sales or the sales of new products with higher margins, our gross margins and operating results could be adversely affected.

Governmental regulations affecting the export of certain of our solutions could negatively affect our business.

Our products, technology and software are subject to U.S. export controls and economic sanctions, and we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our products. These encryption products and the underlying technology may be exported outside the United States only with the required export authorizations, including by license, a license exception or other appropriate government authorizations, including the filing of an encryption registration. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons and for certain end-uses. Governmental regulation of encryption technology and regulation of imports or exports, or our failure, or inability due to governmental action or inaction, to obtain required import or export approval for our products could harm our international sales and adversely affect our revenue. Obtaining the necessary export license or other authorization for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities even if the export license ultimately may be granted. Even though we take precautions to ensure that our channel partners comply with all relevant regulations, any failure by our channel partners to comply with such regulations could have negative consequences, including reputational harm, government investigations and penalties.

In 2013, we determined that we may have shipped a particular hardware appliance product to a limited number of international customers that, prior to shipment, may have required us to first obtain

 

23


Table of Contents

an encryption registration number prior to shipment and to submit annual reports to the U.S. Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security, or BIS. In May 2013, we submitted a voluntary self-disclosure to the Office of Export Enforcement, or OEE, to report our failure to make the required submissions and the resulting unauthorized exports as a potential violation. We also filed a request to service items previously exported without the required authorization. Failure to comply with export regulations and these recent voluntary submissions could result in penalties, costs, and restrictions on export privileges, which could also harm our operating results, as well as our inability to service certain products already in the hands of our end-customers, which could have negative consequences, including reputational harm. BIS has granted the service authorization and the voluntary disclosure is under review.

A portion of our revenue is generated by sales to government entities, which are subject to a number of challenges and risks.

We may in the future increase sales to government entities. Selling to government entities can be highly competitive, expensive and time consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that these efforts will result in a sale. Government certification requirements for products like ours may change and in doing so restrict our ability to sell into certain government sectors until we have attained the revised certification. Government demand and payment for our products and services may be impacted by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our products and services. Government entities may have statutory, contractual or other legal rights to terminate contracts with our channel partners for convenience or due to a default, and any such termination may adversely impact our future operating results. Government entities may require contract terms that differ from standard arrangements and may impose compliance requirements that are complicated, require preferential pricing or “most favored nation” terms and conditions, or are otherwise time consuming and expensive to satisfy. Government entities routinely investigate and audit government contractors’ administrative processes, and any unfavorable audit could result in the government entity refusing to continue buying our products and services, a reduction of revenue, fines or civil or criminal liability if the audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, which could adversely impact our operating results.

We may be subject to claims that our employees have wrongfully disclosed or we have wrongfully used proprietary information of our employees’ former employers. These claims may be costly to defend and if we do not successfully do so, our business could be harmed.

Many of our employees were previously employed at current or potential competitors. We may be subject to claims that these employees have divulged or we have used proprietary information of these employees’ former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key research personnel or their work product could hamper our ability to develop new products and features for existing products, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Our proprietary rights may be difficult to enforce or protect, which could enable others to copy or use aspects of our products without compensating us.

We rely and expect to continue to rely on a combination of confidentiality agreements, as well as trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret protection laws, to protect our proprietary rights with our employees, consultants and third parties with whom we have relationships. We have filed various applications for certain aspects of our intellectual property. Valid patents may not issue from our pending applications, and the claims eventually allowed on any patents may not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology or products. Any issued patents may be challenged, invalidated or

 

24


Table of Contents

circumvented, and any rights granted under these patents may not actually provide adequate defensive protection or competitive advantages to us. Additionally, the process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. We generally enter into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers, and generally limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information. However, we cannot assure you that the agreements we have entered into will not be breached. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as the laws of the United States, and many foreign countries do not enforce these laws as diligently as government agencies and private parties in the United States.

From time to time, we may need to take legal action to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our business and operating results. Attempts to enforce our rights against third parties could also provoke these third parties to assert their own intellectual property or other rights against us, or result in a holding that invalidates or narrows the scope of our rights, in whole or in part. Any of these events would have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Claims by others that we infringe their proprietary technology or other rights could harm our business.

Companies in the storage industry own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks, domain names and trade secrets, and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property or other rights. Third parties have asserted and may in the future assert claims of infringement of intellectual property rights against us or our end-customers and channel partners. Our standard license and other agreements obligate us to indemnify our end-customers and channel partners against claims that our products infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, and in some cases this indemnification obligation is uncapped as to the amount of the liability. As the number of products and competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur, and our profile within this market grows, infringement claims may increase. While we intend to increase the size of our patent portfolio, our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we have. In addition, future litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence or protection. Any claim of infringement by a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim and could distract our management from our business. Furthermore, a successful claimant could secure a judgment or we may agree to a settlement that requires us to pay substantial damages, royalties or other fees. Any of these events could harm our business and operating results.

Although third parties may offer a license to their technology or other intellectual property, the terms of any offered license may not be acceptable and the failure to obtain a license or the costs associated with any license could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. If a third party does not offer us a license to its technology or other intellectual property on reasonable terms, or at all, we could be enjoined from continued use of such intellectual property. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative, non-infringing technology, which could require significant time (during which we would be unable to continue to offer our affected products or services), effort and expense, and may ultimately not be successful.

 

25


Table of Contents

If we are unable to hire, retain, train and motivate qualified personnel and senior management, our business could be harmed.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. In particular, we are highly dependent on the contributions of our executive team as well as members of our research and development organization. The loss of any key personnel could make it more difficult to manage our operations and research and development activities, reduce our employee retention and revenue and impair our ability to compete. Although we have entered into employment offer letters with our key personnel, these agreements have no specific duration and constitute at-will employment.

Competition for highly skilled personnel is often intense, especially in the San Francisco Bay Area where we have a substantial presence and need for highly skilled personnel. We may not be successful in attracting, integrating or retaining qualified personnel to fulfill our current or future needs. We have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our stock declines, it may adversely affect our ability to retain highly skilled employees. In addition, since we expense all stock-based compensation, we may periodically change our equity compensation practices, which may include reducing the number of employees eligible for options or reducing the size of equity awards granted per employee. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be harmed.

Failure to adequately expand our sales force will impede our growth.

We will need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure in order to grow our customer base and our business. We plan to continue to expand our sales force, both domestically and internationally. Identifying, recruiting and training qualified personnel require significant time, expense and attention. It can take time before our sales representatives are fully-trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or increase our revenue.

If we or our channel partners fail to timely and correctly install our storage products, or if our channel partners face disruptions in their business, our reputation will suffer, our competitive position could be impaired and we could lose end-customers.

In addition to our small team of installation personnel, we rely upon some of our channel partners to install our storage products at our end-customer locations. Although we train and certify our channel partners on the installation of our products, end-customers have in the past encountered installation difficulties with our channel partners. In addition, if one or more of our channel partners suffers an interruption in its business, or experiences delays, disruptions or quality control problems in its operations, our revenue could be reduced and our ability to compete could be impaired. As a significant portion of our sales occur in the last month of a quarter, our end-customers may also experience installation delays following a purchase if we or our channel partners have too many installations in a short period of time. If we or our channel partners fail to timely and correctly install our products, end-customers may not purchase additional products and services from us, our reputation could suffer and our revenue could be reduced. In addition, if our channel partners are unable to correctly install our products, we might incur additional expenses to correctly install our products.

 

26


Table of Contents

We are exposed to the credit risk of some of our channel partners and direct customers, which could result in material losses and negatively impact our operating results.

Some of our channel partners and direct customers have experienced financial difficulties in the past. A channel partner or direct customer experiencing such difficulties will generally not purchase or sell as many of our products as it would under normal circumstances and may cancel orders. Our typical payment terms are 30 days. Because of local customs or conditions, payment terms may be longer in some circumstances and markets. In addition, a channel partner or direct customer experiencing financial difficulties generally increases our exposure to uncollectible receivables. If any of our channel partners or direct customers that represent a significant portion of our total revenue becomes insolvent or suffers a deterioration in its financial or business condition and is unable to pay for our products, our results of operations could be harmed.

Changes in laws, regulations and standards related to data privacy and the Internet could harm our business.

Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and could in the future adopt, laws and regulations affecting data privacy and the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Changing laws, regulations and standards applying to the solicitation, collection, processing or use of personal or consumer information could affect our end-customers’ ability to use and share data, potentially restricting our ability to store, process and share data with our end-customers through our InfoSight platform, and in turn limit our ability to provide real-time and predictive customer support. If we are not able to adjust to changing laws, regulations and standards related to the Internet, our business could be harmed.

Some of our products use “open source” software, which may restrict how we use or distribute our products or require that we release the source code of certain software subject to open source licenses.

Some of our products may incorporate software licensed under so-called “free,” “open source” or other similar licenses where the licensed software is made available to the general public under the terms of a specific non-negotiable license. Some open source licenses require that software subject to the license be made available to the public and that any modifications or derivative works based on open source software be licensed in source code form under the same open source licenses. Few courts have interpreted open source licenses, and the manner in which these licenses may be interpreted and enforced is therefore subject to some uncertainty. We rely on multiple software programmers to design our proprietary technologies, we are not able to exercise complete control over the development methods and efforts of our programmers, and we cannot be certain that our programmers have not incorporated open source software into our products without our knowledge or that they will not do so in the future. Some of our products incorporate third-party software under commercial licenses. We cannot be certain whether such third-party software incorporates open-source software without our knowledge. In the event that portions of our proprietary technology are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, re-engineer all or a portion of our products, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our products and materially and adversely affect our ability to sustain and grow our business. Many open source licenses include additional obligations and restrictions, such as providing attribution to the authors of the open source software or providing a copy of the applicable open source license to recipients of the open source software. If we distribute products outside the terms of applicable open source licenses, we could be exposed to claims of breach of contract or intellectual property infringement.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate the significant capital necessary to expand our operations and invest in new products could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business.

We expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the net proceeds that we receive in this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the foreseeable future. After that, we may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock could decline. Furthermore, if we engage in debt financing, the holders of debt would have priority over the holders of common stock, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness. We may also be required to take other actions that would otherwise be in the interests of the debt holders and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios, any of which could harm our business and operating results. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we might not be able to, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

develop or enhance our products;

 

  Ÿ  

continue to expand our sales and marketing and research and development organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

acquire complementary technologies, products or businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

expand operations in the United States or internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

hire, train and retain employees; or

 

  Ÿ  

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements.

Our failure to do any of these things could harm our business and operating results.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing exchange. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our internal controls may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we are required

 

28


Table of Contents

to include in our periodic reports we will file with the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended and anticipate that we will continue to expend significant resources, including accounting-related costs, and provide significant management oversight. Any failure to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In the event that our internal controls are perceived as inadequate or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and our stock price could decline. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the                 .

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with certain of these rules, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report.

Though we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we will need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.

If we fail to comply with environmental requirements, our business, operating results and reputation could be adversely affected.

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations including laws governing the hazardous material content of our products and laws relating to the collection of and recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. Examples of these laws and regulations include the European Union, or EU, Restrictions of Hazardous Substances Directive, or RoHS, and the EU Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, or WEEE, as well as the implementing legislation of the EU member states. Similar laws and regulations have been passed or are pending in China, South Korea, Norway and Japan and may be enacted in other regions, including in the United States, and we are, or may in the future be, subject to these laws and regulations.

The EU RoHS and the similar laws of other jurisdictions ban the use of certain hazardous materials such as lead, mercury and cadmium in the manufacture of electrical equipment, including our

 

29


Table of Contents

products. Currently, the manufacturer of our hardware appliances and our major component part suppliers comply with the EU RoHS requirements. However, if there are changes to this or other laws (or their interpretation) or if new similar laws are passed in other jurisdictions, we may be required to reengineer our products to use components compatible with these regulations. This reengineering and component substitution could result in additional costs to us or disrupt our operations or logistics.

The WEEE Directive requires electronic goods producers to be responsible for the collection, recycling and treatment of such products. Changes in interpretation of the directive may cause us to incur costs or have additional regulatory requirements to meet in the future in order to comply with this directive, or with any similar laws adopted in other jurisdictions.

Our failure to comply with past, present and future similar laws could result in reduced sales of our products, substantial product inventory write-offs, reputational damage, penalties and other sanctions, any of which could harm our business and operating results. We also expect that our products will be affected by new environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis. To date, our expenditures for environmental compliance have not had a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows, and although we cannot predict the future impact of such laws or regulations, they will likely result in additional costs and may increase penalties associated with violations or require us to change the content of our products or how they are manufactured, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our operating results.

Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore, substantially all of our revenue is not subject to foreign currency risk. However, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar could increase the real cost of our products to our end-customers outside of the United States, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, an increasing portion of our operating expenses is incurred outside the United States, is denominated in foreign currencies and is subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. If we are not able to successfully hedge against the risks associated with currency fluctuations, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods, and other catastrophic events, and to interruption by man-made problems such as terrorism.

A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire, flood, or significant power outage could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results. Both our corporate headquarters and the location where our products are manufactured are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. In addition, natural disasters could affect our supply chain, manufacturing vendors, or logistics providers’ ability to provide materials and perform services such as manufacturing products or assisting with shipments on a timely basis. In the event we or our service providers are hindered by any of the events discussed above, shipments could be delayed, resulting in missed financial targets, such as revenue and shipment targets, for a particular quarter. In addition, acts of terrorism and other geo-political unrest could cause disruptions in our business or the businesses of our supply chain, manufacturers, logistics providers, partners or end-customers, or the economy as a whole. Any disruption in the business of our supply chain, manufacturers, logistics providers, partners or end-customers that impacts sales at the end of a fiscal quarter could have a significant adverse impact on our quarterly results. All of the aforementioned risks may be further increased if we do not implement a disaster recovery plan or our suppliers’ disaster recovery plans prove to be inadequate. To the extent that any of the above should result in delays or cancellations of customer orders, or delays in the manufacture, deployment or shipment of our products, our business and operating results would be adversely affected.

 

30


Table of Contents

New regulations related to conflict minerals may cause us to incur additional expenses and could limit the supply and increase the costs of certain metals used in the manufacturing of our products.

As a public company, we will be subject to new requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 that will require us to diligence, disclose and report whether or not our products contain conflict minerals. The implementation of these new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and pricing of the materials used in the manufacture of components used in our products. In addition, we will incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related to conducting diligence procedures to determine the sources of conflict minerals that may be used or necessary to the production of our products and, if applicable, potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. It is also possible that we may face reputational harm if we determine that certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict free or if we are unable to alter our products, processes or sources of supply to avoid such materials.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of January 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $49.1 million and $46.4 million due to prior period losses, which if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2028. If these net operating losses, or NOLs, expire unused and are unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, our profitability may be adversely affected. In addition, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes and, if we undergo an ownership change in connection with this offering or otherwise in the future, our ability to utilize our NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, many of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. In September 2013, we completed an analysis to evaluate whether there are any limitations of our NOLs and concluded no limitations currently exist. While we do not believe that we have experienced, or will experience in connection with this offering, an ownership change that would result in limitations, regulatory changes, such as suspension of the use of NOLs, could result in the expiration of our NOLs or otherwise cause them to be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Our net operating losses could also be impaired under state law. As a result, we might not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs.

We may acquire other businesses which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our operating results.

As part of our business strategy, we may make investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. However, we have not made any acquisitions to date, and as a result, our ability as an organization to acquire and integrate other companies, products or technologies in a successful manner is unproven. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, or we may not be able to complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our end-customers, investors or securities analysts. In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating such acquisitions, or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, into our company, our operating results could be adversely affected. We may also incur unforeseen liabilities which could materially and adversely affect our operating results. We may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or personnel, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges. The sale of equity or

 

31


Table of Contents

issuance of debt to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that impede our ability to manage our operations.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Risks Related to this Offering, the Securities Markets

and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There has been no prior public market for our common stock, the stock price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following our initial public offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in our initial public offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon the closing of our initial public offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

overall performance of the equity markets;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the estimates of our operating results that we provide to the public, our failure to meet these projections or changes in recommendations by securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements of technological innovations, new applications or enhancements to services, acquisitions, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements of customer additions and customer cancellations or delays in customer purchases;

 

  Ÿ  

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the economy as a whole, market conditions in our industry, and the industries of our customers;

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of market standoff or contractual lock-up agreements;

 

32


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the size of our market float; and

 

  Ÿ  

any other factors discussed in this prospectus.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

Substantial blocks of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market when “lock-up” or “market standoff” periods end. If there are substantial sales of shares of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The price of our common stock could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, or if there is a large number of shares of our common stock available for sale. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be available for sale in the public market. Substantially all of our outstanding shares of common stock are currently restricted from resale as a result of market standoff and “lock-up” agreements, as more fully described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” These shares will become available to be sold 181 days after the date of this prospectus. Shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and various vesting agreements.

After our initial public offering, certain of our stockholders will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. All of these shares are subject to market standoff or lock-up agreements restricting their sale until 181 days after the date of this prospectus. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we have issued and may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to existing market standoff or lock-up agreements.

Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their discretion, permit our stockholders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the restrictive provisions contained in those lock-up agreements.

The market price of the shares of our common stock could decline as a result of the sale of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares.

Because the initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher that the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of                     , after giving effect to the issuance of shares of                  our common stock in this offering.

 

33


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our common stock price and trading volume to decline. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price could decline.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and may not use them effectively.

We cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from our initial public offering. We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including working capital, possible acquisitions and other general corporate purposes, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could adversely affect our business and operating results. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from our initial public offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,     % of our outstanding common stock, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership could harm the market price of our common stock by:

 

  Ÿ  

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us;

 

  Ÿ  

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; or

 

  Ÿ  

discouraging a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

See “Principal Stockholders” below for more information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors, together with their affiliates.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

 

34


Table of Contents

Delaware law and provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of our initial public offering could make a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

Following the closing of our initial public offering, our status as a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of our initial public offering will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult, including the following:

 

  Ÿ  

our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms and directors will only be able to be removed from office for cause;

 

  Ÿ  

only our board of directors will have the right to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

only our chairman of the board, our chief executive officer, our president or a majority of our board of directors will be authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

certain litigation against us can only be brought in Delaware;

 

  Ÿ  

our restated certificate of incorporation will authorize undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established, and shares of which may be issued, without the approval of the holders of common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

advance notice procedures will apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders.

For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

35


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” contains forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan” “expect,” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

36


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity, and market size, is based on information from various sources, including IDC and Gartner, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our products and services. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

The Gartner publication described herein represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service by Gartner. The Gartner publication speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner publication are subject to change without notice.

Certain information in the text of the prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The source of, and selected additional information contained in, these independent industry publications are provided below:

 

  (1) Gartner, Forecast: Storage Software Markets, Worldwide, 2010-2017, 2Q13 Update June 18, 2013.

 

  (2) IDC Digital Universe Study, sponsored by EMC Corporation, December 2012.

 

  (3) IDC, Worldwide Enterprise Storage Systems 2013-2017 Forecast: Customer Landscape is Changing, Defining Demand for New Solutions May 2013.

 

37


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds we receive from this offering. We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

38


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of July 31, 2013 on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 38,867,647 shares of common stock and the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred and our restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on July 31, 2013; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of July 31, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,720      $ 36,720      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs $0.001 par value; 39,320,106 shares authorized, 38,867,647 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

     98,580            

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, actual;                 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                

Common stock, $0.001 par value: 87,227,000 shares authorized, 22,968,036 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                 authorized, 61,835,683 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                 shares authorized and                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     19        62     

Additional paid-in capital

     10,108        108,645     

Notes receivable from stockholders

     (1,571     (1,571  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (9     (9  

Accumulated deficit

     (77,803     (77,803  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (69,256     29,324     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 29,324      $ 29,324      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents
(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 61,835,683 shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2013, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

15,452,223 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of July 31, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.37 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

75,000 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of July 31, 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

1,895,600 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after July 31, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.49 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

115,000 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units granted after July 31, 2013; and

 

  Ÿ  

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans as of July 31, 2013, consisting of (a) 3,117,888 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (including the options to purchase shares of our common stock and shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units granted after July 31, 2013), (b)                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (c)                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus. Upon completion of this offering, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

40


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

As of July 31, 2013, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $29.3 million, or $0.47 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2013, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock.

After giving effect to our sale in this offering of                     shares of our common stock, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of July 31, 2013 would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering, as follows:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of July 31, 2013

   $ 0.47      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $             per share, the increase (decrease) attributable to this offering by $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $             per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $             per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of July 31, 2013 after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation and (ii) this offering on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the

 

41


Table of Contents

average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    
     (in thousands, except percentage and per share data)  

Existing stockholders

        %      $                          %      $                    

New public investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $           100  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, investors will experience further dilution.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 61,835,683 shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2013, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

15,452,223 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of July 31, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.37 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

75,000 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units outstanding as of July 31, 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

1,895,600 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after July 31, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.49 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

115,000 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units granted after July 31, 2013; and

 

  Ÿ  

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans as of July 31, 2013, consisting of (a) 3,117,888 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (including the options to purchase shares of our common stock and shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units granted after July 31, 2013), (b)                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (c)                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus. Upon completion of this offering, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

42


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2012 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of July 31, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of those unaudited consolidated financial statements. The selected consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period and the results for the six months ended July 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended
January 31,
    Six Months
Ended July 31,
 
        2011             2012             2013             2012             2013      
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenue:

         

Product

  $ 1,632      $ 13,113      $ 49,765      $ 17,731      $ 45,766   

Support and service

    49        900        4,075        1,378        4,836   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    1,681        14,013        53,840        19,109        50,602   
         

Cost of revenue:

         

Product(1)

    604        5,233        17,266        6,073        15,375   

Support and service(1)

    230        1,045        3,184        995        3,466   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    834        6,278        20,450        7,068        18,841   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

    847        7,735        33,390        12,041        31,761   
         

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development(1)

    4,415        7,903        16,135        6,714        14,376   

Sales and marketing(1)

    2,934        12,863        39,851        13,868        31,428   

General and administrative(1)

    325        3,756        5,168        1,999        5,342   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    7,674        24,522        61,154        22,581        51,146   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (6,827     (16,787     (27,764     (10,540     (19,385

Interest income

    5        6        32        12        22   

Other expense, net

           (4     (26     (28     (295
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (6,822     (16,785     (27,758     (10,556     (19,658

Provision for income taxes

           5        99        12        176   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (6,822     (16,790     (27,857     (10,568     (19,834

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (16     (23     (34     (14     (21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (6,838   $ (16,813   $ (27,891   $ (10,582   $ (19,855
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (0.47   $ (1.04   $ (1.53   $ (0.60   $ (0.98
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    14,457        16,226        18,236        17,546        20,172   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

      $ (0.51     $ (0.34
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

        54,887          59,040   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

(footnotes on next page)

 

43


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended July 31,  
        2011             2012             2013             2012             2013      
    (in thousands)  

Cost of product revenue

  $      $ 10      $ 48      $ 8      $ 78   

Cost of support and service revenue

    5        31        114        46        131   

Research and development

    46        268        874        348        914   

Sales and marketing

    37        244        1,029        397        1,121   

General and administrative

    16        267        539        236        538   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 104      $ 820      $ 2,604      $ 1,035      $ 2,782   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2) Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended January 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013 have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented or the original date of issue, if later.

 

     As of January 31,     As of July  31,
2013
 
     2012     2013    
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 28,796      $ 49,205      $       36,720   

Working capital

     29,787        48,835              33,400   

Total assets

     37,420        72,563              70,545   

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

     2,028        10,896              19,931   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     57,921        98,559              98,580   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (29,741     (53,662     (69,256

 

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

Our mission is to provide our customers with the industry’s most efficient data storage platform. We have designed and sell a flash-optimized hybrid storage platform that we believe is disrupting the market by enabling significant improvements in application performance and storage capacity with superior data protection, while simplifying business operations and lowering costs. At the core of our innovative platform is our Cache-Accelerated Sequential Layout file system software, which we call our CASL technology, and our cloud-based storage management and support service, InfoSight.

We were incorporated in November 2007, and we initially focused on the development of our CASL file system software and our storage platform. We shipped our first product line, our CS200 series, in August 2010. In August 2012, we introduced our CS400 series of products and a number of scale-to-fit products, including expansion shelves and controller upgrades. In April 2013, we launched InfoSight. We typically recognize revenue upon the shipment of these products. We also offer support and maintenance services including InfoSight, for periods ranging from one to five years, and recognize revenue over the term of the related support and maintenance agreement.

Since shipping our first product in August 2010, our end-customer base has grown rapidly. We had over 40, 270 and 1,090 end-customers as of January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and, as of July 31, 2013, we had over 1,750 end-customers. Our end-customers span a range of industries such as cloud-based service providers, education, financial services, healthcare, manufacturing, state and local government and technology. We do not have any end-customers that represented more than 10% of our total revenue for either the year ended January 31, 2013 or the six months ended July 31, 2013. To continue to grow our business, it is important that we both obtain new customers and sell additional products to our existing customers. For example, in the three months ended July 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, approximately 19%, 22% and 28% of the dollar amount of orders received was from existing end-customers. As of July 31, 2013, the top 25 of our 117 end-customers that have been with us for at least two years, on average, made additional purchases that were approximately three times the initial dollar purchase amount in the two years following the initial sale.

We sell our products through our network of VARs and distributors, and also engage our end-customers through our global sales force. As of July 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we had over 70, 220 and 600 VARs that offered our solutions worldwide. Our channel partners act as an extension of our sales force to market our solutions directly to end-customers and do not hold inventory. We have sales offices located in Australia, England, Germany and Singapore. In addition, we have sales employees located in a number of other geographies worldwide, including Canada, Sweden, France and the Netherlands. Although international revenue comprised less than 10% of our total revenue for our most recent fiscal year, we plan to increase our sales and marketing efforts on a global basis with the goal of increasing our revenue from international customers.

 

45


Table of Contents

We outsource the manufacturing of our hardware products to our contract manufacturers, who assemble and test our products. Our contract manufacturers generally procure the components used in our products directly from third-party suppliers. Inventory and shipment are handled by our third-party logistics partners. Distributors handle fulfillment and shipment for our international end-customers, but do not hold inventory.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods with total revenue of $1.7 million, $14.0 million, $53.8 million and $50.6 million in the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013. Our net loss was $6.8 million, $16.8 million, $27.9 million and $19.8 million in the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013. As our sales and customer base have grown, we have also experienced growth in our deferred revenue from $2.0 million as of January 31, 2012 to $10.9 million as of January 31, 2013 and to $19.9 million as of July 31, 2013. Our gross margin has improved from approximately 55% for the year ended January 31, 2012 to 62% for the year January 31, 2013 and to 63% for the six months ended July 31, 2013. As a percentage of total revenue, our operating expenses have declined from 175% for the year ended January 31, 2012 to 114% for the year ended January 31, 2013 and to 101% for the six months ended July 31, 2013.

As a consequence of the rapidly evolving nature of our business and our limited operating history, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of revenue and other operating results, including gross margin and operating expenses as a percentage of our total revenue, are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Although we have experienced significant percentage growth in our total revenue, we do not believe that our historical growth rates are likely to be sustainable or indicative of future growth.

Since our founding, we have invested heavily in growing our business, particularly in research and development and sales and marketing. From January 31, 2011 to July 31, 2013, our headcount has increased from 47 to 464 employees. We intend to continue to invest in development of our solutions and sales and marketing programs to drive long-term growth. To support future sales, we plan to continue to invest significant resources in sales and marketing.

The successful growth of our business will depend on our ability to continue to expand our customer base by gaining new customers and in turn grow revenues from our existing customer base. As a result, we intend to hire additional sales and marketing personnel. We are also expanding our VAR network and will be starting to contract directly with large distributors. While these areas represent significant opportunities for us, they also pose risks and challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain the growth of our business and improve our operating results. For example, our investments in these areas might not result in a significant increase in productive sales personnel or channel partners. If this were to occur, we might not be able to expand our base of new customers or succeed in selling additional products to existing customers, which would affect our ability to continue to grow our revenues.

Our future performance will also depend on our ability to continue to innovate, improve functionality in our products and adapt to new technologies or changes to existing technologies. Accordingly, we also intend to continue to invest in our research and development activities. It is difficult for us to predict the timing and impact that these investments will have on future revenue. Additionally, we face significant competition in the storage market, which makes it more important that the investments we make in our business are successful. Weak global economic conditions, particularly market and financial uncertainty in the United States and Europe, or a reduction in spending even if economic conditions improve, could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. If we are unable to address these challenges, our business could be adversely affected.

 

46


Table of Contents

Key Business Metrics

We monitor the key business metrics set forth below in managing our business. We discuss revenue and gross margin below under “—Components of Operating Results.” Deferred revenue, cash flow used in operating activities, Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA are discussed immediately below the following table.

 

     Year Ended or as of January 31,     Six Months Ended or
as of July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Total revenue

   $ 1,681      $ 14,013      $ 53,840      $ 19,109      $ 50,602   

Year-over-year percentage increase

     nm        734     284     337     165

Gross margin

     50.4     55.2     62.0     63.0     62.8

Deferred revenue, current and non-current

     227        2,028        10,896        4,972        19,931   

Net cash used in operating activities

     (7,584     (14,841     (18,754     (9,741     (8,656

Non-GAAP Net Loss

     (6,718     (15,970     (25,253     (9,533     (17,052

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)

     (6,681     (15,802     (24,068     (9,187     (15,390

Deferred Revenue

Our deferred revenue consists of amounts that have been either invoiced or prepaid but have not yet been recognized as revenue as of the period end. The majority of our deferred revenue consists of the unrecognized portion of revenue from sales of our support and service contracts. We monitor our deferred revenue balance because it represents a portion of revenue to be recognized in future periods.

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

We monitor net cash used in operating activities as a measure of our overall business performance. Our net cash used in operating activities is driven in large part by our net losses. Monitoring net cash used in operating activities enables us to analyze our financial performance without the non-cash effects of certain items such as depreciation, amortization, and stock-based compensation costs, thereby allowing us to better understand and manage the cash needs of our business.

Non-GAAP Net Loss

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in this prospectus Non-GAAP Net Loss. We define Non-GAAP Net Loss as our net loss adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation. We have provided a reconciliation below of Non-GAAP Net Loss to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in this prospectus Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net loss, adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation, interest income, provision for income taxes and depreciation and amortization. We have provided a reconciliation below of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

 

 

47


Table of Contents

We have included non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short-term and long-term operational and compensation plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA can provide useful measures for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider these measures in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  Ÿ  

Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA do not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation, which is an ongoing expense for us;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for replacements or for new capital expenditures;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

  Ÿ  

Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, you should consider Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results. We compensate for these limitations by also reviewing our GAAP financial statements.

A reconciliation of Non-GAAP Net Loss and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss is provided below:

 

     Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
    

(in thousands)

 

Net loss

   $ (6,822   $ (16,790   $ (27,857   $ (10,568   $ (19,834

Stock-based compensation expense

     104        820        2,604        1,035        2,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Net Loss

     (6,718     (15,970     (25,253     (9,533     (17,052

Interest income

     (5     (6     (32     (12     (22

Provision for income taxes

            5        99        12        176   

Depreciation and amortization

     42        169        1,118        346        1,508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (6,681   $ (15,802   $ (24,068   $ (9,187   $ (15,390
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

Our total revenue is comprised of the following:

Product Revenue.     We generate the substantial majority of our product revenue from the sales of our storage products. It is our practice to identify a direct customer or an end-customer from our VARs and distributors prior to shipment. Products are typically shipped directly to the direct customer or the end-customers of our VARs and distributors. Assuming all other revenue recognition criteria

 

48


Table of Contents

have been met, we generally recognize revenue on sales upon shipment, as title and risk of loss are transferred at that time. For certain VARs and distributors, title and risk of loss is transferred upon delivery to the end-customers and revenue is recognized after delivery has been completed. Our arrangements with VARs and distributors do not contain rights of return, subsequent price discounts, price protection or other allowances for shipments completed.

Support and Service Revenue.     We generate our support and service revenue primarily from support and service contracts, which include our automated support and management platform. The majority of our product sales are bundled with support and service contracts with terms ranging from one to five years. We recognize revenue from support and service contracts over the contractual service period. As a percentage of total revenue, we expect our support and service revenue to increase as we add new customers and renew existing support and service contracts.

See “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates, Revenue Recognition” for further information on our revenue recognition policy.

Cost of Revenue

Our total cost of revenue is comprised of the following:

Cost of Product Revenue.     Cost of product revenue primarily includes costs paid to our third-party contract manufacturers, which includes the costs of our components, and personnel costs associated with our manufacturing operations. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. Our cost of product revenue also includes warranty costs, freight and allocated overhead costs. Overhead costs consist of certain facilities, depreciation, benefits and IT costs. We expect our cost of product revenue to increase as our product revenue increases.

Cost of Support and Service Revenue.     Cost of support and service revenue includes personnel costs associated with our global customer support organization, cost from service inventory reserves and allocated overhead costs. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. Overhead costs consist of certain facilities, depreciation, benefits and IT costs. We expect our cost of support and service revenue to increase as our installed end-customer base grows.

Gross Margin

Gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including the average sales price of our storage products and related support and service contracts, manufacturing and overhead costs, component costs, the mix of products sold, and our ability to leverage our existing infrastructure as we continue to grow. We expect our gross margins to fluctuate over time depending on the factors described above.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expense. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses.

Research and Development.    Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel costs and allocated overhead and also includes consulting and other costs to support our development activities. To date, we have expensed all research and development costs as incurred. We expect research and development expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we

 

49


Table of Contents

continue to invest in our research and product development efforts to enhance our product capabilities and access new customer markets, although such expense may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue.

Sales and Marketing.    Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, sales commission costs and allocated overhead. We expense sales commission costs as incurred. Sales and marketing expense also includes costs for recruiting and training channel partners, market development programs, promotional and other marketing activities, travel, office equipment, depreciation of proof-of-concept evaluation units and outside consulting costs. We expect sales and marketing expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our sales and marketing headcount in all markets and expand our international operations, although such expense may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue.

General and Administrative.    General and administrative expense consists of personnel costs, professional services and allocated overhead. General and administrative personnel include our executive, finance, human resources, administrative, IT, facilities and legal organizations. Professional services consist primarily of legal, auditing, accounting and other consulting costs. We expect general and administrative expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we have recently incurred, and expect to continue to incur, additional general and administrative expenses as we grow our operations and prepare to operate as a public company, including higher legal, corporate insurance and accounting expenses.

Interest Income and Other Expense, Net

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalent balances. We have historically invested our cash in money-market funds. We expect interest income, which has not been historically significant to our operations, to vary each reporting period depending on our average investment balances during the period, types and mix of investments and market interest rates.

Other expense, net consists primarily of gains and losses from foreign currency transactions.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We provide a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, which includes net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards and tax credits related primarily to research and development. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for the foreseeable future as it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized based on our history of losses. At January 31, 2013, we had federal and state NOL carryforwards of $49.1 million and $46.4 million that expire in 2028. Under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. In September 2013, we completed an analysis to evaluate whether there are any limitations of our NOLs and concluded no limitations currently exist. While we do not believe that we have experienced, or will experience in connection with this offering, an ownership change that would result in limitations, regulatory changes, such as suspension on the use of NOLs, could result in the expiration of our NOLs or otherwise cause them to be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities.

 

50


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables summarize our consolidated results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our total revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of results is not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

 

     Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue:

          

Product

   $ 1,632      $ 13,113      $ 49,765      $ 17,731      $ 45,766   

Support and service

     49        900        4,075        1,378        4,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     1,681        14,013        53,840        19,109        50,602   

Cost of revenue:

          

Product(1)

     604        5,233        17,266        6,073        15,375   

Support and service(1)

     230        1,045        3,184        995        3,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     834        6,278        20,450        7,068        18,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

     847        7,735        33,390        12,041        31,761   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development(1)

     4,415        7,903        16,135        6,714        14,376   

Sales and marketing(1)

     2,934        12,863        39,851        13,868        31,428   

General and administrative(1)

     325        3,756        5,168        1,999        5,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     7,674        24,522        61,154        22,581        51,146   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6,827     (16,787     (27,764     (10,540     (19,385

Interest income

     5        6        32        12        22   

Other expense, net

            (4     (26     (28     (295
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (6,822     (16,785     (27,758     (10,556     (19,658

Provision for income taxes

            5        99        12        176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (6,822   $ (16,790   $ (27,857   $ (10,568   $ (19,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2012      2013  
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of product revenue

   $       $ 10       $ 48       $ 8       $ 78   

Cost of support and service revenue

     5         31         114         46         131   

Research and development

     46         268         874         348         914   

Sales and marketing

     37         244         1,029         397         1,121   

General and administrative

     16         267         539         236         538   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 104       $ 820       $ 2,604       $ 1,035       $ 2,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents
     Year Ended January 31,     Six Months
Ended July 31,
 
       2011     2012     2013       2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)  

Revenue:

          

Product

     97     94     92     93     90

Support and service

     3        6        8        7        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100        100        100        100        100   

Cost of revenue:

          

Product

     36        37        32        32        30   

Support and service

     14        8        6        5        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     50        45        38        37        37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

     50        55        62        63        63   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     262        56        30        35        28   

Sales and marketing

     175        92        74        73        62   

General and administrative

     19        27        10        10        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     456        175        114        118        101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (406     (120     (52     (55     (38

Interest income

                                   

Other expense, net

                                 (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (406     (120     (52     (55     (39

Provision for income taxes

                                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (406 )%      (120 )%      (52 )%      (55 )%      (39 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Six Months Ended July 31, 2012 and 2013

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
July 31,
        
     2012      2013         
     Amount      Amount      Change
Amount
     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

           

Product

   $ 17,731       $ 45,766       $ 28,035         158

Support and service

     1,378         4,836         3,458         251   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 19,109       $ 50,602       $ 31,493         165
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue increased by $31.5 million, or 165%, during the six months ended July 31, 2013 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2012. The revenue growth reflects increased demand for our storage products and related support and service. The increase in product revenue was driven by higher sales of our storage products to 661 new end-customers and increased sales to existing customers. During the six months ended July 31, 2013, the total number of product orders received was 977, which represented a 155% increase compared to the six months ended July 31, 2012. The increase in support and service revenue was driven by higher product sales and the resulting expansion of our installed base.

 

52


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Six Months Ended
July 31,
       
     2012     2013        
     Amount     Amount     Change
Amount
     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

         

Product

   $ 6,073      $ 15,375      $ 9,302         153

Support and service

     995        3,466        2,471         248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 7,068      $ 18,841      $ 11,773         167
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin

     63.0     62.8     

Cost of revenue increased by $11.8 million, or 167%, during the six months ended July 31, 2013 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2012. The increase in cost of product revenue was driven primarily by higher product sales. The increase in cost of product revenue was also impacted by higher costs of $1.1 million in our manufacturing operations, primarily driven by personnel costs associated with increased headcount, and a $0.6 million increase in warranty expense. The increase in cost of support and service revenue was primarily attributable to higher costs of $2.0 million in our global customer support organization primarily driven by personnel costs associated with increased headcount and increased investments in our service depots, which are physical warehouse locations that hold service inventory in support of our customer service agreements.

Gross margin slightly decreased from 63.0% during the six months ended July 31, 2012 to 62.8% during the six months ended July 31, 2013 as a result of changes in revenue mix as support and service revenue increased as a percentage of our total revenue. Product gross margin increased by 0.7%, primarily driven by higher sales volume, our mix of products sold, lower average standard component costs from higher volume discounts and benefit from economies of scale as we improved the utilization of our existing infrastructure. Support and service gross margin increased by 0.5% due to increased recognition of deferred support and service revenue resulting from the increase in our installed base.

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended July 31,               
     2012     2013     Change  
     Amount      % of
Total
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Total
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 6,714         35   $ 14,376         28   $ 7,662         114

Sales and marketing

     13,868         73        31,428         62        17,560         127   

General and administrative

     1,999         10        5,342         11        3,343         167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 22,581         118   $ 51,146         101   $ 28,565         127
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Includes stock-based compensation expense of:

               

Research and development

   $ 348         $ 914         $ 566         163

Sales and marketing

     397           1,121           724         182   

General and administrative

     236           538           302         128   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 981         $ 2,573         $ 1,592         162
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

53


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development expense increased by $7.7 million, or 114%, during the six months ended July 31, 2013 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to a $6.3 million increase in personnel costs resulting from headcount growth to support further development of our storage products.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense increased by $17.6 million, or 127%, during the six months ended July 31, 2013 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to a $9.9 million increase in personnel costs resulting from headcount growth, a $2.5 million increase in commission expense related to higher sales, a $1.5 million increase in travel and entertainment expenses and a $0.6 million increase in advertising and tradeshow expenses.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense increased by $3.3 million, or 167%, during the six months ended July 31, 2013 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to a $2.4 million increase in personnel costs resulting from headcount growth and a $1.0 million increase in spending on consulting resources and professional services.

Interest Income and Other Expense, Net

 

     Six Months Ended
July 31,
     Change  
       2012          2013        Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 12       $ 22       $ 10         83

Other expense, net

     (28      (295      (267      954   

The increase in interest income was primarily due to higher cash and cash equivalent balances during the six months ended July 31, 2013. The change in other expense, net was due to fluctuations in the British pound sterling and Australian dollar.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

       Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
           2012              2013      
       (in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

     $       12       $     176   

The increase in the provision for income taxes during the six months ended July 31, 2013 compared to the six months ended July 31, 2012 was primarily due to an increase in foreign taxes related to intercompany cost plus agreements with our international sales offices.

 

54


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended January 31, 2012 and 2013

Revenue

 

     Year Ended January 31,        Change
Amount
       %  
     2012        2013            
     Amount        Amount            
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

                 

Product

   $ 13,113         $ 49,765         $ 36,652           280

Support and service

     900           4,075           3,175           353   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

Total revenue

   $ 14,013         $ 53,840         $ 39,827           284
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

Total revenue increased by $39.8 million, or 284%, during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended January 31, 2012. The revenue growth reflects increased demand for our storage products and related support and service. The increase in product revenue was driven by higher sales of our storage products to 819 new end-customers and increased sales to existing customers. During the year ended January 31, 2013, the total number of product orders received was 1,149, which represented a 280% increase compared to the year ended January 31, 2012. The increase in support and service revenue was driven by higher product sales and the renewal of existing support and service contracts from our installed base.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended January 31,     Change
Amount
       %  
     2012     2013         
      Amount       Amount          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

           

Product

   $ 5,233      $ 17,266      $ 12,033           230

Support and service

     1,045        3,184        2,139           205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total cost of revenue

   $ 6,278      $ 20,450      $ 14,172           226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Gross margin

     55.2     62.0       

Total cost of revenue increased by $14.2 million, or 226%, during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended January 31, 2012. The increase in cost of product revenue was driven primarily by the higher product sales. The increase in cost of product revenue was also impacted by higher costs of $1.0 million in our manufacturing operations, primarily driven by personnel costs associated with increased headcount, a $0.7 million increase in warranty expense and a $0.7 million increase in freight costs. The increase in cost of support and service revenue was primarily attributable to higher costs of $2.0 million in our global customer support organization primarily driven by personnel costs associated with increased headcount and increased investments in our service depots.

Gross margin increased from 55.2% during the year ended January 31, 2012 to 62.0% during the year ended January 31, 2013. Product gross margin increased by 5.2 percentage points, primarily driven by higher sales volume, our mix of products sold, lower average standard component costs from higher volume discounts and benefit from economies of scale as we improved the utilization of our existing infrastructure. Support and service gross margin increased by 38.0 percentage points due to increased recognition of deferred support and service revenue.

 

55


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended January 31,               
     2012     2013     Change  
     Amount      % of
Total
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Total
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 7,903         56   $ 16,135         30   $ 8,232         104

Sales and marketing

     12,863         92        39,851         74        26,988         210   

General and administrative

     3,756         27        5,168         10        1,412         38   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 24,522         175   $ 61,154         114   $ 36,632         149
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Includes stock-based compensation expense of:

               

Research and development

   $ 268         $ 874         $ 606         226

Sales and marketing

     244           1,029           785         322   

General and administrative

     267           539           272         102   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 779         $ 2,442         $ 1,663         213
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Research and Development

Research and development expense increased by $8.2 million, or 104%, during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended January 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to a $6.3 million increase in personnel costs resulting from headcount growth to support further development of our storage products.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense increased by $27.0 million, or 210%, during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended January 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to a $11.4 million increase in personnel costs resulting from headcount growth, a $10.0 million increase in commission expense related to higher sales, a $2.0 million increase in travel and entertainment expenses and a $1.1 million increase in advertising and tradeshow expenses.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense increased by $1.4 million, or 38%, during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended January 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in personnel costs resulting from headcount growth, offset by $0.9 million in certain legal costs in the year ended January 31, 2012.

Interest Income and Other Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended January 31,      Change  
         2012              2013          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 6       $ 32       $ 26         433

Other expense, net

     (4      (26      (22      550   

 

56


Table of Contents

The increase in interest income resulted from higher average cash and cash equivalents balances during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended January 31, 2012. The increase in other expense, net was due to fluctuations in the British pound sterling.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended January 31,  
     2012        2013  
     (in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $   5         $   99   

The increase in provision for income taxes during the year ended January 31, 2013 compared to the year ended January 31, 2012 was primarily due to an increase in foreign taxes related to intercompany cost plus agreements with our international sales offices.

Comparison of the Years Ended January 31, 2011 and 2012

Revenue

 

     Year Ended January 31,        Change  
     2011        2012        Amount        %  
                 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

                 

Product

   $   1,632         $ 13,113         $ 11,481           703

Support and service

     49           900           851           nm   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

Total revenue

   $ 1,681         $ 14,013         $ 12,332           734
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

Total revenue increased by $12.3 million during the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to the year ended January 31, 2011. The increase in both product and support and service revenue was primarily driven by having a full year of product sales and related support and service contracts during the year ended January 31, 2012, as we launched our first storage product in the second half of the year ended January 31, 2011.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended January 31,     Change  
     2011        2012     Amount        %  
              
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

              

Product

   $ 604         $ 5,233      $ 4,629           766

Support and service

     230           1,045        815           354   
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total cost of revenue

   $ 834         $ 6,278      $ 5,444           653
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total gross margin

     50.4        55.2       

Total cost of revenue increased by $5.4 million during the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to the year ended January 31, 2011. The increase in both cost of product and support and service revenue was driven by full production during the year ended January 31, 2012 as compared to partial production during the year ended January 31, 2011, as we launched our first storage product in the second half of the year ended January 31, 2011. The total number of product orders received during the year ended January 31, 2012 was 302.

 

57


Table of Contents

Gross margin increased from 50.4% during the year ended January 31, 2011 to 55.2% during the year ended January 31, 2012 due to benefits from economies of scale as we improved the utilization of our existing infrastructure and an increase in support and service gross margin.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended January 31,               
     2011     2012     Change  
     Amount     

% of
Total
Revenue

    Amount     

% of
Total
Revenue

    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 4,415           262   $ 7,903             56   $ 3,488         79

Sales and marketing

     2,934         175        12,863         92        9,929         338   

General and administrative

     325         19        3,756         27        3,431         nm   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 7,674         456   $ 24,522         175   $ 16,848         220
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Includes stock-based compensation expense of:

               

Research and development

   $ 46         $ 268         $ 222         483

Sales and marketing

     37           244           207         559   

General and administrative

     16           267           251         nm   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 99         $ 779         $ 680         687
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Research and Development

Research and development expense increased by $3.5 million, or 79%, during the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to the year ended January 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to a $3.2 million increase in personnel costs resulting from headcount growth.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense increased by $9.9 million, or 338%, during the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to the year ended January 31, 2011, primarily due to a $5.3 million increase in personnel costs resulting from headcount growth, a $2.4 million increase in commission expenses related to higher sales and a $0.6 million increase related to marketing and advertising our new products.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense increased $3.4 million during the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to the year ended January 31, 2011, primarily due to a $1.4 million increase in personnel costs resulting from headcount growth and a $1.5 million increase in legal and accounting fees which included $0.9 million in certain legal expenses.

 

58


Table of Contents

Interest Income and Other Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended January 31,     Change  
     2011      2012     Amount     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $      5       $      6      $ 1        20

Other expense, net

             (4     (4     nm   

The increase in interest income resulted from higher average cash and cash equivalents balances during the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to the year ended January 31, 2011. The change in other expense, net was due to fluctuations in the British pound sterling.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended January 31,  
     2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $    —       $      5   

The increase in provision for income taxes during the year ended January 31, 2012 compared to the year ended January 31, 2011 was primarily due to an increase in foreign taxes related to intercompany cost plus agreements with our international sales offices.

 

59


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the six quarters in the period ended July 31, 2013 have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     April 30,
2012
    July 31,
2012
    Oct. 31,
2012
    Jan. 31,
2013
    April 30,
2013
    July 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

            

Revenue:

            

Product

   $ 7,533      $ 10,198      $ 13,407      $ 18,627      $ 20,046      $ 25,720   

Support and service

     623        755        1,145        1,552        2,078        2,758   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     8,156        10,953        14,552        20,179        22,124        28,478   
            

Cost of revenue:

            

Product

     2,567        3,506        4,783        6,409        6,895        8,480   

Support and service

     411        584        833        1,357        1,648        1,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     2,978        4,090        5,616        7,766        8,543        10,298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

     5,178        6,863        8,936        12,413        13,581        18,180   
            

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     3,150        3,565        4,300        5,120        6,318        8,058   

Sales and marketing

     6,040        7,828        10,494        15,489        14,160        17,268   

General and administrative

     1,047        951        1,240        1,930        2,301        3,041   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     10,237        12,344        16,034        22,539        22,779        28,367   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (5,059     (5,481     (7,098     (10,126     (9,198     (10,187

Interest income

     5        7        9        11        6        16   

Other income (expense), net

     3        (30     24        (23     (133     (162
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (5,051     (5,504     (7,065     (10,138     (9,325     (10,333

Provision for income taxes

     10        2        14        73        46        130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (5,061   $ (5,506   $ (7,079   $ (10,211   $ (9,371   $ (10,463
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our quarterly revenue increased sequentially for all periods presented reflecting increased demand for our products and related support and service. The sequential growth in product revenue was driven primarily by higher sales of our storage products to new and existing customers. The sequential growth in support and service revenue was primarily driven by higher product sales and the resulting expansion of our installed end-customer base. We expect to experience seasonal fluctuations in our revenue, as industry sales are historically highest in the fourth quarter and lowest in the first quarter of our fiscal year.

 

60


Table of Contents

Quarterly Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin Trends

The sequential increase in cost of revenue in absolute dollars over the quarterly periods was aligned with our revenue growth. During the first three quarters of the year ended January 31, 2013, we experienced a slight sequential decrease in our gross margin from 63.5% during the first quarter of the year ended January 31, 2013 to 61.4% during the third quarter of the year ended January 31, 2013 as the proportion of our support and service revenue to total revenue grew slightly. This was primarily due to increased investments in our service depots and our support and service contracts carrying a lower gross margin than our storage products. Our gross margin then stabilized during the fourth quarter of the year ended January 31, 2013 and the first quarter of the year ending January 31, 2014 as lower average standard cost components from higher volume discounts and the benefit from economies of scale resulting from the improved utilization of our existing infrastructure have offset the continued growth in support and service revenue. During the second quarter of the year ending January 31, 2014, our gross margin expanded to 63.8% as a result of higher support and service gross margins, favorable product mix, higher product average selling prices and increased leverage of our operations costs.

Quarterly Operating Expense Trends

Total operating expenses increased sequentially for all periods presented, primarily due to the addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of our business and the build out of facilities and corporate infrastructure. Research and development expenses increased due to continued development of new storage products and support infrastructure. Generally, sequential growth in sales and marketing expenses has been due to increased commission expenses related to higher sales of our storage products and increased marketing expenses. General and administrative costs increased due to higher facilities costs, consulting and accounting fees, and, in recent quarters, an increase in professional service fees related to preparing to be a public company.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     As of January 31,      As of July  31,
2013
 
     2011      2012      2013     
     (in thousands)         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 18,985       $ 28,796       $ 49,205       $ 36,720   

 

     Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
   2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (7,584   $ (14,841   $ (18,754   $ (9,741   $ (8,656

Cash used in investing activities

     (375     (1,283     (3,554     (1,328     (7,299

Cash provided by financing activities

     16,427        25,935        42,700        363        3,495   

Foreign exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents

                   17        (6     (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,468      $ 9,811      $ 20,409      $ (10,712   $ (12,485
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial and Operational Metrics:

          

Days Sales Outstanding

     101        65        53        54        44   

Days Sales Inventory(1)

     89        62        55        51        50   

 

(1) Average number of days we hold our inventory before sale.

 

61


Table of Contents

At July 31, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents were $36.7 million, of which approximately $0.8 million was held outside of the United States and not immediately available to fund domestic operations and obligations. If we were to repatriate cash held outside of the United States, it could be subject to U.S. income taxes, less any previously paid foreign income taxes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In October 2013, we entered into an agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, or Wells Fargo, to provide a secured revolving credit facility that allows us to borrow up to $15.0 million for general corporate purposes. Amounts outstanding under the credit facility will bear interest at Wells Fargo’s prime rate (3.25% as of October 1, 2013) with accrued interest payable on a monthly basis. In addition, we are obligated to pay a commitment fee of 0.20% per annum on the unused portion of the credit facility, with such fee payable on a quarterly basis. The credit facility expires in October 2014. As part of the credit facility, we granted to Wells Fargo a first priority lien in our accounts receivable and other corporate assets, agreed to not pledge our intellectual property to other parties and became subject to certain reporting and financial covenants, as follows: (1) maintain specified quarterly levels of EBITDA, which is defined as net income before tax plus interest expense (net of capitalized interest expense), depreciation and amortization expense and non-cash stock compensation expense; and (2) maintain a monthly ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00, based on the aggregate of our cash and net accounts receivable divided by total current liabilities minus current deferred revenue.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced product and service offerings, and the continuing market acceptance of our products. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise such financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Operating Activities

During the six months ended July 31, 2013, cash used in operating activities was $8.7 million. The primary factors affecting our cash flows during this period were our net loss of $19.8 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $2.8 million for stock-based compensation and $1.5 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, and net cash flows of $6.6 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. The primary driver of the changes in operating assets and liabilities was a $9.0 million increase in deferred revenue. The increase in deferred revenue was due to a greater number of support and service contracts related to the growth in our storage product sales and increased renewal of existing support and service contracts associated with our larger installed product base. Changes in our operating assets and liabilities were also significantly affected by a $1.9 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $1.8 million increase in inventories and a $1.5 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities was primarily attributable to increased personnel costs to support the overall growth of our business and higher third-party professional fees for consulting and audit services as we prepared for our initial public offering. The increase in inventories was primarily due to increased purchases from our contract manufacturers and the higher overall demand for our storage products. The increase in accounts receivable was attributable to increased sales, partially offset by improved cash collections from our customers as supported by the decrease in days sales outstanding, or DSO, as compared to the six months ended July 31, 2012. We expect operating cash flows to continue to be affected by timing of sales and timing of collections.

 

62


Table of Contents

During the year ended January 31, 2013, cash used in operating activities was $18.8 million. The primary factors affecting our cash flows during this period were our net loss of $27.9 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $2.6 million for stock-based compensation, and $1.1 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, and net cash flows of $5.0 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities. The primary drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $9.2 million increase in accounts receivable, partially offset by an $8.9 million increase in deferred revenue. The increase in accounts receivable was attributable to increased sales, partially offset by improved cash collections from our customers as supported by the year over year decrease in DSO. We expect operating cash flows to continue to be affected by timing of sales and timing of collections. The increase in deferred revenue was due to a greater number of support and service contracts related to the growth in our storage product sales and increased renewal of existing support and service contracts associated with our larger installed product base. Changes in our operating assets and liabilities were also significantly affected by an $8.9 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and a $3.0 million increase in inventories. The increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities was primarily attributable to increased personnel costs to support the overall growth of our business and higher third-party professional fees for consulting and audit services as we prepared for our initial public offering. The increase in inventories was primarily due to increased purchases from our contract manufacturers to support the development of new storage products in the third quarter of the year ended January 31, 2013 and the higher overall demand for our storage products.

During the year ended January 31, 2012, cash used in operating activities was $14.8 million. The primary factors affecting our cash flows during this period were our net loss of $16.8 million, partially offset by a non-cash charge of $0.8 million for stock-based compensation, and net cash flows of $0.8 million provided by changes in certain of our operating assets and liabilities. The primary drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $4.5 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, partially offset by a $3.5 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities was primarily attributable to increased personnel costs to support our first full year of production. The increase in accounts receivable was due to increased sales from our first full year of production, partially offset by improved cash collections from customers as reflected in the year over year decrease in DSO.

During the year ended January 31, 2011, cash used in operating activities was $7.6 million. The primary components of our cash flows during this period were our net loss of $6.8 million and an increase in accounts receivable of $1.1 million. The increase in accounts receivable was attributable to initial sales of our storage products in the fourth quarter of the year ended January 31, 2011.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities during the six months ended July 31, 2013 was $7.3 million, primarily resulting from a $3.9 million increase in restricted cash related to a condition of a new facility lease agreement that requires us to maintain a letter of credit, with the landlord named as the beneficiary, and $3.4 million to purchase property and equipment. Cash used in investing activities for the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012 was $3.6 million and $1.3 million, primarily resulting from the purchase of property and equipment. We expect to continue to make such purchases to support continued growth of our business. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended January 31, 2011 was $0.4 million, primarily resulting from an increase in restricted cash related to a condition of a purchase arrangement with a major vendor that required us to maintain a letter of credit, with the vendor named as the beneficiary.

 

63


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

During the six months ended July 31, 2013, financing activities provided $3.5 million in cash, due to proceeds from the exercise of stock options, net of repurchases of unvested early exercised shares.

During the year ended January 31, 2013, financing activities provided $42.7 million in cash, primarily from $40.6 million of net proceeds received from the issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock and $2.1 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, net of repurchases of unvested early exercised shares.

During the year ended January 31, 2012, financing activities provided $25.9 million in cash, primarily from $24.9 million of net proceeds received from the issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock and $1.0 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, net of repurchases of unvested early exercised shares.

During the year ended January 31, 2011, financing activities provided $16.4 million in cash, primarily from $16.0 million of net proceeds received from the issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock and $0.4 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, net of repurchases of unvested early exercised shares.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of January 31, 2013:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less
Than
1 Year
     1 - 3
Years
     3 - 5
Years
     More
Than
5 Years
 
            (in thousands)         

Operating leases(1)

   $ 696       $ 696       $       $     —       $     —   

License commitments(2)

     1,760         730         1,030                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,456       $ 1,426       $ 1,030       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) In April 2013, we entered into a facility lease agreement. The 96-month lease commences on November 1, 2013 and provides us with 164,608 square feet in San Jose, California. Total rent, including operating expenses, payable over the lease period is $35.5 million. Future minimum commitments under this operating lease are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years ending January 31:

  

Remainder of 2014

   $ 143   

2015

     3,051   

2016

     4,456   

2017

     4,567   

2018

     4,682   

Thereafter

     18,620   
  

 

 

 
   $ 35,519   
  

 

 

 

 

(2) During the year ended January 31, 2013, we entered into two non-cancelable three-year software license and service agreements for the internal use of software and services for customer relationship management and desktop applications.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of January 31 and July 31, 2013, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other purposes.

 

64


Table of Contents

Segment Information

We have one primary business activity and operate in one reportable segment.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars with a small number of contracts denominated in foreign currencies. A portion of our operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and denominated in foreign currencies and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the British pound sterling, Australian dollar and Canadian dollar. These fluctuations have caused us to recognize transaction losses of $26,000 and $294,000 during the year ended January 31, 2013 and six months ended July 31, 2013. Although the volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy, we believe a hypothetical 10% change of the U.S. dollar against the British pound sterling, Australian dollar or Canadian dollar, either alone or in combination with each other would not have a material impact on our results of operations. Given that the impact of foreign currency exchange rates to date has not been material, we have not engaged in any attempts to hedge our foreign currency exchange risk. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates. It is difficult to predict the impact hedging activities would have on our results of operations.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents of $36.7 million as of July 31, 2013, consisting of bank deposits and money market funds. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. To date, fluctuations in interest income have not been significant.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. We have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

The critical accounting policies requiring estimates, assumptions, and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from sales of software-enabled storage products and related support and service. Our software that is integrated into the storage products is more than incidental, and functions together with the storage product to deliver its essential functionality. We also offer an optional support and service plan with a typical term of one to five years. The support plan includes automated support

 

65


Table of Contents

(Proactive Wellness), bug fixes, updates and upgrades to product firmware and our management platform, including InfoSight, telephone support and expedited delivery times for replacement hardware parts. While support is not contractually mandatory, substantially all products shipped have been purchased together with a support and service plan. We also periodically sell optional installation services with our products that are not essential to the functionality of the storage product. Substantially all of our customer arrangements contain multiple deliverables. As a result, arrangements are divided into separate units of accounting based on whether the delivered items have stand-alone value. In our typical customer arrangements, we consider the following to be separate units of accounting: the storage product (together with the integrated software), support services and installation services. We have determined that each unit of accounting has stand-alone value because they are sold separately by us or could be resold by a customer on a stand-alone basis. We allocate the total consideration to all deliverables based on our determination of the units of accounting and their relative selling prices. As we have not yet established vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) or identified third-party evidence of fair value for our storage product (together with the integrated software) and installation services, we use the best estimate of the selling price (BESP) of each deliverable to allocate the total arrangement fee among the separate units of accounting. Our process to determine its BESP for our products and services is based on qualitative and quantitative considerations of multiple factors, which primarily include historical stand-alone sales, margin objectives and discount behavior. Additional considerations are given to factors such as customer demographics, competitive alternatives, anticipated sales volume, costs to manufacture products or provide services, pricing practices and market conditions. During the first quarter of the year ended January 31, 2013, we established VSOE of fair value for support services based on stand-alone renewals offered to our customers. As a result, beginning in the second quarter of the year ended January 31, 2013, we allocated the fair value of consideration related to support services based on VSOE of fair value for the support services. Prior to this change, we allocated consideration related to support service based on BESP. The effect of the change from BESP to VSOE of fair value for support services did not have a material impact on the allocation of consideration.

Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

Persuasive Evidence of an Arrangement Exists.    We rely upon non-cancelable sales agreements and purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement.

 

  Ÿ  

Delivery Has Occurred.    We use shipping documents to verify delivery.

 

  Ÿ  

The Fee Is Fixed or Determinable.    We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction.

 

  Ÿ  

Collectability Is Reasonably Assured.    We assess collectability based on credit analysis and payment history.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions, including employee and non-employee director stock options, is measured and recognized in the financial statements based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model and a single option award approach. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years.

Our use of the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of

 

66


Table of Contents

management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Fair Value of Common Stock.    Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk-Free Interest Rate.    We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to that of the options for each option group.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected Term.    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We base the expected term assumption on our historical exercise behavior combined with estimates of the post-vesting holding period.

 

  Ÿ  

Volatility.    We determine the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our publicly traded peer group as we do not have a trading history for our common stock. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the technology industry that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

  Ÿ  

Dividend Yield.    The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about our anticipated dividend policy. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options as follows:

 

    Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended July 31,  
      2011         2012         2013         2012         2013    

Expected term (in years)

    6.0        6.0        5.8        5.9        5.8   

Risk-free interest rate

    1.7% - 2.9     0.9% - 2.5     0.6% - 3.6     0.9% - 1.24     0.9% - 1.15

Volatility

    60     61     62     63     62

Dividend yield

    0     0     0     0     0

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

 

67


Table of Contents

Common Stock Valuations

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value calculations with the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The fair values of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards were determined by our board of directors with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. As described below, the exercise price of our stock-based awards was determined by our board of directors based on a number of factors, including its assessment of the overall state of the business, its understanding of various valuation indicators and its review of the most recent contemporaneous third-party valuation as of the grant date.

Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

 

  Ÿ  

contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

our actual operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

our hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

  Ÿ  

our history and the timing of the introduction of new products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company given prevailing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

the illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

  Ÿ  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

  Ÿ  

U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In assessing the findings of our third-party valuation specialist, our board of directors reviewed the specialist’s methods and inputs used in its valuations. With respect to the determination of the fair value of our business, or enterprise value, our board of directors reviewed the value indicators under various market approaches and an income approach as follows:

Market Approaches

There are multiple variations of the market approach, of which our board of directors and the third-party valuation specialist utilized four different market approaches when performing the valuations since June 30, 2012, including the guideline public company multiples approach, the prior sales of stock approach, the company specific implied multiples approach, and the guideline public company trending analysis approach.

The various market approaches often rely on the financial performance of other publicly traded companies in the storage industry, or the guideline companies. We identified the guideline companies by initially screening public companies in the computer storage and peripherals industry, focusing on public companies located in the United States and traded on primary exchanges, and then selected the

 

68


Table of Contents

guideline companies based on size, growth prospects, comparability of operations, markets and business descriptions. We used the same 12 selected guideline companies in all of our valuations up through the April 30, 2013 valuation. For our July 31, 2013 and September 16, 2013 valuations, we considered the progress made toward a potential initial public offering, and added five additional high-growth technology public companies to the guideline companies because these comparable companies had a slightly higher revenue multiple. We identified the additional high-growth companies by screening public companies in the computer hardware industry, focusing on companies that had high trailing 12-month and projected next 12-month revenue growth. The high-growth companies were also public companies located in the United States and traded on primary exchanges, and we expanded our review to cover the computer hardware industry, not just computer storage and peripherals, to identify a sufficient number of comparable high-growth public companies. For our September 16, 2013 valuation, we removed one of the 12 selected guideline companies that had been used in all of our prior valuations, as that company was acquired in September 2013.

Guideline Public Company Multiples Approach. The guideline public company multiples approach estimates the enterprise value of a company by applying market multiples of our guideline companies to the appropriate metrics of the business to derive an implied value. This methodology uses these guideline companies to develop relevant market multiples and ratios, using metrics such as net profit, cash flows, revenue, EBITDA, net income or tangible net book value. We then applied these multiples and values to our corresponding financial metrics. Since no two companies are perfectly comparable, premiums or discounts may be applied to the subject company’s metrics if its position in its industry is significantly different from the position of the guideline companies or if its intangible attributes are different. The guideline public company multiples approach was a significant component for the valuations performed as of April 30, 2013, July 31, 2013 and September 16, 2013.

Prior Sales of Stock Approach. The prior sales of stock approach estimates the enterprise value of a company based on transactions involving equity securities of the enterprise with unrelated investors or among unrelated investors themselves. In using this method, factors about whether those transactions involve any stated or unstated rights or privileges, the sophistication of the purchasers, relationship with our company, and size of the purchase are also considered. For valuation analyses that considered prior stock sales, the transactions we relied upon in performing these analyses were derived from the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in August 2012 and, to a lesser extent, a limited number of common stock sales on a secondary market from March to July 2013. The prior sales of stock approach was the valuation methodology for the valuation performed as of June 30, 2012 and was also a component of the April 30, 2013, July 31, 2013 and September 16, 2013 valuations.

Company Specific Implied Multiples Approach. The company specific implied multiples approach estimates the enterprise value of a company based on implied multiples derived from the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in August 2012. The company specific implied multiples approach was the valuation methodology for the valuation performed as of January 31, 2013 and was also a component of the October 31, 2012 and April 30, 2013 valuations.

Guideline Public Company Trending Analysis Approach. The guideline public company trending analysis approach estimates the enterprise value of a company by utilizing a market index to adjust the enterprise value from a prior valuation using guideline companies’ market value trends, and facts and circumstances relevant to the business as of the valuation date. The guideline public company trending analysis and the company specific implied multiples approaches were used as the valuation methodologies for the valuation performed as of October 31, 2012.

 

69


Table of Contents

Income Approach

The income approach estimates the enterprise value of a company based on the present value of future estimated cash flows. The future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate which is derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of the guideline companies. This discounted cash flow, or DCF, analysis is comprised of the sum of the present value of two components: projected free cash flows and a residual value for the period after the available projections. Cash flows are estimated for future periods based on financial projections. These cash flows are then discounted back to their present value equivalent at a calculated cost of capital discount rate and summed. A residual value based on an exit or steady stated terminal multiple, which represents the future cash flows beyond the discrete projection period, is then discounted to its present value and added to the discounted cash flows. In applying the DCF analysis, it is essential that the cash flows to be discounted are clearly defined and that a discount rate appropriate for the degree of risk inherent in that return stream is established. A DCF analysis was considered, but ultimately not utilized due to the early-stage nature of our company. A DCF analysis requires multiple years of projected free cash flows and an estimate of residual value, which is typically based on an assumption of steady state growth or a terminal multiple. Taking into account our current stage of development, long term projections would be uncertain and highly speculative, and we are not expecting normalized growth or earnings in the near future. Based on these factors, we deemed a DCF analysis not to be appropriate as a valuation method at this stage of our development.

Allocation Methods

The enterprise values derived from the approaches discussed above are then allocated to each of the classes of stock using either the Option Pricing Method or the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method. The two methods are described below:

Option Pricing Method. The Option Pricing Method, or OPM, treats common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences of the redeemable convertible preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the redeemable convertible preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to price the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

Probability Weighted Expected Return Method. The Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, involves a forward-looking analysis of the possible future outcomes of the enterprise. This method is particularly useful when discrete future outcomes can be predicted at a high confidence level with a probability distribution. Discrete future outcomes considered under the PWERM included non-IPO market based outcomes as well as IPO scenarios. In the non-IPO scenarios, a large portion of the equity value is generally allocated to the redeemable convertible preferred stock to incorporate higher aggregate liquidation preferences. In the IPO scenarios, the equity value is generally allocated pro rata among the shares of common stock and each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock, which generally causes the common stock to have a higher relative value per share than under the non-IPO scenarios. The fair value of the enterprise determined using the IPO and non-IPO scenarios will be weighted according to our board of directors’ estimate of the probability of each scenario.

For all of the valuations through April 30, 2013, we used the OPM due primarily to our early stage of development, lack of availability and reliability of estimates regarding the nature and timing horizons

 

70


Table of Contents

for exit outcomes, number and materiality of assumptions required, and availability of information. As we obtained a greater degree of information regarding possible discrete events, including various IPO and potential strategic sales scenarios, we transitioned the methodology used to allocate the equity value to our common stock from the OPM to the PWERM, which we used in the July 31, 2013 and September 16, 2013 valuations.

Discount for Lack of Marketability. After the enterprise value is determined and allocated to the various classes of stock using either the OPM or PWERM, a Discount for Lack of Marketability, or DLOM, is applied to arrive at the fair value of the common stock. A DLOM is applied based on the theory that an owner of private company stock has limited opportunities to sell this stock and there could be considerable additional economic costs in terms of time and effort to find buyers, thereby reducing the overall fair value of this stock.

We have granted the following stock options with the following exercise prices and fair values since July 1, 2012:

 

Grant Date

   Total Shares
Subject to
Options
Granted
    

Exercise

Price per

Share

  

Common
Stock
Fair Value

per Share

August 31, 2012

     1,584,598       $  2.61    $  2.61

November 15, 2012

     1,612,289       3.27    3.27

February 26, 2013

     2,686,539       3.74    3.74

March 14, 2013

     525,000       3.74    3.74

March 15, 2013

     100,000       3.74    3.74

April 19, 2013

     60,000       3.74    3.74

May 22, 2013

     2,115,137       4.71    4.71

August 16, 2013

     764,600       7.26    7.26

September 25, 2013

     1,131,000       7.65    7.65

On April 26, 2013, we also granted 75,000 restricted stock units, which do not have an exercise price. As described in the April and May 2013 awards discussion, the fair value of the underlying common stock was determined to be $4.71 per share on the grant date. On August 16, 2013, we also granted 60,000 restricted stock units. As described in the August 2013 awards discussion, the fair value of the underlying common stock was determined to be $7.26 on the grant date. On September 25, 2013, we also granted 55,000 restricted stock units. As described in the September 2013 awards discussion, the fair value of the underlying common stock was determined to be $7.65 on the grant date.

Based on the assumed initial public offering price per share of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our outstanding stock options as of July 31, 2013 was $        , with $                 million related to vested stock options.

We received the following third-party common stock valuations during this period as follows:

 

Valuation Date (As of Date)

  

Common
Stock

Fair Value

per Share

June 30, 2012

   $  2.61

October 31, 2012

   3.27

January 31, 2013

   3.74

April 30, 2013

   4.71

July 31, 2013

   7.26

September 16, 2013

   7.65

 

71


Table of Contents

Historically, valuations were performed immediately prior to a significant stock option grant. As noted previously, we derived valuations of the common stock as of June 30, 2012, October 31, 2012, January 31, 2013, April 30, 2013, July 31, 2013 and September 16, 2013, which were generally near the significant option grant dates. However, the assessments of the fair value of the common stock for grant dates between the dates of the valuations were based in part on the current available financial and operational information and common stock values provided in the most recent and/or surrounding valuations. The valuations noted above, and their impact on the related option grants, were assessed as follows:

August 2012 Awards

We granted options to purchase 1,584,598 shares of common stock on August 31, 2012 with an exercise price of $2.61 per share. The exercise price and the fair value of the underlying common stock used to calculate the related stock-based compensation was determined by our board of directors with assistance from management and was generally consistent with a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of June 30, 2012, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $2.61 per share.

The June 30, 2012 valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis and the aggregate enterprise value was determined using only the prior sales of stock approach. Our board of directors considered the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing as the basis for this valuation. The term sheet for the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing was first delivered near June 30, 2012 and the financing ultimately concluded in August 2012 with the raising of $40.7 million through the issuance of 4,247,541 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock at the price of $9.582 per share. The pricing of the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing was negotiated between us and a new investor. Therefore, our board of directors determined that the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing was an arm’s length market transaction and a good basis for the aggregate enterprise value for this valuation. We then allocated the equity value derived from the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 2.5 years, a risk-free rate of 0.4%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 65% over the time to a liquidity event. Based on the above, and after incorporating a DLOM of 40%, management and our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock to be $2.61 per share as of June 30, 2012.

Because these options were granted after the June 30, 2012 valuation date, we re-evaluated the fair value of the common stock to be used for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, management and our board of directors determined that the fair value determined as of the grant date by our board of directors, which was also used as the exercise price of the options, was also appropriate for the calculation of the related stock-based compensation expense for these awards. This assessment was primarily based on management and our board of directors’ view that there had not been any individually significant events or evidence otherwise during the period between the valuation date and the date of this grant in August 2012 which should have led them to believe that the fair value should have been different. Accordingly, management and our board of directors determined that the appropriate fair value to be used to calculate the stock-based compensation for these awards was $2.61 per share.

November 2012 Awards

We granted options to purchase 1,612,289 shares of common stock on November 15, 2012 with an exercise price of $3.27 per share. The exercise price and the fair value of the underlying common stock used to calculate the related stock-based compensation was determined by our board of directors with assistance from management and was generally consistent with a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of October 31, 2012, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $3.27 per share.

 

72


Table of Contents

The October 31, 2012 valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. This valuation determined an enterprise value by using a combination of the guideline public company trending analysis approach and the company specific implied multiples approach. For the guideline public company trending analysis approach, we evaluated the guideline companies’ market value trend, the overall U.S. market trend, and other facts and circumstances relevant to our business, from the prior valuation date as of June 30, 2012 to this valuation date as of October 31, 2012. During the period between the two valuation dates, the guideline companies recognized a decrease in the median business enterprise value and average business enterprise value while, conversely, the S&P 500 Index and S&P SmallCap 600 Index both increased. In addition, we did not recognize any material changes in our prospects, forecasts or risks to our business during this interim period. Based on these findings our board of directors selected a market trending adjustment of 0% to be applied to the equity value determined in the June 30, 2012 valuation. This is consistent with our board of directors’ view that the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing still provided an accurate indication of fair value as of October 31, 2012.

For the company specific implied multiples approach, we utilized the implied multiples indicated from the equity value determined in the June 30, 2012 valuation. More specifically, we used the implied revenue to enterprise value multiples for the years ending January 31, 2013 and 2014 that would have provided the same equity value as of June 30, 2012 as was determined under the prior sales of stock approach because our board of directors believed that the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing still provided an accurate indication of fair value as of October 31, 2012. These implied multiples were then applied to the revised forecast for the year ended January 31, 2013 and the year ending January 31, 2014 and weighted evenly to determine an equity value under the company specific implied multiples approach as of October 31, 2012. Our board of directors determined that equal weighting of 50% to the implied multiples derived from the forecasted revenue for the year ended January 31, 2013 and the year ending January 31, 2014 was most appropriate for this valuation as our board of directors believed at the time that potential investors would consider both near-term and longer-range projections in their investment decisions.

To arrive at an aggregate equity value from both the guideline public company trending analysis approach and the company specific implied multiples approach, an equal weighting of 50% was applied to both approaches since both approaches considered our latest business developments, including the same progress under our business plan, and the performance of our guideline companies and the broader market in general.

The aggregate equity value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.66 years, a risk-free rate of 0.3%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 65% over the time to a liquidity event. Based on the above, and after incorporating a DLOM of 30%, management and our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock to be $3.27 per share as of October 31, 2012.

The increase from the June 2012 valuation to the October 2012 valuation primarily resulted from an increase in the equity value due to an increase in forecast revenue used in the company specific implied multiples approach.

Because the awards granted in November 2012 were issued near the October 31, 2012 valuation date, our board of directors determined that the fair value determined in the October 31, 2012 valuation, which was also used as the exercise price of the options, should be the same on the grant date as management and our board of directors were not aware of any individually significant events or evidence otherwise during the period between the valuation date and the date of this grant in November 2012 which should have led them to believe that the fair value should have been different. Accordingly, management and our board of directors determined that the appropriate fair value to be used to calculate the stock-based compensation for these awards was $3.27 per share.

 

73


Table of Contents

February, March and April 2013 Awards

We granted options to purchase 2,686,539 shares of common stock on February 26, 2013, 525,000 shares on March 14, 2013, 100,000 shares on March 15, 2013, and 60,000 shares on April 19, 2013, each with an exercise price of $3.74 per share. Our board of directors determined the exercise price and the fair value of the underlying common stock used to calculate the related stock-based compensation, which was consistent with a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of January 31, 2013, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $3.74 per share.

The January 31, 2013 valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. This valuation determined an enterprise value based on the company specific implied multiple approach. Similarly to the approach used in the October 31, 2012 valuation, we evaluated the guideline public companies’ market value trend, the overall U.S. market trend, as well as the facts and circumstances relevant to our business, from the prior valuation date as of June 30, 2012 to the valuation date as of January 31, 2013. During the period between these two valuation dates, the guideline public companies experienced a decrease in the median enterprise value based on the next twelve months revenue multiples and a decrease in the median enterprise value based on the last twelve months revenue multiples. In addition, while we revised our forecast and increased our projected revenue, we forecasted an even greater increase in expenses since the last valuation. Based on these findings, our board of directors selected an adjustment factor of negative 5% to the implied revenue to enterprise multiples for the year ended January 31, 2013 and year ending January 31, 2014 used in the October 2012 valuation, because our board of directors believed that the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing still provided an accurate indication of fair value as of January 31, 2013. More specifically, our board of directors reduced the implied 2013 and 2014 revenue multiples used in the October 31, 2012 valuation by 5%, and then applied these multiples to the revenue forecast for the year ended January 31, 2013 and year ending January 31, 2014. The 2013 and 2014 revenue multiples were weighted evenly to determine an equity value under the company specific implied multiples approach as of January 31, 2013. Our board of directors believed that an equal weighting of 50% was most appropriate for this valuation, as potential investors would consider both near-term and longer-range projections in their investment decisions.

The concluded equity value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.41 years, a risk-free rate of 0.2%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 65% over the time to a liquidity event. Based on the above, and after incorporating a DLOM of 25%, management and our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock to be $3.74 per share as of January 31, 2013.

The increase from the October 2012 valuation to the January 2013 valuation primarily resulted from an increase in the equity value due to an increase in forecast revenue used in the company specific implied multiples approach.

Because we granted the February, March and April 2013 options after the January 31, 2013 valuation date, we re-evaluated the fair value of the common stock to be used for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, management and our board of directors determined that the fair market value determined as of each grant date by our board of directors, which was also used as the exercise price of the options, was also appropriate for the calculation of the related stock-based compensation expense for these awards. This assessment was primarily based on management and our board of directors’ view that there had not been any individually significant events or evidence otherwise during the period between the valuation date and the date of these grants in February, March and April 2013 that should have led them to believe that the fair value should have been different. Accordingly, management and our board of directors determined that the appropriate fair value to be used to calculate the stock-based compensation for these awards was $3.74 per share.

 

74


Table of Contents

April and May 2013 Awards

We granted options to purchase 2,115,137 shares of common stock on May 22, 2013, with an exercise price of $4.71 per share. The exercise price and the fair value of the underlying common stock used to calculate the related stock-based compensation was determined by our board of directors with assistance from management and was generally consistent with a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of April 30, 2013, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $4.71 per share. In addition, we granted 75,000 restricted stock units on April 26, 2013 which, by definition, do not have an exercise price. We determined the fair value of the restricted stock units on the grant date to be $4.71 per share based on the valuation discussion immediately following.

The April 30, 2013 valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. This valuation determined an enterprise value based on the results from a combination of the company specific implied multiples approach, the guideline public company multiples approach and the prior sales of stock approach. For the company specific implied multiples approach, we used the implied multiples that we previously used to determine the equity value in the June 30, 2012 valuation as a starting point for the valuations. More specifically, we used the implied revenue to enterprise value multiples for the year ended January 31, 2013 and the year ending January 31, 2014 that would have provided the same equity value as of the June 30, 2012 valuation as were determined under the prior sales of stock approach. We then applied these multiples to the revised forecast for the year ended January 31, 2013 and the year ending January 31, 2014 and weighted the 2013 results by 25% and the 2014 results by 75% to determine an equity value under the company specific implied multiples approach as of April 30, 2013.

Our board of directors adjusted the weighting from prior valuations to place greater emphasis on the 2014 equity value indication because a potential investor would apply a greater weight to the forecast for the year ending January 31, 2014 for a high growth rate business like ours.

For the guideline public company multiples approach, we analyzed the guideline companies and selected an enterprise value to revenue multiple for the years ending January 31, 2014 and 2015, both of which were near the midpoint of the high end and the 75th percentile of the range for the guideline companies. We then applied these multiples to the revenue forecast for the years ending January 31, 2014 and 2015 and weighted the concluded 2014 enterprise value by 75% and the concluded 2015 enterprise value by 25% to determine an equity value under the guideline public company multiples approach as of April 30, 2013. Our board of directors placed a higher weighting on the 2014 equity value indication based on the belief that a potential investor would apply greater weight to the near-term projected performance of a high growth rate business like ours.

The concluded values from the company specific implied multiples approach and the guideline public company multiples approach were both considered and weighted based on an 80% weighting for the company specific implied multiples approach, and 20% weighting for the guideline public company multiples approach. Our board of directors determined the weighting based on its view that, as more time passed from the closing of the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing that drove the company specific implied multiples approach, that financing became less relevant, and it was more appropriate to begin incorporating the guideline public company multiples approach into the valuation analysis.

The aggregate equity value determined under these two approaches was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.0 years, a risk-free rate of 0.1%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 65% over the time to a liquidity event. Based on the above, and after incorporating a DLOM of 20%, our management and board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock to be $4.12 per share as of April 30, 2013, based on the company specific implied multiples approach and the guideline public company multiples approach.

 

75


Table of Contents

In addition to considering the company specific implied multiples approach and the guideline public company multiples approach, we also considered the secondary market sales of shares of our common stock in March and April 2013 at $10.00 per share. A total of 39,405 shares were sold in three separate transactions, which we did not consider to be significant. In addition, we believe that the participants in the secondary sales did not have access to financial information about our company or internal stock price information, including information about our recent option grants or preferred stock financings. Nonetheless, our board of directors believed these transactions should be regarded as another indication of value, provided that the weighting for these sales in the April 30, 2013 valuation analysis should be limited because that sale price was not representative of a reliable and observable price range. Accordingly, our board of directors weighted the fair value of $4.12 per share as determined under the company specific implied multiples and guideline public company multiples approaches by 90% and the sale price of $10.00 per share from the secondary market transactions by 10% to determine a final fair value for the common stock of $4.71 per share as of April 30, 2013.

The increase from the January 2013 valuation to the April 2013 valuation primarily resulted from an increase in the equity value related to an increase in forecast revenue and the implied multiples based on the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. To a lesser extent, the inclusion of the sales of common stock in the secondary market at $10.00 per share also contributed to the increase in the fair value.

Because these options were granted near the April 30, 2013 valuation date, and because our board was not aware of any evidence which should have led them to believe that the fair value should have changed during the three-week period between the valuation date and the grant date of May 22, 2013, management and our board of directors determined that the fair value determined as of the grant date was also appropriate for the calculation of the related stock-based compensation expense for these awards. In addition, due to the proximity of the grant date of the restricted stock units on April 26, 2013, management and our board of directors determined that the fair value from the April 30, 2013 valuation was also appropriate for the calculation of the related stock-based compensation expense for these awards. Accordingly, management and our board of directors determined that the appropriate fair value to be used to calculate the stock-based compensation for these options and restricted stock units was $4.71 per share.

August 2013 Awards

We granted options to purchase 764,600 shares of common stock on August 16, 2013, each with an exercise price of $7.26 per share. The exercise price and the fair value of the underlying common stock used to calculate the related stock-based compensation was determined by our board of directors with assistance from management and was generally consistent with a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of July 31, 2013, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $7.26 per share. In addition, we granted 60,000 restricted stock units on August 16, 2013 which, by definition, do not have an exercise price. We determined the fair value of the restricted stock units on the grant date to be $7.26 per share based on the valuation discussion immediately following.

The July 31, 2013 valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. This valuation determined an enterprise value based on the results from a PWERM and the prior sales of stock approach. For the PWERM, which incorporates an approach similar to the guideline public company multiples approach, our aggregate enterprise value was determined based on management’s expectation of our post-money equity value under multiple scenarios, including two IPO scenarios, two sale scenarios and a scenario in which we remain a private company. These scenarios are discussed below:

 

  Ÿ  

Early IPO—35% probability. This scenario assumes an IPO will occur late in the year ending January 31, 2014. The equity value for this scenario was developed by management and our

 

76


Table of Contents
 

board of directors by considering recent IPO pricing data from our guideline companies and other companies in the computer and peripheral and Internet software and services industries. We selected implied revenue to enterprise value multiples for the years ending January 31, 2014 and 2015. We then weighted the resulting enterprise values equally as we believed an investor in an IPO in the late part of the year ending January 31, 2014 would also place equal weighting on both. The aggregate equity value was then allocated to our common stock under a PWERM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 0.5 years and a discount rate of 35%.

 

  Ÿ  

Late IPO—30% probability. This scenario assumes an IPO will occur early in the year ending January 31, 2015. The equity value for this scenario was developed by management and our board of directors by considering recent IPO pricing data from our guideline companies and other companies in the computer and peripheral and Internet software and services industries. We selected implied revenue to enterprise value multiples for the years ending January 31, 2015 and 2016. We then weighted the resulting enterprise values from the 2015 calculation by 75% and from the 2016 calculation by 25% as we believed an investor in an IPO early in the year ending January 31, 2015 would potentially be more interested in the 2015 revenue estimates. The aggregate equity value was then allocated to our common stock under a PWERM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 0.75 years and a discount rate of 35%.

 

  Ÿ  

Strategic Sale—15% probability. This scenario assumes a sale will occur toward the end of the year ending January 31, 2015, while we are experiencing moderate growth and are able to attract a strategic buyer. The equity value for this scenario was developed by management and our board of directors by considering our guideline companies’ multiples. We selected implied revenue to enterprise value multiples for the year ending January 31, 2015 and implied revenue to enterprise value multiples for the year ending January 31, 2016 and weighted the resulting enterprise values equally. The aggregate equity value was then allocated to our common stock under a PWERM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.4 years and a discount rate of 35%.

 

  Ÿ  

Low Sale—5% probability. This scenario assumes a sale will occur in the year ending January 31, 2016, while we are experiencing less than moderate growth and choose to sell our company as the best way to generate cash. The equity value for this scenario was developed by management and our board of directors by considering our guideline companies’ multiples. We selected an implied revenue to enterprise value multiple for the year ending January 31, 2016 to coincide with the timing of such a sale. The aggregate equity value was then allocated to our common stock under a PWERM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.9 years and a discount rate of 35%.

 

  Ÿ  

Remain private—15% probability. This scenario assumes that we will remain private for the time being. The equity value for this scenario was developed by management and our board of directors by considering our guideline companies. We selected implied revenue to enterprise value multiples for the year ending January 31, 2014 and 2015. We then weighted the resulting enterprise values from the 2014 calculation by 75% and the 2015 calculation by 25%, as we believed an investor would place greater reliance on the revenue estimates for the year ended January 31, 2014. The aggregate equity value was then allocated to our common stock under an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 2.0 years, a risk-free interest rate of 0.3%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 65% over the time to liquidity event.

The aggregate equity value in each of the above scenarios analyzed the likelihood of the holders of our preferred stock converting their shares of preferred stock into common stock versus taking their liquidation preference. In each instance, the resulting proceeds to the preferred stock were deducted from the aggregate equity value in order to determine the proceeds available for the common

 

77


Table of Contents

stockholders. After excluding the “remain private” scenario, we discounted the calculated aggregate values for the other scenarios to their present values using a 35% discount rate and then calculated an expected aggregate value using the probabilities indicated above. Based on this analysis, and after incorporating a DLOM of 20%, our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock to be $6.97 per share as of July 31, 2013, based on the PWERM approach.

In addition to the results from the valuation methodologies performed above for the July 31, 2013 valuation, we also considered the secondary market sales of shares of our common stock in May, June and July 2013 for a weighted average price of $9.92 per share. A total of 77,595 shares were sold in five separate transactions in this period, which we did not consider to be significant. In addition, we believe that the participants in the secondary sales did not have access to financial information about our company or internal stock price information, including information about our recent option grants or preferred stock financings. Nonetheless, our board of directors believed these transactions should be regarded as another indication of value, provided that the weighting for these sales in the July 31, 2013 valuation analysis should be limited because that sale price was not representative of a reliable and observable price range. Accordingly, our board of directors weighted the fair value of $6.97 per share as determined under the PWERM approach by 90% and the weighted average sale price of $9.92 per share from the secondary market transactions by 10% to determine a final fair value for the common stock of $7.26 per share as of July 31, 2013.

The change from using the OPM approach to using the PWERM approach contributed to the increase in the fair value of our common stock from the April 2013 valuation to the July 2013 valuation. We also added five high-growth technology companies with slightly higher revenue multiples to our set of comparable companies utilized in our valuation, given our progress made toward a potential public offering. Further, given our longer term growth outlook, we factored our forecast for the year ended January 31, 2016 into our valuation. The change in comparable companies, along with the addition of our forecast for the year ended January 31, 2016, also contributed to the increase in the fair value of our common stock.

Because these options were granted near the July 31, 2013 valuation date, and because our board of directors was not aware of any evidence which should have led them to believe that the fair value should have changed during the brief period between the valuation date and the grant date, management and our board of directors determined that the fair value determined as of the grant date was also appropriate for the calculation of the related stock-based compensation expense for these awards. Accordingly, management and our board of directors determined that the appropriate fair value to be used to calculate the stock-based compensation for these awards was $7.26 per share.

September 2013 Awards

We granted options to purchase 1,131,000 shares of common stock on September 25, 2013, each with an exercise price of $7.65 per share. The exercise price and the fair value of the underlying common stock used to calculate the related stock-based compensation was determined by our board of directors with assistance from management and was generally consistent with a contemporaneous third-party valuation prepared as of September 16, 2013, which determined the fair value of our common stock to be $7.65 per share. In addition, we granted 55,000 restricted stock units on September 25, 2013. We determined the fair value of the restricted stock units on the grant date to be $7.65 per share based on the valuation discussion immediately following.

The September 16, 2013 valuation was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis. This valuation determined an enterprise value based on the results from a PWERM and the prior sales of stock approach. For the PWERM, which incorporates an approach similar to the guideline public company multiples approach, our aggregate enterprise value was determined based on management’s expectation of our post-money equity value under multiple scenarios, including two IPO scenarios, two

 

78


Table of Contents

sale scenarios and a scenario in which we remain a private company. These scenarios are discussed below:

 

  Ÿ  

Early IPO—40% probability. This scenario assumes an IPO will occur late in the year ending January 31, 2014. The probability for this scenario increased from 35% as of July 31, 2013 to 40% as of September 16, 2013 as we continue to progress towards an IPO. The equity value for this scenario was developed by management and our board of directors by considering recent IPO pricing data from our guideline companies and other companies in the computer and peripheral and Internet software and services industries. We selected implied revenue to enterprise value multiples for the years ending January 31, 2014 and 2015. We then weighted the resulting enterprise values equally as we believed an investor in an IPO in the late part of the year ending January 31, 2014 would also place equal weighting on both. The aggregate equity value was then allocated to our common stock under a PWERM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 0.38 years and a discount rate of 35%.

 

  Ÿ  

Late IPO—30% probability. This scenario assumes an IPO will occur early in the year ending January 31, 2015. The equity value for this scenario was developed by management and our board of directors by considering recent IPO pricing data from our guideline companies and other companies in the computer and peripheral and Internet software and services industries. We selected implied revenue to enterprise value multiples for the years ending January 31, 2015 and 2016. We then weighted the resulting enterprise values from the 2015 calculation by 75% and from the 2016 calculation by 25% as we believed an investor in an IPO early in the year ending January 31, 2015 would potentially be more interested in the 2015 revenue estimates. The aggregate equity value was then allocated to our common stock under a PWERM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 0.62 years and a discount rate of 35%.

 

  Ÿ  

Strategic Sale—10% probability. This scenario assumes a sale will occur toward the end of the year ending January 31, 2015, while we are experiencing moderate growth and are able to attract a strategic buyer. The probability for this scenario decreased from 15% as of July 31, 2013 to 10% as of September 16, 2013 as we continue to progress towards an IPO. The equity value for this scenario was developed by management and our board of directors by considering our guideline companies’ multiples. We selected implied revenue to enterprise value multiples for the years ending January 31, 2015 and 2016 and weighted the resulting enterprise values equally. The aggregate equity value was then allocated to our common stock under a PWERM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.29 years and a discount rate of 35%.

 

  Ÿ  

Low Sale—5% probability. This scenario assumes a sale will occur in the year ending January 31, 2016, while we are experiencing less than moderate growth and choose to sell our company as the best way to generate cash. The equity value for this scenario was developed by management and our board of directors by considering our guideline companies’ multiples. We selected an implied revenue to enterprise value multiple for the year ending January 31, 2016 to coincide with the timing of such a sale. The aggregate equity value was then allocated to our common stock under a PWERM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.79 years and a discount rate of 35%.

 

  Ÿ  

Remain private—15% probability. This scenario assumes that we will remain private for the time being. The equity value for this scenario was developed by management and our board of directors by considering our guideline companies. We selected implied revenue to enterprise value multiples for the year ending January 31, 2014 and 2015. We then weighted the resulting enterprise value from the 2014 calculation by 75% and from the 2015 calculation by 25%, as we believed an investor would place greater reliance on the 2014 revenue estimates. The aggregate equity value was then allocated to our common stock under a PWERM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 2.0 years and a discount rate of 35%.

 

79


Table of Contents

The aggregate equity value in each of the above scenarios analyzed the likelihood of the holders of our preferred stock converting their shares of preferred stock into common stock versus taking their liquidation preference. In each instance, the resulting proceeds to the preferred stock were deducted from the aggregate equity value in order to determine the proceeds available for the common stockholders. We then discounted the amounts to their present values using a 35% discount rate and calculated an expected aggregate value using the probabilities indicated above. Based on this analysis, and after incorporating a DLOM of 20%, our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock to be $7.53 per share as of September 16, 2013, based on the PWERM approach.

In addition to the results from the valuation methodologies performed above for the September 16, 2013 valuation, we also considered the secondary market sales of shares of our common stock in May, June and July 2013 (there were no additional secondary market sales since our July 31, 2013 valuation) for a weighted average price of $9.92 per share. A total of 77,595 shares were sold in five separate transactions in this period, which we did not consider to be significant. In addition, we believe that the participants in the secondary sales did not have access to financial information about our company or internal stock price information, including information about our recent option grants or preferred stock financings. Nonetheless, our board of directors believed these transactions should be regarded as another indication of value, provided that the weighting for these sales in the September 16, 2013 valuation analysis should be limited because that sale price was not representative of a reliable and observable price range. Given the passage of time since the most recent secondary transaction on July 18, 2013 and our September 16, 2013 valuation, we reduced the weighting of secondary market transactions from 10% to 5%. Accordingly, our board of directors weighted the fair value of $7.53 per share as determined under the PWERM approach by 95% and the weighted average sale price of $9.92 per share from the secondary market transactions by 5% to determine a final fair value for the common stock of $7.65 per share as of September 16, 2013.

The increase in the fair value of our common stock from the July 2013 valuation to the September 2013 valuation primarily resulted from an increase in the equity value related to our continued progress towards an IPO and a 5% shift in the probability weighting from the strategic sale scenario towards the early IPO scenario which has higher implied revenue to enterprise value multiples.

Because these options were granted near the September 16, 2013 valuation date, and because our board of directors was not aware of any evidence which should have led them to believe that the fair value should have changed during the brief period between the valuation date and the grant date, management and our board of directors determined that the fair value determined as of the grant date was also appropriate for the calculation of the related stock-based compensation expense for these awards. Accordingly, management and our board of directors determined that the appropriate fair value to be used to calculate the stock-based compensation for these awards was $7.65 per share.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. In addition, deferred tax assets are recorded for the future benefit of utilizing net operating losses and research and development credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

We apply the authoritative accounting guidance prescribing a threshold and measurement attribute for the financial recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The

 

80


Table of Contents

first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

Significant judgment is required in evaluating our uncertain tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes. Although we believe our judgments are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences may impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

Significant judgment is also required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income, and the feasibility of tax planning strategies. In the event that we change our determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that can be realized, we will adjust our valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

Estimates of future taxable income are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans. Assumptions represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. Should actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of our tax expense and liabilities could be materially impacted.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued guidance which addresses the presentation of amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income. This guidance does not change current financial reporting requirements, instead an entity is required to cross-reference to other required disclosures that provide additional detail about amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. In addition, the guidance requires an entity to present significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by line item of net income if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. This new guidance impacts how we report comprehensive income and will have no effect on our results of operations, financial position or liquidity. We adopted this guidance on February 1, 2013.

 

81


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Our mission is to provide our customers with the industry’s most efficient data storage platform. We have designed and sell a flash-optimized hybrid storage platform that we believe is disrupting the market by enabling significant improvements in application performance and storage capacity with superior data protection, while simplifying business operations and lowering costs. At the core of our innovative platform is our Cache-Accelerated Sequential Layout file system software, which we call our CASL technology, and our cloud-based storage management and support service, InfoSight. We have built our platform from the ground up to take advantage of the high performance characteristics of flash memory and the capacity and low cost of disk. Our platform’s key benefits include high performance and high capacity efficiency, superior data protection and simplified storage lifecycle management. In addition, CASL’s scale-to-fit flexibility enables non-disruptive and independent scaling of performance and capacity. InfoSight takes advantage of deep-data analytics and rich telemetry capabilities embedded across our platform to proactively monitor the health, capacity and performance of customer systems, and provide real-time operational insight to us and our end-customers.

We serve a broad array of enterprises and cloud-based service providers, and our storage systems and software effectively handle mainstream applications, including virtual desktops, databases, email, collaboration and analytics. Since shipping our first product in August 2010, our end-customer base has grown rapidly. We had over 40, 270 and 1,090 end-customers as of January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and, as of July 31, 2013, we had over 1,750 end-customers. Our end-customers span a range of industries such as cloud-based service providers, education, financial services, healthcare, manufacturing, state and local government and technology.

We sell our products through our network of value added resellers and distributors, and also engage our end-customers through our global sales force. As of July 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we had over 70, 220 and 600 VARs that offered our solutions worldwide. Additionally, we leverage our “land and expand” business model to sell additional products to our existing end-customers. For example, in the three months ended July 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, approximately 19%, 22% and 28% of the dollar amounts of orders received were from existing end-customers. As of July 31, 2013, the top 25 of our 117 end-customers that have been with us for at least two years, on average, made additional purchases that were approximately three times the initial dollar purchase amount in the two years following the initial sale.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods with total revenue of $1.7 million, $14.0 million, $53.8 million and $50.6 million in the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013. Our net loss was $6.8 million, $16.8 million, $27.9 million and $19.8 million in the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013. As our sales and customer base have grown, we have also experienced growth in our deferred revenue from $2.0 million as of January 31, 2012 to $10.9 million as of January 31, 2013 and to $19.9 million as of July 31, 2013. Our gross margin has improved from approximately 55% for the year ended January 31, 2012 to 62% for the year ended January 31, 2013 and to 63% for the six months ended July 31, 2013. As a percentage of total revenue, our operating expenses have declined from 175% for the year ended January 31, 2012 to 114% for the year ended January 31, 2013 and to 101% for the six months ended July 31, 2013.

 

82


Table of Contents

Industry Background

Data Storage is a Strategic Priority

Data has become a key strategic resource for modern enterprises and cloud-based service providers. Transactional, analytical, communications and other applications that are critical to day-to-day operations and competitive differentiation in today’s business environment generate and require an ever increasing amount of data. According to the IDC Digital Universe Study, sponsored by EMC, the amount of digital information created, replicated and consumed worldwide will grow exponentially from 0.8 trillion gigabytes in 2010 to 40 trillion gigabytes in 2020. This exponential growth in data and the need to rapidly access, efficiently retain and protect data is driving a significant amount of enterprise spend on data storage systems and software. IDC estimates that enterprises will spend approximately $42.5 billion worldwide on data storage systems in 2017, while Gartner estimates an additional $21.3 billion in worldwide spend on storage software in 2017. As a result, storage systems that securely retain and supply data to applications are a core strategic element of IT infrastructure today.

Key Requirements for Data Storage Infrastructure

To maximize the benefits from investments in data storage infrastructure and applications, enterprises and cloud-based service providers generally require the following attributes from data storage systems:

Cost-Effective Storage Capacity.    As the amount of data that is created, stored, analyzed and protected increases, enterprises and service providers need to economically scale their storage infrastructure to provide cost-effective storage capacity.

High Performance Storage.    The performance of applications is dependent on the rate at which data is transferred to and from application servers and storage, which is determined primarily by the input-output, or I/O, performance of the underlying storage infrastructure. Most modern enterprises have multiple applications with varying performance needs and data types that cumulatively translate into significant random I/O demands on storage. As a result, enterprises and service providers require high performance storage systems that can accommodate demanding I/O operations with low latency.

Comprehensive Data Protection.    Storage systems must prevent business disruptions arising from data loss or interruption in data availability to applications that may result from user errors, hardware failures and software faults in the data center or any unforeseen disasters. Further, in the event that such disruptions occur, storage systems must minimize the amount of data lost, enable rapid data recovery and allow organizations to quickly resume normal operations.

Optimized Footprint and Cost of Operations.    Enterprises and service providers have limited physical space and budgets for deploying and operating IT infrastructure. As a result, there is strong demand for storage solutions that take up less space and require less power, cooling and supporting infrastructure to operate. To reduce operational cost, organizations also prefer solutions that can address a broad range of use cases from a single platform rather than disparate systems.

Simplified Management.    While the capital costs associated with initial deployments of storage systems can be significant, the total cost of storage ownership can be materially impacted by ongoing system administration, integration with the rest of the data center infrastructure, and troubleshooting and maintenance. Enterprises and service providers need easy to manage storage to contend with ever-increasing demands on IT infrastructure management resources.

 

83


Table of Contents

Data Center and IT Infrastructure Is Undergoing a Significant Transformation

The rapid adoption of virtualization technologies, the proliferation of consumer and business applications and an enormous increase in the amount of data gathered and analyzed by organizations are transforming IT infrastructure in enterprise and service provider data centers. This is creating significant new performance, capacity and operational challenges.

Virtualization Is Increasing Demands on Storage Infrastructure.    Virtualization is driving significant efficiency gains by consolidating virtual servers and virtual desktops onto a smaller number of physical servers. At the same time, the data flow between servers and storage is an amalgam of the data accessed by all of the applications being consolidated on the physical servers, making the data access pattern increasingly random. Consequently, enterprises increasingly require higher performance storage infrastructure that can dynamically support multiple applications with random I/O requirements. In addition, storage systems need to easily adapt to the rapid changes and movement of users and workloads in a virtualized environment.

Enterprises Are Gathering, Storing and Analyzing More Data, More Frequently.    Recent advances in technology have made it possible for enterprises to gather an enormous amount of data about their products and customers in an effort to make better business decisions. This phenomenon requires storage solutions that can scale to substantially larger capacities and higher performance levels cost-effectively.

Application Proliferation Requires Greater Storage Performance and Capacity.    The number of applications being deployed by enterprises has significantly increased, particularly due to the growth in web-enabled and mobile productivity applications. Further, many of these applications are designed to aid in decision making by analyzing the vast amounts of data that enterprises are gathering. This results in data centers with rapidly proliferating, data-intensive applications that are exacerbating the need for enhanced storage solutions. To meet these demands, organizations need to deploy both capacity-optimized and performance-optimized storage systems. Most enterprises are addressing these demands with build-outs of separate tiers of storage for capacity and for performance, further increasing the cost and complexity of their data center infrastructures.

Recent Technology Disruptions

Recent technology disruptions, in particular the emergence of high performance flash storage media and the advent of powerful new remote monitoring and data analytics capabilities, create an opportunity to materially improve storage system capabilities.

Emergence of Flash.    Legacy storage systems have traditionally been architected using hard disk drives, or HDDs, as the underlying storage media. Improvements in HDD technology have enabled cost-effective increases in capacity of storage systems. However, HDDs, which are proficient in processing sequential reads and writes, degrade in performance when handling the random I/O needs of today’s enterprise IT environments. Recently, flash, a solid state memory technology designed to provide rapid random access to data, has emerged as a high performance alternative storage media. Flash was initially adopted in consumer applications but is increasingly capable of addressing enterprise class needs as well. Although more expensive per gigabyte than HDD and also less reliable over longer periods of usage, flash is a key innovation because it can deliver significantly higher read performance than HDDs.

Powerful Data Analytics Capabilities.    Network connectivity, advances in computing power and database and analytics applications have brought significant improvements in the ability to collect, analyze and monitor large amounts of distributed data in real-time. Improved data analytics capabilities present opportunities to improve the operations and management of storage systems.

 

84


Table of Contents

Limitations of Current Storage Systems

File systems are the foundation of the enterprise storage system. File systems define the manner in which data is laid out on the underlying storage media and managed by the system. As a result, a storage system’s performance, its ability to cost-effectively scale capacity and its management of the underlying storage media are directly tied to the file system. Traditional storage vendors have attempted to address the evolving needs of the enterprise through incremental changes to their original file systems that in many cases were designed years ago around HDDs. As a result, current storage solutions are increasingly inadequate for meeting the demands of modern enterprises and service providers due to the following limitations:

Existing Storage System Architectures Are Not Optimized for Today’s Storage Demands and Available Technology.    The file systems of traditional storage architectures relied on HDDs as the only underlying storage medium and were designed using a basic approach of mapping application data to pre-allocated locations on HDDs. This mapping approach translates random read and write requests from applications into random read and write I/O operations on the underlying HDDs. However, over the last decade, HDD performance has not kept up with server compute performance improvement, resulting in ever-slower storage system read and write performance. This problem has become even more acute as virtualization has enabled multiple applications to share a single server and further increase the performance requirements of storage systems. Traditional storage systems have had to resort to modifications of legacy file systems and significant over-provisioning of HDDs, which results in only modest performance improvements, inefficiently using storage capacity and increasing total cost.

Existing “Hybrid” Architectures Do Not Efficiently Utilize Flash Technology.    To improve I/O performance, some storage vendors have added flash to existing HDD-based systems. Because these “bolt-on” systems were not originally designed to take advantage of the unique characteristics of flash, they typically treat flash-based solid state disks, or SSDs, as faster HDDs. For example, tiered storage systems that include a higher performance flash tier and lower performance disk tier are inefficient because they must continuously move data between tiers, resulting in only marginal performance improvements at higher cost. These “hybrid” systems generally require over-provisioning of flash, are complex to manage, and typically require more expensive high-endurance flash, all of which significantly increase total cost.

Scaling Limitations.    Traditional storage systems are limited in their ability to cost-effectively scale capacity, performance or both as storage user needs evolve. “Scale-up” architectures allow individual storage systems to expand up to fixed performance and capacity limits by adding disk shelves. Each of these systems is independent, with limited ability to aggregate or share resources or manage multiple systems in a unified manner. An alternative “scale-out” model emerged over the last decade that enabled enterprises to aggregate individual systems into one clustered, multi-node system. However, these systems generally force IT departments to scale both capacity and performance even if only one is required, resulting in inefficiency and over-provisioning. Storage systems have generally not offered both “scale-up” and “scale-out” capabilities on the same platform.

Inadequate Data Protection.    Traditional approaches to data backup involve copying data from a primary storage system to the backup system for each back up instance, which is time-intensive. As a result, most enterprises typically perform one backup per day, resulting in risk of substantial data loss in the event of a storage system failure. In addition, today’s remote replication solutions consume a significant amount of expensive network bandwidth, forcing enterprises to replicate only a small portion of their data for disaster recovery, and rely on off-site tape copies to protect the rest.

 

85


Table of Contents

Operational Complexity.    Existing storage systems are complex and time-consuming to manage, resulting in high operating costs. From initial configuration and provisioning to problem diagnosis and resolution, storage system operations typically entail manual, laborious and inefficient processes. For example, while server virtualization has made it possible for enterprise IT departments to provision applications and their associated server resources in a matter of minutes, provisioning storage requires manual configuration procedures that can take several hours or even days. In the case of application service disruption or performance degradation, IT departments are often faced with resource-intensive processes to identify the root causes of problems. With legacy storage systems, it can also be difficult to predict future performance demands and prevent future service disruptions.

Opportunity for a Next Generation Storage Platform

Enterprises and cloud-based service providers today are overwhelmed by the growing inefficiency, cost and complexity of storage. We believe the enterprise storage industry is at a major inflection point due to recent technology disruptions such as the emergence of high performance flash storage media, cloud-based monitoring capabilities and predictive data analytics software. However, traditional storage systems have been unable to fully capture the benefits of these recent major technology disruptions to deliver system performance and capacity at a reasonable cost.

We believe we have an opportunity to fundamentally disrupt the storage industry through our innovative platform that leverages the strengths of both flash and disk to provide transformative benefits in application performance and data protection while simplifying business operations. In addition, there is a significant opportunity to embed rich sensing capabilities in storage systems to proactively monitor their health, capacity and performance and provide real-time operational insights.

We believe we have a significant market opportunity. According to IDC, the worldwide market for storage systems greater than $15,000 is $23.5 billion in 2013 and growing to approximately $28.0 billion in 2017. Gartner estimates the worldwide market for software in Core Storage Management, Data Replication and Device Resource Management to be an additional $6.3 billion in 2013 and up to $7.9 billion in 2017. We believe the combination represents our addressable markets.

Our Solution

Our mission is to provide our customers with the industry’s most efficient data storage platform. We have designed and sell a flash-optimized hybrid storage platform that we believe is disrupting the market by enabling significant improvements in application performance and capacity with superior data protection while simplifying business operations and lowering costs. At the core of our innovative platform is our CASL file system software and our cloud-based storage management and support service, InfoSight. Our platform serves a broad array of mainstream enterprise applications, including virtual desktops, databases, email and collaboration and analytics.

We believe our proprietary CASL file system is a fundamental advancement in storage. CASL has been purpose-built using a new data layout that has been designed around both the high performance characteristics of flash and the reliability, capacity, and low cost of disk. CASL also incorporates a number of capabilities, including inline variable-block compression, cloning and integrated snapshots, that allow customers to store and supply more data across a smaller storage footprint. Further, CASL’s scale-to-fit flexibility enables non-disruptive and independent scaling of performance and capacity.

InfoSight leverages rich telemetry capabilities embedded across our platform to proactively monitor the health, capacity and performance of customer systems, and provide real-time operational insights to us and our customers. Built on powerful deep-data analytics, InfoSight monitors our systems

 

86


Table of Contents

deployed across our customer base from the cloud, with over 70 million data points per system per day available to build a complete and insightful perspective of the overall health of our storage systems at individual customers and across our customer community. We also provide our customers a secure, cloud-based management portal through which they can access status alerts and comprehensive dashboard views and run capacity forecasting and performance planning.

The key benefits of our platform include:

Enhanced Performance and High Capacity Efficiency.    CASL optimizes storage system performance and capacity by collecting random write I/Os and writing them as large coalesced sequential I/Os to low-cost HDDs. This allows CASL to deliver up to 100 times more I/Os per HDD than traditional file systems, effectively accelerating the write performance of a low-cost disk. For read performance, CASL caches active data into flash-based SSDs, so I/Os can be delivered in real time. Our use of flash as a read cache is much more efficient because it eliminates the need for redundant provisioning of extra flash to protect against loss of data as is typical in other systems that use flash. As a result, CASL delivers average read and write latencies across our entire customer base of less than 0.5 milliseconds. Further, CASL compresses data as it is written to the system with no performance degradation by using efficient variable-block compression, yielding storage space savings of up to 75% for a variety of workloads. In addition, CASL is substantially more cost-efficient in its use of flash and has been designed to use inexpensive consumer-grade SSDs. As a result, our solution delivers significantly better performance with far less hardware and at lower capital and operating costs than traditional solutions.

Flexible “Scale-to-Fit” Capability.    CASL leverages compute, flash and HDD resources flexibly to address a variety of performance and capacity needs that arise as workloads change. Our platform allows customers to “scale-to-fit” systems in small, discrete increments and, as a result, scale cost-effectively. For example, as workloads reach performance or capacity limits, customers can upgrade controllers for more performance, accommodate larger amounts of active data by adding more SSD capacity, or scale capacity by adding disk shelves. Our platform can also linearly scale both performance and capacity beyond a single system by combining multiple systems into one centrally-managed scale-out storage cluster. Our systems are designed so that these upgrades can be done non-disruptively, generally without taking our systems out of service.

Superior Data Protection.    Our platform enables our end-customers to take thousands of point-in-time snapshots without impacting system performance or consuming a large amount of space. Consequently, when they encounter accidental deletions, database corruptions or other logical failures, the amount of data at risk is significantly less than with more traditional data protection approaches. More than 60% of our customers utilize snapshots enabled by our platform to protect their Microsoft SQL Server database volumes. Databases tend to support critical business applications and, as a result, require more frequent protection. In addition, with our platform, there is no need to copy data between primary and backup storage, resulting in materially faster recovery times and significantly higher application availability. We have also integrated our snapshot-based backups into applications such as Microsoft Exchange, Microsoft SQL Server, and VMware to further automate and improve the backup and recovery process. To mitigate physical failures, our platform replicates data between systems by transferring only compressed block-level changes, making disaster recovery easy and affordable. As a result we believe our customers protect more applications than customers using traditional storage solutions.

Innovative Cloud-Enabled, Multi-Tenant Storage Lifecycle Management.    InfoSight delivers proactive support and enables customers to significantly reduce the amount of time they have to invest in managing their storage infrastructure. InfoSight provides deep, analytical insights and peer benchmarking gained by leveraging the data from our installed base. This enables us and our end-

 

87


Table of Contents

customers to develop strategies for changes in and expansions of storage environments, and improves the efficiency of business operations relying on our storage platform. The automated Proactive Wellness support capability allows us to detect approximately 90% of all support issues and automatically resolves approximately 75% of these cases without requiring a single interaction with our customer support team. The InfoSight platform is turning the once-reactive process of maintenance into a proactive process with the ability to predict and prevent problems before they occur.

Our Strategy

Our growth strategies include the following:

Extend Our Technology Leadership.    We believe that we are disrupting the storage market with our technology platform and our approach to cloud-based management and automation software. We intend to extend our technology leadership by continuing to innovate and investing in research and development to expand the breadth of our platform into additional markets and deliver more cloud-based management services. To this end, our team of technology experts works to build upon the functionality of both CASL and InfoSight in order to meet the evolving needs of the storage market.

Drive Greater Penetration into Our Installed Base of End-Customers.    Our installed base of over 1,750 end-customers as of July 31, 2013 provides us a strong foundation in which to drive incremental sales through our “land and expand” model. In the three months ended July 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, approximately 19%, 22% and 28% of the dollar amounts of orders received were from existing end-customers. As of July 31, 2013, the top 25 of our 117 end-customers that been with us for at least two years, on average, made additional purchases that were approximately three times the initial dollar purchase amount in the two years following the initial sale. Our end-customers often deploy us for a specific application, which may account for only a portion of their storage needs. As we successfully demonstrate the benefits of our products, we will continue to help our end-customers migrate additional workloads and applications onto our storage platform. We also plan to continue to use InfoSight’s predictive capabilities to help our end-customers identify potential expansion needs in their storage environments, thereby driving greater sales of our systems.

Expand and Deepen Our Channel Presence to Accelerate New Customer Acquisition.    We have carefully and systematically cultivated a strong channel partner network that has been a key contributor to our rapid customer growth. As of July 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we had over 70, 220 and 600 VAR channel partners that generated sales leads and distributed our products worldwide. To improve the efficiency and reach of our sales channels, we are evolving our distribution model to directly contract with large distributors. We intend to expand and deepen our VAR network across a broad range of industries and geographies to improve our penetration of the storage market in the United States and to continue to grow sales internationally.

Continue to Build Our Sales Organization to Fuel Our Growth and Acquire New Customers.    We intend to continue to invest in our sales organization to drive efficient acquisition of new customers across industries and geographies. We will continue to expand our sales organization with additional teams focused on field sales, enterprise, government, and our channel partners. We also believe we have significant opportunities for international expansion and are continuing to invest in key markets.

Expand Our Integration with Alliance Partners.    We have invested heavily in integration with applications, hypervisors and servers to make it easier to deploy our storage systems. Through our SmartStack reference architecture initiative, we work closely with leading industry players such as Cisco, Citrix, CommVault, Microsoft and VMware to provide our customers with joint solutions to minimize interoperability and integration challenges. We intend to continue to develop SmartStack solutions with our existing technology partners, as well as invest in new alliance relationships.

 

88


Table of Contents

Technology

Our team of storage and software technology experts purpose-built our flash-optimized hybrid storage platform to leverage the strengths of both flash and disk and to simplify business operations. We believe our key technological differentiator is the software that underlies our disruptive CASL file system and our cloud-based InfoSight service.

Cache Accelerated Sequential Layout (CASL) File System

CASL was specifically designed to work with commodity flash memory as well as dense, low revolutions-per-minute, or RPM, HDDs. As a result, CASL allows our customers to achieve the performance and capacity requirements of mainstream enterprise applications cost effectively.

The following graphic illustrates the key steps our CASL file system implements for data layouts.

 

LOGO

The key attributes of CASL include:

Write-Optimized Data Layout.    CASL delivers both fast random writes and high disk utilization by grouping thousands of random I/O writes from applications into large stripes of data that are written sequentially to low RPM disks. Since HDDs are significantly better at handling sequential I/O as compared to random I/O, CASL can extract thousands of sustained write I/Os per second, or IOPS, from a single 7,200 RPM HDD, whereas other storage architectures typically only achieve 50-75 IOPS. At the same time, the use of low-cost, low RPM HDDs enables us to deliver significantly higher gigabytes per dollar than other storage architectures which use high RPM HDDs or enterprise flash for storage capacity.

Always-on Inline Compression.    CASL performs inline compression natively, using a variable-block compression algorithm that allows users to store up to 75% more data per gigabyte with minimal impact on performance or additional latency. Fixed sized blocks that are compressed become variable sized depending on the compressibility of the underlying data. Traditional storage architectures utilize a fixed-size block data layout that is incapable of natively storing variable blocks. As a result, they are typically not able to compress data inline without experiencing performance degradation.

Dynamic Caching.    CASL allows for significantly higher throughput and lower latency reads than existing platforms. It leverages a large flash read cache based on commodity SSDs, while intelligently managing the SSD’s performance and endurance, thereby avoiding premature wear of the SSDs. If application patterns change, an intelligent block level index tracks and promotes active data, or data that is being actively accessed, nearly instantaneously to flash. Compared to architectures that use flash as a tier of data, CASL is significantly more cost-effective in its use of flash because it

 

89


Table of Contents

compresses the data on flash, has been designed to use inexpensive consumer-grade SSDs and eliminates the need for redundant provisioning for data protection. Finally, CASL is more responsive to workload changes and can promote active data at levels as low as 4KB granularity within milliseconds, as opposed to tiered approaches which must move data up and down in megabyte or even gigabyte-sized chunks, often taking hours or days to rebalance tiers.

Efficient, Instant Snapshots and Replication.    CASL employs an efficient, reliable method for data protection with instant point-in-time snapshots. CASL snapshots are space efficient because they capture only changes in data down to 4KB granularity and reside on dense, low cost disk, further reducing costs. Furthermore, CASL snapshots eliminate the need to copy data, allowing our systems to store thousands of snapshots with minimal impact on performance. These characteristics allow our customers to take frequent snapshots (hourly or even more often) and to retain those snapshots for weeks to months, significantly reducing their dependence on traditional backups. In addition, our space-efficient snapshots enable efficient replication to an offsite disaster recovery system, resulting in reduced bandwidth costs and the deployment of a disaster recovery solution that is affordable and easy to manage.

Scalability.    Our platform enables efficient and non-disruptive scaling of both performance and capacity, allowing our customers to increase performance or capacity incrementally, which generally eliminates the need for large up-front investments. For increased performance, customers can upgrade controllers for higher throughput and IOPS and upgrade SSDs to accommodate larger amounts of active data. For increased capacity, customers can add additional expansion shelves of HDDs. Our platform can also linearly scale both performance and capacity beyond a single system by combining multiple systems into one centrally-managed scale-out storage cluster. We designed our systems so that these upgrades can be done non-disruptively, generally without taking our systems out of service.

 

LOGO

 

90


Table of Contents

InfoSight

Our InfoSight platform enables us and our customers to manage and support their storage infrastructure from the cloud.

 

LOGO

InfoSight is powered by thousands of telemetry sensors that make available over 70 million data points per system per day to our cloud-based InfoSight Engine. Telemetry sensors provide detailed statistics about the health, performance and ongoing operation of our storage systems and their surrounding environments. These sensors allow us and our customers to proactively identify and diagnose potential issues with our systems, often before they impact our customers. The InfoSight Engine applies deep-data analytics to deliver predictive capacity and performance forecasts and systems modeling to us and our customers, improving both our support functions and the storage management experience for our users. We believe the robust, proactive capabilities InfoSight enables differentiate our solution in the marketplace. The InfoSight Portal is a web-based customer portal that provides our customers insights and actionable information that enable them to adhere to storage best practices and to make intelligent decisions about how to evolve their storage environments to support ever-changing workloads. In July 2013, the automated Proactive Wellness support capability allowed us to detect approximately 90% of all support issues and automatically resolved approximately 75% of these cases without requiring a single interaction with our customer support team. This level of automation not only improves customer satisfaction but also enhances the efficiency of our support organization.

Products

Our storage systems are optimized for the mainstream IT applications used by enterprises and cloud-based service providers. We offer a variety of systems with a range of capacities and processing power. Our systems provide adaptive performance for high-I/O and high-capacity mainstream business applications and environments, including Exchange, Oracle, SharePoint, SQL Server, VDI and server virtualization. We package our CASL file system software with all of our systems and offer InfoSight as a service to all our customers.

 

91


Table of Contents

We shipped our first product line, our CS200 series, in August 2010. In August 2012, we introduced our CS400 series of products and a number of scale-to-fit products, including expansion shelves and controller upgrades. Our CS Series hybrid storage systems incorporate a highly available, redundant controller design.

 

LOGO

Nimble Storage Array (CS Series)

Our products include:

 

  Ÿ  

CS200 Series.    Our CS200 Series systems are targeted for midsize IT organizations or distributed sites of larger organizations, supporting workloads such as Microsoft applications, virtual desktop infrastructure, or VDI, or server virtualization.

 

  Ÿ  

CS400 Series.    Our CS400 Series systems deliver higher performance and are targeted for larger-scale deployments or I/O-intensive workloads, such as larger-scale VDI or transaction processing supported by Oracle or SQL Server.

CS Series systems interoperate with a wide range of servers, software applications, operating systems and hypervisors, including those from Cisco, Citrix, Microsoft and VMware. We have also developed a series of pre-validated reference architectures called SmartStack with these industry partners. Our systems also interoperate with leading backup software applications, and in some cases offer deep integration with backup software such as CommVault Simpana.

 

92


Table of Contents

Key technical attributes of our product offerings are outlined in the table:

 

LOGO

Customers

We target enterprises and cloud-based service providers globally. Our end-customer base has grown by more than 1,000 end-customers over the past year to over 1,750 globally as of July 31, 2013. We sell to end-customers across multiple verticals, including cloud-based service providers, education, financial services, healthcare, manufacturing, state and local government and technology.

Case Study

Social Networking Service Provider

Problem:    The social networking division of a Fortune 50 media company struggled to meet the demands of its fast growing software development organization with its existing storage infrastructure. The organization wanted to increase its efficiency by accelerating release cycles through shorter software build times, reduce productivity impact from outages and lower overall complexity of its infrastructure. Its existing direct attached storage solution from a leading storage vendor was unable to efficiently and cost-effectively meet the performance and data availability needs of its ever expanding development environment.

Solution:    It deployed a pair of replicated CS240 storage arrays to accelerate the build workloads while improving application availability.

Reported Benefits:    Developers saw an immediate reduction in build times and a reduction in downtime. When there are errors, developers are now able to recover entire software builds simply by mounting a snapshot, avoiding the traditional long (unproductive) waits while data was being restored

 

93


Table of Contents

from traditional backups. Overall, deploying our systems has resulted in significant efficiency and cost benefits. Since its initial purchase in 2012, this customer has increased its investment with us over 10x over the subsequent two years, expanding the deployment to multiple data centers. Today, in addition to running the entire software development environment on our platform, the organization also runs its production software-as-a-service application on our systems, supporting over 50 million users.

Virtual Infrastructure Solutions Service Provider

Problem: A leading cloud services provider that specializes in virtual infrastructure solutions needed to meet rapidly growing demands for cloud services. The customer was seeking a solution that would enable it to onboard additional customers through faster deployment times and provide enhanced scalability for its suite of offerings. In addition, this customer needed to cut the costs of delivering its services by minimizing footprint and reducing power and cooling costs.

Solution: After an extensive proof of concept, the customer selected our solution. The initial solution consisted of two CS260 arrays, which it subsequently scaled with the addition of more powerful CS460 systems, flash upgrades, expansion shelves and an integrated SmartStack solution. The customer also uses InfoSight extensively for the day-to-day management of its storage operations.

Reported Benefits: Because of its confidence in our ability to meet a broad range of performance and flexibility requirements, this customer runs all product trials for new clients on our arrays. This simplifies the testing process, eliminates the need for multiple vendors and significantly reduces deployment times. With our systems, the customer has also increased storage performance, while reducing capital expenditures, footprint and operating costs for power and cooling. In the two years since its initial purchase in 2012, the customer has increased its investment with us over 8x as its performance and capacity needs have expanded. In addition, as a result of our unique data replication capabilities, the customer has now standardized a cloud-based disaster-recovery-as-a-service offering for its clients.

Financial Services Provider

Problem: A top 20 Australian financial institution, considered to have one of the country’s most innovative IT organizations, was seeking a storage upgrade for its mission critical Microsoft SQL environment. The significant growth in the customer’s data across over 4,200 databases caused performance problems with the existing storage solution. The key requirements for the new solution were reliability, performance, simplicity of management, data center space requirements, power consumption and overall cost.

Solution: After an extensive proof of concept process, the customer selected our solution. They deployed seven CS460G-X2 storage systems and four expansion shelves, which used three quarters of a rack of datacenter space compared to the three racks required by the previous solution. This solution met the customer’s requirements and included added benefits of fast inline compression, efficient snapshots, WAN efficient replication, thin provisioning, zero copy cloning and intelligent real-time data placement.

Benefits: The customer is now realizing a 2.5x performance increase, a 4x reduction in power and cooling costs and significant capital cost savings relative to the incumbent solution. The simplified storage management advantage of our solution has also decreased operational costs for the customer and InfoSight has allowed it to speed up deployment and achieve a seamless transition to our solution. In addition, due to our inline compression capability, our solution is achieving a compression factor of 2x, effectively doubling the customer’s usable disk space at no additional cost. Since its initial purchase in January 2013, this customer has continued to purchase our solutions for new storage requirements and is in the process of deploying five additional CS460G-X2 storage systems and two expansion shelves to support its production tier-1 Microsoft Exchange environment hosting 30,000 mailboxes.

 

94


Table of Contents

Customer Service and Support

We combine industry standard product technical support and maintenance with our cloud-based InfoSight and Proactive Wellness support services to deliver an innovative approach to monitoring, diagnostics, support case resolution and capacity planning. We include technical support, maintenance, InfoSight and Proactive Wellness in all purchased support plans.

Cloud-Based InfoSight and Proactive Wellness.    We leverage our cloud-based, multi-tenant support automation and management platform, InfoSight, to transform our customer support function. Through InfoSight and Proactive Wellness, each of our storage systems provides an active monitoring system that automatically detects and notifies us of support problems, enabling us to address customer problems quickly. This cloud-based approach allows our customer support personnel and data scientists to use the gathered telemetry data to predict potential problems, quickly resolve support cases and proactively manage performance and capacity requirements of our customers. We believe the data models developed by our data scientists and our database of telemetry data enable us to provide better support that is more efficient for us and our end-customers. In addition, through InfoSight, we offer the ability for customers to optimize storage capacity and performance on their own. We have found this has the combined effect of improved customer satisfaction, but also increases the productivity of our customer support personnel who can be focused on proactive problem resolution.

Support and Maintenance.    We offer industry standard technical support on our products to our end-customers and channel partners. End-customers that purchase a support and services contract receive accelerated shipment of replacement parts, onsite hardware repair and support, and software updates and maintenance releases that become available during the support period. Customer support personnel are available 24 hours per day, seven days per week. In addition, end-customers receive access to our InfoSight and Proactive Wellness support, the InfoSight Portal and our Nimble Connect community. Our support and services contracts are typically offered for periods of one to five years. We offer product support for all of our customers, including those customers who purchase our products through our channel partners. In addition, some of our international channel partners offer primary support. We also subcontract with a third party to provide onsite hardware repair and replacement services for our end-customers.

Customer Community.    The support capabilities we offer are complemented by Nimble Connect, an active online community of our users, partners and product experts worldwide. Here they can ask questions, and get answers from other users as well as our employees. They can also share experiences, insights from their own InfoSight results and best practices with our other users.

Sales and Marketing

Sales.    Our sales organization is responsible for large-account penetration and overall market development, which includes the management of the relationships with our channel partners, working with our channel partners in winning and supporting end-customers, and acting as the liaison between the end-customers and the marketing and product development organizations. We expect to continue to grow our sales headcount in all markets and expand our presence into countries where we currently do not have sales presence.

Our sales organization is supported by sales engineers with deep technical expertise and responsibility for pre-sales technical support, solutions engineering for our end-customers and technical training for our channel partners.

 

95


Table of Contents

Channel Program.    Our channel partners provide us with a significant amount of new and existing customer opportunities, as well as sell and facilitate the sale of our products to end-customers. We continue to recruit and retain qualified channel partners and train them in our technology and product offerings.

SmartStack.    Our SmartStack offerings deliver pre-validated reference architectures that integrate our storage products with leading applications, hypervisors, data protection and server solutions from Cisco, Citrix, CommVault, Microsoft and VMware. In addition, because many of our channel partners are already working with our SmartStack partners, we are better able to accelerate customer adoption.

Marketing.    Our marketing is focused on building our brand reputation and market awareness of our platform, driving end-customer demand and operating our channel program. The marketing team consists primarily of product marketing, programs marketing, field marketing, channel marketing, and public relations functions. Marketing activities include demand generation, advertising, managing our partner portal, trade shows and conferences, press and analyst relations, and customer awareness.

Backlog

Orders for services for multiple years are billed upfront shortly after receipt of an order and are included in deferred revenue. Timing of revenue recognition for services may vary depending on the contractual service period or when the services are rendered. Products are shipped and billed shortly after receipt of an order. We do not believe that our product backlog at any particular time is meaningful because it is not necessarily indicative of future revenue in any given period as such orders may be rescheduled by the end-customer without penalty or delayed due to inventory constraints.

Manufacturing

We outsource the manufacturing, assembly, quality assurance testing and packaging of our hardware products to Flextronics and Synnex, our contract manufacturers. Our contract manufacturers generally procure the components used in our products directly from third-party suppliers.

We designed our manufacturing process to minimize the amount of inventory we retain in order to meet customer demand. We place orders with our contract manufacturers on a purchase order basis, based on our end-customers’ requirements and forecasts provided by our channel partners. In general, we engage our contract manufacturers to manufacture products to meet our forecasted demand. Our agreements with our contract manufacturers require us to provide forecasts for orders. However, we may cancel or reschedule orders, subject to applicable notice periods and fees, and delivery schedules requested by us in these purchase orders vary based upon our particular needs. Our contract manufacturers work closely with us to ensure design for manufacturability and product quality.

Our agreement with Flextronics is an interim agreement, which establishes basic terms while we negotiate a manufacturing services agreement with Flextronics. This agreement is terminable at any time by either party upon written notice and does not provide for any specific volumes of products. Instead, orders are placed on a purchase order basis. Our agreement with Synnex has a one-year term that is subject to automatic extensions in one-year increments absent notice of termination by either party. This agreement is terminable at any time by either party with 90-days’ prior notice and does not provide for any specific volumes of products. Instead, orders are placed on a purchase order basis.

 

96


Table of Contents

Research and Development

We focus our research and development efforts primarily on improving our existing technology platform, developing new products and enhancing our cloud-based management services. We work closely with our channel partners and end-customers to understand our users’ current and future needs and have designed a product development process that integrates our end-customers’ feedback.

Continued investment in research and development is critical to our business. We have assembled a team of skilled engineers with extensive experience in the fields of data storage, computing, file system architecture, data analytics, enterprise applications, data protection and replication, support automation and sensing and telemetry systems. These individuals have extensive prior experience with many leading digital storage companies. We have invested significant time and financial resources in the development of our storage solutions. Most of our research and development activities take place at our corporate headquarters in San Jose, California. We also opened a research and development facility in Raleigh, North Carolina in 2013. We intend to dedicate significant research and development resources to continue to improve the capacity, performance, scalability, reliability, recoverability and other features of our storage solutions and to expand our product and service offerings to address other segments of the enterprise storage market.

Our research and development expenses were $4.4 million, $7.9 million, $16.1 million and $14.4 million in the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2013.

Competition

We operate in the intensely competitive data storage market that is characterized by constant change and innovation. Changes in the application requirements, data center infrastructure and trends, and the broader technology landscape result in evolving customer requirements for capacity, performance, data protection and scalability of storage systems. Our main competitors fall into two categories:

 

  Ÿ  

large storage system vendors such as EMC and NetApp that offer a broad range of storage systems targeting varied use cases and end markets; and

 

  Ÿ  

large systems companies such as Dell and HP that have acquired specialist storage vendors in recent years to complement their internally-developed storage offerings and have the technical and financial resources to bring competitive products to the market.

As our market grows, it will attract more highly specialized vendors as well as larger vendors that may continue to acquire or bundle their products more effectively.

The principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

  Ÿ  

potential for broader market acceptance of their storage architectures and solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

greater name recognition and longer operating histories;

 

  Ÿ  

larger sales and marketing and customer support budgets and resources;

 

  Ÿ  

broader distribution and established relationships with distribution partners and end-customers;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability to bundle storage products with other technology products and services to better fit certain customers’ needs;

 

  Ÿ  

greater resources to make acquisitions;

 

97


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

lower labor and development costs;

 

  Ÿ  

larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios; and

 

  Ÿ  

substantially greater financial, technical, and other resources.

We believe we generally compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors as a result of our fundamental innovations, CASL and InfoSight, product capabilities including performance and capacity efficiency and integrated data protection, ability to address all mainstream applications from one platform at scale, ease of use, total cost of ownership and differentiated customer support. However, many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, greater name recognition, larger sales and marketing budgets, broader distribution, and larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part upon our ability to use and protect our core intellectual property. We rely on U.S. federal, state, international and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions including license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements with third parties and employment agreements, to protect and control access to our intellectual property.

In addition to contractual arrangements, we protect our intellectual property rights by relying on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secrets, domain names and trade dress. As of October 18, 2013, we had one issued patent and nine patent applications pending in the United States. Where appropriate, we pursue the registration of trademarks, domain names and service marks in the United States, the European Union and in other jurisdictions.

Employees

As of July 31, 2013, we had 464 employees worldwide, including 242 in sales and marketing, 13 in operations, 137 in research and development, 33 in support and 39 in general and administrative roles. Other than our employees in France, none of our employees is represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment. We have not experienced any work stoppages.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in approximately 165,000 square feet in San Jose, California. The 96-month lease commences on November 1, 2013. We also maintain offices in other locations in the United States and internationally, including Raleigh, North Carolina, and London, Hamburg, Sydney, Melbourne, Singapore and Windsor.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

 

98


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of July 31, 2013:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Suresh Vasudevan

     42       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Varun Mehta

     51       Founder, Vice President of Engineering and Director

Umesh Maheshwari

     44       Founder, Chief Technology Officer

Anup Singh

     43       Chief Financial Officer

Daniel Leary

     45       Vice President of Marketing

Michael Muñoz

     46       Vice President of Sales

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Frank Calderoni(1)(2)

     56       Director

James J. Goetz(2)

     47       Director

Jerry M. Kennelly*(1)

     62       Director

Ping Li(2)(3)

     41       Director

William J. Schroeder(1)(3)

     69       Director

 

* Lead Independent Director.
(1) Member of our audit committee.
(2) Member of our compensation committee.
(3) Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Suresh Vasudevan has served as our Chief Executive Officer since March 2011 and as a director since September 2009. From January 2009 to January 2011, Mr. Vasudevan was Chief Executive Officer of Omneon Video Networks, Inc. (acquired by Harmonic Inc.), a provider of storage and networking equipment for the broadcast industry. From February 1999 to December 2008, Mr. Vasudevan held positions at NetApp, Inc., a provider of integrated data storage solutions, most recently as Senior Vice President. Before joining NetApp, Mr. Vasudevan worked at the management consulting firm McKinsey & Co. in New Delhi, Mumbai and Chicago as a senior engagement manager from April 1993 to January 1998. Mr. Vasudevan holds a Post Graduate Diploma in Management from the Indian Institute of Management in Calcutta and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Birla Institute of Technology and Science in Pilani, India. Our board believes that Mr. Vasudevan’s management experience and his data storage industry experience give him a breadth of knowledge and valuable understanding of our industry, which qualify him to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors.

Varun Mehta has served as our Vice President of Engineering since March 2011, was our founding Chief Executive Officer from November 2007 to March 2011 and has served as a director since November 2007. From March 2006 to April 2007, Mr. Mehta was Vice President of Engineering at PeakStream, Inc., a developer of a software application platform for the high performance computing market, which was acquired in May 2007 by Google Inc., a provider of information technology products and services. From November 2002 to February 2006, Mr. Mehta held positions at Data Domain, Inc., a developer of de-duplication appliances for data backup systems and other storage applications, most recently as Vice President of Engineering. Prior to that, Mr. Mehta held senior management positions at FastForward Networks, Inc., a developer of multi-streaming media technology; Panasas, Inc., a provider of network-attached storage technology; NetApp, Inc., a provider of data storage solutions;

 

99


Table of Contents

and Sun Microsystems, Inc., a provider of computer hardware, software and information technology services. Mr. Mehta holds an M.S. in computer engineering from Rice University and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley. Our board believes that Mr. Mehta’s management experience and his information technology and data storage industry experience give him a breadth of knowledge and valuable understanding of our industry, which qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Umesh Maheshwari has served as our Chief Technology Officer since November 2007 and was a founder of our company. From March 2003 to November 2007, he held positions at Data Domain, most recently as Technical Director. From January 2001 to March 2003, Dr. Maheshwari held positions at Zambeel, Inc., a maker of scalable file servers, most recently as Principal Engineer. Dr. Maheshwari holds a Ph.D. in computer science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a B.Tech. in computer science from the Indian Institute of Technology Delhi.

Anup Singh has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2011. Previously, Mr. Singh served as Chief Financial Officer at Clearwell Systems, Inc., a developer of an enterprise-class e-discovery management platform, from September 2007 to July 2011. Prior to Clearwell, he held leadership positions in finance at Asurion, LLC, Trimble Navigation Limited, At Home Corporation (doing business as Excite@Home), 3Com Corporation and Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Singh holds B.A. and M.A. Honors degrees in Economics and Management Science from Cambridge University, where he was a Cambridge Commonwealth Trust scholar, and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Daniel Leary has served as our Vice President of Marketing since May 2008. Previously, Mr. Leary served as Vice President of Marketing at ConSentry Networks, Inc., a developer of hardware solutions for local area network switching, and Vice President of Product Management at Peribit Networks, Inc., a provider of network speed and performance solutions. Mr. Leary holds an M.S. in engineering-economic systems from Stanford University and a B.S. in systems engineering from the University of Virginia.

Michael Muñoz has served as our Vice President of Sales since March 2010. From July 2004 to February 2010, Mr. Muñoz held positions at Data Domain, most recently as Regional Vice President of Sales. Mr. Muñoz holds a B.S. in business marketing and economics from California State University, San Jose.

Non-Employee Directors

Frank Calderoni has served as a director since June 2012. Mr. Calderoni serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Cisco Systems, Inc., a designer, manufacturer and seller of Internet Protocol-based networking and other products related to the communications and information technology industry, managing Cisco’s financial strategy and operations. He joined Cisco in 2004 from QLogic Corporation, a storage networking company where he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer for SanDisk Corporation, a flash data storage company. Before joining SanDisk, Mr. Calderoni spent 21 years at International Business Machines Corporation, a provider of information technology products and services, where he became Vice President and held controller responsibilities for several divisions within the company. Mr. Calderoni has served on the board of directors of Adobe Systems Incorporated, a provider of software and services, since May 2012. Mr. Calderoni holds a B.S. in Accounting and Finance from Fordham University and an M.B.A. in Finance from Pace University. Our board believes that Mr. Calderoni’s experience as chief financial officer of publicly traded global technology companies and his understanding of accounting principles and financial reporting rules and regulations give him a breadth of knowledge and valuable expertise, which qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

 

100


Table of Contents

James J. Goetz has served as a director since December 2007. Mr. Goetz has been a Managing Member of Sequoia Capital Operations, LLC, a venture capital firm, since June 2005. Mr. Goetz has served on the board of directors of Jive Software, Inc., a provider of social business software, since August 2007; Palo Alto Networks, Inc., a provider of network security software and services, since April 2005; Ruckus Wireless, Inc., a provider of Wi-Fi solutions, since July 2012; and a number of privately held companies. Mr. Goetz holds an M.S. in Electrical Engineering with a concentration in Computer Networking from Stanford University and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering with a concentration in Computer Engineering from the University of Cincinnati. Our board believes that Mr. Goetz’s investment experience in the information technology and enterprise storage industries gives him a breadth of knowledge and valuable insight regarding our business, which qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Jerry M. Kennelly has served as a director since March 2013. Mr. Kennelly co-founded Riverbed Technology, Inc. in 2002 and currently serves as its chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer. Immediately prior to founding Riverbed, Mr. Kennelly spent six years at Inktomi Corporation, an infrastructure software company, where he served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary. From June 1990 until joining Inktomi in October 1996, Mr. Kennelly worked for Sybase, Inc., an infrastructure software company, in a number of senior financial and operational positions, most recently as Vice President of Corporate Finance. From November 1988 until June 1990, Mr. Kennelly worked at Oracle Corporation, a developer of software and hardware systems, as finance director for U.S. operations. From June 1980 until November 1988, Mr. Kennelly worked at Hewlett-Packard Company, a provider of information technology products and services, as Worldwide Sales and Marketing Controller for the Tandem Computers Division. Mr. Kennelly holds a B.A. in political economy from Williams College and an M.S. in accounting from the New York University Graduate School of Business Administration. Our board believes that Mr. Kennelly’s in-depth knowledge of our business and markets, extensive operating experience and strong leadership skills give him a breadth of knowledge and valuable expertise, which qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Ping Li has served as a director since March 2011. Mr. Li has been a partner at Accel Partners, a venture capital firm, since 2004. Mr. Li serves on the board of YuMe, Inc., a provider of digital video brand advertising solutions, and on the boards of a number of private companies. Prior to Accel, Mr. Li worked at Juniper Networks, Inc., a provider of network infrastructure and services, from 2000 to 2004. Mr. Li also served as a strategy consultant for McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm, advising technology clients in their growth strategies, from 1998 to 1999. Mr. Li holds an A.B. from Harvard University with honors and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Our board believes that Mr. Li’s investment experience in the information technology and data storage industries give him a breadth of knowledge and valuable insight regarding our business, which qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

William J. Schroeder has served as a director since April 2013. Mr. Schroeder served as the Chairman of Oxford Semiconductor, a provider of connectivity solutions, from July 2006 and Interim Chief Executive Officer from April 2007 until the sale of the company in January 2009. From February 2002 until his retirement from full-time employment in October 2004, Mr. Schroeder served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Vormetric, Inc., an enterprise data storage security company. Prior to that, Mr. Schroeder served as a consultant to various technology companies from January 2001 to February 2002. Mr. Schroeder currently serves on the boards of directors of Con-way Inc., a provider of transportation and supply chain management services, and several privately-held companies. Mr. Schroeder holds an M.B.A. with High Distinction from the Harvard Business School and an M.S.E.E. and a B.E.E. from Marquette University. Our board believes that Mr. Schroeder’s management experience in the information technology and data storage industries gives him a breadth of knowledge and valuable expertise, which qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

 

101


Table of Contents

Election of Officers

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of conduct will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. The reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of conduct, or waivers of these provisions, on our website or in public filings.

Board Composition

Our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. Five of our directors are independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of the New York Stock Exchange. Our current certificate of incorporation and voting agreement among certain investors provide for (1) two directors to be designated by holders of our common stock; (2) two directors to be designated by holders of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock; and (3) the remaining directors to be designated mutually by holders of our common stock and preferred stock. Messrs. Goetz and Li are the designees of the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, Messrs. Vasudevan and Mehta are the designees of our common stock and Messrs. Calderoni, Kennelly and Schroeder are the mutual designees of our common stock and preferred stock.

The voting agreement and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation by which Messrs. Goetz, Li, Vasudevan, Mehta, Calderoni, Kennelly and Schroeder were elected will terminate in connection with our initial public offering and there will be no contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Each of our current directors will continue to serve until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board of Directors

Immediately prior to this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the same class whose term is then expiring. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

the Class I directors will be Suresh Vasudevan and Varun Mehta and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014;

 

  Ÿ  

the Class II directors will be James J. Goetz and Ping Li and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015; and

 

  Ÿ  

the Class III directors will be Frank Calderoni, Jerry M. Kennelly and William J. Schroeder, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

 

102


Table of Contents

Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his successor, or his earlier death, resignation or removal. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering authorize only our board of directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws Provisions.”

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 as of the closing of our initial public offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Goetz, Li, Calderoni, Kennelly and Schroeder, representing five of our seven directors, are “independent directors” as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” In particular, our board of directors considered each of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Mr. Calderoni’s service as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cisco Systems, Inc., which provides us with products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

Mr. Kennelly’s interests as a limited partner in Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P., Accel Growth Fund II Strategic Partners L.P. and Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P., each of which holds shares of our preferred stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

Mr. Schroeder’s service as a director of Omneon Video Networks, Inc. from October 2001 until Omneon’s acquisition by Harmonic Inc., during which time Mr.Vasudevan served as Omneon’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

103


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below as of the closing of our initial public offering. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Our board of directors has established corporate governance guidelines in connection with this offering which state that when the Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer positions are held by the same person, a lead independent director shall be designated. Because Mr. Vasudevan is our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, our board of directors appointed Mr. Kennelly to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr. Kennelly will, among other responsibilities, preside over executive sessions of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between the Chairman and the independent directors, and perform such functions and responsibilities as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Calderoni, Schroeder and Kennelly. Mr. Calderoni is the chairman of our audit committee. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. In addition, our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Calderoni, Kennelly and Schroeder is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Our audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

selecting a firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

ensuring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing, with management and that firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

  Ÿ  

considering the adequacy of our internal controls and internal audit function;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing material related party transactions or those that require disclosure; and

 

  Ÿ  

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Calderoni, Goetz and Li. Mr. Goetz is the chairman of our compensation committee. Each member of this committee is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and meets the requirements for independence under the current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the compensation committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under

 

104


Table of Contents

current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving the compensation of our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Our nominating and governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Li and Schroeder. Mr. Schroeder is the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Messrs. Li and Schroeder meet the requirements for independence under the current New York Stock Exchange listing standards. Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

recommending directors to serve on board committees;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and recommending our corporate governance guidelines and policies;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing proposed waivers of the codes of conduct for directors, executive officers and employees;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating, and overseeing the process of evaluating, the performance of our board of directors and individual directors; and

 

  Ÿ  

assisting our board of directors on corporate governance matters.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board of directors or compensation committee during the year ended January 31, 2013.

In August 2012, we sold shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock to entities affiliated with each of Messrs. Li and Goetz. We have described the amounts of these sales and purchases in more detail under the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing.” In July 2011, we sold shares of our Series D preferred stock to entities affiliated with each of Messrs. Li and Goetz. We have described the amounts of these sales and purchases in more detail under the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing.” In November 2010, we sold shares of our Series C preferred stock to entities affiliated with each of Messrs. Li and Goetz. We have described the amounts of these sales and purchases in more detail under the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing.”

In connection with the sales of our preferred stock, we entered into agreements that grant customary preferred stock rights to all of our major preferred stock investors. These rights include registration rights, rights of first refusal, co-sale rights with respect to certain stock transfers, information rights and other similar rights. All of these rights, other than the registration rights, will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

 

105


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table presents the total compensation earned in the year ended January 31, 2013 for each non-employee member of our board of directors. Other than as described below, none of our non-employee directors received any fees or reimbursement of any expenses (other than customary expenses in connection with the attendance of meetings of our board of directors) or any equity or non-equity awards in the year ended January 31, 2013.

 

Director Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid

in Cash
($)
     Grant
Date
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     Total
($)
 

James J. Goetz

                               

Ping Li

                               

Frank Calderoni(2)

     33,333         6/7/2012         185,979         219,312   

Jerry M. Kennelly(3)

                               

William J. Schroeder(4)

                               

Kirk Bowman(5)

                               

 

(1) The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC 718. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock-based awards, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non-employee directors from the awards. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2)

On June 7, 2012, Frank Calderoni was granted five stock option awards exercisable for a total of 195,000 shares of our common stock. These stock options are immediately exercisable in full as of the date of grant. As of January 31, 2013, all of these stock options remained unexercised. These stock options vest over a four-year period at the rate of 1/48th of the shares of common stock underlying each stock option each month following the vesting commencement date and expire 10 years after the date of grant. These stock options also provide that, in the event of an “Acquisition” or “Asset Transfer” as defined in our certificate of incorporation, all of the shares of our common stock subject to such option will immediately vest, and the right of repurchase with respect to any unvested shares shall lapse, in full as of the effectiveness of the change of control. In addition, Mr. Calderoni is entitled to receive an annual cash fee of $50,000 for serving as an independent director, which was prorated for his partial year of service in the year ended January 31, 2013.

(3)

Jerry M. Kennelly was appointed to our board of directors in March 2013. Mr. Kennelly received no cash, equity or non-equity compensation in the year ended January 31, 2013. On March 15, 2013, Mr. Kennelly was granted an option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock, valued at $206,143 pursuant to footnote (1) above. This grant was made in connection with Mr. Kennelly’s appointment to our board of directors. These stock options vest over a four-year period at the rate of 1/48th of the shares of common stock underlying each stock option each month following the vesting commencement date and expire 10 years after the date of grant. These stock options also provide that, in the event of an “Acquisition” or “Asset Transfer” as defined in our certificate of incorporation, all of the shares of our common stock subject to such option will immediately vest, and the right of repurchase with respect to any unvested shares shall lapse, in full as of the effectiveness of the change of control. Mr. Kennelly will also receive an annual cash fee of $80,000 for serving as an independent director.

(4)

William J. Schroeder was appointed to our board of directors in April 2013. Mr. Schroeder received no cash, equity or non-equity compensation in the year ended January 31, 2013. On April 19, 2013, Mr. Schroeder was granted an option to purchase 60,000 shares of our common stock, valued at $123,686 pursuant to footnote (1) above. This grant was made in connection with Mr. Schroeder’s appointment to our board of directors. These stock options vest over a four-year period at the rate of 1/48th of the shares of common stock underlying each stock option each month following the vesting commencement date and expire 10 years after the date of grant. These stock options also provide that, in the event of an “Acquisition” or “Asset Transfer” as defined in our certificate of incorporation, all of the shares of our common stock subject to such option will immediately vest, and the right of repurchase with respect to any unvested shares shall lapse, in full as of the effectiveness of the change of control. Mr. Schroeder will also receive an annual cash fee of $60,000 for serving as an independent director.

(5) Kirk Bowman resigned from our board of directors in April 2013.

 

106


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure set forth information about the compensation provided to our senior executive officers during the year ended January 31, 2013. These executive officers, who include our principal executive officer and the two most highly-compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer) who were serving as executive officers as of January 31, 2013, the end of our last completed fiscal year, were:

 

  Ÿ  

Suresh Vasudevan, Chief Executive Officer and Director;

 

  Ÿ  

Anup Singh, Chief Financial Officer; and

 

  Ÿ  

Michael Muñoz, Vice President of Sales.

We refer to these individuals in this section as our “Named Executive Officers.”

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was awarded to, earned by and paid to our Named Executive Officers during the year ended January 31, 2013.

 

Name and Principal
Position

   Year Ended
January 31,
     Salary
($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)(2)(3)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Suresh Vasudevan, Chief Executive Officer

     2013         275,000                 187,766         820         463,586   

Anup Singh, Chief Financial Officer

     2013         240,000                 150,213         820         391,033   

Michael Muñoz, Vice President of Sales

     2013         175,000                 662,759         660         838,419   

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the Named Executive Officers during the year ended January 31, 2013 as computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the Named Executive Officers from the options.
(2) In addition, the Named Executive Officers received the following equity awards between January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013, in each case valued pursuant to footnote (1) above:
  a. On March 14, 2013, we granted Mr. Vasudevan an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock valued at $1,030,716. The compensation committee, in consultation with a third party compensation advisor, determined the number of shares subject to this option grant taking into account market data for executive compensation at comparable companies, length of service and the unvested portion of outstanding equity awards, as well as our long-term retention objectives and philosophy of achieving a degree of equitable treatment among our executive officers.
  b. On March 14, 2013, we granted Mr. Singh an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock valued at $51,536. The compensation committee, in consultation with a third party compensation advisor, determined the number of shares subject to this option grant taking into account market data for executive compensation at comparable companies, length of service and the unvested portion of outstanding equity awards, as well as our long-term retention objectives and philosophy of achieving a degree of equitable treatment among our executive officers.
  c. On April 26, 2013, we granted Mr. Singh 75,000 restricted stock units valued at $353,250. In determining the number of restricted stock units subject to this grant, the compensation committee considered the importance attached to achieving certain operational and financial objectives in connection with this offering. As a result, Mr. Singh’s 75,000 restricted stock units are subject to operational and financial performance requirements, including our achievement of an EBITDA target and readiness for this offering by specified deadlines.

 

107


Table of Contents
  d. On February 26, 2013, we granted Mr. Muñoz an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock valued at $412,286. Our board of directors, in consultation with a third party compensation advisor, determined the number of shares subject to this option grant taking into account market data for executive compensation at comparable companies, length of service and the unvested portion of outstanding equity awards, as well as our long-term retention objectives and philosophy of achieving a degree of equitable treatment among our executive officers.
(3) In addition, on September 25, 2013, we granted Mr. Vasudevan an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $7.65 per share, to vest monthly over 36 months beginning on April 26, 2015. As a condition to this grant, Mr. Vasudevan agreed to amend the vesting terms of his March 2013 grant such that 100,000 of the shares subject to that grant that were scheduled to vest on February 26, 2014, would instead vest on the same deferred vesting schedule as the September 2013 grant. The compensation committee determined that the size and deferred vesting of this new grant, coupled with the amended deferred vesting of the March 2013 grant, would provide appropriate long-term retention and performance incentives for Mr. Vasudevan.
(4) The amounts reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column represent bonuses earned by Messrs. Vasudevan and Singh and commissions earned by Mr. Muñoz under our incentive compensation plan for officers for the year ended January 31, 2013. Under the plan, Mr. Vasudevan was entitled to a target bonus of up to approximately 36% of his base salary and Mr. Singh was entitled to a target bonus of up to approximately 33% of his base salary. For Messrs. Vasudevan and Singh, our board of directors determined the actual amounts of the incentive bonuses following the end of the fiscal year based on achievement of bookings and EBITDA targets. For the year ended January 31, 2013, we paid bonuses in excess of the targets set for Messrs. Vasudevan and Singh based on performance exceeding targets. Mr. Muñoz was entitled to commissions of up to approximately 86% of his base salary based on achievement of a bookings target and up to 43% of his base salary based on achievement of a sales expense target. Our board of directors determined the actual amounts of the commissions following the end of the fiscal year and we paid commissions in excess of the targets set for Mr. Muñoz based on performance exceeding targets.

Employment Agreements

The initial terms and conditions of employment of each of Messrs. Vasudevan, Singh and Muñoz were set forth in written employment offer letters. Each of these arrangements was approved by our then current Chief Executive Officer or our board of directors. We believed these employment offer letters were necessary to induce these individuals to forego other employment opportunities or leave their current employer for the uncertainty of a demanding position in a new and unfamiliar organization.

Mr. Vasudevan’s Employment Offer Letter

On December 28, 2010, we extended an employment offer letter to Mr. Vasudevan in connection with his appointment as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Vasudevan accepted the terms and conditions of this employment offer on January 3, 2011. The terms and conditions of his employment agreement provided for an annual base salary of $275,000, subject to adjustment from time to time, and eligibility for an annual bonus, health insurance and other employee benefits as we established for our employees from time to time. In addition, he was granted an option to purchase 2,827,275 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Mr. Vasudevan’s employment offer was subject to his execution of our standard Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement. Mr. Vasudevan’s offer letter provides for “at will” employment.

If we terminate Mr. Vasudevan’s employment without cause (as defined in his offer letter), or Mr. Vasudevan resigns for good reason (as defined in his offer letter) and he delivers a release of claims agreement in a form satisfactory to us, he would be entitled to 12 months of his then current annual base salary and we would pay for (or provide cash payments equal to) the monthly medical insurance premium under COBRA for 12 months.

Upon a change in control (as defined in his offer letter), Mr. Vasudevan is entitled to accelerated vesting of 50% of any then-unvested shares subject to equity awards granted to him in connection with his employment. If, on or within 12 months of a change in control, (1) we terminate or our successor terminates Mr. Vasudevan’s employment without cause or Mr. Vasudevan voluntarily resigns for good

 

108


Table of Contents

reason and such termination is other than as a result of his death or disability and (2) he delivers a release of claims agreement in a form satisfactory to us, then, in addition to the severance benefits described above, Mr. Vasudevan would be entitled to (1) an amount in cash equal to his annual performance bonus multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days he has been employed in that calendar year and the denominator of which is 365 and (2) accelerated vesting of any then-unvested shares subject to equity awards granted to Mr. Vasudevan. Under the change in control severance policy adopted in September 2013, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan), Mr. Vasudevan will receive the following severance benefits in place of the cash and health benefits provided for in his offer letter: upon an involuntary termination other than for cause (as defined in the policy) or a voluntary resignation for good reason (as defined in the policy), in either case within 12 months following or three months prior to a change in control, Mr. Vasudevan will receive (1) a cash payment equal to 12 months of his base salary plus his target bonus as in effect immediately prior to the change in control and (2) 12 months of COBRA premiums (or an equivalent cash payment).

Mr. Singh’s Employment Offer Letter

On October 21, 2011, we extended an employment offer letter to Mr. Singh in connection with his appointment as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Singh accepted the terms and conditions of this employment offer on October 22, 2011. The terms and conditions of his employment agreement provided for an annual base salary of $240,000, subject to adjustment from time to time, and eligibility for an annual bonus, health insurance and other employee benefits as we established for our employees from time to time. In addition, he was granted an option to purchase 630,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Mr. Singh’s employment offer was subject to his execution of our standard Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement. Mr. Singh’s offer letter provides for “at will” employment.

If we terminate Mr. Singh’s employment without cause (as defined in his offer letter), or Mr. Singh resigns for good reason (as defined in his offer letter) and he delivers a release of claims agreement in a form satisfactory to us, he would be entitled to six months of his then current annual base salary and we would pay for (or provide cash payments equal to) the monthly medical insurance premium under COBRA for six months.

If, on or within 12 months of a change in control (as defined in his offer letter), (1) we terminate or our successor terminates Mr. Singh’s employment without cause or Mr. Singh voluntarily resigns for good reason or such termination is as a result of Mr. Singh’s death or disability and (2) Mr. Singh delivers a release of claims agreement in a form satisfactory to us, then, in addition to the severance benefits described above, Mr. Singh would be entitled to accelerated vesting of the lesser of 50% of the shares subject to options granted to him or all remaining unvested shares pursuant to such options. However, under the change in control severance policy adopted in September 2013, upon the effectiveness of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the acceleration provisions implemented by our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and described below under “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2013 Equity Incentive Plan” will govern this award. Under the change in control severance policy adopted in September 2013, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan), Mr. Singh will receive the following severance benefits in place of the cash and health benefits provided for in his offer letter: upon an involuntary termination other than for cause (as defined in the policy) or a voluntary resignation for good reason (as defined in the policy), in either case within 12 months following or three months prior to a change in control, Mr. Singh will receive (1) a cash payment equal to 12 months of his base salary plus his target bonus as in effect immediately prior to the change in control and (2) 12 months of COBRA premiums (or an equivalent cash payment).

 

109


Table of Contents

Mr. Muñoz Employment Offer Letter

On February 4, 2010, we extended an employment offer letter to Mr. Muñoz in connection with his appointment as our Vice President of Sales. Mr. Muñoz accepted the terms and conditions of this employment offer on February 5, 2010. The terms and conditions of his employment agreement provided for an annual base salary of $175,000, subject to adjustment from time to time, and eligibility for an annual commission, health insurance and other employee benefits as we established for our employees from time to time. In addition, he was granted an option to purchase 459,582 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Mr. Muñoz’s employment offer was subject to his execution of our standard Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement. Mr. Muñoz’s offer letter provides for “at will” employment.

If, within 12 months of a change in control, Mr. Muñoz’s employment is terminated without cause or constructively terminated, then Mr. Muñoz would be entitled to accelerated vesting of the lesser of 25% of the shares subject to options granted to him or all remaining unvested shares pursuant to such options. However, under the change in control severance policy adopted in September 2013, upon the effectiveness of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the acceleration provisions implemented by our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and described below under “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2013 Equity Incentive Plan” will govern this award. Under the change in control severance policy adopted in September 2013, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan), Mr. Muñoz will receive the following severance benefits: upon an involuntary termination other than for cause (as defined in the policy) or a voluntary resignation for good reason (as defined in the policy), in either case within 12 months following or three months prior to a change in control, Mr. Muñoz will receive (1) a cash payment equal to 12 months of his base salary plus his target bonus as in effect immediately prior to the change in control and (2) 12 months of COBRA premiums (or an equivalent cash payment).

Post-Employment Compensation and Change in Control Payments and Benefits

In September 2013, we adopted a change in control severance policy applicable to our executive officers and certain other employees pursuant to which each executive officer will enter into a severance agreement that supersedes all previous severance and change of control arrangements entered into with such individuals. The severance agreement will have a term of three years, which renews unless terminated by either party. Under the severance agreement, if any executive officer’s employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in the policy) or such executive officer voluntarily resigns for good reason (as defined in the policy) within three months before or 12 months following a change in control (as defined in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan), such officer would be entitled to receive severance benefits equal to 12 months of his or her then current annual base salary plus his or her target bonus and the monthly benefits premium under COBRA for 12 months subject to the officer executing a customary release.

 

110


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information regarding outstanding stock options and other equity awards held as of January 31, 2013.

 

            Option Awards      Stock Awards

Name

   Grant
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable(1)
    Option
Exercise
Price

($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
     Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested

(#)
     Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested

($)(7)

Mr. Vasudevan

     9/29/2009         (2)      0.20         09/28/2019         33,511      
     3/9/2011         2,157,000 (3)      0.5867         03/08/2021         1,472,539      

Mr. Singh

     11/22/2011         (4)      1.6533         11/21/2021         446,250      

Mr. Muñoz

     6/2/2010         234,582 (5)      0.20         6/1/2020         134,045      
     12/14/2011         60,483 (6)      1.6533         12/13/2021         42,842      
     12/14/2011         91,017 (6)      1.6533         12/13/2021         64,470      

 

 

(1)

Each of these stock options is immediately exercisable in full, subject to a right of repurchase in our favor, which lapses as the shares of our common stock underlying such option vest. Unless otherwise noted, the shares of common stock underlying each of these stock options vest over a four-year period with the first 1/4th vesting on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and, thereafter, 1/48th of the shares of common stock underlying each stock option vesting each month following the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

(2)

As of January 31, 2013, Mr. Vasudevan had exercised this stock option with respect to 229,791 shares of our common stock. Of that number, 33,511 shares were subject to a right of repurchase in our favor as of January 31, 2013, which expired on August 18, 2013. The shares of common stock underlying this stock option vest over a four-year period, with 1/48th of the shares of common stock underlying this stock option vesting each month following the vesting commencement date.

(3)

As of January 31, 2013, Mr. Vasudevan had exercised this stock option with respect to 670,275 shares of our common stock. Of the 2,827,275 shares subject to this stock option, 1,472,539 shares were subject to a right of repurchase in our favor as of January 31, 2013, which expires on February 28, 2015.

(4)

As of January 31, 2013, Mr. Singh had exercised this stock option with respect to 630,000 shares of our common stock. Of that number, 446,250 shares were subject to a right of repurchase in our favor as of January 31, 2013, which expires on November 14, 2015.

(5)

As of January 31, 2013, Mr. Muñoz had exercised this stock option with respect to 225,000 shares of our common stock. Of the 459,582 shares subject to this stock option, 134,045 shares were subject to a right of repurchase in our favor as of January 31, 2013, which expires on March 15, 2014.

(6)

As of January 31, 2013, Mr. Muñoz had not exercised this stock option with respect to any shares of our common stock.

(7) The market price for our common stock is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2008 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan in May 2008. Our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan was approved by our stockholders in June 2008. The 2008 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and nonstatutory stock options, as well as for the issuance of shares of restricted stock awards, or RSAs, restricted stock units, or RSUs, and stock appreciation rights, or SARs. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees or employees of our majority-owned subsidiaries. We may grant nonstatutory stock options, RSAs, RSUs and SARs to our employees, directors and consultants or employees, directors and consultants of our majority-owned subsidiaries. The exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan is

 

111


Table of Contents

10 years, except that the maximum permitted term of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders is five years. Many of the options granted under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan may be exercised as to all shares from the date of grant, with any purchased shares subject to our right to repurchase such shares at the lower of the fair market value on the repurchase date or the original exercise price paid for such shares. In the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan), the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan provides that, unless the applicable option agreement provides otherwise or our board of directors takes certain specified actions such as accelerating the vesting of the option, options held by current employees, directors and consultants will terminate if not vested or exercised prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction. Following the date of this prospectus, each outstanding option or award under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for accelerated vesting and exercisability in connection with specified change in control transactions on the same terms as for awards to be granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as discussed more fully below.

As of July 31, 2013, we had reserved 27,781,578 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. As of July 31, 2013, options to purchase 9,264,460 of these shares had been exercised (of which 128,001 shares have been repurchased and returned to the pool of shares available for issuance under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan), zero RSAs have been granted, 75,000 RSUs have been granted (pursuant to which no shares have been issued), options to purchase 15,452,223 of these shares remained outstanding and 3,117,888 of these shares remained available for future grant. The options outstanding as of July 31, 2013 had a weighted-average exercise price of $2.37 per share. We will cease issuing awards under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan upon the implementation of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will be effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus. As a result, we will not grant any additional options under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan following that date, and the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate at that time. However, any outstanding options granted under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and stock option agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Options granted under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan have terms similar to those described below with respect to options to be granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

We have adopted a 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus and will serve as the successor to our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. We reserved a number of shares of our common stock to be issued under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan equal to the lesser of 15,000,000 and the number of shares equal to 9% of our outstanding shares of common stock, on a fully diluted basis, upon consummation of this offering. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will increase automatically on February 1 of each of our fiscal years beginning February 1, 2015 through February 1, 2024 by the number of shares equal to 5% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock and common stock equivalents as of the immediately preceding January 31. However, our board of directors may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. In addition, the following shares will be available for grant and issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan:

 

  Ÿ  

shares subject to options or SARs granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that cease to be subject to the option or SAR for any reason other than exercise of the option or SAR;

 

  Ÿ  

shares subject to awards granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the original issue price;

 

  Ÿ  

shares subject to awards granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued;

 

112


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

shares surrendered, cancelled, or exchanged for cash or a different award (or combination thereof);

 

  Ÿ  

shares reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding awards under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan on the date of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

shares issuable upon the exercise of options or subject to other awards under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan prior to the date of this prospectus that cease to be subject to such options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise after the date of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

shares issued under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan that are repurchased by us or forfeited after the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

shares subject to awards under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award.

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the award of stock options, RSAs, SARs, RSUs, performance awards and stock bonuses. No person will be eligible to receive more than 1,000,000 shares in any calendar year under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan other than a new employee of ours, who will be eligible to receive no more than 2,000,000 shares under the plan in the calendar year in which the employee commences employment.

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, all of the members of which are outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax laws, or by our board of directors acting in place of our compensation committee. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of awards to our employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors, provided the consultants, independent contractors, directors and advisors render services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. The exercise price of stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

We anticipate that in general, options will vest over a four-year period. Options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. Our compensation committee may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. The maximum term of options granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan is ten years.

An RSA is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions, which may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The price, if any, of an RSA will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the holder no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price at grant up to a maximum amount of cash or number of shares. SARs may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.

Restricted stock units represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of employment or failure to

 

113


Table of Contents

achieve certain performance conditions. If an RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the RSU shares of our common stock (which may be subject to additional restrictions), cash or a combination of our common stock and cash. We anticipate that, in general, RSUs will vest over a four-year period.

Performance awards cover a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions in cash or by issuance of the underlying shares. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement due to termination of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for service or performance, and therefore, may not be issued in exchange for cash.

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation committee may structure awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals by selecting from one or more of the following performance criteria: (1) profit before tax; (2) billings; (3) revenue; (4) net revenue; (5) earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, and net earnings); (6) operating income; (7) operating margin; (8) operating profit; (9) controllable operating profit or net operating profit; (10) net profit; (11) gross margin; (12) operating expenses or operating expenses as a percentage of revenue; (13) net income; (14) earnings per share; (15) total stockholder return; (16) market share; (17) return on assets or net assets; (18) our stock price; (19) growth in stockholder value relative to a pre-determined index; (20) return on equity; (21) return on invested capital; (22) cash flow (including free cash flow or operating cash flows); (23) cash conversion cycle; (24) economic value added; (25) individual confidential business objectives; (26) contract awards or backlog; (27) overhead or other expense reduction; (28) credit rating; (29) strategic plan development and implementation; (30) succession plan development and implementation; (31) improvement in workforce diversity; (32) customer indicators; (33) new product invention or innovation; (34) attainment of research and development milestones; (35) improvements in productivity; (36) bookings; (37) attainment of objective operating goals and employee metrics; and (38) any other metric that is capable of measurement as determined by our compensation committee.

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless otherwise specified by our compensation committee (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the performance goals are established, our compensation committee will make adjustments, if it determines appropriate in its sole discretion, in the method of calculating the attainment of the performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to GAAP; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under GAAP; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by our company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar

 

114


Table of Contents

corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under GAAP; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under GAAP; and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item.

In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number of shares reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the maximum number of shares that can be granted in a calendar year and the number of shares and exercise price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

Awards granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise permitted by our compensation committee, stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Options granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service to us, for a period of 18 months in the case of death or for a period of 12 months in the case of disability, or such longer period as our compensation committee may provide. Options generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.

If we are party to a merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all assets, or similar change in control transaction, outstanding awards, including any vesting provisions, may be assumed or substituted by the successor company. In the alternative, outstanding awards may be cancelled in connection with a cash payment. Outstanding awards that are not assumed, substituted or cashed out will accelerate in full and expire upon the closing of the transaction. In the event of specified change in control transactions, our compensation committee may accelerate the vesting of awards immediately upon the occurrence of the transaction, whether or not the award is continued, assumed, substituted or replaced by a surviving corporation or its parent in the transaction. In addition, each option or other award will provide that in connection with a termination of a holder’s service within the 12 months following such a transaction, the option or award will vest as to 50% of the total number of shares underlying the option or award. For a termination more than 12 months and within 24 months of a transaction, the option or award will vest as to 25% of the total number of shares underlying the option or award. Options and awards outstanding as of the date of this prospectus under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will accelerate vesting on the same terms as options or awards to be granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate ten years from the date our board of directors approves the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors may amend or terminate our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law.

2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We have adopted a 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in order to enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount following the date of this offering. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. Our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. We initially reserved a number of shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan equal to the lesser of 3,350,000 and the number of shares equal to 2% of our outstanding shares of common stock, on a fully diluted basis, upon consummation of this offering. The

 

115


Table of Contents

number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will increase automatically on February 1 of each of our fiscal years beginning February 1, 2015 through February 1, 2024 by the number of shares equal to the greater of 1% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock and common stock equivalents as of the immediately preceding January 31. However, our board of directors or compensation committee may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. The aggregate number of shares issued over the term of our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will not exceed 30,000,000 shares of our common stock.

Our compensation committee will administer our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our U.S.- and international-based employees generally are eligible to participate in our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our compensation committee may in its discretion elect to exclude employees who work fewer than 20 hours per week or five months in a calendar year. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, are ineligible to participate in our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility. Under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees will be able to acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their eligible cash compensation. We will also have the right to amend or terminate our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time. Our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the effective date of this offering, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.

When an initial purchase period commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements for participation in that purchase period will automatically be granted a nontransferable option to purchase shares in that purchase period. For subsequent purchase periods, new participants will be required to enroll in a timely manner. Once an employee is enrolled, participation will be automatic in subsequent purchase periods. Except for the first offering period, each offering period will run for no more than 24 months, with purchases occurring every six months. The first offering period will begin upon the effective date of this offering and will end on March 9, 2016. Except for the first purchase period, each purchase period will be for six months, commencing each March 10 and September 10. The purchase periods under the first offering period will end on September 9, 2014, March 9, 2015, September 9, 2015 and March 9, 2016. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.

No participant will have the right to purchase shares of our common stock in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar year, that have a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable purchase period, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. In addition, no participant will be permitted to purchase more than 2,000 shares during any one purchase period or a lesser amount determined by our compensation committee. The purchase price for shares of our common stock purchased under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on (i) the first trading day of the applicable offering period and (ii) the last trading day of each purchase period in the applicable offering period.

If we experience a change in control transaction, any offering period that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction will be shortened and terminated on a new purchase date. The new purchase date will occur prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction and our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will then terminate on the closing of the proposed change in control.

 

116


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We sponsor a retirement plan intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code, containing a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code. U.S. employees who have attained at least 21 years of age are generally eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the calendar month following his or her date of hire, subject to certain eligibility requirements. Participants may make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Pre-tax contributions by participants and the income earned on those contributions are generally not taxable to participants until withdrawn. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan. An employee’s interest in his or her pre-tax deferrals is 100% vested when contributed. Although the plan provides for a discretionary employer matching contribution, to date we have not made such a contribution on behalf of employees. The plan permits all eligible plan participants to contribute between 1% and 100% of eligible compensation, on a pre-tax basis, into their accounts.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and certain of our key employees, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors, officers and key employees for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts actually incurred by these individuals in any action or proceeding arising out of their service to us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which these individuals provide services at our request. Subject to certain limitations, our indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors, officers and key employees for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

 

117


Table of Contents

We believe that these indemnification provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors, officers and key employees. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

118


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below transactions, and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

  Ÿ  

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

  Ÿ  

any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Other than as described below, there have not been, nor are there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions meeting these criteria to which we have been or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under “Executive Compensation.”

Equity Financings

Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In August 2012, we sold an aggregate of 4,247,541 shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $9.582 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $40.7 million. Each share of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

The purchasers of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The following table summarizes the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of Series E
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase Price
($)
 

Entities affiliated with Accel Partners(1)

     1,325,400       $     12,699,997   

SC US GF V Holdings, Ltd.(2)

     1,325,401         12,699,997   

Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P.(3)

     1,001,878         9,599,999   

 

(1) Consists of shares purchased by Accel Growth Fund II L.P., Accel Growth Fund II Strategic Partners L.P., Accel Growth Fund Investors 2012 L.L.C., Accel Investors 2007 L.L.C., Accel IX L.P. and Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P. Ping Li, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of the Accel Partners funds that have voting and dispositive power with regard to shares held by these entities. Jerry M. Kennelly, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of Kennelly Partners, L.P., which is a limited partner in Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P. and Accel Growth Fund II Strategic Partners L.P. Varun Mehta, a member of our board of directors, is a limited partner in Accel Growth Fund II Strategic Partners L.P. The terms of the purchases by these entities were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers. Please refer to the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for more details regarding the shares held by these entities.
(2) Consists of shares purchased by SC US GF V Holdings, Ltd. James J. Goetz, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member and director of certain Sequoia Capital funds that have voting and dispositive power with regard to shares held by SC US GF V Holdings, Ltd. The terms of the purchase by SC US GF V Holdings, Ltd. were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers. Please refer to the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for more details regarding the shares held by these entities.
(3) Jerry M. Kennelly, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of Kennelly Partners, L.P., which is a limited partner in Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P.

Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In July 2011, we sold an aggregate of 3,677,903 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.79733 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.0 million. Each share of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

119


Table of Contents

The purchasers of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The following table summarizes the Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of Series D
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase Price
($)
 

Entities affiliated with Accel Partners(1)

     425,597       $     2,892,931   

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(2)

     425,597         2,892,931   

Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P.(3)

     322,281         2,190,651   

 

(1) Consists of shares purchased by Accel Investors 2007 L.L.C., Accel IX L.P. and Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P. Ping Li, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of the Accel Partners funds that have voting and dispositive power with regard to shares held by these entities. Jerry M. Kennelly, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of Kennelly Partners, L.P., which is a limited partner in Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P. The terms of the purchases by these entities were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers. Please refer to the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for more details regarding the shares held by these entities.
(2) Consists of shares purchased by Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC, Sequoia Capital XII, L.P. and Sequoia Technology Partners XII, L.P. James J. Goetz, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member and director of certain Sequoia Capital funds that have voting and dispositive power with regard to shares held by these entities. The terms of the purchases by these entities were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers. Please refer to the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for more details regarding the shares held by these entities.
(3) Jerry M. Kennelly, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of Kennelly Partners, L.P., which is a limited partner in Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P.

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In November 2010, we sold an aggregate of 5,447,113 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.93733 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $16.0 million. Each share of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

The purchasers of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The following table summarizes the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of Series C
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase Price
($)
 

Entities affiliated with Accel Partners(1)

     1,969,768       $     5,785,866   

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(2)

     1,969,767         5,785,866   

Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P.(3)

     1,491,597         4,381,317   

 

(1) Consists of shares purchased by Accel Investors 2007 L.L.C., Accel IX L.P. and Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P. Ping Li, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of the Accel Partners funds that have voting and dispositive power with regard to shares held by these entities. Jerry M. Kennelly, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of Kennelly Partners, L.P., which is a limited partner in Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P. The terms of the purchases by these entities were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers. Please refer to the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for more details regarding the shares held by these entities.
(2) Consists of shares purchased by Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC, Sequoia Capital XII, L.P. and Sequoia Technology Partners XII, L.P. James J. Goetz, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member and director of certain Sequoia Capital funds that have voting and dispositive power with regard to shares held by these entities. The terms of the purchases by these entities were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers. Please refer to the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for more details regarding the shares held by these entities.
(3) Jerry M. Kennelly, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of Kennelly Partners, L.P., which is a limited partner in Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P.

 

120


Table of Contents

Loans to Executive Officers

Mr. Vasudevan purchased a total of 900,066 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $439,208 on June 1, 2012. As partial payment for the shares of common stock, Mr. Vasudevan delivered to us a full recourse promissory note on June 1, 2012 in the aggregate principal amount of $439,186. Mr. Vasudevan paid the remaining purchase price of $22 in cash. The note had an annual interest rate of 2.27%, compounded annually, and a maturity date of June 1, 2020. The balance of the note was fully repaid on August 2, 2013.

Mr. Singh purchased a total of 630,000 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1,041,600 on December 28, 2011. As payment for the shares of common stock, Mr. Singh delivered to us a full recourse promissory note on December 28, 2011 in the aggregate principal amount of $1,041,600. The note had an annual interest rate of 1.27%, compounded annually, and a maturity date of December 27, 2020. The balance of the note was fully repaid on August 12, 2013.

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

We have entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. These stockholders are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following our initial public offering under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

We intend to adopt a written related person transactions policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, and any members of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a material related person transaction with us without the review and approval of our audit committee, or a committee composed solely of independent directors in the event it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. We expect the policy to provide that any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock or with any of their immediate family members or affiliates in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 will be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, we expect that our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

121


Table of Contents

Although we have not had a written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related persons, our board of directors has historically reviewed and approved any transaction where a director or officer had a financial interest, including the transactions described above. Prior to approving such a transaction, the material facts as to a director’s or officer’s relationship or interest in the agreement or transaction were disclosed to our board of directors. Our board of directors took this information into account when evaluating the transaction and in determining whether such transaction was fair to the company and in the best interest of all of our stockholders.

 

122


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 31, 2013, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock by us in this offering, for:

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 61,835,683 shares of common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2013 and assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 38,867,647 shares of our common stock. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that                  shares of common stock will be issued by us in our initial public offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2013. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Nimble Storage, Inc., 2740 Zanker Road, San Jose, California 95134.

 

     Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Before
Offering
    After
Offering

5% Stockholders:

       

Entities affiliated with Accel Partners(1)

     12,940,220         20.9  

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(2)

     12,940,218         20.9     

Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P.(3)

     9,797,138         15.8     

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

       

Suresh Vasudevan(4)

     3,557,066         5.5     

Varun Mehta(5)

     7,409,000         11.9     

Umesh Maheshwari(6)

     6,953,721         11.2     

Anup Singh(7)

     655,000         1.1     

Michael Muñoz(8)

     811,082         1.3     

Frank Calderoni(9)

     195,000         *     

James J. Goetz(2)(10)

     12,940,218         20.9     

Jerry M. Kennelly(11)

     100,000         *     

Ping Li(1)(12)

     12,940,220         20.9     

William J. Schroeder(13)

     60,000         *     

All executive officers and directors as a group(11 persons)(14)

     46,545,806         70.1     

 

(footnotes on next page)

 

123


Table of Contents

 

 * Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.
(1) Represents (i) 686,989 shares held by Accel Growth Fund II L.P. (AGF), (ii) 49,741 shares held by Accel Growth Fund II Strategic Partners L.P. (AGFSP), (iii) 66,858 shares held by Accel Growth Fund Investors 2012 L.L.C. (AGFI), (iv) 1,072,879 shares held by Accel Investors 2007 L.L.C. (AI2007), (v) 9,999,371 shares held by Accel IX L.P. (A9) and (vi) 1,064,382 shares held by Accel IX Strategic Partners L.P. (A9SP). Accel Growth Fund II Associates L.L.C. (AGFA) is the General Partner of AGF and has sole voting and investment power over the shares held by AGF. Andrew G. Braccia, James W. Breyer, Kevin J. Efrusy, Theresia Gouw, Ping Li, Arthur C. Patterson, Tracy L. Sedlock, Ryan J. Sweeney and Richard P. Wong are the managing members of AGFA and share such powers. AGFA is the general partner of AGFSP and has sole voting and investment power over the shares held by AGFSP. Andrew G. Braccia, James W. Breyer, Kevin J. Efrusy, Theresia Gouw, Ping Li, Arthur C. Patterson, Tracy L. Sedlock, Ryan J. Sweeney and Richard P. Wong are the managing members of AGFI and share voting and investment powers over the shares held by AGFI. James W. Breyer, Kevin J. Efrusy, Theresia Gouw, Ping Li, and Arthur C. Patterson are the managing members of AI2007 and share voting and investment powers over the shares held by AI2007. Accel IX Associates L.L.C. (A9A) is the general partner of A9 and has sole voting and investment power over the shares held by A9. James W. Breyer, Kevin J. Efrusy, Theresia Gouw, Ping Li, and Arthur C. Patterson are the managing members of A9A and share such powers. A9A is the general partner of A9SP and has sole voting and investment power over the shares held by A9SP. Ping Li, a member of our board of directors, is one of the managing members of AGFA, AGFI, AI2007 and A9A and therefore may be deemed to share voting and investment power over these entities. Varun Mehta, a member of our board of directors, is a limited partner in AGFSP, as reflected in footnote (5). Jerry M. Kennelly, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of Kennelly Partners, L.P., which is a limited partner in AGFSP and A9SP, as reflected in footnote (11). The address for the entities affiliated with Accel Partners is 428 University Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301.
(2) Represents (i) 10,150,192 shares held by Sequoia Capital XII, LP, (ii) 379,801 shares held by Sequoia Technology Partners XII, LP, (iii) 1,084,824 shares held by Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC and (iv) 1,325,401 shares held by SC US GF V Holdings, Ltd. Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund V, L.P. and Sequoia Capital USGF Principals Fund V, L.P. together own 100% of the outstanding ordinary shares of SC US GF V Holdings, Ltd. SC XII Management, LLC is the general partner of Sequoia Capital XlI, L.P. and Sequoia Technology Partners XlI, L.P., and is the managing member of Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC (collectively, the “Sequoia Capital XII Funds”). The managing members of SC XlI Management, LLC are Roelof Botha, James J. Goetz, Michael Goguen, Douglas Leone and Michael Moritz. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the managing members of SC XII Management, LLC, including James J. Goetz, a member of our board of directors, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Sequoia Capital XII Funds. SC GF V TT, Ltd. is the general partner of SCGF V Management, L.P., which is the general partner of each of Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund V, L.P. and Sequoia Capital USGF Principals Fund V, L.P. The directors of SC GF V TT, Ltd. and SC US GF V Holdings, Ltd. are Roelof Botha, Scott Carter, James J. Goetz, Michael Goguen, Patrick Grady, Douglas Leone and Michael Moritz. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the directors of SC US GF V Holdings, Ltd., including Mr. Goetz, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by SC US GF V Holdings, Ltd. The address of each of the entities identified in this footnote is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Suite 4-250, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(3) Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner VIII, Ltd. is the general partner of Lightspeed General Partner VIII, L.P, which is the general partner of Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P. As such, Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner VIII, Ltd. possesses power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P. and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P. Christopher J. Schaepe, Barry Eggers, Ravi Mhatre and Peter Nieh are the directors of Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner VIII, Ltd. and possess power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P. and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P. Jerry M. Kennelly, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner of Kennelly Partners, L.P., which is a limited partner in Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P., as reflected in footnote (11). The address for Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner VIII, Ltd. is 2200 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(4) Represents (i) 900,066 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Vasudevan and (ii) 2,657,000 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Vasudevan pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2013.
(5) Represents (i) 4,509,000 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Mehta, 21,429 shares of which are unvested and are subject to our right of repurchase; (ii) 600,000 shares held in the Jai Vir Mehta 2012 GST Trust, of which Mr. Mehta is a co-trustee; (iii) 750,000 shares held in the Jai Vir Mehta Trust, of which Mr. Mehta is a co-trustee; (iv) 600,000 shares held in the Kimaya Jia Mehta 2012 GST Trust, of which Mr. Mehta is a co-trustee; (v) 750,000 shares held in the Kimaya Jia Mehta Trust, of which Mr. Mehta is a co-trustee; and (vi) 200,000 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Mehta pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2013. Mr. Mehta is a limited partner in Accel Growth Fund II Strategic Partners L.P., as reflected in footnote (1). Mr. Mehta does not beneficially own the shares referenced in footnote (1).

 

(footnotes continued on next page)

 

124


Table of Contents
(6) Represents (i) 4,996,578 shares of common stock held directly by Dr. Maheshwari, (ii) 1,500,000 shares held in the Maheshwari Children’s Trust, of which Dr. Maheshwari is a co-trustee, and (iii) 457,143 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Maheshwari pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2013.
(7) Represents (i) 500,000 shares of common stock held in the Singh Family Trust, of which Mr. Singh is a co-trustee, 341,250 shares of which are unvested and are subject to our right of repurchase; (ii) 65,000 shares of common stock held in the Anup V. Singh 2013 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, of which Mr. Singh is a co-trustee; (iii) 65,000 shares of common stock held in the Monisha Singh 2013 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, of which Mr. Singh is a co-trustee; and (iv) 25,000 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Singh pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2013.
(8) Represents (i) 399,582 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Muñoz and (ii) 411,500 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Muñoz pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2013.
(9) Represents shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Calderoni pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2013.
(10) See footnote (2) above regarding Mr. Goetz’s relationship to funds affiliated with Sequoia Capital.
(11) Represents 100,000 shares of common stock held in The Kennelly Family Delaware Dynasty Trust, of which Mr. Kennelly is a co-trustee, 87,500 shares of which are unvested and are subject to our right of repurchase. Mr. Kennelly is a general partner of Kennelly Partners, L.P., which is a limited partner in each of (i) AGFSP and A9SP, as reflected in footnote (1), and (ii) Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P., as reflected in footnote (3). Mr. Kennelly does not beneficially own the shares referenced in footnotes (1) and (3).
(12) See footnote (1) above regarding Mr. Li’s relationship to funds affiliated with Accel Partners.
(13) Represents 60,000 shares held in the William J. and Marilee J. Schroeder Revocable Trust dated 11-1-1993, of which Mr. Schroeder is a co-trustee, 53,750 shares of which are unvested and are subject to our right of repurchase.
(14) Represents (i) 42,005,664 shares of issued and outstanding stock, 503,929 shares of which are unvested and are subject to our right of repurchase and (ii) 4,540,142 shares of common stock that our directors and executive officers as a group have the right to acquire from us within 60 days of July 31, 2013 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

 

125


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and                  shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation all of the outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock in connection with the completion of this offering. Assuming the effectiveness of this conversion as of July 31, 2013, there were 61,835,683 shares of our common stock issued, held by approximately 203 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See “Dividend Policy” above.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated certificate of incorporation. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

126


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, all of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock immediately upon (i) the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of our common stock that results in a per share price of at least $5.01 (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends or recapitalizations) and gross cash proceeds (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) of at least $20.0 million or (ii) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock. As a result, each currently outstanding share of redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted into one share of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering.

Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of their qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units

As of July 31, 2013, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate 15,452,223 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.37, and 75,000 RSUs.

Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our preferred stock financings, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. In any registration made pursuant to such amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, all fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations, including fees and disbursements of special counsel to the selling stockholders not to exceed $25,000, will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including estimated underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

The registration rights terminate three years following the completion of this offering or, with respect to any particular stockholder, at such time as that stockholder holds less than one percent of our outstanding stock, we have completed this offering and such stockholder can sell all of its shares during any three month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

 

127


Table of Contents

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 38,867,647 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least a majority of the shares that are entitled to registration rights under the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, to register, as soon as practicable, all or a portion of these shares for public resale, if the amount of registrable securities to be registered includes at least a majority of all registrable securities then outstanding. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days in a 12-month period if our board of directors determines that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders. We are not required to effect a demand registration under certain additional circumstances specified in the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, including at any time earlier than 180 days after the effective date of this offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 38,867,647 shares of our common stock or their permitted transferees are also entitled to short-form registration rights. The holders of then-outstanding shares having registration rights can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $1.0 million. The stockholders may require us to effect at most two registration statements on Form S-3. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 no more than once during any 12-month period for a total cumulative period of not more than 120 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we register any of our securities for public sale, holders of an aggregate of 38,867,647 shares of our common stock or their permitted transferees having registration rights will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if they determine in good faith that marketing factors require limitation, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned, first, to the company for its own account and, second, pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder, or in a manner mutually agreed upon by the holders. However, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 30% of the total shares covered by the registration statement, other than in the initial public offering.

Redemption

The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-if-converted basis, may require us to redeem all of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock in three annual installments beginning not prior to the fifth anniversary of the original issue date of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, and ending on the date two years from such first redemption date. We are obligated to pay in cash a sum equal to the original issue price per share of redeemable convertible preferred stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, or recapitalizations) plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock that we are required to redeem on any one redemption date is equal to the amount determined by dividing

 

128


Table of Contents

(a) the aggregate number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding immediately prior to the first redemption date by (b) the number of remaining redemption dates (including the redemption date to which such calculation applies). If we do not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares to be redeemed at the redemption date, the maximum possible number of shares must be redeemed ratably among the holders of such shares based upon their holdings of redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the remaining shares will be redeemed as soon as sufficient funds are legally available. In the event that shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are not redeemed due to our default in payment or because we do not have sufficient legally available funds, such shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein until redeemed. Through July 31, 2013, no redeemable convertible preferred stock has been presented to us for redemption. Under our restated certificate of incorporation, our common stock will not be subject to redemption.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  Ÿ  

Prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

The interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

At or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66.67% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction or series of transactions together resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a

 

129


Table of Contents

corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws Provisions

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our company, including the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Board of Directors Vacancies.    Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

 

  Ÿ  

Classified Board.    Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will provide that our board is classified into three classes of directors, each with staggered three-year terms. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See “Management—Board Composition.”

 

  Ÿ  

Stockholder Action; Special Meetings of Stockholders.    Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our restated bylaws. Further, our restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

  Ÿ  

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations.    Our restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our restated bylaws also will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

  Ÿ  

No Cumulative Voting.    The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

  Ÿ  

Directors Removed Only for Cause.    Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

130


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Amendment of Charter Provisions.    Any amendment of the above expected provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.

 

  Ÿ  

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock.    Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to                  shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

 

  Ÿ  

Choice of Forum.    Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

Exchange Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NMBL”.

 

131


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market following this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have a total of                  shares of our common stock outstanding, based on the 61,835,683 shares of our capital stock outstanding as of July 31, 2013. Of these outstanding shares, all of the                  shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, could only be sold in compliance with Rule 144.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, substantially all of our security holders have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement described above under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, and based on an assumed offering date of                 , shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Beginning on the date of this prospectus, all of the shares sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

  Ÿ  

Beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,                 additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which                 shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below, and                 shares will be unvested and subject to our right of repurchase.

Lock-Up/Market Standoff Agreements

All of our directors and officers and substantially all of our security holders are subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff provisions that prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock, options to acquire shares of our common stock or any security or instrument related to our common stock, or entering into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. See “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our

 

132


Table of Contents

affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options and RSUs and the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our stock plans. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 or such other form as may be required under the Securities Act for the resale of shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options that were not granted under Rule 701. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements to which they are subject. Of the 15,452,223 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of July 31, 2013, options to purchase 4,082,664 shares of common stock were vested as of July 31, 2013. Of the 75,000 shares of our common stock that were subject to RSUs outstanding as of July 31, 2013, no shares of common stock were vested as of July 31, 2013. Shares of our common stock underlying outstanding options and RSUs will not be eligible for sale until expiration of the 180 day lock-up and market standoff agreements to which they are subject.

 

133


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

We have granted demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our common stock. Registration of the sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

134


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by “non-U.S. holders” (as defined below) pursuant to this offering. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax considerations relating thereto. The information provided below is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions currently in effect. These authorities may change at any time, possibly retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, might interpret the existing authorities differently. In either case, the tax considerations of owning or disposing of our common stock could differ from those described below. As a result, we cannot assure you that the tax consequences described in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent provided below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

partnerships or entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal tax purposes (or investors in such entities);

 

  Ÿ  

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  Ÿ  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or medicare contribution tax;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt organizations or tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  Ÿ  

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations or passive foreign investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who acquired our common stock as compensation for services;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  Ÿ  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

  Ÿ  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

  Ÿ  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or an owner of the entity will depend upon the status of the partner or other owner and the activities of the partnership or other entity. Accordingly, this summary does not address tax considerations

 

135


Table of Contents

applicable to partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FOREIGN, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS, AND TAX TREATIES.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” is any holder of our common stock, other than a partnership, that is not:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

 

  Ÿ  

a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one of more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 

  Ÿ  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. income tax regardless of source.

If you are a non-U.S. citizen that is an individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Dividends

We do not expect to declare or make any distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do pay dividends on shares of our common stock, however, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock. See “—Sale of Common Stock.”

Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock that is not effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate. The withholding tax might not apply, however, or might apply at a reduced rate, under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. You should consult your tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Generally, in order for us or our paying agent to withhold tax at a lower treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must certify its entitlement to treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder generally can meet this certification requirement by providing a Form

 

136


Table of Contents

W-8BEN (or any successor form) or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a partnership or other pass-through entity, the certification requirements generally apply to the partners or other owners rather than to the partnership or other entity, and the partnership or other entity must provide the partners’ or other owners’ documentation to us or our paying agent. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS in a timely manner.

Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States, are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us or our paying agent with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition to being taxed at graduated tax rates, dividends received by corporate non-U.S. holders that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the corporate non-U.S. holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

Sale of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, non-U.S. holders will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gains realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain (i) is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a U.S. trade or business and (ii) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individual holders, a fixed base) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (in which case the special rules described below apply);

 

  Ÿ  

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, and certain other requirements are met (in which case the gain would be subject to a flat 30% tax, or such reduced rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States); or

 

  Ÿ  

the rules of the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act (FIRPTA) treat the gain as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.

The FIRPTA rules may apply to a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock if we are, or were within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC. In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in U.S. real estate comprised at least half of the value of our business assets. We do not believe that we are a USRPHC and we do not anticipate becoming one in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if beneficially

 

137


Table of Contents

owned by a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock at some time within the five-year period preceding the disposition.

If any gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, (i) is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder and (ii) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individuals, a fixed base) maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, then the gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, under certain circumstances, that portion of its earnings and profits that is effectively connected with its U.S. trade or business, subject to certain adjustments, generally would be subject also to a “branch profits tax.” The branch profits tax rate is 30%, although an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence might provide for a lower rate.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

The Code and the Treasury regulations require those who make specified payments to report the payments to the IRS. Among the specified payments are dividends and proceeds paid by brokers to their customers. The required information returns enable the IRS to determine whether the recipient properly included the payments in income. This reporting regime is reinforced by “backup withholding” rules. These rules require the payors to withhold tax from payments subject to information reporting if the recipient fails to cooperate with the reporting regime by failing to provide his taxpayer identification number to the payor, furnishing an incorrect identification number, or failing to report interest or dividends on his returns. The backup withholding tax rate is currently 28%. The backup withholding rules do not apply to payments to corporations, whether domestic or foreign, provided they establish such exemption.

Payments to non-U.S. holders of dividends on common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, and payments of proceeds made to non-U.S. holders by a broker upon a sale of common stock will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, in each case so long as the non-U.S. holder certifies its nonresident status (and we or our paying agent do not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The certification procedures to claim treaty benefits described under “—Dividends” will generally satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax. We must report annually to the IRS any dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to these dividends. Copies of these reports may be made available to tax authorities in the country where the non-U.S. holder resides

Under the Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner certifies, under penalties of perjury, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder (and the broker does not have

 

138


Table of Contents

actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below. Information reporting, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of proceeds, even if that payment is made outside of the United States, if you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is:

 

  Ÿ  

a U.S. person (including a foreign branch or office of such person);

 

  Ÿ  

a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

  Ÿ  

a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business; or

 

  Ÿ  

a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (a) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests of the partnership or (b) the foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business;

unless the broker has documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to a holder of common stock under the backup withholding rules can be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the holder and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain “withholdable payments” (including U.S. source dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of U.S. stock) to foreign financial institutions and other non-U.S. entities that fail to comply with certain certification and information reporting requirements. The obligation to withhold under FATCA is currently expected to apply to, among other items, (i) dividends on our common stock that are paid after June 30, 2014 and (ii) gross proceeds from the disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2016.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

139


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase          additional shares.

Paid by Us

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                $            

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any grants under existing employee benefit plans and other customary exceptions. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

 

140


Table of Contents

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NMBL”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         million.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, including securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory,

 

141


Table of Contents

investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future perform various financial advisory or investment banking services for us, for which they will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  (a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  (c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

142


Table of Contents
  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Residents of Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Residents of Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Residents of Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

143


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California. Certain legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at January 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2013, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon the closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

 

144


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Nimble Storage, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nimble Storage, Inc. as of January 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Nimble Storage, Inc. at January 31, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California

August 19, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

    As of January 31     As of
July 31,

2013
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity as of
July 31, 2013
 
    2012     2013      
                (unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 28,796      $ 49,205      $ 36,720     

Restricted cash

    400                   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $49, $20 and $183 as of January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited)

    4,538        13,725        15,062     

Inventories

    1,737        4,359        6,111     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    724        1,153        2,075     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    36,195        68,442        59,968     

Property and equipment, net

    1,225        4,061        5,919     

Restricted cash, non-current

                  3,900     

Other long-term assets

           60        758     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 37,420      $ 72,563      $ 70,545     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 2,149      $ 6,467      $ 7,281     

Accrued compensation and benefits

    2,104        6,773        6,059     

Deferred revenue, current portion

    1,168        5,465        9,888     

Other current liabilities

    987        902        3,340     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    6,408        19,607        26,568     

Deferred revenue, non-current portion

    860        5,431        10,043     

Other long-term liabilities

    1,972        2,628        4,610     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    9,240        27,666        41,221     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.001 per share; 34,992, 39,320 and 39,320 shares authorized as of January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited); 34,620, 38,868 and 38,868 shares issued and outstanding with aggregate liquidation preference of $58,051, $98,751 and $98,751 as of January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    57,921        98,559        98,580      $   

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Common stock, par value of $0.001 per share; 66,000, 79,227 and 87,227 shares authorized as of January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited); 19,128, 21,388 and 22,968 shares issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013 (unaudited); and 61,836 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    11        17        19        62   

Additional paid-in capital

    1,403        5,835        10,108        108,645   

Notes receivable from stockholders

    (1,043     (1,562     (1,571     (1,571

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

           17        (9     (9

Accumulated deficit

    (30,112     (57,969     (77,803     (77,803
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (29,741     (53,662     (69,256     29,324   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 37,420      $ 72,563      $ 70,545      $ 70,545   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)  

Revenue:

          

Product

   $ 1,632      $ 13,113      $ 49,765      $ 17,731      $ 45,766   

Support and service

     49        900        4,075        1,378        4,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     1,681        14,013        53,840        19,109        50,602   

Cost of revenue:

          

Product

     604        5,233        17,266        6,073        15,375   

Support and service

     230        1,045        3,184        995        3,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     834        6,278        20,450        7,068        18,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     847        7,735        33,390        12,041        31,761   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     4,415        7,903        16,135        6,714        14,376   

Sales and marketing

     2,934        12,863        39,851        13,868        31,428   

General and administrative

     325        3,756        5,168        1,999        5,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     7,674        24,522        61,154        22,581        51,146   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6,827     (16,787     (27,764     (10,540     (19,385

Interest income

     5        6        32        12        22   

Other expense, net

            (4     (26     (28     (295
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (6,822     (16,785     (27,758     (10,556     (19,658

Provision for income taxes

            5        99        12        176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (6,822     (16,790     (27,857     (10,568     (19,834

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (16     (23     (34     (14     (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (6,838   $ (16,813   $ (27,891   $ (10,582   $ (19,855
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.47   $ (1.04   $ (1.53   $ (0.60   $ (0.98
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     14,457        16,226        18,236        17,546        20,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       $ (0.51     $ (0.34
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

         54,887          59,040   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (6,822   $ (16,790   $ (27,857   $ (10,568   $ (19,834

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes:

          

Change in cumulative translation adjustment

                   17        5        (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (6,822   $ (16,790   $ (27,840   $ (10,563   $ (19,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
         Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Notes
Receivable
from
Stockholders
    Accumu-
lated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Income
(Loss)
    Accumu-
lated
Deficit
    Total
Stock-
holders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount            

Balance as of January 31, 2010

    25,495      $ 16,967            14,026      $ 9      $ (8   $      $      $ (6,500   $ (6,499

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $18

    5,447        15,982                                                        

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

           16                          (16                          (16

Issuance of common stock upon exercise stock options, net of repurchases

                      2,858        1        208                             209   

Stock-based compensation

                                    104                             104   

Net loss

                                                         (6,822     (6,822
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2011

    30,942        32,965            16,884        10        288                      (13,322     (13,024

Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $67

    3,678        24,933                                                        

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

           23                          (23                          (23

Issuance of common stock upon exercise stock options, net of repurchases

                      2,244        1        165                             166   

Notes receivable from stockholders

                                           (1,043                   (1,043

Vesting of early exercise of stock options

                                    153                             153   

Stock-based compensation

                                    820                             820   

Net loss

                                                         (16,790     (16,790
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2012

    34,620        57,921            19,128        11        1,403        (1,043            (30,112     (29,741

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $96

    4,248        40,604                                                        

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

           34                          (34                          (34

Issuance of common stock upon exercise stock options, net of repurchases

                      2,260        6        875                             881   

Notes receivable from stockholders

                                           (519                   (519

Vesting of early exercise of stock options

                                    987                             987   

Stock-based compensation

                                    2,604                             2,604   

Net loss

                                                  17        (27,857     (27,840
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2013

    38,868        98,559            21,388        17        5,835        (1,562     17        (57,969     (53,662

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value (unaudited)

           21                          (21                          (21

Issuance of common stock upon stock option exercises, net of repurchases (unaudited)

                      1,580        2        694                             696   

Notes receivable from stockholders (unaudited)

                                           (9                   (9

Vesting of early exercise of equity awards (unaudited)

                                    818                             818   

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                    2,782                             2,782   

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                  (26     (19,834     (19,860
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of July 31, 2013 (unaudited)

    38,868      $ 98,580            22,968      $ 19      $ 10,108      $ (1,571   $ (9   $ (77,803   $ (69,256
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended
July 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Net loss

   $ (6,822   $ (16,790   $ (27,857   $ (10,568   $ (19,834

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

     42        169        1,118        346        1,508   

Stock-based compensation expense

     104        820        2,604        1,035        2,782   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

                                 33   

Provision (recoveries) for allowance for doubtful accounts

            49               (20     163   

Provision for excess and obsolete inventories

            86        421        157        49   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Accounts receivable

     (1,060     (3,527     (9,187     (3,948     (1,501

Inventories

     (405     (1,418     (3,043     (629     (1,801

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (94     (548     (570     (160     (988

Accounts payable

     327        1,717        4,318        1,411        814   

Deferred revenue

     227        1,801        8,868        2,944        9,035   

Accrued and other liabilities

     97        2,800        4,574        (309     1,084   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (7,584     (14,841     (18,754     (9,741     (8,656

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Purchase of property and equipment

     (65     (1,303     (3,954     (1,328     (3,426

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

                                 27   

Change in restricted cash

     (310     20        400               (3,900
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (375     (1,283     (3,554     (1,328     (7,299

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     15,982        24,933        40,604        (21       

Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net of repurchases

     445        1,002        2,096        384        3,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     16,427        25,935        42,700        363        3,495   

Foreign exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents

                   17        (6     (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     8,468        9,811        20,409        (10,712     (12,485

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     10,517        18,985        28,796        28,796        49,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 18,985      $ 28,796      $ 49,205      $ 18,084      $ 36,720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

          

Cash paid for income taxes

   $      $      $      $      $   

Cash paid for interest

                                   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

          

Issuance of employee loan for stock options exercised

   $      $ 1,042      $ 439      $ 439      $   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

            153        987        160        818   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     16        23        34        14        21   

Deferred offering costs

                                 640   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

Nimble Storage, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware in November 2007. The Company has three wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries that were incorporated in August 2011, May 2012 and August 2012. The Company’s mission is to provide its customers with the industry’s most efficient data storage platform. The Company has designed and sells a flash-optimized hybrid storage platform that it believes is disrupting the market by enabling significant improvements in application performance and storage capacity with superior data protection, while simplifying business operations and lowering costs. With the combination of the Company’s file system, CASL, and its cloud-based storage management and support service, InfoSight, the Company’s platform serves a broad array of enterprises and cloud-based service providers, and the Company’s software and storage systems effectively handle mainstream applications, including virtual desktops, databases, email, collaboration and analytics. The Company is headquartered in San Jose, California, with employees in Australia, Canada, Germany, Singapore, Sweden, the Netherlands, France and the United Kingdom.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and include the consolidated accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Stock Split

In October 2012, the Company effected a 3-for-2 stock split of all outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock, including common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock. Any fractional shares of common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock resulting from the stock split were settled in cash equal to the fraction of a share of which the holder was entitled.

All shares, stock options and per share information presented in the consolidated financial statements has been adjusted to reflect the stock split on a retroactive basis for all periods presented and all share information is rounded down to the nearest whole share after reflecting the stock split.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

Upon the completion of the initial public offering by the Company, all of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. Therefore, the July 31, 2013 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the conversion of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into 38,867,647 shares of common stock as of that date.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of July 31, 2013 and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended July 31, 2013, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s statement of financial position as of July 31, 2013 and its results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013. The results for the six months ended July 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, the determination of the best estimated selling prices of deliverables included in multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements; the allowance for doubtful accounts; provision for excess or obsolete inventory; the useful lives of property and equipment; the warranty reserve; and the fair value of the Company’s common stock and stock options issued. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Concentrations

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents are maintained primarily at one financial institution, and deposits may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. Risks associated with cash and cash equivalents are mitigated by banking with a creditworthy institution. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.

As of and for the year ended January 31, 2013, of all of its customers, which include direct customers, value added resellers (VARs), and distributors, the Company had one customer that individually accounted for more than 10% of its total accounts receivable balance and more than 10% of its total revenue. The same customer individually accounted for more than 10% of total revenue in the year ended January 31, 2011 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013. As of and for the year ended January 31, 2012, of all of its customers, the Company had one customer that individually accounted for more than 10% of its total accounts receivable balance and no customers that individually accounted for more than 10% of total revenue. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition whenever deemed necessary and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectability of its accounts receivable, which takes into consideration specific customer creditworthiness and current economic trends. Of all of its customers, the following customers individually accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable and revenue at the end of and for each period presented:

 

     % of Accounts Receivable  
     As of January 31,     As of July 31,  
     2012     2013     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Customer A

           18     *   

Customer B

     11           *   

 

* Represents less than 10%.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

 

     % of Revenue  
     Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended July 31,  
     2011     2012      2013     2012      2013  
                        (unaudited)  

Customer A

     25     *         13    
12%
  
     13

Customer B

           *               *          

 

* Represents less than 10%.

There are no concentrations of business transacted with a particular market that would severely impact the Company’s business in the near term. However, the Company currently relies on a few key contract manufacturers and suppliers to produce most of its products; any disruption or termination of these arrangements could materially adversely affect the Company’s operating results.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

The functional currency of each of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is its respective local currency. The Company translates all monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates and other assets and liabilities using historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the year. Translation adjustments are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ deficit.

Foreign currency denominated transactions are initially recorded and re-measured at the end of each period using the applicable exchange rate in effect. Foreign currency re-measurement losses are recognized in other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. Foreign currency re-measurement losses recognized were $0, $4,000 and $26,000 for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and $28,000 and $294,000 for the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013.

Fair Value

The carrying value of our financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximates fair values.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist principally of cash accounts and investments in money market funds.

Restricted Cash

As of January 31, 2012, the restricted cash related to a condition of a purchase arrangement with a major vendor which required the Company to maintain a letter of credit at its bank, with the vendor named as the beneficiary. The restricted cash was used as collateral for the letter of credit, which allowed the Company to make ongoing purchases from the vendor on credit. The restricted cash related to the vendor agreement was released during the year ended January 31, 2013 and was no

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

longer outstanding thereafter. During the six months ended July 31, 2013, the Company entered into a new facility lease in which the Company is required to maintain a letter of credit of $3.9 million, with the landlord named as the beneficiary. These restricted cash balances have been excluded from the Company’s cash and cash equivalents balance and are classified as restricted cash on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The amount of restricted cash as of January 31, 2012 was $400,000 and was classified as current. The amount of restricted cash as of July 31, 2013 was $3.9 million and classified as non-current (see Note 6).

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amounts and do not bear interest. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio. An allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on the aging of the Company’s trade receivables, historical experience, and management judgment. The Company writes off trade receivables against the allowance when management determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable. As of January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $49,000, $20,000 and $183,000.

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of raw materials related to component parts, finished goods, which include both inventory held for sale and service inventory held at service depots in support of customer service agreements, and customer evaluation inventory.

The following is a summary of the Company’s inventories by major category (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,      As of July  31,
2013
 
     2012      2013     
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 775       $ 471       $ 599   

Finished goods

     299         2,255         3,759   

Evaluation inventory

     663         1,633         1,753   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,737       $ 4,359       $ 6,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventory values are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out method), or market value. A provision is recorded to adjust inventory to its estimated realizable value when inventory is determined to be in excess of anticipated demand or obsolete. In determining the provision, the Company also considers estimated recovery rates based on the nature of the inventory. Service inventory is written down to its net realizable value based upon the estimated loss of utility starting from the date the service inventory is placed in the service depots. Customer evaluation inventory is written down to its net realizable value based upon its estimated loss of utility, starting from 180 days after the unit is placed in the evaluation pool, which is the expected life of the finished goods in the evaluation pool.

The Company recorded inventory provisions of $0, $86,000, $421,000, $157,000 and $49,000 for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Demonstration units are not sold and are transferred from inventory at cost. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Property and Equipment

  

Useful Life

Computer equipment, lab equipment and software

   3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

Leasehold improvements

  

Shorter of estimated useful life or remaining

lease term

Demonstration equipment

   2 years

Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates events and changes in circumstances that could indicate carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including property and equipment, may not be recoverable. When such events or changes in circumstances occur, the Company assesses the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether or not the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the total of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of an asset, the Company records an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the asset. Through July 31, 2013, the Company has not written down any of its long-lived assets as a result of impairment.

Warranties

The Company provides a standard one-year warranty for hardware components covering material defects in materials and workmanship. In addition, the Company provides a 90-day warranty on the embedded software in its products for non-conformance with documented specifications. The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs based upon historical experience, and periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability at the end of each period. These costs are expensed as incurred and included in cost of product revenue in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The warranty accrual at January 31, 2012 was zero, as prior to this date, the Company had a limited history of product sales and had not incurred any material warranty claims on its products.

The table below summarizes the activity in the warranty accrual (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
January 31,
    Six Months
Ended July 31,
 
     2013     2013  
           (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $      $ 275   

Warranty expense for new warranties issued

         676              553   

Utilization of warranty obligation

     (401     (363

Changes in estimates for pre-existing warranties

            104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 275      $ 569   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue from sales of software-enabled storage products and related support. The Company’s software that is integrated on the storage products is more than incidental, and functions together with the storage product to deliver its essential functionality. The Company also offers an optional support plan (typically one to five years). The support plan includes automated support (Proactive Wellness), bug fixes, updates and upgrades to product firmware and the Company’s management platform, including InfoSight, telephone support and expedited delivery times for replacement hardware parts. While support is not contractually mandatory, substantially all products shipped have been purchased together with a support plan. The Company also periodically sells optional installation services with its products that are not essential to the functionality of the storage product. Substantially all of the Company’s customer arrangements contain multiple deliverables. As a result, the Company accounts for the revenue for these sales in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 605-25 Revenue Recognition – Multiple Element Arrangements. Arrangements are divided into separate units of accounting based on whether the delivered items have stand-alone value. In its typical customer arrangements, the Company considers the following to be separate units of accounting: the storage product (together with the integrated software), support services and installation services. The Company has determined that each unit of accounting has stand-alone value because they are sold separately by the Company or could be resold by a customer on a stand-alone basis. The Company allocates the total consideration to all deliverables based on its determination of the units of accounting and their relative selling prices. As the Company has not yet established vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) or identified third-party evidence of fair value for its storage product (together with the integrated software) and installation services, it uses the best estimate of the selling price (BESP) of each deliverable to allocate the total arrangement fee among the separate units of accounting. The Company’s process to determine its BESP for its products and services is based on qualitative and quantitative considerations of multiple factors, which primarily include historical stand-alone sales, margin objectives, and discount behavior. Additional considerations are given to factors such as customer demographics, competitive alternatives, anticipated sales volume, costs to manufacture products or provide services, pricing practices, and market conditions. During the second quarter of the year ended January 31, 2013, the Company established VSOE of fair value for support services based on stand-alone renewals offered to its customers. As a result, beginning in the second quarter of the year ended January 31, 2013, the Company allocated the fair value of consideration related to support services based on VSOE of fair value for its support services. Prior to this change, the Company allocated consideration related to support services based on BESP. The effect of the change from BESP to VSOE of fair value for support services did not have a material impact on the allocation of consideration.

Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

Persuasive Evidence of an Arrangement Exists. The Company relies upon non-cancelable sales agreements and purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement.

 

  Ÿ  

Delivery Has Occurred. The Company uses shipping documents to verify delivery.

 

  Ÿ  

The Fee Is Fixed or Determinable. The Company assesses whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction.

 

  Ÿ  

Collectability Is Reasonably Assured. The Company assesses collectability based on credit analysis and payment history.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

It is the Company’s practice to identify a direct customer or an end-customer from its VARs and distributors prior to shipment. Products are typically shipped directly to the direct customer or the end-customers of the Company’s VARs and distributors. Assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met, the Company generally recognizes revenue upon shipment, as title and risk of loss are transferred at that time. For certain VARs and distributors, title and risk of loss is transferred upon delivery to the end-customers and revenue is recognized after delivery has been completed. The Company’s arrangements with VARs and distributors do not contain rights of return, subsequent price discounts, price protection or other allowances for shipments completed.

The Company records amounts to be recognized during the twelve months following the balance sheet date in deferred revenue, current portion in the consolidated balance sheets, and the remainder in deferred revenue, non-current portion in the consolidated balance sheets. As of July 31, 2013 and January 31, 2013, the weighted average remaining contract period related to non-current deferred revenue was approximately 2.0 years.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting and filing fees relating to the initial public offering, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against initial public offering proceeds upon the completion of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of July 31, 2013, the Company had capitalized $640,000 of deferred offering costs, which is classified as a noncurrent asset in the consolidated balance sheets. No amounts were deferred as of January 31, 2013.

Shipping Costs

Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and the related shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold.

Research and Development

Research and development expense consists of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for the Company’s research and development personnel and product development costs, including engineering services, development software and hardware tools, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in sales and marketing expense. Advertising costs for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 were $25,000, $45,000, $402,000, $146,000 and $442,000.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company determines the fair value of its stock options on the date of grant utilizing the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, and is impacted by the fair value of its common stock, as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, the expected term of the awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividend yield.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

The Company recognizes compensation expense for stock option grants on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the option award (requisite service period). Stock-based compensation expense recognized at fair value includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates future forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Stock-based compensation cost for restricted stock units (RSUs) is measured based on the fair value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. The RSUs generally vest over the requisite service period. The fair value of RSUs is determined by the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized at fair value and includes the impact of estimated forfeitures.

Options granted to nonemployees generally vest over a requisite service period of four years. Fair value for stock options issued to nonemployees is remeasured periodically over the vesting period.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

Net Loss and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The Company calculates its basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. The Company considers all series of its redeemable convertible preferred stock to be participating securities. In the event a dividend is declared or paid on the Company’s common stock, holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to a proportionate share of such dividend in proportion to the holders of common stock on an as-if converted basis. Under the two-class method, basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, less shares subject to repurchase. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings between common and redeemable convertible preferred stockholders. The diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, redeemable convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock, repurchasable shares from early exercised options and unvested RSUs are considered common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible redeemable preferred stock as the convertible redeemable preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

The following table sets forth the computation of net loss per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended July 31,  
    2011     2012     2013             2012                     2013          
                      (unaudited)  

Numerator:

         

Net loss

  $ (6,822   $ (16,790   $ (27,857   $ (10,568   $ (19,834

Add: accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (16     (23     (34     (14     (21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (6,838   $ (16,813   $ (27,891   $ (10,582   $ (19,855
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

         

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    14,457        16,226        18,236        17,546        20,172   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (0.47   $ (1.04   $ (1.53   $ (0.60   $ (0.98
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following outstanding options, unvested shares subject to repurchase, unvested RSUs and redeemable convertible preferred stock were excluded (as common stock equivalents) from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented as their effect would have been antidilutive (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,      As of July 31,  
     2011      2012      2013      2012      2013  
                          (unaudited)  

Shares subject to options to purchase common stock

     2,178         9,292         12,019         10,293         15,452   

Unvested early exercised common shares

     1,257         2,131         1,866         1,958         2,078   

Unvested restricted stock units

                                     75   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     30,942         34,620         38,868         34,620         38,868   

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

In contemplation of an initial public offering, pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share have been computed to give effect, even if antidilutive, to the conversion of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock as of the beginning of the period presented or the date of issue, if later.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

The following table shows our calculation of the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended
January 31,
2013
    Six Months
Ended July 31,
2013
 
     (unaudited)  

Net loss used to compute pro forma net loss per share:

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (27,891   $ (19,855

Add: Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     34        21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (27,857   $ (19,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share:

    

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

     18,236        20,172   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     36,651        38,868   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     54,887        59,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.51   $ (0.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an accounting standard update to require reclassification adjustments from other comprehensive income to be presented either in the financial statements or in the notes to the financial statements. The Company adopted this accounting standard update on February 1, 2013 and the adoption did not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, comprehensive loss, or cash flows.

3. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, to measure the fair value:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2—Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3—Inputs are unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. The inputs require significant management judgment or estimation.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

The Company’s financial instruments are classified within level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted prices in active markets.

As of January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013, financial assets stated at fair value on a recurring basis were comprised of money market funds included within cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s money market funds balance was $26.2 million, $41.7 million and $25.8 million as of January 31, 2012, January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013.

4. Balance Sheet Components

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,     As of
July 31,
 
   2012     2013     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Computer equipment

   $ 474      $ 1,249      $ 1,509   

Lab equipment

     599        2,499        4,483   

Software

     137        363        1,163   

Furniture and fixtures

     67        404        407   

Leasehold improvements

     198        352        366   

Construction in progress

            126        213   

Demonstration equipment

            436        608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     1,475        5,429        8,749   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (250     (1,368     (2,830
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 1,225      $ 4,061      $ 5,919   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 was $42,000, $169,000, $1.1 million, $346,000 and $1.5 million.

5. Employee Loans

During the years ended January 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company issued full recourse loans to two employees to facilitate the exercise of their stock options. The first of these loans was issued in December 2011 with a principal amount of $1.0 million and bears interest at 1.3% per annum. The loan was contractually due and payable in full in December 2020 or upon such earlier date that the Company files a registration statement related to an initial public offering. The second of these loans was issued in June 2012 with a principal amount of $439,000 and bears interest at 2.3% per annum. The loan was contractually due and payable in full in June 2020 or upon such earlier date that the Company files a registration statement related to an initial public offering. The principal loan amount and the accrued interest are reported as a deduction from stockholders’ (deficit) equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As disclosed in Note 13, both of these loans were repaid in full in August 2013.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases its facility under various noncancelable operating leases with fixed rental payments. Rent expense totaled $200,000, $300,000, $497,000, $150,000 and $694,000 for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013. As the Company’s headquarters lease to the facility is due to expire during the year ending January 31, 2014, the Company’s future minimum commitments under this operating lease as of January 31, 2013 were $696,000, which are due in the year ending January 31, 2014.

In April 2013, the Company entered into a new facility lease agreement. The 96-month lease commences on November 1, 2013 and provides 164,608 square feet space in San Jose, California. Total rent, including operating expenses, payable over the lease period is $35.5 million. As a condition of the lease agreement, the Company is required to maintain a letter of credit of $3.9 million, with the landlord named as the beneficiary. The Company has the option to extend the term of the lease for an additional period of 60 months. Future minimum commitments under this operating lease as of July 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands) (unaudited):

 

Years ending January 31:

  

Remainder of 2014

   $ 143   

2015

     3,051   

2016

     4,456   

2017

     4,567   

2018

     4,682   

Thereafter

     18,620   
  

 

 

 
   $ 35,519   
  

 

 

 

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company is party to litigation and subject to claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, including actions with respect to employment claims and other matters. Although the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable, the Company believes that the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

On March 11, 2011, Nimbus Data Systems, Inc. filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company, alleging that the Company’s use of Nimble Storage as its trade name and trademark constitutes trademark infringement, unfair competition and false and misleading advertising. On April 23, 2012, the Company entered into a confidential settlement agreement related to this matter, resolving all claims brought against the Company without admission of fault or liability by either party. As of January 31, 2012, the Company accrued the settlement amount in other current liabilities within its consolidated balance sheet and recognized the related expense in general and administrative expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The settlement amount was paid on April 23, 2012.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

Indemnification

Some of the Company’s sales contracts require the Company to indemnify its customers against third-party claims asserting infringement of certain intellectual property rights, which may include patents, copyrights, trademarks, or trade secrets, and to pay judgments entered on such claims. The Company’s exposure under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid by the customer under the contract. However, certain contracts include indemnification provisions that could potentially expose the Company to losses in excess of the amount received under the contract. In addition, the Company indemnifies its officers, directors, and certain key employees while they are serving in good faith in their respective capacities. To date, there have been no claims under any indemnification provisions.

Purchase Commitments

The Company purchases components from a variety of suppliers and contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services for products. During the normal course of business, in order to manage manufacturing lead times and help ensure adequate component supply, the Company enters into agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that either allow them to procure inventory based upon criteria as defined by the Company or that establish the parameters defining the requirements. These agreements generally do not include any legally binding minimum commitment obligations. As of January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013, the Company had $1.8 million in two non-cancelable three-year software license and service agreements for the internal use of software and services for customer relationship management and desktop applications.

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock is issuable in series. The number of authorized, issued and outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, the issuance date, net proceeds and the aggregate liquidation preferences for the redeemable convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013, are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Series

   Date Issued    Number of
Shares
Authorized
     Number of
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Proceeds, Net
of Issuance
Costs
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

A

   December 2007      17,242,102         17,242,102       $ 8,733       $ 8,776   

B

   December 2008      8,252,988         8,252,988         8,211         8,275   

C

   November 2010      5,447,113         5,447,113         15,982         16,000   

D

   July 2011      3,677,903         3,677,903         24,933         25,000   

E

   August 2012      4,700,000         4,247,541         40,604         40,700   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        39,320,106         38,867,647       $ 98,463       $ 98,751   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013, the significant terms applicable to the redeemable convertible preferred stock were as follows:

Dividends

The holders of shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, in preference and priority to the holders of common stock and any other class or series of securities ranking junior to the preferred stock, are entitled to receive, when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors (the Board),

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

noncumulative cash dividends at the rate of 8% of the original issue price per annum on each outstanding share of preferred stock. The Company may not declare or pay any dividends on shares of one series of preferred stock without declaring and paying an equivalent dividend on shares of all series of preferred stock. In the event dividends are paid on any share of common stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of preferred stock in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted-to-common-stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of common stock.

As of January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013, no dividends had been declared.

Voting Rights

Each holder of redeemable convertible preferred stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by such holder are then convertible.

For so long as at least 6,000,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two members of the Board. The holders of common stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two members of the Board. The holders of common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, are entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board.

Liquidation

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, a consolidation or merger involving a change of control of the Company, or a conveyance of substantially all of the Company’s assets, before any distribution or payment is made to the holders of any common stock, the holders of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company, an amount per share equal to the applicable original issue price plus all declared but unpaid dividends, if any, on such preferred stock. After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the preferred stock as set forth above, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, are distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock in proportion to the number of shares held by such holders.

If, upon any such liquidation event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of preferred stock of the liquidation preference, then such assets will be distributed ratably to the holders of preferred stock in proportion to the full liquidation preference owed to such holders.

Conversion

Any shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock may, at the option of the preferred stockholder, be converted at any time into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock. The conversion occurs at an initial conversion rate of one-for-one, as determined by dividing the applicable original issue price by the applicable conversion price, subject to certain antidilution adjustments. Conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock is automatic: (i) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock that results in a per share price of at least $5.01 (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends or recapitalizations) and gross cash

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

proceeds (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) of at least $20.0 million; or (ii) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Redemption

The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-if-converted basis, may require the Company to redeem all of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock in three annual installments beginning not prior to the fifth anniversary of the original issue date of the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, and ending on the date two years from such first redemption date. The Company is obligated to pay in cash a sum equal to the original issue price per share of redeemable convertible preferred stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, or recapitalizations) plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock that the Company is required to redeem on any one redemption date is equal to the amount determined by dividing (a) the aggregate number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding immediately prior to the redemption date by (b) the number of remaining redemption dates (including the redemption date to which such calculation applies). As a result, the Company is required to accrete the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to its redemption value over the period from issuance through the redemption date. As a result, the Company recorded preferred stock accretion of $16,000, $23,000, $34,000, $14,000 and $21,000 during the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013. The accretion charges do not impact the Company’s net loss but are instead recognized as a charge to additional paid-in capital and an increase to net loss attributable to common stockholders for purposes of calculating net loss per share for the respective periods.

If the Company does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares to be redeemed at the redemption date, the maximum possible number of shares is redeemed ratably among the holders of such shares based upon their holdings of redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the remaining shares will be redeemed as soon as sufficient funds are legally available. In the event that shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are not redeemed due to a default in payment by the Company or because the Company does not have sufficient legally available funds, such shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein until redeemed. No redeemable convertible preferred stock was eligible for redemption as of January 31, 2013 or July 31, 2013.

8. Common Stock

As of January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013, there were 79,227,000 and 87,227,000 shares of common stock authorized with a par value of $0.001 per share. The Company has reserved the following shares of authorized but unissued common stock:

 

     As of
January 31,
2013
     As of
July 31, 2013
 

Issued and outstanding stock options

     12,018,979         15,452,223   

Unvested restricted stock units

             75,000   

Future grants of equity awards

     205,880         3,117,888   

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     38,867,647         38,867,647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     51,092,506         57,512,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

During the six months ended July 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 8,437 early exercised shares of outstanding common stock from stockholders at a weighted-average price of $0.59 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000. During the year ended January 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 17,844 shares of outstanding common stock from stockholders at a weighted-average price of $1.34 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $24,000. During the year ended January 31, 2012, the Company repurchased 64,220 shares of outstanding common stock from stockholders at a weighted-average price of $0.20 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $13,000. The common stock repurchased is removed from common stock outstanding, is not held in treasury stock, and is available for reissuance.

9. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan

In May 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) for the benefit of its eligible employees, consultants, and independent directors. The Plan provides for the grant of stock awards, including incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and RSUs. The Company grants stock options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of its common stock on the date of the grant, as determined by the Board. The Company’s equity awards vest over a period of time as determined by the Board and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant, Grants to new employees generally vest over a four-year period, at a rate of 25% one year from the date the optionee’s service period begins and 1/48 monthly thereafter.

Early Exercises of Stock Options

Stock options granted under the Plan provide employee option holders, if approved by the Board, the right to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted common stock, which is subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the lower of (i) the fair market value of its common stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) the original purchase price. Early exercises of options are not deemed to be substantive exercises for accounting purposes and accordingly, amounts received for early exercises are recorded as a liability. As of January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013, there were 2,131,053, 1,866,042, and 2,078,210 shares subject to repurchase related to stock options early exercised and unvested. These amounts are reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital as the underlying shares vest. As of January 31, 2012 and 2013 and July 31, 2013, the Company recorded a liability related to these shares subject to repurchase in the amount of $2.0 million, $2.6 million and $4.6 million within other long-term liabilities in its consolidated balance sheets.

Fair Value of Common Stock

Given the absence of a public trading market, the Company’s Board of Directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock at each grant date. These factors included, but were not limited to, (i) contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by unrelated third-party specialists; (ii) the prices for the preferred stock sold to outside investors; (iii) the rights, preferences and privileges of the preferred stock relative to the common stock; (iv) the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock; (v) developments in the business; and (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our Company, given prevailing market conditions.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

Stock Options and RSUs

The following is a summary of the activity under the Plan:

 

          Shares Subject to Options
Outstanding
    Outstanding RSUs  
    Shares
Available
for Grant
    Shares
Subject to
  Outstanding  

Options
      Weighted-  
Average
Exercise
Price
    Outstanding
RSUs
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
 

Balance as of January 31, 2012

    4,792,655        9,292,384      $ 0.91             $   

Additional options authorized for issuance

    400,000                          

Options granted

    (5,713,351     5,713,351        2.39                 

Options exercised

           (2,278,024     1.12                 

Options forfeited or canceled

    708,732        (708,732     1.35                 

Options repurchased

    17,844                          
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Balance as of January 31, 2013

    205,880        12,018,979      $ 1.55                 

Additional options authorized for issuance (unaudited)

    8,000,000                          

Options granted (unaudited)

    (5,486,676     5,486,676        4.11                 

RSUs granted (unaudited)

    (75,000            N/A        75,000        4.71   

Options exercised (unaudited)

           (1,588,185     2.20                 

Options canceled (unaudited)

    465,247        (465,247     2.26                 

Options repurchased (unaudited)

    8,437                          
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Balance as of July 31, 2013 (unaudited)

    3,117,888        15,452,223      $ 2.37        75,000      $ 4.71   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

The following table summarizes information about the Plan’s stock options outstanding as of January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013:

 

    Shares Subject to Options Outstanding  
    Number of
Shares
Subject to
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
    Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
                (years)     (in thousands)  

Vested and expected to vest as of January 31, 2013

    10,461,979      $ 1.49        8.61      $ 23,568   

Exercisable as of January 31, 2013

    11,978,666        1.55        8.67        26,278   

Vested and expected to vest as of July 31, 2013

    13,427,781        2.25        8.57        67,297   

Exercisable as of July 31, 2013

    15,452,223        2.37        8.66        71,058   

The options exercisable as of January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013 include options that are exercisable prior to vesting. The intrinsic value of options vested and expected to vest and exercisable as of January 31, 2013 is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of January 31, 2013. The intrinsic value of exercised options for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 is $100,000, $1.4 million, $2.5 million, $1.3 million and $3.3 million and is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the exercise date.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

The fair value of stock options that vested in the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013 is $100,000, $300,000, $2.4 million, $777,000 and $1.8 million.

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes the components of stock-based compensation expense (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended
January 31,
     Six Months
Ended July 31,
 
    2011     2012     2013             2012                   2013         
                       (unaudited)  

Cost of product revenue

  $      $ 10      $ 48       $ 8        $78   

Cost of support and service revenue

    5        31        114         46        131   

Research and development

    46        268        874         348        914   

Sales and marketing

    37        244        1,029         397        1,121   

General and administrative

    16        267        539         236        538   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 104      $ 820      $ 2,604       $     1,035      $     2,782   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $0.17, $0.61, $1.33, $0.95 and $2.29 per share for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013.

As of January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013, there was $8.3 million and $16.4 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense that will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of 3.2 and 3.3 years.

The Company estimated the fair value of employee stock options using a Black-Scholes-Merton option-valuation model with the following assumptions:

 

    Year Ended January 31,     Six Months Ended July 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2012     2013  
                      (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

    6.0        6.0        5.8        5.9        5.8   

Volatility

    60     61     62     63     62

Risk-free interest rate

    1.7% - 2.9     0.9% - 2.5     0.6% - 3.6     0.9% - 1.24     0.9% - 1.15

Dividend yield

    0     0     0     0     0

Expected Term.    Given the Company’s limited historical exercise behavior, the expected term of options granted was determined using the “simplified” method. Under this approach, the expected term is presumed to be the average of the vesting term and the contractual term of the option.

Expected Volatility.    Since the Company’s common stock is currently not publicly traded and therefore no historical data on volatility of its stock is available, the expected volatility used is based on volatility of similar entities. In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage.

Risk-Free Interest Rate.    The risk-free rate that the Company uses is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

Dividend Yield.    The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, therefore, uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. All stock-based payment awards are amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods.

10. 401(k) Plan

The Company has a qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code covering eligible employees. Participants may make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Code. Although the plan provides for a discretionary employer matching contribution, to date the Company has not made such a contribution on behalf of employees.

11. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is based upon the loss before provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended January 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

U.S. operations

   $ (6,822   $ (16,805   $ (27,972

Non-U.S. operations

            20        214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (6,822   $ (16,785   $ (27,758
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company did not have a tax provision for the year ended January 31, 2011. The Company’s provision for income taxes of $5,000 for the year ended January 31, 2012 consisted of current foreign taxes. The Company’s provision for income taxes of $99,000 for the year ended January 31, 2013 consisted of current foreign taxes and current state taxes.

The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate due to the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended January 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

U.S. federal taxes at statutory tax rate

   $ (2,319   $ (5,707   $ (9,438

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     (398     (998     (1,414

Nondeductible expenses

     109        165        187   

Nondeductible stock-based compensation

     35        298        689   

Research and development credits

     (275     (305     (855

Change in valuation allowance

     2,848        6,552        10,930   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $      $ 5      $ 99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

The significant components of net deferred tax assets were as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,  
   2012     2013  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating losses

   $ 10,476      $ 19,045   

Depreciation and amortization

            453   

Accruals and reserves

     750        1,636   

Tax credit

     970        1,991   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     12,196        23,125   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets prior to valuation allowance

     12,195        23,125   

Valuation allowance

     (12,195     (23,125
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The valuation allowance increased by $2.8 million, $6.6 million and $10.9 million during the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013. Management has recorded a full valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized based on the Company’s history of losses.

As of January 31, 2013, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credits as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount      Expiration Year

Net operating losses, federal

   $ 49,085       2028

Net operating losses, state

     46,435       2028

Research and development credits, federal

     1,198       2028

Research and development credits, state

     1,202       Indefinite

The Company uses the ‘with-and-without’ approach to determine the recognition and measurement of excess tax benefits. Accordingly, the Company has elected to recognize excess income tax benefits from stock option exercises in additional paid in capital only if an incremental income tax benefit would be realized after considering all other tax attributes presently available to the Company. As of January 31, 2013, the amount of such excess tax benefits from stock options included in net operating losses was $0.5 million and $0.3 million for federal and California purposes. In addition, the Company has elected to account for the indirect effects of stock-based awards on other tax attributes, such as the research and alternative minimum tax credits, through its statements of operations. Federal and California tax laws impose limitations on the utilization of net operating loss and credit carryforwards in the event of an “ownership change” for tax purposes, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, the Company’s ability to utilize these carryforwards may be limited as a result of such “ownership change.”

The Company has no present intention of remitting undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and, accordingly, no deferred tax liability has been established relative to these earnings. As of January 31, 2013, the Company’s undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries was $145,000.

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, as a component of its income tax provision. The Company recognized no interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions for the years ended January 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of gross unrecognized tax benefits, before interest and penalties is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Balance as of January 31, 2010

   $ 220   

Additions for tax positions related to prior year

       

Additions for tax positions related to current year

     156   

Reductions for tax positions related to prior year

       
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2011

     376   

Additions for tax positions related to prior year

       

Additions for tax positions related to current year

     172   

Reductions for tax positions related to prior year

       
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2012

     548   

Additions for tax positions related to prior year

       

Additions for tax positions related to current year

     535   

Reductions for tax positions related to prior year

       
  

 

 

 

Balance as of January 31, 2013

   $ 1,083   
  

 

 

 

The gross unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would not affect the effective tax rate as of January 31, 2012 and 2013. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome of any particular uncertain tax position, the Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 31, 2013 will materially change in the next 12 months.

The Company files federal, state, and foreign income tax returns in many jurisdictions in the United States and abroad. For U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, the statute of limitations currently remains open for all years due to the Company’s NOL carryforwards. The Company is not currently under examination in any jurisdiction.

The Company recorded an income tax provision of $176,000 for the six months ended July 31, 2013. The income tax provision for six months ended July 31, 2013 reflects mainly income tax expense in non-U.S. jurisdictions. The Company continues to maintain a valuation allowance for its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets.

12. Segments

The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its chief executive officer. The chief executive officer reviews consolidated financial information accompanied by information about revenue by product line for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, or operating results for levels or components. In addition, the majority of the Company’s operations and customers are located in the United States. As such, the Company has a single reporting segment and operating unit structure.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

Revenue by country or region, based on the mailing address of the customer, for the periods presented was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended January 31,      Six Months Ended July 31,
     2011      2012      2013             2012            

       2013       

                          (unaudited)

United States

   $ 1,681       $ 13,887       $ 49,330       $ 17,428       $43,763

EMEA

             126         3,895         1,601       4,071

APAC

                     573         64       2,659

Other

                     42         16               109
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total revenue

   $ 1,681       $ 14,013       $ 53,840       $ 19,109       $50,602
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Long-lived assets located in the following countries and regions as of each period end were as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of January 31,      As of July  31,
2013
 
     2012      2013     
                   (unaudited)  

United States

   $ 1,225       $ 4,054       $ 5,914   

Australia

             7         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $   1,225       $   4,061       $     5,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Subsequent Events

For the consolidated financial statements as of January 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the three years ended January 31, 2013 and the interim period ended July 31, 2013, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 19, 2013, the date its consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

In August 2013, the Company received $1.5 million related to the repayment of the entire outstanding principal and related accrued interest on its employee loans (see Note 5).

14. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

In September 2013, the board of directors of the Company established the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, to be effective on the date immediately prior to the date the Company’s prospectus is declared effective by the SEC, and reserved the number of shares of common stock for future issuance under such plan equal to the lesser of 15,000,000 and the number of shares equal to 9% of the outstanding shares of common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis, upon the consummation of the Company’s public offering.

In September 2013, the board of directors of the Company established the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective on the date the Company’s prospectus is declared effective by the SEC, and reserved the number of shares of common stock for future issuance under such plan equal to the lesser of 3,350,000 and the number of shares equal to 2% of the outstanding shares of common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis, upon the consummation of the Company’s public offering.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited as of July 31, 2013 and the six months ended July 31, 2012 and 2013)

 

In October 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (Wells Fargo) to provide a secured revolving credit facility (the Credit Facility) that allows the Company to borrow up to $15.0 million for general corporate purposes. Amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility will bear interest at Wells Fargo’s prime rate (3.25% as of October 1, 2013) with accrued interest payable on a monthly basis. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay a commitment fee of 0.20% per annum on the unused portion of the Credit Facility, with such fee payable on a quarterly basis. The Credit Facility expires in October 2014. Under the Credit Facility, the Company granted to Wells Fargo a first priority lien in the Company’s accounts receivable and other corporate assets and agreed to not pledge its intellectual property to other parties. As part of this agreement, the Company is subject to certain reporting and financial covenants. As of October 18, 2013, no amounts have been drawn against the Credit Facility.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, paid or payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee:

 

     Amount Paid
or to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 19,320   

FINRA filing fee

     23,000   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *   

Blue sky qualification fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except liability for the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases); or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:

 

  Ÿ  

the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

  Ÿ  

the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions; and

 

  Ÿ  

the rights conferred in the restated bylaws are not exclusive.

Prior to the closing of this offering, the Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the Registrant for which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to Section 9 of the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation, restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its directors and officers.

Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

 

Exhibit Document

   Number  

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

     1.1   

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering.

     3.2   

Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering.

     3.4   

Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated August 10, 2012 among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, as amended.

     4.2   

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

     10.1   

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since August 1, 2010 and through July 31, 2013, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:

1. Since August 1, 2010 and through July 31, 2013, the Registrant has granted to its directors, officers, employees and consultants (a) options to purchase 21,389,539 shares of common stock under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.20 to $4.71 and (b) restricted stock units representing the right to receive 75,000 shares of common stock under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. In this same period, the Registrant issued 9,069,760 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options by its officers, employees and consultants. These transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

2. In November 2010, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 5,447,113 shares of the Registrant’s Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.93733 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $16.0 million to eight purchasers that represented to the Registrant that they were accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. This transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

3. In July 2011, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 3,677,903 shares of the Registrant’s Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.79733 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $25.0 million to 18 purchasers that represented to the Registrant that they were accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. This transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

4. In August 2012, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 4,247,541 shares of the Registrant’s Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $9.582 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $40.7 million to 13 purchasers that represented to the Registrant that they were accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. This transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering, and the Registrant believes each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act as stated above. All recipients of the foregoing transactions either received adequate information about the Registrant or had access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to such information. Furthermore, the Registrant affixed appropriate legends to the share certificates and instruments issued in each foregoing transaction setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer. All share numbers referred to are calculated following our 3-for-2 forward stock split, which became effective October 22, 2012.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date.
  3.2†    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering.
  3.3    Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.4†    Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering.
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated August 10, 2012, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, as amended.
  5.1†    Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.
10.1†    Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.2    2008 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements.
10.3    2013 Equity Incentive Plan, to become effective on the date immediately prior to the date the registration statement is declared effective, and forms of award agreements.
10.4†    2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to become effective on the date the registration statement is declared effective, and form of subscription agreement.
10.5    Offer Letter, accepted and agreed to January 3, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Suresh Vasudevan.
10.6    Offer Letter, accepted and agreed to October 22, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Anup Singh.
10.7    Offer Letter, accepted and agreed to February 5, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Michael Muñoz.
10.8    Office Lease, dated April 19, 2013, by and between the Registrant and RO Parkway Associates, LLC.
10.9    Change in Control Severance Policy.
10.10    Credit Agreement dated October 1, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
10.11    Security Agreement dated October 1, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2†    Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or notes.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Jose, California, on the 18th day of October 2013.

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

By:

 

/s/    Suresh Vasudevan

 

Suresh Vasudevan

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Suresh Vasudevan and Anup Singh, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, proxies and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, proxies and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, proxies and agents, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Suresh Vasudevan        

Suresh Vasudevan

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

  October 18, 2013

/s/    Anup Singh        

Anup Singh

  

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  October 18, 2013

/s/    Varun Mehta        

Varun Mehta

  

Founder, Vice President of Engineering and Director

  October 18, 2013

/s/    Frank Calderoni        

Frank Calderoni

  

Director

  October 18, 2013

/s/    James J. Goetz        

James J. Goetz

  

Director

  October 18, 2013

/s/    Jerry M. Kennelly        

Jerry M. Kennelly

  

Director

  October 18, 2013

/s/    Ping Li        

Ping Li

  

Director

  October 18, 2013

/s/    William J. Schroeder        

William J. Schroeder

  

Director

  October 18, 2013

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

  1.1†   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1   

Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date.

  3.2†    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering.
  3.3   

Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect.

  3.4†   

Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering.

  4.1†   

Form of Common Stock Certificate.

  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated August 10, 2012, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, as amended.
  5.1†    Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.
10.1†    Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.2    2008 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements.
10.3    2013 Equity Incentive Plan, to become effective on the date immediately prior to the date the registration statement is declared effective, and forms of award agreements.
10.4†    2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to become effective on the date the registration statement is declared effective, and form of subscription agreement.
10.5    Offer Letter, accepted and agreed to January 3, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Suresh Vasudevan.
10.6    Offer Letter, accepted and agreed to October 22, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Anup Singh.
10.7    Offer Letter, accepted and agreed to February 5, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Michael Muñoz.
10.8    Office Lease, dated April 19, 2013, by and between the Registrant and RO Parkway Associates, LLC.
10.9    Change in Control Severance Policy.
10.10    Credit Agreement dated October 1, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
10.11    Security Agreement dated October 1, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2†    Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

To be filed by amendment.

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

Suresh Vasudevan hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this company is Nimble Storage, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was November 8, 2007.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of Nimble Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: Article III, Section A, of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is one hundred twenty-six million five hundred forty-seven thousand one hundred six (126,547,106) shares, eighty-seven million two hundred twenty-seven thousand (87,227,000) shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and thirty-nine million three hundred twenty thousand one hundred six (39,320,106) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”). The Common Stock shall have a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001) per share and the Preferred Stock shall have a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001) per share.”

FOUR: All other provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall remain in full force and effect.

FIVE: This Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation.

SIX: This Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Nimble Storage, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this 18th day of March, 2013.

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Suresh Vasudevan

Print Name:  

Suresh Vasudevan

Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

 

2


AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

Nimble Storage, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), hereby certifies as follows:

ONE: The original name of this corporation is Nimble Storage, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was November 8, 2007.

TWO: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL and has been duly approved by this written consent of the stockholders of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

THREE: The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation as heretofore amended or supplemented is hereby restated and further amended to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Nimble Storage, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate to be executed by Suresh Vasudevan, a duly authorized officer, this 22nd day of October 2012.

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
By:   

/s/ Suresh Vasudevan

  Name:   Suresh Vasudevan
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

The name of this corporation is Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”).

I.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19808, and the name of the registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

II.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

III.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is one hundred eighteen million five hundred forty-seven thousand one hundred six (118,547,106) shares, seventy-nine million two hundred twenty-seven thousand (79,227,000) shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and thirty nine million three hundred twenty thousand one hundred six (39,320,106) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”). The Common Stock shall have a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001) per share and the Preferred Stock shall have a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001) per share. Effective immediately upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (i) each issued and outstanding share of Common Stock shall be subdivided into one and a half (1.5) shares of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, and (ii) each issued and outstanding share of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided into one and a half 1.5) shares of issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (the subdivisions referenced in subsections (i) and (ii) of this sentence being collectively referred to as the “Stock Split”). Unless otherwise noted in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all share numbers and prices per share have been adjusted to reflect the Stock Split.

B. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis).


C. Seventeen million two hundred forty-two thousand one hundred two (17,242,102) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock,” eight million two hundred fifty-two thousand nine hundred eighty-eight (8,252,988) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock,” five million four hundred forty-seven thousand one hundred thirteen (5,447,113) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock,” three million six hundred seventy-seven thousand nine hundred three (3,677,903) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock” and four million seven hundred thousand (4,700,000) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series E Preferred Stock,” together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock, the “Series Preferred.”

D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

 

  1. DIVIDEND RIGHTS.

(a) Holders of Series Preferred, in preference and priority to the holders of Common Stock and any other class or series of securities ranking junior to the Series Preferred, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the “Board”), but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative. The Company shall not declare or pay any dividend on shares of one series of Series Preferred without declaring and paying an equivalent dividend on shares of all series of Series Preferred.

(b) The “Original Issue Price” of a share of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be $0.509 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the “Original Issue Price” of a share of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $1.00267 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the “Original Issue Price” of a share of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be $2.93733 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the “Original Issue Price” of a share of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be $6.79733 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) and the “Original Issue Price” of a share of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be $9.582 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the aforementioned Original Issue Prices have been adjusted for the Stock Split and no additional adjustment shall be made as a result of the Stock Split.

(c) So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend, whether in cash or property, or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above on the Series Preferred share have been paid or declared and set apart, except for:

(i) Acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company from its or its subsidiaries’ employees, officers, directors or consultants pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares at cost (or the lesser of cost and fair market value) upon termination of their employment, consultant or other services to the Company;

 

2


(ii) acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares; or

(iii) distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Sections 3 and 4.

(d) Whenever a dividend or other distribution provided for in this Section 1 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such dividend or other distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(e) In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(f) The provisions of Sections 1(c) and 1(d) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 5(f) hereof are applicable, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by (i) the Board and (ii) the Series Preferred as may be required by this Certificate of Incorporation.

(g) Distributions to the Company’s stockholders as they relate to repurchase of shares of Common Stock upon termination of employment or service as a consultant or director may be made without regard to the preferential dividends arrears amount or any preferential rights amount (each as determined under applicable law).

 

  2. VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) General Rights. Each holder of shares of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

 

3


(b) Separate Vote of Series Preferred. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series Preferred so as to affect them adversely;

(ii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(iii) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series Preferred in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividend rights or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new class or series;

(iv) Any issuance of Series Preferred other than pursuant to a stock purchase agreement approved by the Board (including at least one of the Series A Directors (as defined below));

(v) Any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance to employees, officers and directors of, or consults or advisors, to the Company and or any subsidiary under stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board (including at least one of the Series A Directors);

(vi) Any redemption, repurchase, payment or declaration of dividends or other distributions with respect to Common Stock or Preferred Stock other than dividends required pursuant to Section 1 hereof (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(c)(i), (ii) and (iii) hereof, and redemptions required by Section 6 hereof);

(vii) Any agreement by the Company or its stockholders regarding an Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined in Section 4 hereof);

(viii) Any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company, including, without limitation, a Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 3(a) hereof); or

(ix) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of member of the Company’s Board.

(c) Separate Vote of Series B Preferred Stock. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class) shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

4


(d) Separate Vote of Series C Preferred Stock. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holder of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class) shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

(e) Separate Vote of Series D Preferred Stock. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class) shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

(f) Voting Rights of Series E Preferred Stock.

(i) In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class) shall be necessary for effecting or validating (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise) any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

(ii) Notwithstanding Section 2(g)(iii) hereof, the shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote with respect to the election or removal of members of the Board unless and until (A) every holder of Series E Preferred Stock (x) who has acquired shares pursuant to that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of or around August 10, 2012, by and among the Corporation and the Purchasers (as defined therein) and (y) whose acquisition of Series E Preferred Stock as a security with the right to vote with respect to the election or removal of members of the Board would require a filing under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor statute, rules and regulations (the “HSR Act”), has made such a filing, and (B) the applicable waiting period for each and every such filing has expired or terminated. Immediately following the expiration or termination of all such applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act, the shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to vote with respect to the election or removal or members of the Board pursuant to Section 2(g)(iii).

 

5


(g) Election of Board of Directors.

(i) For so long as at least 6,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event (other than the Stock Split) affecting the Series A Preferred Stock after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board (the “Series A Directors”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(ii) The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members or the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iii) The holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors in accordance with applicable law and to any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iv) No person entitled to vote an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled unless required by applicable law at the time of such election. During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

(v) During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, one or more directors may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for that director as provided above; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent elected were then being elected.

 

6


  3. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.

(a) Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation Event”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, the holders of shares of Series Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of a series of Series Preferred held by them, an amount per share of a series of Series Preferred equal to the greater of: (i) the applicable Original Issue Price plus all declared but unpaid dividends, if any, on such series of the Series Preferred, or (ii) the per share amount that would be paid on the Common Stock upon such Liquidation Event if all shares of such series of Series Preferred had been converted into Common Stock at the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Liquidation Event. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares held by such holders.

(c) In any Liquidation Event or any Acquisition or Asset Transfer (each as hereinafter defined), if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made except that any publicly-traded securities will be valued as follows:

(i) If securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to such distribution; and

(ii) If securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five trading days prior to such distribution.

 

  4. ASSET TRANSFER OR ACQUISITION RIGHTS.

(a) In the of shares of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, then each holder of shares of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series Preferred then held, the amount of cash, securities or other property which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3(a) above.

 

7


(b) For the purposes of this Section 4:

(i) “Acquisition” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, stock acquisition or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided, however, that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transaction principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and

(ii) “Asset Transfer” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

  5. CONVERSION RIGHTS.

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” then in effect (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, being converted.

(b) Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series Preferred (the “Series Preferred Conversion Rate”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price of such series of the Series Preferred by the “Series Preferred Conversion Price,” calculated as provided in Section 5(c).

(c) Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for the Series Preferred, as of the filing date hereof, shall be the applicable Original Issue Price of such series of the Series Preferred (the “Series Preferred Conversion Price”). Each such Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the Series Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

(d) Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of shares of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this

 

8


Section 5 shall (i) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred or (ii) notify the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined in good faith by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations of Common Stock. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date that the first share of Series E Preferred Stock is issued (the “Original Issue Date”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock (other than the Stock Split), the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date, other than in connection with the Stock Split, the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Common Stock, the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i) The applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

 

9


(ii) If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii) If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date, other than in connection with the Stock Split, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), in any such event each holder of shares of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert .such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h) Sale of Shares Below Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 5(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 5(e), 5(f) or 5(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then effective Series A Preferred Conversion Price, Series B Preferred Conversion Price, Series C Preferred Conversion Price, Series D Preferred Conversion Price or Series E Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable (a “Qualifying Dilutive Issuance”), then and in each such case, the then existing applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which shall be the sum of: (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-existing applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price; and

 

10


(B) the denominator of which shall be the sum of: (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale and (B) the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(ii) No adjustment shall be made to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in an amount less than one cent per share. Any adjustment required by, the Section 5(h) shall be rounded to the nearest one cent ($0.01) per share. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 5(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding two sentences shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(iii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “Aggregate Consideration”) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or .similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iv) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants,

 

11


purchase rights or other securities convertible into Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “Convertible Securities”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the Series Preferred Conversion Price, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of· Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amount of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(C) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of anti dilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

(D) No further adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the Series Preferred Conversion price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Series Preferred Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the

 

12


consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series Preferred.

(v) For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series Preferred required under this Section 5(h), “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than:

(A) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;

(B) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board (including at least one of the Series A Directors);

(C) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date;

(D) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board (including at least one of the Series A Directors);

(E) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board (including at least one of the Series A Directors); and

(F) any Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that the issuance of shares therein is not primarily for equity financing purposes and has been approved by the Company’s Board (including at least one of the Series A Directors).

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h). The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 5(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be

 

13


ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

(vi) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “First Dilutive Issuance”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “Subsequent Dilutive Issuance”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(vii) If the original issuance of any Convertible Security (excluding Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive securities issued in accordance with Section 5(h)(v) hereof) did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 5(h)(iv) hereof, either because (1) the Effective Price of the Additional Shares of Common Stock was equal to or greater than the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect or (2) such Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date, and the terms of such Convertible Security are revised after the Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (A) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Security or (B) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection Section 5(h)(iv) hereof) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(i) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Series Preferred may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment. Any such waiver shall bind all current and future holders of shares of such series of Series Preferred.

(j) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred, if the Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be

 

14


received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(k) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to received any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of shares of Series Preferred at least ten (10) days prior to (x) the record date, if any, specified therein; or (y) if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect (or, in either case, such shorter period approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted basis) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(l) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price (A) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which (x) the per share price is at least five dollars and one cent ($5.01) (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and the like (other than the Stock Split) with respect to the Common Stock after the filing date hereof), and (y) the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $20,000,000, or (B) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(ii) Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 5(1)(i) above, the outstanding shares of the applicable series of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the

 

15


shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of any Series Preferred, each holder of record of shares of such Series Preferred shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Series Preferred shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, that notice from the Company shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Series Preferred or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder. The Company shall, as soon as practicable after delivery of such Series Preferred certificates or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series Preferred, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares or Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred plus any declared but unpaid dividends on the converted Series Preferred in accordance with the provision of Section 5(d).

(m) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuance upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board in good faith) on the date of conversion.

(n) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(o) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(p) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.

 

16


  6. REDEMPTION.

(a) The Company shall be obligated to redeem the Series Preferred as follows:

(i) The holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a separate class on an as-if converted basis, may require the Company, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all of the then outstanding Series Preferred in three (3) annual installments beginning not prior to the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, and ending on the date two (2) years from such first redemption date (each a “Redemption Date”); provided that the Company shall receive at least sixty (60) days prior to the first such Redemption Date written notice of such election of the Series Preferred. The Company shall effect such redemptions on each Redemption Date paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series Preferred to be redeemed on such Redemption Date a sum equal to the Original Issue Price per share of Series Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof) plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The total amount to be paid for the Series Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the “Redemption Price.” The number of shares of Series Preferred that the Company shall be required to redeem on anyone Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the aggregate number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately prior to the Redemption Date by (B) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). Shares subject to redemption pursuant to this Section 6(a) shall be redeemed from each holder of Series Preferred on a pro rata basis, based on the number of shares of Series Preferred then held.

(ii) At least thirty (30) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the first Redemption Date, the Company shall send a notice (a “Redemption Notice”) to all holders of Series Preferred to be redeemed setting forth (A) the Redemption Price for the shares to be redeemed; (B) the Redemption Date; (C) the number of shares of Series Preferred to be redeemed from such holder; and (D) the place at which such holder may obtain payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender of such holder’s shares certificate(s). If the Company does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares to be redeemed at the Redemption Date, then it shall so notify such holders and shall redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of such shares based upon their holdings of Series Preferred, and shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed as soon as sufficient funds are legally available.

(b) On or prior to the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit the Redemption Price of all shares to be redeemed with a bank or trust company having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000, as a trust fund for the benefit of the respective

 

17


holders of shares designated for redemption and not yet redeemed, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust company to pay, on and after such Redemption Date, the Redemption Price of the shares to their respective holders upon the surrender of their share certificates. Any moneys deposited by the Company pursuant to this Section 6(b) for the redemption of shares thereafter converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 5 hereof no later than the fifth (5th) day preceding the applicable Redemption Date shall be returned to the Company forthwith upon such conversion. The balance of any funds deposited by the Company pursuant to this Section 6(b) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of one (1) year following such Redemption Date shall be returned to the Company promptly upon its written request expressed in a resolution of its Board of Directors.

(c) On or after each such Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series Preferred to be redeemed shall surrender such holder’s certificates representing such shares (or, if such certificate(s) have been lost, stolen or destroyed, such holder shall execute an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates) to the Company in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person or entity whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled. In the event less than all the shares represented by such certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. From and after such Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price or the Company is unable to pay the Redemption Price due to not having sufficient legally available funds, all rights of the holder of such shares as holder of Series Preferred (except the right to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificates), shall cease and terminate with respect to such shares; provided that in the event that shares of Series Preferred are not redeemed due to a default in payment by the Company or because the Company does not have sufficient legally available funds, such shares of Series Preferred shall remain outstanding and shall be entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein until redeemed.

(d) In the event of a call for redemption of shares of Series Preferred, the Conversion Rights (as defined in Section 5) for such shares of Series Preferred shall terminate as to the shares designated for redemption at the close of business on the last business day preceding the applicable Redemption Date for such shares of Series Preferred, unless default is made in payment of the Redemption Price.

 

  7. NO REISSUANCE OF SERIES PREFERRED.

No share or shares of Series Preferred acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued.

IV.

A. The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

 

18


B. The Company is authorized to provide indemnification of directors, officers, employees or other agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) for breach of duty to the Company and its stockholders through bylaw provisions or through agreements with the agents, or through stockholder resolutions, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by applicable law.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article IV shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article IV in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Restated Certificate.

B. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided however, that, in addition to of any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

VI.

To the extent permitted by law, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, or in being informed about, an Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, create or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred stock or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, agent or other related person of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

19


EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

     1   

Section 1.

 

Registered Office.

     1   

Section 2.

 

Other Offices.

     1   

ARTICLE II

 

CORPORATE SEAL

     1   

Section 3.

 

Corporate Seal.

     1   

ARTICLE III

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1   

Section 4.

 

Place of Meetings.

     1   

Section 5.

 

Annual Meeting.

     1   

Section 6.

 

Special Meetings.

     3   

Section 7.

 

Notice of Meetings.

     4   

Section 8.

 

Quorum.

     4   

Section 9.

 

Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings.

     4   

Section 10.

 

Voting Rights.

     5   

Section 11.

 

Joint Owners of Stock.

     5   

Section 12.

 

List of Stockholders.

     5   

Section 13.

 

Action Without Meeting.

     5   

Section 14.

 

Organization.

     6   

ARTICLE IV

 

DIRECTORS

     7   

Section 15.

 

Number and Term of Office.

     7   

Section 16.

 

Powers.

     7   

Section 17.

 

Term of Directors.

     7   

Section 18.

 

Vacancies.

     8   

Section 19.

 

Resignation.

     8   

Section 20.

 

Removal.

     9   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

         PAGE  

Section 21.

 

Meetings.

     9   

Section 22.

 

Quorum and Voting.

     10   

Section 23.

 

Action Without Meeting.

     10   

Section 24.

 

Fees and Compensation.

     10   

Section 25.

 

Committees.

     10   

Section 26.

 

Organization.

     11   

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

     11   

Section 27.

 

Officers Designated.

     11   

Section 28.

 

Tenure and Duties of Officers.

     12   

Section 29.

 

Delegation of Authority.

     13   

Section 30.

 

Resignations.

     13   

Section 31.

 

Removal.

     13   

ARTICLE VI

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     13   

Section 32.

 

Execution of Corporate Instruments.

     13   

Section 33.

 

Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation.

     13   

ARTICLE VII

 

SHARES OF STOCK

     14   

Section 34.

 

Form and Execution of Certificates.

     14   

Section 35.

 

Lost Certificates.

     14   

Section 36.

 

Transfers.

     14   

Section 37.

 

Fixing Record Dates.

     14   

Section 38.

 

Registered Stockholders.

     15   

ARTICLE VIII

 

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     15   

Section 39.

 

Execution of Other Securities.

     15   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

         PAGE  

ARTICLE IX

 

DIVIDENDS

     16   

Section 40.

 

Declaration of Dividends.

     16   

Section 41.

 

Dividend Reserve.

     16   

ARTICLE X

 

FISCAL YEAR

     16   

Section 42.

 

Fiscal Year.

     16   

ARTICLE XI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

     16   

Section 43.

 

Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

     16   

ARTICLE XII

 

NOTICES

     19   

Section 44.

 

Notices.

     19   

ARTICLE XIII

 

AMENDMENTS

     20   

Section 45.

 

Amendments.

     20   

ARTICLE XIV

 

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     20   

Section 46.

 

Right of First Refusal.

     20   

ARTICLE XV

 

LOANS TO OFFICERS

     23   

Section 47.

 

Loans to Officers.

     23   

ARTICLE XVI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     23   

Section 48.

 

Annual Report.

     23   

 

iii


BYLAWS

OF

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

Section 5. Annual Meeting.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5.

 

1


(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the

 

2


corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“CGCL”), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(b) herein.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days

 

3


after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote

 

4


communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

5


(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

6


(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office.

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have

 

7


been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

8


Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of the directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall

 

9


be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

 

10


(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties

 

11


as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the

 

12


corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in

 

13


any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 36. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice

 

14


is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an

 

15


Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and

 

16


executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation

 

17


(except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

18


(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with

 

19


respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section 46. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of common stock, of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of common stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

 

20


(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

 

21


(3) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation.

(4) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

(5) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(6) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders.

(7) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(1) On November 26, 2017; or

(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

22


ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 48. Annual Report.

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than 100 stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

 

23


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:

I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”); and

Attached hereto is a complete and accurate copy of the Bylaws of the Company as duly adopted by the Board of Directors by Unanimous Written Consent dated November 27, 2007 and said Bylaws are presently in effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 27th day of November, 2007.

 

/s/ Mark Tanoury

MARK TANOURY
Secretary

EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Investor Rights Agreement (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of April 19, 2013 by and among Nimble Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the stockholders of the Company identified on the signature pages hereto (each hereinafter individually referred to as a “Investor” and collectively referred to as the “Investors”). Capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Rights Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors previously entered into that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of August 10, 2012 (the “Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company has granted Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P. (“Lightspeed”) observer rights at the meetings of the Board of Directors (the “Observer Rights”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors desire to amend the Rights Agreement to remove the Observer Rights.

WHEREAS, Section 5.5 of the Rights Agreement provides that the Rights Agreement may be amended with the written consent of (a) the Company, (b) the holders of a majority of then-outstanding Registrable Securities.

WHEREAS, the undersigned Investors presently hold a majority of the currently outstanding Registrable Securities.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and for other consideration, the adequacy and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AMENDMENT OF RIGHTS AGREEMENT. Section 3.5 of the Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

3.5 RESERVED.”

MISCELLANEOUS.

Ratification. Except as amended hereby, the Rights Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and all of the terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall be and remain in full force and effect and are hereby incorporated by reference, except as modified, amended and/or restated as set forth herein.

Amendments. The Rights Agreement and this Amendment may be amended only as set forth in Section 5.5 of the Rights Agreement.


Effectiveness. The provisions of this Amendment shall be effective upon the execution hereof by sufficient parties to amend the Rights Agreement.

Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Amendment are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Amendment.

Severability. If one or more provisions of this Amendment are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Amendment, and the balance of the Amendment shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded, and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Amendment.

Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Facsimile and Electronic Signatures. This Amendment may be executed and delivered by facsimile, or electronically in portable document format (.pdf) and upon such delivery, the facsimile or electronic signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

Entire Agreement. This Amendment, the Rights Agreement and the other documents referred to herein and therein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment, and supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

Governing Law. This Amendment will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the County of Santa Clara California.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Suresh Vasudevan

  Suresh Vasudevan
  Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Nimble Storage Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS

ARTIS PARTNERS, L.P.

ARTIS PARTNERS 2X, L.P.

ARTIS PARTNERS (INSTITUTIONAL), L.P.

ARTIS PARTNERS 2X (INSTITUTIONAL), L.P.

ARTIS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH, L.P.

By:   Artis Capital Management, L.P.
  General Partner for Each Fund
By:  

/s/ Robert A Riemer

Name:  

Robert A Riemer

Title:  

CFO

ARTIS PARTNERS LTD.

ARTIS PARTNERS 2X LTD.

ARTIS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH MASTER FUND, L.P.

By:   Artis Capital Management, L.P.
  Investment Adviser for Each Fund
By:  

/s/ Robert A Riemer

Name:  

Robert A Riemer

Title:  

CFO

ARTIS PRIVATE GROWTH PARTNERS II, L.P.
By:   Artis Capital Management, L.P.
  General Partner for Each Fund
By:  

/s/ Robert A Riemer

Name:  

Robert A Riemer

Title:  

CFO

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Nimble Storage Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR
ARTIS VENTURES, L.P.
APG2, L.P.
By:   Artis Private Growth Management II, LLC,
  General Partner for Each Fund
By:  

/s/ Robert A Riemer

Name:  

Robert A Riemer

Title:  

CFO

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Nimble Storage Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR
LIGHTSPEED VENTURE PARTNERS VIII, L.P.
By:   Lightspeed General Partner VIII, L.P.
  Its general partner
By:   Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner VIII, Ltd.,
  Its general partner
By:  

/s/ Barry Eggers

Name:  

Barry Eggers

Title:  

Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Nimble Storage Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS
SEQUOIA CAPITAL XII, L.P.
SEQUOIA TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS XII, L.P.
SEQUOIA CAPITAL XII PRINCIPALS FUND, LLC
By:   SC XII Management, LLC
  A Delaware Limited Liability Company
  General Partner of Each
By:  

/s/ Jim Goetz

  Managing Member

SC US GF V HOLDINGS, LTD.

a Cayman Islands exempted company

By: SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. GROWTH FUND V, L.P.
SEQUOIA CAPITAL USGF PRINCIPALS FUND V, L.P.
both Cayman Islands exempted limited partnerships, its members
By: SCGF V MANAGEMENT, L.P.
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, its General Partner
By: SC GF V TT, LTD.,
a Cayman Islands exempted company, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jim Goetz

 

Name:  
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Nimble Storage Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTORS
ACCEL IX L.P.
By:   Accel IX Associates L.L.C.
Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

Attorney in Fact
ACCEL IX STRATEGIC PARTNERS L.P.
By:   Accel IX Associates L.L.C.
Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

Attorney in Fact
ACCEL INVESTORS 2007 L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

Attorney in Fact
ACCEL GROWTH FUND II L.P.
By:   Accel Growth Fund II Associates L.L.C.
Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

Attorney in Fact
ACCEL GROWTH FUND II
STRATEGIC PARTNERS L.P.
By:   Accel Growth Fund II Associates L.L.C.
Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

Attorney in Fact

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Nimble Storage Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR
ACCEL GROWTH FUND INVESTORS 2012 L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Tracy L. Sedlock

Attorney in Fact

 

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Nimble Storage Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 10th day of August, 2012, by and among NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “Investors” and each individually as an “Investor.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series E Stock”), pursuant to that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) of even date herewith (the “Financing”);

WHEREAS, the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Prior Investors”) are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series A Stock”), Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series B Stock”), Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series C Stock”) and Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series D Stock;” the Series A Stock, the Series B Stock, the Series C Stock and the Series D Stock shall be referred to herein collectively as the “Prior Preferred Stock”);

WHEREAS, the Prior Investors and the Company are parties to an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of July 12, 2011 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the Company and the Investors have agreed to the registration rights, information rights and other rights as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective

 

1


upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of a majority of the Prior Preferred Stock held by the Prior Investors outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

1.2 Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(b) “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(c) “Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(d) “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(e) “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement.

(f) “Registrable Securities” means (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares and (b) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned.

(g) “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(h) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense

 

2


of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(i) “Restricted Securities” shall mean Registrable Securities or Shares required to bear the legends set forth in Section 2.1(c) hereof.

(j) “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the SEC.

(k) “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act and the Securities Act.

(l) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(m) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(n) “Shares” shall mean, collectively, the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto and their permitted assigns.

(o) “Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of its Restricted Securities unless and until:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to

 

3


the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, or (D) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if such transferee were an original Holder hereunder.

(c) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering or the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

(e) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

 

4


2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (the “Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (a “Qualified Public Offering”), then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration; and provided, further, that such allocation shall not operate to reduce the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration if any Holder does not request inclusion of the maximum number of shares of Registrable Securities, assuming conversion, allocated to such Holder pursuant to the above-described procedure, in which case the remaining portion of such Holder’s allocation shall be reallocated among those requesting Holders whose allocations did not satisfy their requests pro rata on the basis of the total number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, and this procedure shall be repeated until all shares of Registrable Securities which may be included in the registration on behalf of the Holders have been so allocated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such

 

5


registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) prior to the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) the expiration of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.11 following the Initial Offering;

(ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering (or such longer period as may be determined pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof); provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for its Initial Offe1ing within ninety (90) days;

(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

(vi) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the filing of any registration statement. under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company

 

6


(including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder and the number of shares of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to be included in such registration statement. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company for securities being for its own account; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders, assuming conversion; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) requesting to include shares of Common Stock in such registration statement on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that such allocation shall not operate to reduce the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration if any Holder does not request inclusion of the maximum number of shares of Registrable Securities, assuming conversion, allocated to such Holder pursuant to the above-described procedure, in which case the remaining portion of such Holder’s allocation shall be reallocated among those requesting Holders whose allocations did not satisfy their requests pro rata on the basis of the total number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, and this procedure shall be repeated until all shares of Registrable Securities which may be included in the registration on behalf of the Holders have been so allocated; and provided, further, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the

 

7


Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than one million dollars ($1,000,000);

(iii) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement;

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment

 

8


of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided, that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

(v) if the Company has already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4; or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.5 Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities to be registered, respectively, unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders. If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration.

2.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities

 

9


registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to thirty (30) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “Suspension Period”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No more than two (2) such Suspension Periods shall occur in any twelve (12) month period. In no event shall any Suspension Period, when taken together with all prior Suspension Periods, exceed 120 days in the aggregate. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

 

10


(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a “comfort” letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

 

11


2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers, and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act), any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to such registration, qualification, or compliance prepared by or on behalf of the Company or issued or referred to by the Company, or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule, or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated

 

12


therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “Holder Violation”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

13


2.9 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or retired member of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (c) acquires at least two hundred thousand (200,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like occurring after the date of this Agreement); provided, however, (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

2.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in Section 5.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders.

2.11 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period, not to exceed 34 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation); provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall not apply to (i) shares acquired in the open market following the Initial Offering if the sale of such shares would not result in a Section 16 filing, (ii) shares acquired in the Initial Offering unless the lead underwriters of the offering require they be subject to this provision, or (iii) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.

 

14


2.12 Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said day period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.13 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 2.3, or Section 2.4 hereof shall terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the date three (3) years following an Initial Offering; or (ii) such time as such Holder holds less than 1% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (treating all shares of Preferred Stock on an as converted basis), the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all Registrable Securities of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder

 

15


(and its affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period. Upon such termination, such shares shall cease to be “Registrable Securities” hereunder for all purposes.

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b) Unless waived by Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, the Company will furnish such Investor a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants selected by the Company’s Board of Directors.

(c) So long as an Investor (with its affiliates) owns not less than two million (2,000,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations and the like occurring after the date of this Agreement) (a “Major Investor”), the Company will furnish each such Major Investor: (i) at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto); and (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within twenty (20) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such month, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to date, including a comparison to plan figures for such period, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted thereon), with the exception that such statements need not contain all the notes that may be required under generally accepted accounting principles and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(d) Notwithstanding Section 5.5 hereof, this Section 3.1 may be amended, or any provision waived with and only with the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Major Investors, or as permitted by Section 5.5.

3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs,

 

16


finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board of Directors determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed. Notwithstanding Section 5.5 hereof, this Section 3.2 may be amended, or any provision waived with and only with the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Major Investors, or as permitted by Section 5.5.

3.3 Confidentiality of Records. Each Investor agrees to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor hereof that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any partner, member, subsidiary or parent of such Investor as long as such partner, member, subsidiary or parent is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; (v) in response to any order or requirement of any court or other governmental body, provided that such Board Observer provides the Company with prompt notice of such court order or requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek a protective order or otherwise to prevent or restrict such disclosure; (vi) in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or rights under this Agreement; or (vii) to comply with applicable law.

3.4 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

3.5 Board Observer Rights. The Company shall permit one representative of Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII, L.P. (“Lightspeed”) (the “Board Observer”), the right to attend all meetings of the Board (whether in person, telephonic or otherwise) in a non-voting, observer capacity and receive all information distributed to the Board (the “Board Observer Rights”); provided, however, that (a) if in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exclusion of the Board Observer, or withholding of the information to be provided to the Board Observer in connection with the Board Observer Rights, is reasonably necessary to preserve attorney-client privilege with respect to a material matter or (b) if the Board reasonably determines that exclusion of the Board Observer, or withholding of the information to be provided to the Board Observer in connection with the Board Observer Rights, is necessary in order to protect highly confidential information the disclosure of which to the Board Observer would be materially injurious to the Company in such circumstances, then the Company shall have the right to exclude such Board Observer from only those portions of meetings of the Board or the committees thereof in which such information is discussed, or withhold such information from such Board Observer, in each case to the extent deemed necessary by the Board. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.10 hereof, the Board Observer shall keep all confidential information

 

17


regarding the Company that the Board Observer receives in connection with the Board Observer Rights in strict confidence, except information (i) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality, (ii) that enters the public domain through no fault of the Board Observer, (iii) that is developed by the Board Observer or Lightspeed or their respective agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company, (iv) in response to any order or requirement of any court or other governmental body, provided that such Board Observer provides the Company with prompt notice of such court order or requirement to the Company to enable the Company to seek a protective order or otherwise to prevent or restrict such disclosure; (v) in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or rights under this Agreement; or (vi) to comply with applicable law. Lightspeed is entitled to appoint a Board Observer for so long as it holds at least 2,000,000 shares of Series B Stock, as adjusted for any dividends, split-ups, recapitalizations, reclassifications, combination of shares or the like occurring after the date of this Agreement. Initially, the Board Observer shall be Barry Eggers.

3.6 Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the Company, and (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest over the remaining three (3) years.

3.7 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or Board of Directors.

3.8 Directors’ Liability and Indemnification. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of director to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. In addition, the Company shall enter into and use its best efforts to at all times maintain indemnification agreements with each of its directors to indemnify such directors to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law.

3.9 Qualified Small Business. For so long as any of the Shares are held by an Investor (or a transferee in whose hands such Shares are eligible to qualify as “Qualified Small Business Stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)), the Company will use its reasonable efforts to comply with the reporting and record keeping requirements of Section 1202 of the Code, any regulations promulgated thereunder and any similar state laws and regulations.

3.10 Use of Information. The Company acknowledges that the Investors and their affiliates, members, equity holders, director representatives, partners, employees, agents and other related persons are engaged in the business of investing in private and public companies in a wide range of industries, including the industry segment in which the Company operates (the “Company Industry Segment”). Accordingly, the Company and the Investors acknowledge and agree that a Covered Person shall:

(a) have no duty to the Company to refrain from participating as a director, board observer, investor or otherwise with respect to any company or other person or entity that is engaged in the Company Industry Segment or is otherwise competitive with the Company, and

 

18


(b) in connection with making investment decisions, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no obligation of confidentiality or other duty to the Company to refrain from using any information, including, but not limited to, market trend and market data, which comes into such Covered Person’s possession, whether as a director, investor or otherwise (the “Information Waiver”), provided that the Information Waiver shall not apply, and therefore such Covered Person shall be subject to such obligations and duties as would otherwise apply to such Covered Person under applicable law, if the information at issue (i) constitutes material non­public information concerning the Company, or (ii) is covered by a contractual obligation of confidentiality to which the Company is subject.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.10 to the contrary, nothing herein shall be construed as a waiver of any Covered Person’s duty of loyalty or obligation of confidentiality with respect to the disclosure of confidential information of the Company. For the purposes of this Section 3.10, “Covered Persons” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof.

3.11 Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Section 3.3) shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the first firm commitment underwritten registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act, as a result of which, the Company is subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, or (ii) upon an “Acquisition” as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof.

3.12 FCPA Compliance. The Company represents that it shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to, promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any non-U.S. official, in each case, in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other applicable anti­bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries or affiliates to, cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti­corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries or affiliates to, maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law.

3.13 Green Dot Corporation. The Company shall not enter into any banking or nonbanking transaction with Green Dot Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (Next Estate Communications and Bonneville Bancorp) without the prior written consent of Sequoia Capital XII, L.P.

 

19


SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Major Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase up to its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.6 hereof. Each Major Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) of which such Major Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “Equity Securities” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

4.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Major Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Investor shall have fifteen (15) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Major Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.3 Overallotment and Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. In the event that the Major Investors fail to exercise fully their pro rata share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Major Investors who do so elect to exercise fully their pro rata share of the Equity Securities and shall offer such Major Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares on a pro rata basis. The Major Investors shall have five (5) days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. The Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Major Investors’ rights were not exercised, at a price not lower, and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof, than specified in the Company’s notice to the Major Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within ninety (90) days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Major Investors in the manner provided above.

 

20


4.4 Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Company’s Initial Offering or (ii) an Acquisition. Notwithstanding Section 5.5 hereof, the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 may be amended, or any provision waived with and only with the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Major Investors, or as permitted by Section 5.5.

4.5 Assignment of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Major Investor under this Section 4 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.9.

4.6 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

(a) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the date hereof) issued or to be issued after the date hereof to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors (including at least one director elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock);

(b) stock issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; and stock issued pursuant to any such rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement, so long as the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 were complied with, waived, or were inapplicable pursuant to any provision of this Section 4.6 with respect to the initial sale or grant by the Company of such rights or agreements;

(c) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors (including at least one director elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock);

(d) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company;

(e) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement, or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board of Directors (including at least one director elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock);

(f) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to a bona fide public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act;

(g) any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including, without limitation (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer or

 

21


development arrangements; provided that the issuance of shares therein is not primarily for equity financing purposes and has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors (including at least one director elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock); and

(h) any Equity Securities issued by the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 1.2 of the Purchase Agreement.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the County of Santa Clara, California.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however, that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and supersedes in its entirety the Prior Agreement, which shall have no further force or effect and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. In such event, the parties shall negotiate, in good faith, a legal, valid and enforceable substitute provision which most nearly effects, to the extent possible, the same economic, business or other purposes of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision. A court of competent jurisdiction may replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

 

22


5.5 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived, only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities.

(b) For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto, provided, however, that for notices to Artis Capital Management, a copy shall be sent to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Attention: Todd Carpenter, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304.

5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to

 

23


the Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor,” a “Holder” and a party hereunder without any additional consent of any other Holder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue Equity Securities in accordance with Section 4.6 (c) and (e) of this Agreement, any purchaser of such Equity Securities may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor,” a “Holder” and a party hereunder without any additional consent of any other Holder.

5.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.13 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

Signature:  

/s/ Suresh Vasudevan

Print Name:   Suresh Vasudevan
 

 

Title:   Chief Executive Officer
 

 

 

[Nimble Storage, Inc.

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

Signature Page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
ARTIS PARTNERS, L.P.
ARTIS PARTNERS 2X, L.P.
ARTIS PARTNERS (INSTITUTIONAL), L.P.
ARTIS PARTNERS 2X (INSTITUTIONAL), L.P.
ARTIS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH, L.P.
By:   Artis Capital Management, L.P.,
  General Partner for Each Fund
By:  

/s/ Todd Moodey

Name:

  Todd Moodey

Title:

  Chief Operating Officer
ARTIS PARTNERS, LTD.
ARTIS PARTNERS 2X LTD.
ARTIS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH, MASTER FUND, L.P.
By:   Artis Capital Management, L.P.,
  Investment Adviser for Each Fund
By :  

/s/ Todd Moodey

Name:

  Todd Moodey

Title:

  Chief Operating Officer
ARTIS PRIVATE GROWTH PARTNERS II, L.P.

By:

  Artis Private Growth Management II, LLC,
  General Partner for Each Fund

By:

 

/s/ Todd Moodey

Name:

  Todd Moodey

Title:

  Chief Operating Officer

 

[Nimble Storage, Inc.

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

Signature Page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
ARTIS VENTURES, L.P.
APG2, L.P.

By:

  Artis Private Growth Management II, LLC,
  General Partner for Each Fund

By:

 

/s/ Todd Moodey

Name:

  Todd Moodey

Title:

  Chief Operating Officer

 

[Nimble Storage, Inc.

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

Signature Page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
LIGHTSPEED VENTURE PARTNERS VIII,
L.P.

By:

 

Lightspeed General Partner VIII, L.P.,

its general partner

By:

 

Lightspeed Ultimate General Partner VIII, Ltd.,

its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Barry Eggers

 

Name: Barry Eggers

  Duly Authorized Signatory

 

[Nimble Storage, Inc.

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

Signature Page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:

SEQUOIA CAPITAL XII, L.P.

SEQUOIA TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS XII, L.P.

SEQUOIA CAPITAL XII PRINCIPALS FUND, LLC

By:

 

SC XII Management, LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company General Partner of Each

By:

 

/s/ James Goetz

  Managing Member

SC US GF V HOLDINGS, LTD.

a Cayman Islands exempted company

By:

 

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. GROWTH FUND V, L.P.

SEQUOIA CAPITAL USGF PRINCIPALS FUND V, L.P.

both Cayman Islands exempted limited partnerships, its Members

By:

 

SCGF V MANAGEMENT, L.P.,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, its General Partner

By:

 

SC GF V TT, LTD.,

a Cayman Islands exempted company, its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ James Goetz

Name:

 

Title:

  Director

 

[Nimble Storage, Inc.

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

Signature Page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
ACCEL IX L.P.

By:

  Accel IX Associates L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Richard Zamboldi

Attorney in Fact

ACCEL IX STRATEGIC PARTNERS L.P.

By:

  Accel IX Associates L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Richard Zamboldi

Attorney in Fact

ACCEL INVESTORS 2007 L.L.C.

By:

 

/s/ Richard Zamboldi

Attorney in Fact

ACCEL GROWTH FUND II L.P.

By:

  Accel Growth Fund II Associates L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Richard Zamboldi

Attorney in Fact

ACCEL GROWTH FUND II STRATEGIC PARTNERS L.P.

By:

  Accel Growth Fund II Associates L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Richard Zamboldi

Attorney in Fact

ACCEL GROWTH FUND INVESTORS 2012 L.L.C.

By:

 

/s/ Richard Zamboldi

Attorney in Fact

 

[Nimble Storage, Inc.

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

Signature Page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
GGV CAPITAL IV L.P.
By:   GGV Capital IV L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Glenn Solomon

  Glenn Solomon
  Managing Director
GGV CAPITAL IV ENTREPRENEURS FUND L.P.
By:   GGV Capital IV L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Glenn Solomon

  Glenn Solomon
  Managing Director

 

[Nimble Storage, Inc.

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

Signature Page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
ALAMEDA ALPHA LLC
By:  

/s/ James Wagner

  James Wagner, Member
Address: [                    ]

 

[Nimble Storage, Inc.

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

Signature Page]


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

NAME

ARTIS PARTNERS, L.P.

ARTIS PARTNERS (INSTITUTIONAL), L.P.

ARTIS PARTNERS LTD.

ARTIS PARTNERS 2X, L.P.

ARTIS PARTNERS 2X (INSTITUTIONAL), L.P.

ARTIS PARTNERS 2X LTD.

ARTIS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH, L.P.


ARTIS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH MASTER FUND, L.P.

ARTIS PRIVATE GROWTH PARTNERS II, L.P.

APG2, L.P.

ARTIS VENTURES, L.P.

LIGHTSPEED VENTURE PARTNERS VIII, L.P.

SEQUOIA CAPITAL XII, L.P.

SEQUOIA TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS XII, L.P.

SEQUOIA CAPITAL XII PRINCIPALS FUND, LLC


SC US GF V HOLDINGS, LTD.

ACCEL IX L.P.

ACCEL IX STRATEGIC PARTNERS L.P.

ACCEL INVESTORS 2007 L.L.C.

ACCEL GROWTH FUND II L.P.

ACCEL GROWTH FUND II STRATEGIC PARTNERS L.P.

ACCEL GROWTH FUND INVESTORS 2012 L.L.C.

GC&H INVESTMENTS, L.L.C.


GGV CAPITAL IV L.P.

GGV CAPITAL IV ENTREPRENEURS FUND L.P.

ALAMEDA ALPHA LLC


EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: MAY 7, 2008

APPROVED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS: JULY 12, 2008

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: MARCH 9, 2011

APPROVED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS: JULY 12, 2011

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JULY 19, 2011

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: NOVEMBER 16, 2011

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: DECEMBER 14, 2011

APPROVED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS: FEBRUARY 17, 2012

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: NOVEMBER 15, 2012

APPROVED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS: DECEMBER 26, 2012

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: FEBRUARY 26, 2013

APPROVED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS: MARCH 15, 2013

TERMINATION DATE: MAY 6, 2018

1. GENERAL.

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, and (v) Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of

 

1


each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, shareholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for shareholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided

 

2


however, that, the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance thereunder.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Optionholder, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) a Restricted Stock Award, (C) a Stock Appreciation Right, (D) Restricted Stock Unit, (E) cash and/or (F) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

 

3


(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards after the Effective Date shall not exceed twenty-seven million seven hundred eighty-one thousand five hundred seventy-eight (27,781,578) shares. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Furthermore, if a Stock Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan.

(b) If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be two (2) times the number of shares reserved under Section 3(a) above.

(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

(e) Share Reserve Limitation. To the extent required by Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Options and the total number of shares of Common Stock provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, based on the shares of Common Stock of the Company that are outstanding at the time the calculation is made.

 

4


4. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Ten Percent Shareholders.

(i) A Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(ii) A Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be granted a Restricted Stock Award or Stock Appreciation Right (if such award could be settled in shares of Common Stock) unless the purchase price of the restricted stock is at least (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant or (ii) such lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as is permitted by Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the award.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“Rule 701”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

5. OPTION PROVISIONS.

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical; provided, however, that each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent

 

5


(100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such options are Incentive Stock Options).

(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

(d) Transferability of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Optionholder’s request.

 

6


(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

(e) Vesting of Options Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

(f) Minimum Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 5(e), to the extent that the following restrictions on vesting are required by Section 260.140.41(f) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, then:

(i) Options granted to an Employee who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment; and

(ii) Options granted to Officers, Directors or Consultants may be made fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment, at any time or during any period established by the Board.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

 

7


(h) Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(i) Disability of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(j) Death of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate. If the Optionholder designates a third party beneficiary of the Option in accordance with Section 5(d)(iii), then upon the death of the Optionholder such designated beneficiary shall have the sole right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Optionholder’s Continuous Service, and the Optionholder shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

 

8


(l) Non-Exempt Employees. No Option granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(m) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option Agreement.

(o) Right of First Refusal. The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement for the Option, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company. The Company will not exercise its right of first refusal until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option Agreement.

6. PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and

 

9


conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) past services actually rendered to the Company or an Affiliate, or (B) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, any price to be paid by the Participant for each share subject to the Restricted Stock Award shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Common Stock’s Fair Market Value on the date such Stock Award is made or at the time the purchase is consummated.

(ii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. In the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

 

10


(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Minimum Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 6(b)(ii), to the extent that the following restrictions on vesting are required by Section 260.140.42(h)(2) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Unit Award, then:

(1) Restricted Stock Unit Awards granted to an Employee who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Restricted Stock Unit Award was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment; and

(2) Restricted Stock Unit Awards granted to Officers, Directors or Consultants may vest at any time established by the Board.

(iv) Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(v) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(vi) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(viii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such

 

11


restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted as stand-alone Stock Awards or in tandem with other Stock Awards. The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Right Agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, no Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

(ii) Strike Price. Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, the strike price of each Stock Appreciation Right granted as a stand-alone or tandem Stock Award shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock equivalents subject to the Stock Appreciation Right on the date of grant.

(iii) Calculation of Appreciation. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of share of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board on the date of grant.

(iv) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Stock Appreciation Right as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(v) Minimum Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 6(c)(iv), to the extent that the following restrictions on vesting are required by Section 260.140.41(f) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Stock Appreciation Right, then:

(1) Stock Appreciation Rights granted to an Employee who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Stock Appreciation Right was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment; and

(2) Stock Appreciation Rights granted to Officers, Directors or Consultants may be made fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment, at any time or during any period established by the Company.

 

12


(vi) Exercise. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(vii) Non-Exempt Employees. No Stock Appreciation Right granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(viii) Payment. The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(ix) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(x) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

 

13


(xi) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Stock Appreciation Right upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Stock Appreciation Right is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(xii) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Stock Appreciation Right from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(xiii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan that are not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Stock Appreciation Rights will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that a Stock Appreciation Right that is to be paid wholly or partly in cash must be exercised and paid in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

7. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to

 

14


register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of a Stock Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

8. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

(c) Shareholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms and the Participant shall not be deemed to be a shareholder of record until the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any

 

15


calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

(h) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an

 

16


employee. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Stock Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Stock Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Stock Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Stock Award, or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

(k) Information Obligation. To the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Company shall deliver financial statements to Participants at least annually. This Section 8(k) shall not apply to key Employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

(l) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Stock Award, and the repurchase price may be either the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of termination of Continuous Service or the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. To the extent required by Section 260.140.41 and Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time a Stock Award is made, any repurchase option contained in a Stock Award granted to a person who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall be upon the terms described below:

(i) Fair Market Value. If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of Continuous Service at not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock to be purchased on the date of termination of Continuous Service, then (i) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Stock Awards after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the

 

17


Participant (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding “qualified small business stock”) and (ii) the right terminates when the shares of Common Stock become publicly traded.

(ii) Original Purchase Price. If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of Continuous Service at the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price, then (x) the right to repurchase at the original purchase price shall lapse at the rate of at least twenty percent (20%) of the shares of Common Stock per year over five (5) years from the date the Stock Award is granted (without respect to the date the Stock Award was exercised or became exercisable) and (y) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Options after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Participant (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding “qualified small business stock”).

9. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, each Stock Award shall terminate and be cancelled to the extent not vested or exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction unless the Board elects to take one or more of the following actions with respect to such Stock Award:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the shareholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

 

18


(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award; and

(v) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise; provided that if the Board elects to make the payment described in this clause (v), the entire Stock Award (both vested and unvested portions) shall be terminated and cancelled in consideration of such payment.

The Board need not take the same action with respect to all Stock Awards or with respect to all Participants.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

10. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

19


11. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

12. CHOICE OF LAW.

The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. DEFINITIONS. As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.

(d) Cause” means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated by reason of dismissal without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

20


(e) Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the shareholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) the shareholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation; or

(iv) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

The term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

 

21


Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(f) Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g) Committee” means a committee of two (2) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) Company” means Nimble Storage, Inc., a Delaware company.

(j) Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(k) Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(l) Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

22


(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) Director” means a member of the Board.

(n) Disability” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(o) Effective Date” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s shareholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(p) Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(s) Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date of the Plan as set forth in Section 11, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board (i) in a manner consistent with Section 260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations and (ii) in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

 

23


(u) Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(aa) Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(bb) Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(cc) Plan” means this Nimble Storage, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

(dd) Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ee) Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) Restricted Stock Unit Award” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(gg) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

24


(hh) Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ii) Stock Appreciation Right” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

(jj) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(kk) Stock Award” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right.

(ll) Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(mm) Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).

(nn) Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

25


NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:   

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):   

 

Total Exercise Price:   

 

Expiration Date:   

 

 

Type of Grant:   ¨   Incentive Stock Option   ¨   Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:   ¨   Same as Vesting Schedule   ¨   Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule:   One-fourth (1/4th) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and one-forty-eighth (1/48th) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest monthly thereafter; provided, that at each such vesting date, the Optionholder shall then be providing services to the Company, as set forth in the Plan.
Payment:   By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Stock Option Agreement):
  x   By cash or check
  ¨   By net exercise

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of: (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) stock previously purchased by Optionholder, and (iii) the following agreements, if any:

 

    OTHER AGREEMENTS:   

 

  

 

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.   OPTIONHOLDER:
By:  

 

   

 

  Suresh Vasudevan     Signature
  Chief Executive Officer    
       

 

        Print Name
Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

Attachments: Option Agreement, 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, and Notice of Exercise

 

1


ATTACHMENT I

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


ATTACHMENT II

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


ATTACHMENT III

NOTICE OF EXERCISE


NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Option Agreement, Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. EXERCISE RESTRICTION FOR NON-EXEMPT EMPLOYEES. In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (i.e., a “Non-Exempt Employee”), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

4. EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EMPLOYEE”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock

 

1


with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

6. WHOLE SHARES. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. TERM. You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

 

2


(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;

(e) in certain circumstances upon the effective date of a Corporate Transaction as set forth in the Plan;

(f) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(g) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

Cause” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) your commission of any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) your attempted commission of or participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company that results in (or might have reasonably resulted in) material harm to the business of the Company; (iii) your intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between you and the Company or any statutory duty you owe to the Company; or (iv) your conduct that constitutes gross insubordination, incompetence or habitual neglect of duties and that results in (or might have reasonably resulted in) material harm to the business of the Company; provided, however, that the action or conduct described in clauses (iii) and (iv) above will constitute “Cause” only if such action or conduct continues after the Company has provided you with written notice thereof and thirty (30) days to cure the same.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. EXERCISE.

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

 

3


(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 and similar or successor regulatory rules and regulations (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. TRANSFERABILITY. Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option. In addition, if permitted by the Company you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system.

 

4


12. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE. To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

13. OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

14. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

 

5


15. TAX CONSEQUENCES. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

16. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

17. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

* * *

 

6


NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

EARLY EXERCISE STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

UNDER THE 2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

THIS AGREEMENT is made by and between NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [                    ] (“Purchaser”), as of [            , 20    ].

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Purchaser holds a stock option dated [                    ] to purchase shares of common stock (“Common Stock”) of the Company (the “Option”) pursuant to the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Option consists of a Stock Option Grant Notice and a Stock Option Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to exercise the Option on the terms and conditions contained herein; and

WHEREAS, Purchaser wishes to take advantage of the early exercise provision of Purchaser’s Option and therefore to enter into this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED between the parties as follows:

1. INCORPORATION OF PLAN AND OPTION BY REFERENCE. This Agreement is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in the Plan and the Option. If there is a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and/or the Option and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. If there is a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Option, the terms of the Option shall control. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or the Plan but defined in the Option shall have the same definitions as in the Option.

2. PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMMON STOCK.

(a) Agreement to purchase and sell Common Stock. Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, and the Company hereby agrees to sell to Purchaser, shares of the Common Stock of the Company in accordance with the Notice of Exercise duly executed by Purchaser and attached hereto as Exhibit A.

(b) Closing. The closing hereunder, including payment for and delivery of the Common Stock, shall occur at the offices of the Company immediately following the execution of this Agreement, or at such other time and place as the parties may mutually agree; provided, however, that if stockholder approval of the Plan is required before the Option may be exercised, then the Option may not be exercised, and the closing shall be delayed, until such stockholder approval is obtained. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within the time limit specified in the Plan, then this Agreement shall be null and void.


3. UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION.

(a) Repurchase Option. In the event Purchaser’s Continuous Service terminates, then the Company shall have an irrevocable option (the “Repurchase Option”) for a period of ninety (90) days after said termination (or in the case of shares issued upon exercise of the Option after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise), or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and Purchaser, to repurchase from Purchaser or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, those shares that Purchaser received pursuant to the exercise of the Option that have not as yet vested as of such termination date in accordance with the Vesting Schedule indicated on Purchaser’s Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Unvested Shares”).

(b) Share Repurchase Price. The Company may repurchase all or any of the Unvested Shares at the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the such shares (as determined under the Plan) on the date of repurchase, or (ii) the price equal to Purchaser’s Exercise Price for such shares as indicated on Purchaser’s Stock Option Grant Notice.

4. EXERCISE OF REPURCHASE OPTION. The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by written notice signed by such person as designated by the Company, and delivered or mailed as provided herein. Such notice shall identify the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased and shall notify Purchaser of the time, place and date for settlement of such purchase, which shall be scheduled by the Company within the term of the Repurchase Option set forth above. The Company shall be entitled to pay for any shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to its Repurchase Option at the Company’s option in cash or by offset against any indebtedness owing to the Company by Purchaser (including without limitation any Promissory Note given in payment for the Common Stock), or by a combination of both. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the purchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Common Stock being repurchased and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the Common Stock being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.

5. CAPITALIZATION ADJUSTMENTS TO COMMON STOCK. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, then any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of Common Stock shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Option and be included in the word “Common Stock” for all purposes of the Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the shares of the Common Stock presently subject to the Repurchase Option, but only to the extent the Common Stock is, at the time, covered by such Repurchase Option. While the total Option Price shall remain the same after each such event, the Option Price per share of Common Stock upon exercise of the Repurchase Option shall be appropriately adjusted.

 

2


6. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then the Repurchase Option may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or such successor’s parent company), if any, in connection with such Corporate Transaction. To the extent the Repurchase Option remains in effect following such Corporate Transaction, it shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Common Stock in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Common Stock was at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the price per share payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Option to reflect the Corporate Transaction upon the Company’s capital structure; provided, however, that the aggregate price payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Option shall remain the same.

7. ESCROW OF UNVESTED COMMON STOCK. As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of the terms of this Agreement and to insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Common Stock upon exercise of the Repurchase Option herein provided for, Purchaser agrees, at the closing hereunder, to deliver to and deposit with the Secretary of the Company or the Secretary’s designee (“Escrow Agent”), as Escrow Agent in this transaction, three (3) stock assignments duly endorsed (with date and number of shares blank) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, together with a certificate or certificates evidencing all of the Common Stock subject to the Repurchase Option; said documents are to be held by the Escrow Agent and delivered by said Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto and incorporated by this reference, which instructions also shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent at the closing hereunder.

8. RIGHTS OF PURCHASER. Subject to the provisions of the Option, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares deposited in escrow. Purchaser shall be deemed to be the holder of the shares for purposes of receiving any dividends that may be paid with respect to such shares and for purposes of exercising any voting rights relating to such shares, even if some or all of such shares have not yet vested and been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option.

9. LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFER. In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not sell, assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in the Common Stock while the Common Stock is subject to the Repurchase Option. After any Common Stock has been released from the Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not sell, assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in the Common Stock except in compliance with the provisions herein and applicable securities laws. Furthermore, the Common Stock shall be subject to any right of first refusal in favor of the Company or its assignees that may be contained in the Company’s Bylaws.

10. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS. All certificates representing the Common Stock shall have endorsed thereon legends in substantially the following forms (in addition to any other legend which may be required by other agreements between the parties hereto):

(a) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN OPTION SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST,

 

3


A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS COMPANY. ANY TRANSFER OR ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF ANY SHARES SUBJECT TO SUCH OPTION IS VOID WITHOUT THE PRIOR EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.”

(b) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(c) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

(d) Any legend required by appropriate blue sky officials.

11. INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS. In connection with the purchase of the Common Stock, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Common Stock. Purchaser is acquiring the Common Stock for investment for Purchaser’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Common Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless the Common Stock is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Common Stock. Purchaser understands that the certificate evidencing the Common Stock will be imprinted with a legend that prohibits the transfer of the Common Stock unless the Common Stock is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, under the Securities Act, as in effect from time to time, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of issuance of the securities, such issuance will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange

 

4


Act of 1934, the securities exempt under Rule 701 may be sold by Purchaser ninety (90) days thereafter, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144 and the market stand-off provision described in Purchaser’s Stock Option Agreement.

(e) In the event that the sale of the Common Stock does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of purchase, then the Common Stock may be resold by Purchaser in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things: (i) the availability of certain public information about the Company, and (ii) the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 after Purchaser has purchased, and made full payment of (within the meaning of Rule 144), the securities to be sold.

(f) Purchaser further understands that at the time Purchaser wishes to sell the Common Stock there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may not be satisfying the current public current information requirements of Rule 144 or 701, and that, in such event, Purchaser would be precluded from selling the Common Stock under Rule 144 or 701 even if the minimum holding period requirement had been satisfied.

12. MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT. By exercising the Option, Purchaser agrees not to sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by Purchaser, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules or regulations (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing shall prevent the exercise of the Repurchase Option during the Lock-Up Period. Purchaser further agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Purchaser’s shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

13. SECTION 83(b) ELECTION. Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Code taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the Common Stock and the fair market value of the Common Stock as of the date any restrictions on the Common Stock lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to buy back the Common Stock pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth above. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Common Stock is purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “83(b) Election”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days of the date of purchase in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D. Even if the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Common Stock, the 83(b) Election must be made to avoid income under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an 83(b) Election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that Purchaser must file an additional

 

5


copy of such 83(b) Election with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Common Stock hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death. Purchaser assumes all responsibility for filing an 83(b) Election and paying all taxes resulting from such election or the lapse of the restrictions on the Common Stock.

14. REFUSAL TO TRANSFER. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares of Common Stock of the Company which shall have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares shall have been so transferred.

15. NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. This Agreement is not an employment contract and nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate Purchaser’s employment for any reason at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.

16. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) calendar days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the other party hereto at such party’s address hereinafter set forth on the signature page hereof, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other party hereto.

(b) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, be binding upon Purchaser, Purchaser’s successors, and assigns. The Company may assign the Repurchase Option hereunder at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part.

(c) Attorneys’ Fees; Specific Performance. Purchaser shall reimburse the Company for all costs incurred by the Company in enforcing the performance of, or protecting its rights under, any part of this Agreement, including reasonable costs of investigation and attorneys’ fees. It is the intention of the parties that the Company, upon exercise of the Repurchase Option and payment for the shares repurchased, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall be entitled to receive the Common Stock, in specie, in order to have such Common Stock available for future issuance without dilution of the holdings of other stockholders. Furthermore, it is expressly agreed between the parties that money damages are

 

6


inadequate to compensate the Company for the Common Stock and that the Company shall, upon proper exercise of the Repurchase Option, be entitled to specific enforcement of its rights to purchase and receive said Common Stock.

(d) Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The parties agree that any action brought by either party to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement shall be brought in, and each party agrees to, and does hereby, submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, the appropriate state or federal court for the district encompassing the Company’s principal place of business.

(e) Further Execution. The parties agree to take all such further action(s) as may reasonably be necessary to carry out and consummate this Agreement as soon as practicable, and to take whatever steps may be necessary to obtain any governmental approval in connection with or otherwise qualify the issuance of the securities that are the subject of this Agreement.

(f) Independent Counsel. Purchaser acknowledges that this Agreement has been prepared on behalf of the Company by counsel to the Company and that neither Cooley LLP nor Fenwick & West LLP represents, or is acting on behalf of, Purchaser. Purchaser has been provided with an opportunity to consult with Purchaser’s own counsel with respect to this Agreement.

(g) Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or revoked, in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

(h) Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
  By:  

 

    [Suresh Vasudevan, President and CEO]

 

  Address:   2740 Zanker Road, Suite 200
    San Jose, CA 95134
 

 

  [Purchaser]
Address:  

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS:

 

Exhibit A    Notice of Exercise
Exhibit B    Assignment Separate from Certificate
Exhibit C    Joint Escrow Instructions
Exhibit D    83(b) Election

 

8


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Nimble Storage, Inc.

2740 Zanker Road, Suite 200

San Jose, CA 95134

Date of Exercise:                     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):    Incentive ¨      Nonstatutory ¨  
Stock option dated (the “Option”):          
Number of shares as to which option is exercised:          
Certificates to be issued in name of:          
Total exercise price:    $                   
Cash payment delivered herewith:    $                   

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Nimble Storage, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and the Stock Option Agreement for this Option, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to this exercise of the Option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon this option exercise that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of the Option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon this option exercise.

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “Shares”), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon this exercise of the Option:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and “control securities” under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.


I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety (90) days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the “Lock-Up Period”). I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are reasonably intended to give further effect thereto. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this paragraph and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Print Name

 

2


Exhibit B

Assignment Separate from Certificate


STOCK ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [                    ] hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the Repurchase Option under that certain Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement, dated [                    ] by and between the undersigned and the Company (the “Agreement”),                      (                    ) shares of Common Stock of the Company standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).              and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Company’s Secretary attorney to transfer said Common Stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. This Assignment may be used only in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to the undersigned pursuant to the Agreement, and only to the extent that such shares remain subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option under the Agreement.

Dated:                     

 

 

[PURCHASER]

(INSTRUCTION: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the “Signature” line and the “Print Name” line.)


STOCK ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [                    ] hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the Repurchase Option under that certain Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement, dated [                    ] by and between the undersigned and the Company (the “Agreement”),                      (                    ) shares of Common Stock of the Company standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).             and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Company’s Secretary attorney to transfer said Common Stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. This Assignment may be used only in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to the undersigned pursuant to the Agreement, and only to the extent that such shares remain subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option under the Agreement.

Dated:                     

 

 

[PURCHASER]

(INSTRUCTION: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the “Signature” line and the “Print Name” line.)

 

2


Exhibit C

Joint Escrow Instructions

 

3


JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                    , Secretary

Address

Address

Dear Sir or Madam:

As Escrow Agent for both NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of Common Stock of the Company (“Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement (“Agreement”), dated [                    ], to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached as Exhibit C, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company or an assignee shall elect to exercise the Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company or its assignee will give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing you are directed (a) to date any stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of Common Stock to be transferred, to the Company against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (which may include suitable acknowledgment of cancellation of indebtedness) of the number of shares of Common Stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as specified in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as the Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities and other property all documents of assignment and/or transfer and all stock certificates necessary or appropriate to make all securities negotiable and complete any transaction herein contemplated.

4. This escrow shall terminate upon expiration or exercise in full of the Repurchase Option, whichever occurs first.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of same to Purchaser at Purchaser’s request, and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that if at the time of termination of this escrow you are advised by the Company that the property subject to this escrow is the subject of a pledge or other security agreement, you shall deliver all such property to the pledgeholder or other person designated by the Company.


6. Except as otherwise provided in these Joint Escrow Instructions, your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or their assignees. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree of any court, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authority or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under any statute of limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be Secretary of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company may appoint any officer or assistant officer of the Company as successor Escrow Agent and Purchaser hereby confirms the appointment of such successor or successors as the Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent to the full extent of your appointment.

12. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

13. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such dispute shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

2


14. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, including delivery by express courier or five days after deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties hereunto entitled at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto:

 

COMPANY:    Nimble Storage, Inc.   
   2740 Zanker Road, Suite 200   
   San Jose, CA 95134   
PURCHASER:   

[Purchaser]

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
ESCROW AGENT:    Aparna Bawa, Secretary   
   Nimble Storage, Inc.   
  

2740 Zanker Road, Suite 200

San Jose, CA 95134

  

15. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

16. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts (including without limitation the firm of Fenwick & West LLP) as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder. You may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor. The Company shall be responsible for all fees generated by such legal counsel in connection with your obligations hereunder.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. It is understood and agreed that references to “you” or “your” herein refer to the original Escrow Agent and to any and all successor Escrow Agents. It is understood and agreed that the Company may at any time or from time to time assign its rights under the Agreement and these Joint Escrow Instructions in whole or in part.

 

3


18. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied by California courts to contracts made and to be performed entirely in California by residents of that state.

 

    Very truly yours,
    NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
    By:  

 

      [Suresh Vasudevan,
      President and Chief Executive Officer]
    PURCHASER:
   

 

ESCROW AGENT:     [Purchaser]

 

   
[Aparna Bawa, Secretary]      

 

4


Exhibit D

83(b) Election


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Nimble Storage, Inc.

2740 Zanker Road, Suite 200

San Jose, CA 95134

Date of Exercise:                     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):    Incentive ¨            Nonstatutory ¨   
Stock option dated (the “Option”):         
Number of shares as to which option is exercised:         
Certificates to be issued in name of:         
Total exercise price:    $                  
Cash payment delivered herewith:    $                  

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Nimble Storage, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and the Stock Option Agreement for this Option, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to this exercise of the Option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon this option exercise that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of the Option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon this option exercise.

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “Shares”), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon this exercise of the Option:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and “control securities” under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.


I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety (90) days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the “Lock-Up Period”). I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are reasonably intended to give further effect thereto. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this paragraph and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Print Name

 

2


NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby awards to Participant the number of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) set forth below (the “Award”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Notice”), the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Award Agreement”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Award Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Award Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

Participant:

Date of Grant:

Vesting Commencement Date:

Number of RSUs:

 

Vesting Schedule:    The Award vests as to 1/4th of the RSUs (rounded down to the nearest whole RSU) 12 months after the Vesting Commencement Date, with the balance vesting as to 1/8th of the RSUs (rounded down to the nearest whole RSU) every 6 months thereafter, subject to Participant’s Continuous Service with the Company through each such vesting date. Each installment of RSUs that vests hereunder is a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).
Issuance Schedule:    Subject to any change on a Capitalization Adjustment, one share of Common Stock will be issued for each RSU that vests at the time set forth in Section 6 of the Award Agreement.

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Notice, the Award Agreement, the Plan and the Rule 701(e) Information Statement (i.e., stock plan prospectus) for the Plan. As of the Date of Grant, this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the Award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the terms of the Award, with the exception, if applicable, of (i) the written employment agreement or offer letter agreement entered into between the Company and Participant specifying the terms that should govern this specific Award, and (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law. By accepting this Award, Participant consents to receive Plan documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.     PARTICIPANT:
By:  

 

   

 

  Signature     Signature
Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

Date:  

 

     

 

ATTACHMENTS:    Award Agreement, 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, Rule 701(e) Information Statement


NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) has awarded you a Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Award”) that is subject to its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Agreement”), for the number of Restricted Stock Units indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

1. GRANT OF THE AWARD. The Award represents your right to be issued on a future date one share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests.

2. VESTING. Your Restricted Stock Units will vest as provided in the Grant Notice. Vesting will cease on the termination of your Continuous Service. Any Restricted Stock Units that have not yet vested will be forfeited on the termination of your Continuous Service.

3. ADJUSTMENTS TO NUMBER OF RSUS & SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.

(a) The Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.

(b) Any additional Restricted Stock Units and any shares, cash or other property that become subject to the Award will be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the terms of the Award, including the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units and shares covered by your Award.

(c) You have no rights to be issued any fractional share of Common Stock or cash in lieu of such fractional share under this Award. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.

4. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. You will not be issued any Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units or other shares with respect to your Restricted Stock Units unless either (i) the shares are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

5. TRANSFERABILITY. Prior to the time that shares of Common Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of any portion of the


Restricted Stock Units or the shares in respect of your Restricted Stock Units. For example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Restricted Stock Units as security for a loan, nor may you transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares. This restriction on transfer will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Death. Your Restricted Stock Units are not transferable other than by will and by the laws of descent and distribution. At your death, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, Common Stock or other consideration under this Award.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. If you receive written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your right to receive the distribution of Common Stock or other consideration under your Restricted Stock Units, in accordance with a domestic relations order or official marital settlement agreement that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss with the Company’s General Counsel the proposed terms of any such transfer prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to verify that you may make such transfer, and if so, to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. The Company is not obligated to allow you to transfer your Award in connection with your domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.

6. DATE OF ISSUANCE.

(a) The issuance of shares in respect of the Restricted Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner.

(b) Subject to the satisfaction of the withholding obligations set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement, if one or more Restricted Stock Units vests, the Company will issue to you, within 30 days following the applicable vesting date, one share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests.

7. DIVIDENDS. You will receive no benefit or adjustment to your Restricted Stock Units with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution except as provided in the Plan with respect to a Capitalization Adjustment.

8. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS. The Common Stock issued with respect to your Restricted Stock Units will be endorsed with appropriate legends determined by the Company.

9. AWARD NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your Continuous Service is not for any specified term and may be terminated by you or by the Company or an Affiliate at any time, for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. Nothing in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Restricted Stock Units or the issuance of the shares subject to your Restricted Stock Units), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair

 

2


dealing that may be found implicit in this Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ or service of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

10. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) On each vesting date, and on or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you agree to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your Award (the “Withholding Taxes”). Specifically, the Company or an Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing you to tender a cash payment (which may be in the form of a check, electronic wire transfer or other method permitted by the Company); (ii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “FINRA Dealer”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered in connection with your Restricted Stock Units to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates; or (iii) subject to the approval of the Company, withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with your Restricted Stock Units with a fair market value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld will not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income.

(b) Unless the Withholding Taxes of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company will have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.

(c) If the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

11. UNSECURED OBLIGATION. Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of vested Restricted Stock Units, you will be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares or other property pursuant to this

 

3


Agreement. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

12. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this Award, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

13. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award, and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

(d) This Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

14. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Your Award (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Award) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise

 

4


required by applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a Resignation for Good Reason, or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

15. SEVERABILITY. If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

16. EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The value of the Award subject to this Agreement will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating the Employee’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

17. AMENDMENT. Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing, signed by a duly authorized representative of the Company. The Board reserves the right to amend this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, interpretation, ruling, or judicial decision.

18. COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE. This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). However, if this Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise not exempt from, and therefore deemed to be deferred compensation subject to, Section 409A of the Code, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled dates and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

19. NO OBLIGATION TO MINIMIZE TAXES. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this Award and will not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this Award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

 

5


20. RESTRICTIONS ON COMMON STOCK.

(a) Lock-Up Period. You agree that following receipt of the Common Stock underlying the RSUs, you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the IPO Date or such longer period as is necessary to permit compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You also agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. To enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions on your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third-party beneficiaries of this paragraph and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

(b) Right of First Refusal. Shares of Common Stock that you receive under this Award are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Participant receives the shares of Common Stock. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the closing of the IPO.

(c) Right of Repurchase. The Company may elect (but is not obligated) to repurchase all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock that you acquired pursuant to the RSUs (the Company’s “Repurchase Right”). The Repurchase Right will be available for ninety (90) days following the later of (i) your termination of Continuous Service or (ii) your receipt of shares of Common Stock underlying the RSUs. However, this Repurchase Right will expire immediately upon an IPO. If, from time to time, there is any Capitalization Adjustment of the outstanding stock of the Company, the stock of which is subject to the provisions of the RSUs, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which you are entitled by reason of your ownership of the shares acquired pursuant to the RSUs will be immediately subject to this Repurchase Right with the same force and effect as the shares subject to this Repurchase Right immediately before such event. The Company may exercise its Repurchase Right only for cash. The repurchase price of the shares of Common Stock will be equal to the Fair Market Value on the date of repurchase. The Company may exercise its Repurchase Right by providing written notice of exercise of its Repurchase Right to you. Such notice will specify the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Company is exercising its Repurchase Right, the repurchase price for the shares of Common Stock, and the other terms and conditions of the repurchase. The notice will be accompanied by payment for the shares of Common Stock. To ensure that the shares subject to the Company’s Repurchase Right will be available for repurchase by the Company, the Company may require you to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the shares upon receipt with an escrow agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of delivery of your shares, the Company reserves the right at any time to require you to so deposit the certificate(s) in escrow. As soon as practicable after

 

6


the expiration of the Company’s Repurchase Right, the agent will deliver to you the shares of Common Stock and any other property no longer subject to such restriction. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of its Repurchase Right, the notices required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company for the shares, the escrow agent will deliver the shares of Common Stock that the Company has purchased to the Company and will deliver the payment received from the Company to you.

 

7


EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, and any Parents and Subsidiaries that exist now or in the future, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through the grant of Awards. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in the text are defined in Section 28.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

2.1. Number of Shares Available. Subject to Sections 2.6 and 21 and any other applicable provisions hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan as of the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board, is the lesser of 15,000,000 Shares or 9% of Common Stock and Common Stock equivalents (including options, RSUs, warrants and the pool of available Shares under the Plan and the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (it being understood that this calculation will be done collectively with the calculation of the pool of available Shares under the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan)) outstanding on the date of consummation of the initial public offering of Common Stock plus (i) any reserved shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”) on the Effective Date (as defined below), (ii) shares that are subject to stock options or other awards granted under the Prior Plan that cease to be subject to such stock options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise after the Effective Date, (iii) shares issued under the Prior Plan before or after the Effective Date pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are, after the Effective Date, forfeited, (iv) shares issued under the Prior Plan that are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price and (v) shares that are subject to stock options or other awards under the Prior Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award.

2.2. Lapsed, Returned Awards. Shares subject to Awards, and Shares issued under the Plan under any Award, will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with subsequent Awards under this Plan to the extent such Shares: (a) are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option or SAR granted under this Plan but which cease to be subject to the Option or SAR for any reason other than exercise of the Option or SAR; (b) are subject to Awards granted under this Plan that are forfeited or are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price; (c) are subject to Awards granted under this Plan that otherwise terminate without such Shares being issued; or (d) are surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, Shares that otherwise become available for grant and issuance because of the provisions of this Section 2.2 shall not include Shares subject to Awards that initially became available because of the substitution clause in Section 21.2 hereof.

2.3. Minimum Share Reserve. At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding Awards granted under this Plan.

2.4. Automatic Share Reserve Increase. The number of Shares available for grant and issuance under the Plan shall be automatically increased February 1 of each of the calendar years 2014 through 2022, by the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of the number of Shares issued and outstanding on each January 31 immediately prior to the date of increase or (ii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.


2.5. Limitations. No more than three hundred million (300,000,000) Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs.

2.6. Adjustment of Shares. If the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance and future grant under the Plan set forth in Section 2.1, including shares reserved under sub-clauses (i)-(v) of Section 2.1, (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and SARs, (c) the number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards, (d) the maximum number of shares that may be issued as ISOs set forth in Section 2.5, and (e) the maximum number of Shares that may be issued to an individual or to a new Employee in any one calendar year set forth in Section 3 or to a Non-Employee Director in Section 12 shall be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and in compliance with applicable securities laws; provided that fractions of a Share will not be issued.

3. ELIGIBILITY. ISOs may be granted only to eligible Employees. All other Awards may be granted to Employees, Consultants, Directors and Non-Employee Directors; provided such Consultants, Directors and Non-Employee Directors render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. No Participant will be eligible to be granted more than One Million (1,000,000) Shares in any calendar year under this Plan pursuant to the grant of Awards except that new Employees (including new Employees who are also officers and directors of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate) are eligible to be granted up to a maximum of Two Million (2,000,000) Shares in the calendar year in which they commence their employment.

4. ADMINISTRATION.

4.1. Committee Composition; Authority. This Plan will be administered by the Committee or by the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan, except, however, the Board shall establish the terms for the grant of an Award to Non-Employee Directors. The Committee will have the authority to:

(a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;

(b) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan or any Award;

(c) select persons to receive Awards;

(d) determine the form and terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may vest and be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria) or settled, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, the method to satisfy tax withholding obligations or any other tax liability legally due, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Committee will determine;

(e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards;

 

2


(f) determine the Fair Market Value and interpret the applicable provisions of this Plan and the definition of Fair Market Value in connection with circumstances that impact the Fair Market Value, if necessary;

(g) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(h) grant waivers of Plan or Award conditions;

(i) determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards;

(j) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement;

(k) determine whether an Award has been earned;

(l) determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;

(m) reduce or waive any criteria with respect to Performance Factors;

(n) adjust Performance Factors to take into account changes in law and accounting or tax rules as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships provided that such adjustments are consistent with the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to persons whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code;

(o) adopt terms and conditions, rules and/or procedures (including the adoption of any subplan under this Plan) relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate requirements of local law and procedures outside of the United States;

(p) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan; and

(q) delegate any of the foregoing to a subcommittee consisting of one or more executive officers pursuant to a specific delegation as permitted by applicable law, including Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

4.2. Committee Interpretation and Discretion. Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award shall be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan or Award, at any later time, and such determination shall be final and binding on the Company and all persons having an interest in any Award under the Plan. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be submitted by the Participant or Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participant. The Committee may delegate to one or more executive officers the authority to review and resolve disputes with respect to Awards held by Participants who are not Insiders, and such resolution shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participant.

4.3. Section 162(m) of the Code and Section 16 of the Exchange Act. When necessary or desirable for an Award to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code the Committee shall include at least two persons who are “outside directors” (as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code) and at least two (or a majority if more than two then serve on the Committee) such “outside directors” shall approve the grant of such Award and timely determine (as

 

3


applicable) the Performance Period and any Performance Factors upon which vesting or settlement of any portion of such Award is to be subject. When required by Section 162(m) of the Code, prior to settlement of any such Award at least two (or a majority if more than two then serve on the Committee) such “outside directors” then serving on the Committee shall determine and certify in writing the extent to which such Performance Factors have been timely achieved and the extent to which the Shares subject to such Award have thereby been earned. Awards granted to Participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act must be approved by two or more “non-employee directors” (as defined in the regulations promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act). With respect to Participants whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, and provided that such adjustments are consistent with the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may adjust the performance goals to account for changes in law and accounting and to make such adjustments as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships, including without limitation (i) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring charges, (ii) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Company’s management, or (iii) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles.

4.4. Documentation. The Award Agreement for a given Award, the Plan and any other documents may be delivered to, and accepted by, a Participant or any other person in any manner (including electronic distribution or posting) that meets applicable legal requirements.

4.5. Foreign Award Recipients. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws and practices in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan which may include individuals who provide services to the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate under an agreement with a foreign nation or agency; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States or foreign nationals to comply with applicable foreign laws, policies, customs and practices; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 2.1 hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, or any other applicable law.

5. OPTIONS. An Option is the right but not the obligation to purchase a Share, subject to certain conditions, if applicable. The Committee may grant Options to eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ISOs”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“NSOs”), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may vest and be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

5.1. Option Grant. Each Option granted under this Plan will identify the Option as an ISO or an NSO. An Option may be, but need not be, awarded upon satisfaction of such Performance Factors during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participant’s individual Award Agreement. If the Option is being earned upon the satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for each Option; and (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Options that are subject to different performance goals and other criteria.

 

4


5.2. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, or a specified future date. The Award Agreement will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

5.3. Exercise Period. Options may be vested and exercisable within the times or upon the conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement governing such Option; provided, however, that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and provided further that no ISO granted to a person who, at the time the ISO is granted, directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (“Ten Percent Stockholder”) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

5.4. Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted; provided that: (i) the Exercise Price of an Option will be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant and (ii) the Exercise Price of any ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder will not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 11 and the Award Agreement and in accordance with any procedures established by the Company.

5.5. Method of Exercise. Any Option granted hereunder will be vested and exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Committee may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Committee and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 2.6 of the Plan. Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(a) Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason except for Cause or the Participant’s death or Disability, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the date Participant’s Service terminates no later than three (3) months after the date Participant’s Service terminates (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the date Participant’s Service terminates deemed to be the exercise of an NSO), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

(b) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Participant’s death (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after Participant’s Service terminates other than for Cause or because of the Participant’s Disability), then the Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the

 

5


extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the date Participant’s Service terminates and must be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative, or authorized assignee, no later than eighteen (18) months after the date Participant’s Service terminates (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

(c) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Participant’s Disability, then the Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the date Participant’s Service terminates and must be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months after the date Participant’s Service terminates (with any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the date Participant’s Service terminates when the termination of Service is for a Disability that is not a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (b) twelve (12) months after the date Participant’s Service terminates when the termination of Service is for a Disability that is a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be exercise of an NSO), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

(d) Cause. If the Participant is terminated for Cause, then Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s date of termination of Service, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee, but in any no event later than the expiration date of the Options. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, Cause shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

5.6. Limitations on Exercise. The Committee may specify a minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent any Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

5.7. Limitations on ISOs. With respect to Awards granted as ISOs, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which such ISOs are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as NSOs. For purposes of this Section 5.7, ISOs will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

5.8. Modification, Extension or Renewal. The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. Subject to Section 18 of this Plan, by written notice to affected Participants, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of such Participants; provided, however, that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the Fair Market Value on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.

5.9. No Disqualification. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant affected, to disqualify any ISO under Section 422 of the Code.

6. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS. A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director Shares that are subject to restrictions (“Restricted

 

6


Stock”). The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the Participant may purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions under which the Shares will be subject and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the Plan.

6.1. Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award will be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided in an Award Agreement, a Participant accepts a Restricted Stock Award by signing and delivering to the Company an Award Agreement with full payment of the Purchase Price, within thirty (30) days from the date the Award Agreement was delivered to the Participant. If the Participant does not accept such Award within thirty (30) days, then the offer of such Restricted Stock Award will terminate, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

6.2. Purchase Price. The Purchase Price for a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee and may be less than Fair Market Value on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted. Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan, and the Award Agreement and in accordance with any procedures established by the Company.

6.3. Terms of Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted Stock Awards will be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose or are required by law. These restrictions may be based on completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon completion of Performance Factors, if any, during any Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participant’s Award Agreement. Prior to the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Committee shall: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the Restricted Stock Award; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure performance goals, if any; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant. Performance Periods may overlap and a Participant may participate simultaneously with respect to Restricted Stock Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and having different performance goals and other criteria.

6.4. Termination of Service. Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).

7. STOCK BONUS AWARDS. A Stock Bonus Award is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director of Shares for Services to be rendered or for past Services already rendered to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary. All Stock Bonus Awards shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement. No payment from the Participant will be required for Shares awarded pursuant to a Stock Bonus Award.

7.1. Terms of Stock Bonus Awards. The Committee will determine the number of Shares to be awarded to the Participant under a Stock Bonus Award and any restrictions thereon. These restrictions may be based upon completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon satisfaction of performance goals based on Performance Factors during any Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participant’s Stock Bonus Agreement. Prior to the grant of any Stock Bonus Award the Committee shall: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the Stock Bonus Award; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure performance goals; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant. Performance Periods may overlap and a Participant may participate simultaneously with respect to Stock Bonus Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.

7.2. Form of Payment to Participant. Payment may be made in the form of cash, whole Shares, or a combination thereof, based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares earned under a Stock Bonus Award on the date of payment, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

 

7


7.3. Termination of Service. Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).

8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. A Stock Appreciation Right (“SAR”) is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director that may be settled in cash, or Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock), having a value equal to (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price multiplied by (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is being settled (subject to any maximum number of Shares that may be issuable as specified in an Award Agreement). All SARs shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.

8.1. Terms of SARs. The Committee will determine the terms of each SAR including, without limitation: (a) the number of Shares subject to the SAR; (b) the Exercise Price and the time or times during which the SAR may be settled; (c) the consideration to be distributed on settlement of the SAR; and (d) the effect of the Participant’s termination of Service on each SAR. The Exercise Price of the SAR will be determined by the Committee when the SAR is granted, and may not be less than Fair Market Value. A SAR may be awarded upon satisfaction of Performance Factors, if any, during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participant’s individual Award Agreement. If the SAR is being earned upon the satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for each SAR; and (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to SARs that are subject to different Performance Factors and other criteria.

8.2. Exercise Period and Expiration Date. A SAR will be exercisable within the times or upon the occurrence of events determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement governing such SAR. The SAR Agreement shall set forth the expiration date; provided that no SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the SAR is granted. The Committee may also provide for SARs to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise (including, without limitation, upon the attainment during a Performance Period of performance goals based on Performance Factors), in such number of Shares or percentage of the Shares subject to the SAR as the Committee determines. Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on the date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 5.6 also will apply to SARs.

8.3. Form of Settlement. Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying (i) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price; times (ii) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. At the discretion of the Committee, the payment from the Company for the SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof. The portion of a SAR being settled may be paid currently or on a deferred basis with such interest or dividend equivalent, if any, as the Committee determines, provided that the terms of the SAR and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

8.4. Termination of Service. Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).

9. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS. A Restricted Stock Unit (“RSU”) is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director covering a number of Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock). All RSUs shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.

 

8


9.1. Terms of RSUs. The Committee will determine the terms of an RSU including, without limitation: (a) the number of Shares subject to the RSU; (b) the time or times during which the RSU may be settled; (c) the consideration to be distributed on settlement; and (d) the effect of the Participant’s termination of Service on each RSU. An RSU may be awarded upon satisfaction of such performance goals based on Performance Factors during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participant’s Award Agreement. If the RSU is being earned upon satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the RSU; (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any; and (z) determine the number of Shares deemed subject to the RSU. Performance Periods may overlap and participants may participate simultaneously with respect to RSUs that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.

9.2. Form and Timing of Settlement. Payment of earned RSUs shall be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may settle earned RSUs in cash, Shares, or a combination of both. The Committee may also permit a Participant to defer payment under a RSU to a date or dates after the RSU is earned provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

9.3. Termination of Service. Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).

10. PERFORMANCE AWARDS. A Performance Award is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director of a cash bonus or an award of Performance Shares denominated in Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock). Grants of Performance Awards shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.

10.1. Terms of Performance Shares. The Committee will determine, and each Award Agreement shall set forth, the terms of each Performance Award including, without limitation: (a) the amount of any cash bonus, (b) the number of Shares deemed subject to an award of Performance Shares; (c) the Performance Factors and Performance Period that shall determine the time and extent to which each award of Performance Shares shall be settled; (d) the consideration to be distributed on settlement, and (e) the effect of the Participant’s termination of Service on each Performance Award. In establishing Performance Factors and the Performance Period the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period; (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used; and (z) determine the number of Shares deemed subject to the award of Performance Shares. Prior to settlement the Committee shall determine the extent to which Performance Awards have been earned. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Performance Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria. No Participant will be eligible to receive more than $1,000,000 in Performance Awards in any calendar year under this Plan.

10.2. Value, Earning and Timing of Performance Shares. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding Performance Factors or other vesting provisions have been achieved. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

 

9


10.3. Termination of Service. Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).

11. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES. Payment from a Participant for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash or by check or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law (and to the extent not otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement):

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;

(b) by surrender of shares of the Company held by the Participant that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Award will be exercised or settled;

(c) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant for services rendered or to be rendered to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(d) by consideration received by the Company pursuant to a broker-assisted or other form of cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;

(e) by any combination of the foregoing; or

(f) by any other method of payment as is permitted by applicable law.

12. GRANTS TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS. Non-Employee Directors are eligible to receive any type of Award offered under this Plan except ISOs. Awards pursuant to this Section 12 may be automatically made pursuant to policy adopted by the Board, or made from time to time as determined in the discretion of the Board. The aggregate number of Shares subject to Awards granted to a Non-Employee Director pursuant to this Section 12 in any calendar year shall not exceed 1,000,000.

12.1. Eligibility. Awards pursuant to this Section 12 shall be granted only to Non-Employee Directors. A Non-Employee Director who is elected or re-elected as a member of the Board will be eligible to receive an Award under this Section 12.

12.2. Vesting, Exercisability and Settlement. Except as set forth in Section 21, Awards shall vest, become exercisable and be settled as determined by the Board. With respect to Options and SARs, the exercise price granted to Non-Employee Directors shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time that such Option or SAR is granted.

12.3. Election to receive Awards in Lieu of Cash. A Non-Employee Director may elect to receive his or her annual retainer payments and/or meeting fees from the Company in the form of cash or Awards or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Such Awards shall be issued under the Plan. An election under this Section 12.3 shall be filed with the Company on the form prescribed by the Company.

13. WITHHOLDING TAXES.

13.1. Withholding Generally. Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan or the applicable tax event occurs, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company, or to the Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate employing the Participant, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable U.S. federal, state, local and international withholding tax requirements or any other tax or social insurance liability legally due from the Participant prior to the delivery of Shares pursuant to exercise or settlement of any Award. Whenever payments in satisfaction of Awards granted

 

10


under this Plan are to be made in cash, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable U.S. federal, state, local and international withholding tax and social insurance requirements or any other tax liability legally due from the Participant.

13.2. Stock Withholding. The Committee, or its delegate(s), as permitted by applicable law, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time and to limitations of local law, may require or permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation or any other tax liability legally due from the Participant, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld or (iv) withholding from the proceeds of the sale of otherwise deliverable Shares acquired pursuant to an Award either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

14. TRANSFERABILITY.

14.1. Transfer Generally. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee or pursuant to Section 14.2, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. If the Committee makes an Award transferable, including, without limitation, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Awards are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift or by domestic relations order to a Permitted Transferee, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. All Awards shall be exercisable: (i) during the Participant’s lifetime only by (A) the Participant, or (B) the Participant’s guardian or legal representative; (ii) after the Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s heirs or legatees; and (iii) in the case of all awards except ISOs, by a Permitted Transferee.

14.2. Award Transfer Program. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee shall have all discretion and authority to determine and implement the terms and conditions of any Award Transfer Program instituted pursuant to this Section 14.2 and shall have the authority to amend the terms of any Award participating, or otherwise eligible to participate in, the Award Transfer Program, including (but not limited to) the authority to (i) amend (including to extend) the expiration date, post-termination exercise period and/or forfeiture conditions of any such Award, (ii) amend or remove any provisions of the Award relating to the Award holder’s continued service to the Company or its Parent or any Subsidiary, (iii) amend the permissible payment methods with respect to the exercise or purchase of any such Award, (iv) amend the adjustments to be implemented in the event of changes in the capitalization and other similar events with respect to such Award, and (v) make such other changes to the terms of such Award as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion.

15. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP; RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES.

15.1. Voting and Dividends. No Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant, except for any dividend equivalent rights permitted by an applicable Award Agreement. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided, that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock; provided, further, that the Participant will have no right to retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Shares that are repurchased at the Participant’s Purchase Price or Exercise Price, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 15.2.

 

11


15.2. Restrictions on Shares. At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) a right to repurchase (a “Right of Repurchase”) a portion of any or all Unvested Shares held by a Participant following such Participant’s termination of Service at any time within ninety (90) days (or such longer or shorter time determined by the Committee) after the later of the date Participant’s Service terminates and the date the Participant purchases Shares under this Plan, for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, at the Participant’s Purchase Price or Exercise Price, as the case may be.

16. CERTIFICATES. All Shares or other securities whether or not certificated, delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable U.S. federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted and any non-U.S. exchange controls or securities law restrictions to which the Shares are subject.

17. ESCROW; PLEDGE OF SHARES. To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of the Participant’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided, however, that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant’s Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, the Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

18. REPRICING; EXCHANGE AND BUYOUT OF AWARDS. Without prior stockholder approval, the Committee may (i) reprice Options or SARs (and where such repricing is a reduction in the Exercise Price of outstanding Options or SARs, the consent of the affected Participants is not required provided written notice is provided to them, notwithstanding any adverse tax consequences to them arising from the repricing), and (ii) with the consent of the respective Participants (unless not required pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Plan), pay cash or issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any, or all, outstanding Awards.

19. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE. An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable U.S. and foreign federal and state securities and exchange control laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal or foreign law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any foreign or state securities laws, exchange control laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

 

12


20. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY. Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time.

21. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

21.1. Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor. In the event of a Corporate Transaction any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption or replacement shall be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to stockholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant. In the event such successor or acquiring corporation (if any) refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a Corporate Transaction, then notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, such Awards shall have their vesting accelerate as to all shares subject to such Award (and any applicable right of repurchase fully lapse) immediately prior to the Corporate Transaction. In addition, following a Corporate Transaction, (a) 50% of the total number of Shares subject to each Award held by an Employee shall become vested if the holder is subject to an Involuntary Termination within 12 months after the Corporate Transaction; and (b) 25% of the total number of Shares subject to each Award held by an Employee shall become vested if the holder is subject to an Involuntary Termination during the period beginning on the first date following the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Corporate Transaction and ending on the twenty-four (24) month anniversary of the Corporate Transaction; it being understood that the vesting acceleration set forth in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) is in addition to vesting of the Shares that has occurred prior to the Involuntary Termination. The Board shall have full power and authority to assign the Company’s right to repurchase or re-acquire or forfeiture rights to such successor or acquiring corporation. In addition, in the event such successor or acquiring corporation refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a Corporate Transaction, the Committee will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that such Award will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and such Award will terminate upon the expiration of such period. Awards need not be treated similarly in a Corporate Transaction. The provisions of this Section 21.1 shall apply to Awards outstanding on the Effective Date under the Prior Plan; provided the vesting acceleration provisions set forth in any employment agreement or letter or similar agreement between the Company and an employee in effect on the Effective Date, to the extent more favorable to such employee, will continue to apply to the equity awards held by the employee on the Effective Date.

21.2. Assumption of Awards by the Company. The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s award; or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the Purchase Price or the Exercise Price, as the case may be, and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise or settlement of any such Award will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option in substitution rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price. Substitute Awards shall not reduce the number of Shares authorized for grant under the Plan or authorized for grant to a Participant in a calendar year.

21.3. Non-Employee Directors’ Awards. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the vesting of all Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall accelerate and such Awards shall become exercisable (as applicable) in full prior to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the Committee determines.

 

13


22. ADOPTION AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. This Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders, consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

23. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW. Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will become effective on the Effective Date and will terminate ten (10) years from the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. This Plan and all Awards granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding its conflict of laws rules).

24. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including, without limitation, amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that the Board will not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such stockholder approval; provided further, that a Participant’s Award shall be governed by the version of this Plan then in effect at the time such Award was granted.

25. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock awards and bonuses otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

26. INSIDER TRADING POLICY. Each Participant who receives an Award shall comply with any policy adopted by the Company from time to time covering transactions in the Company’s securities by Employees, officers and/or directors of the Company.

27. ALL AWARDS SUBJECT TO COMPANY CLAWBACK OR RECOUPMENT POLICY. All Awards, subject to applicable law, shall be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board or required by law during the term of Participant’s employment or other service with the Company that is applicable to executive officers, employees, directors or other service providers of the Company, and in addition to any other remedies available under such policy and applicable law, may require the cancellation of outstanding Awards and the recoupment of any gains realized with respect to Awards.

28. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Plan, and except as elsewhere defined herein, the following terms will have the following meanings:

28.1. Affiliate” means (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee, whether now or hereafter existing.

28.2. Award” means any award under the Plan, including any Option, Restricted Stock, Stock Bonus, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Unit or award of Performance Shares.

28.3. Award Agreement” means, with respect to each Award, the written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award and country-specific appendix thereto for grants to non-U.S. Participants, which shall be in substantially a form (which need not be the same for each Participant) that the Committee (or in the case of Award agreements that are not used for Insiders, the Committee’s delegate(s)) has from time to time approved, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

 

14


28.4. Award Transfer Program” means any program instituted by the Committee which would permit Participants the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity approved by the Committee.

28.5. Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

28.6. Cause” means (i) Participant’s willful failure substantially to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of a Company policy; (ii) Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) Participant’s willful breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company. The determination as to whether a Participant is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time as provided in Section 20 above, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary or Parent, as appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing definition of “Cause” may, in part or in whole, be modified or replaced in each individual employment agreement or Award Agreement with any Participant, provided that such document supersedes the definition provided in this Section 28.6.

28.7. Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

28.8. Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or those persons to whom administration of the Plan, or part of the Plan, has been delegated as permitted by law.

28.9. Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

28.10. Company” means Nimble Storage, Inc., or any successor corporation.

28.11. Consultant” means any person, including an advisor or independent contractor, engaged by the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services to such entity.

28.12. Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subclause (i) the acquisition of additional securities by any one Person who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the securities of the Company will not be considered a Corporate Transaction; (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (iv) any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the stockholders of the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company (except for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company) or (v) a change in the effective control of the Company that occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by member of the Board whose appointment or

 

15


election is not endorsed by as majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purpose of this subclause (v), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Corporate Transaction. For purposes of this definition, Persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Corporate Transaction unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and IRS guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

28.13. Director” means a member of the Board.

28.14. Disability” means in the case of incentive stock options, total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and in the case of other Awards, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

28.15. Effective Date” means the day immediately prior to the date of the underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement that is declared effective by the SEC.

28.16. Employee” means any person, including Officers and Directors, providing services as an employee to the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

28.17. Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

28.18. Exchange Program” means a program pursuant to which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash, the same type of Award or a different Award (or combination thereof) or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced.

28.19. Exercise Price” means, with respect to an Option, the price at which a holder may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of an Option and with respect to a SAR, the price at which the SAR is granted to the holder thereof.

28.20. Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is neither listed nor admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(c) in the case of an Option or SAR grant made on the Effective Date, the price per share at which shares of the Company’s Common Stock are initially offered for sale to the public by the Company’s underwriters in the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act; or

(d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board or the Committee in good faith.

 

16


28.21. Good Reason” means one of the following conditions has come into existence without holder’s consent: (i) a reduction in holder’s base salary by more than 10% (except where there is a general reduction in the total target cash compensation for all similarly situated employees); (ii) a material diminution of holder’s authority, duties or responsibilities; or (iii) a relocation of holder’s principal workplace that increases holder’s one-way commute by at least 30 miles. A resignation for Good Reason will not be deemed to have occurred unless holder gives the Company written notice of the condition within 90 days after the condition comes into existence, the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving holder’s written notice, and holder terminates employment within thirty (30) days following expiration of such cure period.

28.22. Insider” means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Company’s Common Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

28.23. Involuntary Termination” means either (a) termination of Service without Cause or (b) resignation from Service for Good Reason.

28.24. IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

28.25. Non-Employee Director” means a Director who is not an Employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

28.26. Option” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5.

28.27. Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

28.28. Participant” means a person who holds an Award under this Plan.

28.29. Performance Award means cash or stock granted pursuant to Section 10 or Section 12 of the Plan.

28.30. “Performance Factors” means any of the factors selected by the Committee and specified in an Award Agreement, from among the following objective measures, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to the Company as a whole or any business unit or Subsidiary, either individually, alternatively, or in any combination, on a GAAP or non-GAAP basis, and measured, to the extent applicable on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to determine whether the performance goals established by the Committee with respect to applicable Awards have been satisfied:

(a) Profit Before Tax;

(b) Billings;

(c) Revenue;

(d) Net revenue;

 

17


(e) Earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, and net earnings);

(f) Operating income;

(g) Operating margin;

(h) Operating profit;

(i) Controllable operating profit, or net operating profit;

(j) Net Profit;

(k) Gross margin;

(l) Operating expenses or operating expenses as a percentage of revenue;

(m) Net income;

(n) Earnings per share;

(o) Total stockholder return;

(p) Market share;

(q) Return on assets or net assets;

(r) The Company’s stock price;

(s) Growth in stockholder value relative to a pre-determined index;

(t) Return on equity;

(u) Return on invested capital;

(v) Cash Flow (including free cash flow or operating cash flows);

(w) Cash conversion cycle;

(x) Economic value added;

(y) Individual confidential business objectives;

(z) Contract awards or backlog;

(aa) Overhead or other expense reduction;

(bb) Credit rating;

(cc) Strategic plan development and implementation;

(dd) Succession plan development and implementation;

(ee) Improvement in workforce diversity;

 

18


(ff) Customer indicators;

(gg) New product invention or innovation;

(hh) Attainment of research and development milestones;

(ii) Improvements in productivity;

(jj) Bookings;

(kk) Attainment of objective operating goals and employee metrics; and

(ll) Any other metric that is capable of measurement as determined by the Committee.

The Committee may, in recognition of unusual or non-recurring items such as acquisition-related activities or changes in applicable accounting rules, provide for one or more equitable adjustments (based on objective standards) to the Performance Factors to preserve the Committee’s original intent regarding the Performance Factors at the time of the initial award grant. It is within the sole discretion of the Committee to make or not make any such equitable adjustments.

28.31. Performance Period” means the period of service determined by the Committee, not to exceed five (5) years, during which years of service or performance is to be measured for the Award.

28.32. Performance Share” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10 or Section 12 of the Plan.

28.33. Permitted Transferee” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships) of the Employee, any person sharing the Employee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Employee) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Employee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Employee) own more than 50% of the voting interests.

28.34. Plan” means this Nimble Storage, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

28.35. Purchase Price” means the price to be paid for Shares acquired under the Plan, other than Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option or SAR.

28.36. Restricted Stock Award” means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 6 or Section 12 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

28.37. Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 9 or Section 12 of the Plan.

28.38. SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

28.39. Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

28.40. Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Consultant, Director or Non-Employee Director, to the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, subject to such further limitations as may be set forth in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement. An Employee will not be

 

19


deemed to have ceased to provide Service in the case of (i) sick leave, (ii) military leave, or (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute or unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company and issued and promulgated to employees in writing. In the case of any Employee on an approved leave of absence or a reduction in hours worked (for illustrative purposes only, a change in schedule from that of full-time to part-time), the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of or modification of vesting of the Award while on leave from the employ of the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate or during such change in working hours as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Award be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In the event of military leave, if required by applicable laws, vesting shall continue for the longest period that vesting continues under any other statutory or Company approved leave of absence and, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Awards to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave. Except as set forth in this Section 28.40, an employee shall have terminated employment as of the date he or she ceases to provide services (regardless of whether the termination is in breach of local employment laws or is later found to be invalid) and employment shall not be extended by any notice period or garden leave mandated by local law, provided however, that a change in status from an employee to a consultant or advisor shall not terminate the service provider’s Service, unless determined by the Committee, in its discretion. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide Services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide Services.

28.41. Shares” means shares of the Common Stock and the common stock of any successor security.

28.42. Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 8 or Section 12 of the Plan.

28.43. Stock Bonus” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 7 or Section 12 of the Plan.

28.44. Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

28.45. Treasury Regulations” means regulations promulgated by the United States Treasury Department.

28.46. Unvested Shares” means Shares that have not yet vested or are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company (or any successor thereto).

 

20


NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and the Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”). You have been granted an Option to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice of Grant and the Option Agreement.

 

Name:   

 

 
Address:   

 

 
Grant Number:   

 

 
Date of Grant:   

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

 
Exercise price per Share:   

 

 
Total Number of Shares:   

 

 
Type of Option:         Non-Qualified Stock Option
        Incentive Stock Option
Expiration Date:                 , 20     ; This Option expires earlier if your Service terminates earlier, as described in the Stock Option Agreement.
Vesting Schedule:    This Option becomes exercisable with respect to the first 25% of the shares subject to this Option when you complete 12 months of continuous Service from the Vesting Commencement Date. Thereafter, this Option becomes exercisable with respect to an additional 1/48th of the shares subject to this Option when you complete each month of Service.
Additional Terms:    x If this box is checked, the additional terms and conditions set forth on Attachment 1 hereto (as executed by the Company) are applicable and are incorporated herein by reference. No document need be attached as Attachment 1 if the box is not checked.

By accepting this Option, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and the Option Agreement. By accepting this Option, you consent to electronic delivery as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Date:  

 


Attachment 1 to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Additional Terms and Conditions to Notice

Name:

Number of Shares:

Date of Grant:

The following terms and conditions apply to the Option described above and granted pursuant to the Notice of Stock Option Grant to which this Attachment 1 is attached:

OPTION NOT ASSUMED IN CONNECTION WITH CORPORATE TRANSACTION

1. If the Option is not assumed, converted, replaced or substituted by a successor or acquiring corporation (if any) in connection with a Corporate Transaction, the Option shall fully accelerate and become fully exercisable as to all Shares subject to the Option.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION FOLLOWING A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

2. Following a Corporate Transaction, (a) 50% of the total number of Shares subject to the Option shall become vested and fully exercisable if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination within twelve (12) months after the Corporate Transaction; and (b) 25% of the total number of Shares subject to the Option shall become vested and fully exercisable if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination during the period beginning on the first date following the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Corporate Transaction and ending on the twenty-four (24) month anniversary of the Corporate Transaction; it being understood that the vesting acceleration set forth in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) is in addition to vesting of the Shares that has occurred prior to the Involuntary Termination.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Nimble Storage, Inc. has caused this Attachment to be executed by its duly-authorized officer as of the Date of Grant.

 

 

FOR NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

3


STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

You have been granted an Option by Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase Shares (the “Option”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and this Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”).

1. Grant of Option. You have been granted an Option for the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “exercise price”). In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail. If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option (“NSO”).

2. Termination Period.

(a) General Rule. If your Service terminates for any reason except death or Disability, and other than for Cause, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date three months after your termination date. If your Service is terminated for Cause, this Option will expire upon the date of such termination. The Company determines when your Service terminates for all purposes under this Agreement.

(b) Death; Disability. If you die before your Service terminates, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date of death. If your Service terminates because of your Disability, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after your termination date.

(c) No Notice. You are responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following your termination of Service for any reason. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant.

3. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. In the event of your death, Disability, or other cessation of Service, the exercisability of the Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement. This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in a form specified by the Company (the “Exercise Notice”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be delivered in person, by mail, via electronic mail or facsimile or by other authorized method to the Secretary of the Company or other person designated by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate exercise price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of a fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate exercise price and any applicable tax withholding due upon exercise of the Option.

 

1


(c) Exercise by Another. If another person wants to exercise this Option after it has been transferred to him or her in compliance with this Agreement, that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to exercise this Option. That person must also complete the proper Exercise Notice form (as described above) and pay the exercise price (as described below) and any applicable tax withholding due upon exercise of the Option (as described below).

4. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at your election:

(a) your personal check, wire transfer, or a cashier’s check;

(b) certificates for shares of Company stock that you own, along with any forms needed to effect a transfer of those shares to the Company; the value of the shares, determined as of the effective date of the Option exercise, will be applied to the Option exercise price. Instead of surrendering shares of Company stock, you may attest to the ownership of those shares on a form provided by the Company and have the same number of shares subtracted from the Option shares issued to you. However, you may not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, shares of Company stock in payment of the exercise price of your Option if your action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this Option for financial reporting purposes;

(c) cashless exercise through irrevocable directions to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell all or part of the Shares covered by this Option and to deliver to the Company from the sale proceeds an amount sufficient to pay the Option exercise price and any withholding taxes. The balance of the sale proceeds, if any, will be delivered to you. The directions must be given by signing a special notice of exercise form provided by the Company; or

(d) other method authorized by the Company.

5. Non-Transferability of Option. In general, except as provided below, only you may exercise this Option prior to your death. You may not transfer or assign this Option, except as provided below. For instance, you may not sell this Option or use it as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, this Option will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this Option in your will or in a beneficiary designation. However, if this Option is designated as a NSO in the Notice of Grant, then the Committee (as defined in the Plan) may, in its sole discretion, allow you to transfer this Option as a gift to one or more family members. For purposes of this Agreement, “family member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in- law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), any individual sharing your household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which one or more of these individuals have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which you or one or more of these persons control the management of assets, and any entity in which you or one or more of these persons own more than 50% of the voting interest. In addition, if this Option is designated as a NSO in the Notice of Grant, then the Committee may, in its sole discretion, allow you to transfer this Option to your spouse or former spouse pursuant to a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights. The Committee will allow you to transfer this Option only if both you and the transferee(s) execute the forms prescribed by the Committee, which include the consent of the transferee(s) to be bound by this Agreement. This Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or court order and may be exercised during the lifetime of you only by you, your guardian, or legal representative, as permitted in the Plan. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of you.

6. Term of Option. This Option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Grant, which date is 10 years after the grant date (five years after the grant date if this Option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Grant and Section 5.3 of the Plan applies).

 

2


7. Tax Consequences. You should consult a tax advisor for tax consequences relating to this Option in the jurisdiction in which you are subject to tax. YOU SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Exercising the Option. You will not be allowed to exercise this Option unless you make arrangements acceptable to the Company to pay any withholding taxes that may be due as a result of the Option exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If you sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the grant date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, you shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. You agree that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out of the current compensation paid to you.

8. Withholding Taxes and Stock Withholding. Regardless of any action the Company or your actual employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), you acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by you is and remains your responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option grant, including the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items.

Prior to exercise of the Option, you shall pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment on account obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, you authorize the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by you from your wages or other cash compensation paid to you by the Company and/or the Employer. With the Company’s consent, these arrangements may also include, if permissible under local law, (a) withholding Shares that otherwise would be issued to you when you exercise this Option, provided that the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding amount, (b) having the Company withhold taxes from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf pursuant to this authorization), or (c) any other arrangement approved by the Company. The Fair Market Value of these Shares, determined as of the effective date of the Option exercise, will be applied as a credit against the withholding taxes. Finally, you shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of your participation in the Plan or your purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if you fail to comply with your obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this Section.

9. Acknowledgement. The Company and you agree that the Option is granted under and governed by the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and by the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). You: (i) acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Plan prospectus, (ii) represent that you have carefully read and are familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accept the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice of Grant. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice of Grant and the Agreement.

10. Consent to Electronic Delivery of All Plan Documents and Disclosures. By your acceptance of this Option, you consent to the electronic delivery of the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, the Plan, account statements, Plan prospectuses required by the Securities and Exchange Commission, U.S. financial reports of the Company, and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to

 

3


its security holders (including, without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements) or other communications or information related to the Option. Electronic delivery may include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other delivery determined at the Company’s discretion. You acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost if you contact the Company by telephone, through a postal service or electronic mail at [insert email]. You further acknowledge that you will be provided with a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails; similarly, you understand that you must provide on request to the Company or any designated third party a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails. Also, you understand that your consent may be revoked or changed, including any change in the electronic mail address to which documents are delivered (if you have provided an electronic mail address), at any time by notifying the Company of such revised or revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail at [insert email]. Finally, you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery.

11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The Company will not permit anyone to exercise this Option if the issuance of shares at that time would violate any law or regulation, including without limitation all applicable state, federal and foreign laws and regulations and all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer. The Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if any, determined by the Company.

12. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

13. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate your Service, for any reason, with or without Cause.

14. Adjustment. In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in Company stock, the number of Shares covered by this Option and the exercise price per Share may be adjusted pursuant to the Plan.

15. Lock-Up Agreement. In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, you hereby agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any Option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering; provided however that, if during the last seventeen (17) days of the restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or prior to the expiration of the restricted period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16)-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, then, upon the request of the managing underwriter, to the extent required by any FINRA rules, the restrictions imposed by this Section shall continue to apply until the end of the third trading day following the expiration of the fifteen (15)-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. In no event will the restricted period extend beyond two hundred sixteen (216) days after the effective date of the registration statement.

 

4


16. Award Subject to Company Clawback or Recoupment. The Option shall be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board or required by law during the term of your employment or other Service with the Company that is applicable to executive officers, employees, directors or other remedies available under such policy and applicable law may require the cancelation of your Option (whether vested or unvested) and the recoupment of any gains realized with respect to your Option.

This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this Option are superseded. This Agreement may be amended only by another written agreement between the parties.

BY ACCEPTING THIS OPTION, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.

 

5


NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (INTERNATIONAL)

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and the Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”). You have been granted an Option to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice of Grant and the Option Agreement.

 

Name:   

 

 
Address:   

 

 
Grant Number:   

 

 
Date of Grant:   

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

 
Exercise price per Share:   

 

 
Total Number of Shares:   

 

 
Type of Option:    Non-Qualified Stock Option
Expiration Date:                 , 20     ; This Option expires earlier if your Service terminates earlier, as described in the Stock Option Agreement.
Vesting Schedule:    This Option becomes exercisable with respect to the first 25% of the shares subject to this Option when you complete 12 months of continuous Service from the Vesting Commencement Date. Thereafter, this Option becomes exercisable with respect to an additional 1/48th of the shares subject to this Option when you complete each month of Service.
Additional Terms:    x If this box is checked, the additional terms and conditions set forth on Attachment 1 hereto (as executed by the Company) are applicable and are incorporated herein by reference. No document need be attached as Attachment 1 if the box is not checked.

By accepting this Option, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and the Option Agreement. By accepting this Option, you consent to electronic delivery as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Date:  

 


Attachment 1 to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Additional Terms and Conditions to Notice

Name:

Number of Shares:

Date of Grant:

The following terms and conditions apply to the Option described above and granted pursuant to the Notice of Stock Option Grant to which this Attachment 1 is attached:

OPTION NOT ASSUMED IN CONNECTION WITH CORPORATE TRANSACTION

1. If the Option is not assumed, converted, replaced or substituted by a successor or acquiring corporation (if any) in connection with a Corporate Transaction, the Option shall fully accelerate and become fully exercisable as to all Shares subject to the Option.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION FOLLOWING A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

2. Following a Corporate Transaction, (a) 50% of the total number of Shares subject to the Option shall become vested and fully exercisable if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination within twelve (12) months after the Corporate Transaction; and (b) 25% of the total number of Shares subject to the Option shall become vested and fully exercisable if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination during the period beginning on the first date following the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Corporate Transaction and ending on the twenty-four (24) month anniversary of the Corporate Transaction; it being understood that the vesting acceleration set forth in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) is in addition to vesting of the Shares that has occurred prior to the Involuntary Termination.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Nimble Storage, Inc. has caused this Attachment to be executed by its duly-authorized officer as of the Date of Grant.

 

 

FOR NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

By:

  

 

Title:

  

 

 

3


STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INTERNATIONAL)

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

You have been granted an Option by Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase Shares (the “Option”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and this Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”).

1. Grant of Option. You have been granted an Option for the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “exercise price”). In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2. Termination Period.

(a) General Rule. If your Service terminates for any reason except death or Disability, and other than for Cause, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date three months after your termination date. If your Service is terminated for Cause, this Option will expire upon the date of such termination. The Company determines when your Service terminates for all purposes under this Agreement.

(b) Death; Disability. If you die before your Service terminates, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date of death. If your Service terminates because of your Disability, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after your termination date.

(c) No Notice. You are responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following your termination of Service for any reason. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant.

3. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. In the event of your death, Disability, or other cessation of Service, the exercisability of the Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement. This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in a form specified by the Company (the “Exercise Notice”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be delivered in person, by mail, via electronic mail or facsimile or by other authorized method to the Secretary of the Company or other person designated by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate exercise price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of a fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate exercise price and any applicable tax withholding due upon exercise of the Option.

(c) Exercise by Another. If another person wants to exercise this Option after it has been transferred to him or her in compliance with this Agreement, that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to exercise this Option. That person must also complete the proper Exercise Notice form (as described above) and pay the exercise price (as described below) and any applicable tax withholding due upon exercise of the Option (as described below).

 

1


4. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of you:

(a) your personal check, wire transfer, or a cashier’s check;

(b) certificates for shares of Company stock that you own, along with any forms needed to effect a transfer of those shares to the Company; the value of the shares, determined as of the effective date of the Option exercise, will be applied to the Option exercise price. Instead of surrendering shares of Company stock, you may attest to the ownership of those shares on a form provided by the Company and have the same number of shares subtracted from the Option shares issued to you. However, you may not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, shares of Company stock in payment of the exercise price of your Option if your action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this Option for financial reporting purposes;

(c) cashless exercise through irrevocable directions to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell all or part of the Shares covered by this Option and to deliver to the Company from the sale proceeds an amount sufficient to pay the Option exercise price and any withholding taxes. The balance of the sale proceeds, if any, will be delivered to you. The directions must be given by signing a special notice of exercise form provided by the Company; or

(d) other method authorized by the Company.

5. Non-Transferability of Option. In general, except as provided below, only you may exercise this Option prior to your death. You may not transfer or assign this Option, except as provided below. For instance, you may not sell this Option or use it as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, this Option will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this Option in your will or in a beneficiary designation. However, the Committee (as defined in the Plan) may, in its sole discretion, allow you to transfer this Option as a gift to one or more family members. For purposes of this Agreement, “family member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in- law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), any individual sharing your household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which one or more of these individuals have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which you or one or more of these persons control the management of assets, and any entity in which you or one or more of these persons own more than 50% of the voting interest. In addition, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, allow you to transfer this Option to your spouse or former spouse pursuant to a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights. The Committee will allow you to transfer this Option only if both you and the transferee(s) execute the forms prescribed by the Committee, which include the consent of the transferee(s) to be bound by this Agreement. This Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or court order and may be exercised during the lifetime of you only by you, your guardian, or legal representative, as permitted in the Plan. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of you.

6. Term of Option. This Option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Grant, which date is 10 years after the grant date.

7. Tax Consequences. You should consult a tax advisor for tax consequences relating to this Option in the jurisdiction in which you are subject to tax. YOU SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES. You will not be allowed to exercise this Option unless you make arrangements acceptable to the Company to pay any withholding taxes that may be due as a result of the Option exercise.

 

2


8. Withholding Taxes and Stock Withholding. Regardless of any action the Company or your actual employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), you acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by you is and remains your responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (a) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option grant, including the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (b) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items.

Prior to exercise of the Option, you shall pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment on account obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, you authorize the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by you from your wages or other cash compensation paid to you by the Company and/or the Employer. With the Company’s consent, these arrangements may also include, if permissible under local law, (i) withholding Shares that otherwise would be issued to you when you exercise this Option, provided that the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding amount, (ii) having the Company withhold taxes from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf pursuant to this authorization), or (iii) any other arrangement approved by the Company. The Fair Market Value of these Shares, determined as of the effective date of the Option exercise, will be applied as a credit against the withholding taxes. Finally, you shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of your participation in the Plan or your purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if you fail to comply with your obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this Section.

9. Acknowledgement. The Company and you agree that the Option is granted under and governed by the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and by the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). You: (a) acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Plan prospectus, (b) represent that you have carefully read and are familiar with their provisions, and (c) hereby accept the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice of Grant. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice of Grant and the Agreement.

10. Consent to Electronic Delivery of All Plan Documents and Disclosures. By your acceptance of this Option, you consent to the electronic delivery of the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, the Plan, account statements, Plan prospectuses required by the Securities and Exchange Commission, U.S. financial reports of the Company, and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements) or other communications or information related to the Option. Electronic delivery may include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other delivery determined at the Company’s discretion. You acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost if you contact the Company by telephone, through a postal service or electronic mail at [insert email]. You further acknowledge that you will be provided with a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails; similarly, you understand that you must provide on request to the Company or any designated third party a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails. Also, you understand that your consent may be revoked or changed, including any change in the electronic mail address to which documents are delivered (if you have provided an electronic mail address), at any time by notifying the Company of such revised or revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail at [insert email]. Finally, you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery.

 

3


11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The Company will not permit anyone to exercise this Option if the issuance of shares at that time would violate any law or regulation, including without limitation all applicable state, federal and foreign laws and regulations and all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer. The Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if any, determined by the Company.

12. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

13. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, to terminate your Service, for any reason, with or without Cause, subject to applicable law.

14. Adjustment. In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in Company stock, the number of Shares covered by this Option and the exercise price per Share may be adjusted pursuant to the Plan.

15. Lock-Up Agreement. In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, you hereby agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any Option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering; provided however that, if during the last seventeen (17) days of the restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or prior to the expiration of the restricted period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16)-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, then, upon the request of the managing underwriter, to the extent required by any FINRA rules, the restrictions imposed by this Section shall continue to apply until the end of the third trading day following the expiration of the fifteen (15)-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. In no event will the restricted period extend beyond two hundred sixteen (216) days after the effective date of the registration statement.

16. Award Subject to Company Clawback or Recoupment. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Option shall be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board or required by law during the term of your employment or other Service with the Company that is applicable to executive officers, employees, directors or other remedies available under such policy and applicable law may require the cancelation of your Option (whether vested or unvested) and the recoupment of any gains realized with respect to your Option.

17. Nature of Grant. In accepting the grant, you acknowledge that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time;

 

4


(b) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) you are voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the Option and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option are an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any;

(f) the Option and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(g) the Option and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company, the Employer, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate;

(h) the Option and your participation in the Plan will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate;

(i) the future value of the underlying shares of Common Stock is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(j) in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from termination of your Service with the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and you irrevocably release the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, you shall be deemed irrevocably to have waive any entitlement to pursue such claim;

(k) in the event of termination of your Service (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), your right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that you are no longer actively providing Services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law (e.g., active service would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to local law); the Board/Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when you are no longer actively providing Services for purposes of the Option; notwithstanding the foregoing, if your Service terminates due to your death, the Option will be fully vested as of the date of death; and

(l) the Option and the benefits under the Plan, if any, will not automatically transfer to another company in the case of a merger, take-over or transfer of liability.

18. Data Privacy. (a) You hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this Agreement and any other award materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company, and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan.

(b) You understand that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about you, including but not limited to, your name, home address and telephone

 

5


number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of Common Stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock granted, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

(c) You understand that Data will be transferred to any third parties assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. You understand that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You understand that you may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting your local human resources representative. You authorize the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage your participation in the Plan. You understand that you may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing your local human resources representative. You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of your refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, you understand that you may contact your local human resources representative.

19. Non-U.S. Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the Option shall be subject to the special terms and conditions set forth in any addendum to this Agreement (the “Non-U.S. Addendum”) for your country. Moreover, if you relocate to one of the countries included in the Non-U.S. Addendum, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to you, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan. The Non-U.S. Addendum constitutes part of this Agreement.

This Agreement (including the Non-U.S. Addendum) and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this Option are superseded. This Agreement may be amended only by another written agreement between the parties.

BY ACCEPTING THIS OPTION, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.

 

6


Non-U.S. Addendum

 

7


NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT – CEO FORM

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and the Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”). You have been granted an Option to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice of Grant and the Option Agreement.

 

Name:    Suresh Vasudevan   
Address:    [Redacted]   
Grant Number:   

 

  
Date of Grant:   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

  
Exercise price per Share:   

 

  
Total Number of Shares:   

 

  
Type of Option:         Non-Qualified Stock Option
        Incentive Stock Option
Expiration Date:                 , 20     ; This Option expires earlier if your Service terminates earlier, as described in the Stock Option Agreement.
Vesting Schedule:    This Option becomes exercisable with respect to the first 25% of the shares subject to this Option when you complete 12 months of continuous Service from the Vesting Commencement Date. Thereafter, this Option becomes exercisable with respect to an additional 1/48th of the shares subject to this Option when you complete each month of Service.
Additional Terms:    x If this box is checked, the additional terms and conditions set forth on Attachment 1 hereto (as executed by the Company) are applicable and are incorporated herein by reference.

By accepting this Option, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and the Option Agreement. By accepting this Option, you consent to electronic delivery as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Date:  

 


Attachment 1 to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Additional Terms and Conditions to Notice of Grant

Name: Suresh Vasudevan

Number of Shares:

Date of Grant:

The following terms and conditions apply to the Option described above and granted pursuant to the Notice of Stock Option Grant to which this Attachment 1 is attached:

OPTION NOT ASSUMED IN CONNECTION WITH CORPORATE TRANSACTION

1. If the Option is not assumed, converted, replaced or substituted by a successor or acquiring corporation (if any) in connection with a Corporate Transaction (as defined in the Plan), the Option shall fully accelerate and become fully exercisable as to all Shares subject to the Option.

UPON A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

2. If the Company is subject to a Corporate Transaction, and you continue to provide Service to the Company as an Employee through the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, 50% of the then-unvested Shares subject to the Option shall become fully vested and exercisable, effective as of immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction. Following the Corporate Transaction and after giving effect to the acceleration, your Options will continue to vest on their original vesting schedule as set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION FOLLOWING A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

3. If, on or within twelve (12) months following the consummation of a Corporate Transaction, (a) you are terminated by the Company or a successor company without Cause (as defined in your Offer Letter with the Company dated December 28, 2010 (the “Offer Letter”)) or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (as defined in your Offer Letter), (b) the termination of your employment is other than as a result of your death or disability, (iii) such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), and (iv) you satisfy the release requirement referenced in your Offer Letter, all of the then-unvested Shares subject to the Option shall become fully vested and exercisable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Nimble Storage, Inc. has caused this Attachment to be executed by its duly-authorized officer as of the Date of Grant.

 

 

FOR NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

By:

  

 

Title:

  

 

 

3


STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — CEO FORM

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

You have been granted an Option by Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase Shares (the “Option”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and this Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”).

1. Grant of Option. You have been granted an Option for the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “exercise price”). In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail. If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option (“NSO”).

2. Termination Period.

(a) General Rule. If your Service terminates for any reason except death or Disability, and other than for Cause, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date three months after your termination date. If your Service is terminated for Cause, this Option will expire upon the date of such termination. The Company determines when your Service terminates for all purposes under this Agreement.

(b) Death; Disability. If you die before your Service terminates, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date of death. If your Service terminates because of your Disability, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after your termination date.

(c) No Notice. You are responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following your termination of Service for any reason. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant.

3. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. In the event of your death, Disability, or other cessation of Service, the exercisability of the Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement. This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in a form specified by the Company (the “Exercise Notice”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be delivered in person, by mail, via electronic mail or facsimile or by other authorized method to the Secretary of the Company or other person designated by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate exercise price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of a fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate exercise price and any applicable tax withholding due upon exercise of the Option.

 

1


(c) Exercise by Another. If another person wants to exercise this Option after it has been transferred to him or her in compliance with this Agreement, that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to exercise this Option. That person must also complete the proper Exercise Notice form (as described above) and pay the exercise price (as described below) and any applicable tax withholding due upon exercise of the Option (as described below).

4. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at your election:

(a) your personal check, wire transfer, or a cashier’s check;

(b) certificates for shares of Company stock that you own, along with any forms needed to effect a transfer of those shares to the Company; the value of the shares, determined as of the effective date of the Option exercise, will be applied to the Option exercise price. Instead of surrendering shares of Company stock, you may attest to the ownership of those shares on a form provided by the Company and have the same number of shares subtracted from the Option shares issued to you. However, you may not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, shares of Company stock in payment of the exercise price of your Option if your action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this Option for financial reporting purposes;

(c) cashless exercise through irrevocable directions to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell all or part of the Shares covered by this Option and to deliver to the Company from the sale proceeds an amount sufficient to pay the Option exercise price and any withholding taxes. The balance of the sale proceeds, if any, will be delivered to you. The directions must be given by signing a special notice of exercise form provided by the Company; or

(d) other method authorized by the Company.

5. Non-Transferability of Option. In general, except as provided below, only you may exercise this Option prior to your death. You may not transfer or assign this Option, except as provided below. For instance, you may not sell this Option or use it as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, this Option will immediately become invalid. You may, however, dispose of this Option in your will or in a beneficiary designation. However, if this Option is designated as a NSO in the Notice of Grant, then the Committee (as defined in the Plan) may, in its sole discretion, allow you to transfer this Option as a gift to one or more family members. For purposes of this Agreement, “family member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in- law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), any individual sharing your household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which one or more of these individuals have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which you or one or more of these persons control the management of assets, and any entity in which you or one or more of these persons own more than 50% of the voting interest. In addition, if this Option is designated as a NSO in the Notice of Grant, then the Committee may, in its sole discretion, allow you to transfer this Option to your spouse or former spouse pursuant to a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights. The Committee will allow you to transfer this Option only if both you and the transferee(s) execute the forms prescribed by the Committee, which include the consent of the transferee(s) to be bound by this Agreement. This Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or court order and may be exercised during the lifetime of you only by you, your guardian, or legal representative, as permitted in the Plan. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of you.

6. Term of Option. This Option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Grant, which date is 10 years after the grant date (five years after the grant date if this Option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Grant and Section 5.3 of the Plan applies).

 

2


7. Tax Consequences. You should consult a tax advisor for tax consequences relating to this Option in the jurisdiction in which you are subject to tax. YOU SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Exercising the Option. You will not be allowed to exercise this Option unless you make arrangements acceptable to the Company to pay any withholding taxes that may be due as a result of the Option exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If you sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the grant date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, you shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. You agree that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out of the current compensation paid to you.

8. Withholding Taxes and Stock Withholding. Regardless of any action the Company or your actual employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), you acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by you is and remains your responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option grant, including the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items.

Prior to exercise of the Option, you shall pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment on account obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, you authorize the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by you from your wages or other cash compensation paid to you by the Company and/or the Employer. With the Company’s consent, these arrangements may also include, if permissible under local law, (a) withholding Shares that otherwise would be issued to you when you exercise this Option, provided that the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding amount, (b) having the Company withhold taxes from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf pursuant to this authorization), or (c) any other arrangement approved by the Company. The Fair Market Value of these Shares, determined as of the effective date of the Option exercise, will be applied as a credit against the withholding taxes. Finally, you shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of your participation in the Plan or your purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if you fail to comply with your obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this Section.

9. Acknowledgement. The Company and you agree that the Option is granted under and governed by the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and by the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). You: (i) acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Plan prospectus, (ii) represent that you have carefully read and are familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accept the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice of Grant. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice of Grant and the Agreement.

10. Consent to Electronic Delivery of All Plan Documents and Disclosures. By your acceptance of this Option, you consent to the electronic delivery of the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, the Plan, account statements, Plan prospectuses required by the Securities and Exchange Commission, U.S. financial reports of the Company, and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its

 

3


security holders (including, without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements) or other communications or information related to the Option. Electronic delivery may include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other delivery determined at the Company’s discretion. You acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost if you contact the Company by telephone, through a postal service or electronic mail. You further acknowledge that you will be provided with a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails; similarly, you understand that you must provide on request to the Company or any designated third party a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails. Also, you understand that your consent may be revoked or changed, including any change in the electronic mail address to which documents are delivered (if you have provided an electronic mail address), at any time by notifying the Company of such revised or revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery.

11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The Company will not permit anyone to exercise this Option if the issuance of shares at that time would violate any law or regulation, including without limitation all applicable state, federal and foreign laws and regulations and all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer. The Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if any, determined by the Company.

12. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

13. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate your Service, for any reason, with or without Cause.

14. Adjustment. In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in Company stock, the number of Shares covered by this Option and the exercise price per Share may be adjusted pursuant to the Plan.

15. Lock-Up Agreement. In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, you hereby agree not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any Option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering; provided however that, if during the last seventeen (17) days of the restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or prior to the expiration of the restricted period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16)-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, then, upon the request of the managing underwriter, to the extent required by any FINRA rules, the restrictions imposed by this Section shall continue to apply until the end of the third trading day following the expiration of the fifteen (15)-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. In no event will the restricted period extend beyond two hundred sixteen (216) days after the effective date of the registration statement.

 

4


16. Award Subject to Company Clawback or Recoupment. The Option shall be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board or required by law during the term of your employment or other Service with the Company that is applicable to executive officers, employees, directors or other remedies available under such policy and applicable law may require the cancelation of your Option (whether vested or unvested) and the recoupment of any gains realized with respect to your Option.

This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this Option are superseded. This Agreement may be amended only by another written agreement between the parties.

BY ACCEPTING THIS OPTION, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.

 

5


NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

GRANT NUMBER:         

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Notice”) and the attached Award Agreement (Restricted Stock Unit Agreement) (hereinafter “RSU Agreement”). You (“you”) have been granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the attached RSU Agreement.

 

Name:   

 

Address:   

 

Number of RSUs:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

Vesting Commencement Date:    [March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15]
Expiration Date:    The date on which settlement of all RSUs granted hereunder occurs. This RSU expires earlier if your Service terminates earlier, as described in the RSU Agreement.
Vesting Schedule:    Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the RSU Agreement, 25% of the total number of RSUs will vest on the 12 month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 12.5% of the total number of RSUs will vest on each six month anniversary thereafter so long as your Service continues.
Additional Terms:    x    If this box is checked, the additional terms and conditions set forth on Attachment 1 hereto (as executed by the Company) are applicable and are incorporated herein by reference. No document need be attached as Attachment 1 if the box is not checked.

You acknowledge that the vesting of the RSUs pursuant to this Notice is earned only by continuing Service as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company. By accepting this RSU, you consent to electronic delivery as set forth in the RSU Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT     NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
Signature:  

 

    By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

    Its:  

 


Attachment 1 to Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Additional Terms and Conditions to Notice

Name:

Number of RSUs:

Date of Grant:

The following terms and conditions apply to the RSUs described above and granted pursuant to the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award to which this Attachment 1 is attached:

RSUs NOT ASSUMED IN CONNECTION WITH CORPORATE TRANSACTION

1. If the RSUs are not assumed, converted, replaced or substituted by a successor or acquiring corporation (if any) in connection with a Corporate Transaction (as defined in the Plan), the RSUs shall fully accelerate as to all Shares subject to the RSUs.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION FOLLOWING A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

2. Following a Corporate Transaction, (a) 50% of the total number of RSUs shall become vested if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination (as defined in the Plan) within twelve (12) months after the Corporate Transaction; and (b) 25% of the total number of RSUs shall become vested if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination during the period beginning on the first date following the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Corporate Transaction and ending on the twenty-four (24) month anniversary of the Corporate Transaction; it being understood that the vesting acceleration set forth in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) is in addition to vesting of the RSUs that has occurred prior to the Involuntary Termination.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Nimble Storage, Inc. has caused this Attachment to be executed by its duly-authorized officer as of the Date of Grant.

 

 

FOR NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

By:   

 

Title:   

 

 

3


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

You have been granted Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Notice”) and this RSU Agreement.

1. Settlement. Settlement of RSUs shall be made within 30 days following the applicable date of vesting under the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice. Settlement of RSUs shall be in Shares. Settlement means the delivery of the Shares vested under an RSU. No fractional RSUs or rights for fractional Shares shall be created pursuant to this RSU Agreement.

2. No Stockholder Rights. Unless and until such time as Shares are issued in settlement of vested RSUs, you shall have no ownership of the Shares allocated to the RSUs and shall have no right dividends or to vote such Shares.

3. Dividend Equivalents. Dividends, if any (whether in cash or Shares), shall not be credited to you.

4. No Transfer. RSUs may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or court order or unless otherwise permitted by the Committee on a case-by-case basis.

5. Termination. If your Service terminates for any reason, all unvested RSUs shall be forfeited to the Company forthwith, and all rights you have to such RSUs shall immediately terminate. In case of any dispute as to whether your termination of Service has occurred, the Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether such termination has occurred and the effective date of such termination.

6. Tax Consequences. You acknowledge that there will be tax consequences upon settlement of the RSUs or disposition of the Shares, if any, received in connection therewith, and you should consult a tax adviser regarding your tax obligations prior to such settlement or disposition in the jurisdiction where you are subject to tax.

7. Withholding Taxes and Stock Withholding. Regardless of any action the Company or your actual employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), you acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by you is and remains your responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the award, including the settlement of the RSUs, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the award or any aspect of the RSUs to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items. You acknowledge that if you are subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, the Company and/or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to the settlement of your RSUs, you shall pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment on account obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, you authorize the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by you from your wages or other cash compensation paid to you by the Company and/or the Employer. With the Company’s consent, these arrangements may also include, if permissible under local law, (a) withholding Shares that otherwise would be issued to you when your RSUs are settled, provided that the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding amount, (b) having the Company withhold taxes from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf and you hereby authorize

 

1


such sales by this authorization), (c) your payment of a cash amount, or (d) any other arrangement approved by the Company; all under such rules as may be established by the Committee and in compliance with the Company’s Insider Trading Policy and 10b5-1 Trading Plan Policy, if applicable; provided however, that if you are a Section 16 officer of the Company under the Exchange Act, then the Committee (as constituted in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act) shall establish the method of withholding from alternatives (a)-(d) above, and the Committee shall establish the method prior to the Tax-Related Items withholding event. The Fair Market Value of these Shares, determined as of the effective date when taxes otherwise would have been withheld in cash, will be applied as a credit against the withholding taxes. You shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of your participation in the Plan or your purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. Finally, you acknowledge that the Company has no obligation to deliver Shares to you until you have satisfied the obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this Section.

8. Acknowledgement. The Company and you agree that the RSUs are granted under and governed by the Notice, this RSU Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. You: (i) acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan prospectus, (ii) represent that you have carefully read and are familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accept the RSUs subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Notice.

9. Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This RSU Agreement, the Plan and the Notice constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No modification of or amendment to this RSU Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this RSU Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the parties to this RSU Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this RSU Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

10. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The issuance of Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and you with all applicable state, federal and foreign laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer. The Shares issued pursuant to this RSU Agreement shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if any, determined by the Company.

11. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this RSU Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this RSU Agreement, (ii) the balance of this RSU Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of this RSU Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This RSU Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of litigating any dispute that may arise directly or indirectly from the Plan, the Notice and this RSU Agreement, the parties hereby submit and consent to litigation in the exclusive jurisdiction of the State of California and agree that any such litigation shall be conducted only in the courts of California or the federal courts of the United States for the Northern District of California and no other courts.

11. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this RSU Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate your Service, for any reason, with or without Cause.

12. Consent to Electronic Delivery of All Plan Documents and Disclosures. By acceptance of this RSU, you consent to the electronic delivery of the Notice, this RSU Agreement, the Plan, account statements, Plan prospectuses required by the Securities and Exchange Commission, U.S. financial reports of the Company, and

 

2


all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements) or other communications or information related to the RSU. Electronic delivery may include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other delivery determined at the Company’s discretion. You acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost if you contact the Company by telephone, through a postal service or electronic mail. You further acknowledge that you will be provided with a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails; similarly, you understand that you must provide on request to the Company or any designated third party a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails. Also, you understand that your consent may be revoked or changed, including any change in the electronic mail address to which documents are delivered (if you have provided an electronic mail address), at any time by notifying the Company of such revised or revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery.

13. Code Section 409A. For purposes of this RSU Agreement, a termination of employment will be determined consistent with the rules relating to a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”). Notwithstanding anything else provided herein, to the extent any payments provided under this RSU Agreement in connection with your termination of employment constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and you are deemed at the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A, then such payment shall not be made or commence until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from your separation from service from the Company or (ii) the date of your death following such a separation from service; provided, however, that such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to you including, without limitation, the additional tax for which you would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) in the absence of such a deferral. To the extent any payment under this RSU Agreement may be classified as a “short-term deferral” within the meaning of Section 409A, such payment shall be deemed a short-term deferral, even if it may also qualify for an exemption from Section 409A under another provision of Section 409A. Payments pursuant to this section are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

14. Award Subject to Company Clawback or Recoupment. The RSU shall be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board or required by law during the term of your employment or other Service with the Company that is applicable to executive officers, Employees, Directors or other service providers of the Company, and in addition to any other remedies available under such policy and applicable law may require the cancellation of your RSU (whether vested or unvested) and the recoupment of any gains realized with respect to your RSU.

BY ACCEPTING THIS RSU, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.

 

3


NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD (INTERNATIONAL)

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

GRANT NUMBER:         

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Notice”) and the attached Award Agreement (Restricted Stock Unit Agreement) (hereinafter “RSU Agreement”). You (“you”) have been granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the attached RSU Agreement.

 

Name:   

 

Address:   

 

Number of RSUs:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

Vesting Commencement Date:    [March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15]
Expiration Date:    The date on which settlement of all RSUs granted hereunder occurs. This RSU expires earlier if your Service terminates earlier, as described in the RSU Agreement.
Vesting Schedule:    Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the RSU Agreement, 25% of the total number of RSUs will vest on the 12 month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 12.5% of the total number of RSUs will vest on each six month anniversary thereafter so long as your Service continues.
Additional Terms:    x    If this box is checked, the additional terms and conditions set forth on Attachment 1 hereto (as executed by the Company) are applicable and are incorporated herein by reference. No document need be attached as Attachment 1 if the box is not checked.

You acknowledge that the vesting of the RSUs pursuant to this Notice is earned only by continuing Service as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company. By accepting this RSU, you consent to electronic delivery as set forth in the RSU Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT     NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
Signature:  

 

    By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

    Its:  

 


Attachment 1 to Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Additional Terms and Conditions to Notice

Name:

Number of RSUs:

Date of Grant:

The following terms and conditions apply to the RSUs described above and granted pursuant to the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award to which this Attachment 1 is attached:

RSUs NOT ASSUMED IN CONNECTION WITH CORPORATE TRANSACTION

1. If the RSUs are not assumed, converted, replaced or substituted by a successor or acquiring corporation (if any) in connection with a Corporate Transaction (as defined in the Plan), the RSUs shall fully accelerate as to all Shares subject to the RSUs.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION FOLLOWING A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

2. Following a Corporate Transaction, (a) 50% of the total number of RSUs shall become vested if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination (as defined in the Plan) within twelve (12) months after the Corporate Transaction; and (b) 25% of the total number of RSUs shall become vested if you are subject to an Involuntary Termination during the period beginning on the first date following the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Corporate Transaction and ending on the twenty-four (24) month anniversary of the Corporate Transaction; it being understood that the vesting acceleration set forth in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) is in addition to vesting of the RSUs that has occurred prior to the Involuntary Termination.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Nimble Storage, Inc. has caused this Attachment to be executed by its duly-authorized officer as of the Date of Grant.

 

 

FOR NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

By:   

 

Title:   

 

 

3


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT (INTERNATIONAL)

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

You have been granted Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Notice”) and this RSU Agreement.

1. Settlement. Settlement of RSUs shall be made within 30 days following the applicable date of vesting under the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice. Settlement of RSUs shall be in Shares. Settlement means the delivery of the Shares vested under an RSU. No fractional RSUs or rights for fractional Shares shall be created pursuant to this RSU Agreement.

2. No Stockholder Rights. Unless and until such time as Shares are issued in settlement of vested RSUs, you shall have no ownership of the Shares allocated to the RSUs and shall have no right dividends or to vote such Shares.

3. Dividend Equivalents. Dividends, if any (whether in cash or Shares), shall not be credited to you.

4. No Transfer. RSUs may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or court order or unless otherwise permitted by the Committee on a case-by-case basis.

5. Termination. If your Service terminates for any reason, all unvested RSUs shall be forfeited to the Company forthwith, and all rights you have to such RSUs shall immediately terminate. In case of any dispute as to whether your termination of Service has occurred, the Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether such termination has occurred and the effective date of such termination.

6. Tax Consequences. You acknowledge that there will be tax consequences upon settlement of the RSUs or disposition of the Shares, if any, received in connection therewith, and you should consult a tax adviser regarding your tax obligations prior to such settlement or disposition in the jurisdiction where you are subject to tax.

7. Withholding Taxes and Stock Withholding. Regardless of any action the Company or your actual employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), you acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by you is and remains your responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (a) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the award, including the settlement of the RSUs, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends; and (b) do not commit to structure the terms of the award or any aspect of the RSUs to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items. You acknowledge that if you are subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, the Company and/or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to the settlement of your RSUs, you shall pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment on account obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, you authorize the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by you from your wages or other cash compensation paid to you by the Company and/or the Employer. With the Company’s consent, these arrangements may also include, if permissible under local law, (a) withholding Shares that otherwise would be issued to you when your RSUs are settled, provided that the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding amount, (b) having the Company withhold taxes from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf and you hereby authorize

 

1


such sales by this authorization), (c) your payment of a cash amount, or (d) any other arrangement approved by the Company; all under such rules as may be established by the Committee and in compliance with the Company’s Insider Trading Policy and 10b5-1 Trading Plan Policy, if applicable; provided however, that if you are a Section 16 officer of the Company under the Exchange Act, then the Committee (as constituted in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act) shall establish the method of withholding from alternatives (a)-(d) above, and the Committee shall establish the method prior to the Tax-Related Items withholding event. The Fair Market Value of these Shares, determined as of the effective date when taxes otherwise would have been withheld in cash, will be applied as a credit against the withholding taxes. You shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of your participation in the Plan or your purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. Finally, you acknowledge that the Company has no obligation to deliver Shares to you until you have satisfied the obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this Section.

8. Acknowledgement. The Company and you agree that the RSUs are granted under and governed by the Notice, this RSU Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. You: (a) acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan prospectus, (b) represent that you have carefully read and are familiar with their provisions, and (c) hereby accept the RSUs subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Notice.

9. Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This RSU Agreement (including the Non-U.S. Addendum), the Plan and the Notice constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No modification of or amendment to this RSU Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this RSU Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the parties to this RSU Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this RSU Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

10. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The issuance of Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and you with all applicable state, federal and foreign laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer. The Shares issued pursuant to this RSU Agreement shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if any, determined by the Company.

11. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this RSU Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this RSU Agreement, (b) the balance of this RSU Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This RSU Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of litigating any dispute that may arise directly or indirectly from the Plan, the Notice and this RSU Agreement, the parties hereby submit and consent to litigation in the exclusive jurisdiction of the State of California and agree that any such litigation shall be conducted only in the courts of California or the federal courts of the United States for the Northern District of California and no other courts.

12. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this RSU Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate your Service, for any reason, with or without Cause, subject to applicable law.

13. Consent to Electronic Delivery of All Plan Documents and Disclosures. By acceptance of the RSUs, you consent to the electronic delivery of the Notice, this RSU Agreement, the Plan, account statements, Plan prospectuses required by the Securities and Exchange Commission, U.S. financial reports of the Company, and

 

2


all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements) or other communications or information related to the RSU. Electronic delivery may include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other delivery determined at the Company’s discretion. You acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost if you contact the Company by telephone, through a postal service or electronic mail. You further acknowledge that you will be provided with a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails; similarly, you understand that you must provide on request to the Company or any designated third party a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails. Also, you understand that your consent may be revoked or changed, including any change in the electronic mail address to which documents are delivered (if you have provided an electronic mail address), at any time by notifying the Company of such revised or revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery.

14. Code Section 409A. To the extent applicable, for purposes of this RSU Agreement, a termination of employment will be determined consistent with the rules relating to a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”). Notwithstanding anything else provided herein, to the extent any payments provided under this Agreement in connection with your termination of employment constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and you are deemed at the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A, then such payment shall not be made or commence until the earlier of (a) the expiration of the six-month period measured from your separation from service from the Company or (b) the date of your death following such a separation from service; provided, however, that such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to you including, without limitation, the additional tax for which you would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) in the absence of such a deferral. To the extent any payment under this RSU Agreement may be classified as a “short-term deferral” within the meaning of Section 409A, such payment shall be deemed a short-term deferral, even if it may also qualify for an exemption from Section 409A under another provision of Section 409A. Payments pursuant to this section are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

15. Award Subject to Company Clawback or Recoupment. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the RSUs shall be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board or required by law during the term of your employment or other Service with the Company that is applicable to executive officers, Employees, Directors or other service providers of the Company, and in addition to any other remedies available under such policy and applicable law may require the cancellation of your RSUs (whether vested or unvested) and the recoupment of any gains realized with respect to your RSUs.

16. Nature of Grant. In accepting the grant, you acknowledge that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time;

(b) the grant of the RSUs is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of RSUs, or benefits in lieu of RSUs, even if RSUs have been granted repeatedly in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future RSUs grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) you are voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

3


(e) the RSUs and the shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs are an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which is outside the scope of your employment contract, if any;

(f) the RSUs and the shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(g) the RSUs and the shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company, the Employer, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate;

(h) the RSUs and your participation in the Plan will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate;

(i) the future value of the underlying shares of Common Stock is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(j) in consideration of the grant of the RSUs, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the RSUs resulting from termination of your Service with the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and you irrevocably release the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, you shall be deemed irrevocably to have waive any entitlement to pursue such claim;

(k) in the event of termination of your Service (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), your right to vest in the RSUs under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that you are no longer actively providing Services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law (e.g., active service would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to local law); the Board/Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when you are no longer actively providing Services for purposes of the RSUs; notwithstanding the foregoing, if your Service terminates due to your death, the RSUs will be fully vested as of the date of death; and

(l) the RSUs and the benefits under the Plan, if any, will not automatically transfer to another company in the case of a merger, take-over or transfer of liability.

17. Data Privacy. (a) You hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this RSU Agreement and any other award materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company, and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan.

(b) You understand that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about you, including but not limited to, your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of Common Stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock granted, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

(c) You understand that Data will be transferred to any third parties assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. You understand that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You understand that you

 

4


may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting your local human resources representative. You authorize the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage your participation in the Plan. You understand that you may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing your local human resources representative. You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of your refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, you understand that you may contact your local human resources representative.

18. Non-U.S. Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this RSU Agreement, the RSUs shall be subject to the special terms and conditions set forth in any addendum to this RSU Agreement (the “Non-U.S. Addendum”) for your country. Moreover, if you relocate to one of the countries included in the Non-U.S. Addendum, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to you, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan. The Non-U.S. Addendum constitutes part of this RSU Agreement.

BY ACCEPTING THIS RSU, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.

 

5


Non-U.S. Addendum

 

6


NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD — CEO FORM

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

GRANT NUMBER:         

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Notice”) and the attached Award Agreement (Restricted Stock Unit Agreement) (hereinafter “RSU Agreement”). You (“you”) have been granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the attached RSU Agreement.

 

Name:    Suresh Vasudevan
Address:    [Redacted]                                                                                                                             
Number of RSUs:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

Vesting Commencement Date:    [March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15]
Expiration Date:    The date on which settlement of all RSUs granted hereunder occurs. This RSU expires earlier if your Service terminates earlier, as described in the RSU Agreement.
Vesting Schedule:    Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the RSU Agreement, 25% of the total number of RSUs will vest on the 12 month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 12.5% of the total number of RSUs will vest on each six month anniversary thereafter so long as your Service continues.
Additional Terms:    x    If this box is checked, the additional terms and conditions set forth on Attachment 1 hereto (as executed by the Company) are applicable and are incorporated herein by reference.

You acknowledge that the vesting of the RSUs pursuant to this Notice is earned only by continuing Service as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company. By accepting this RSU, you consent to electronic delivery as set forth in the RSU Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT     NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
Signature:  

 

    By:  

 

Print Name:  

Suresh Vasudevan

    Its:  

 


Attachment 1 to Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. 2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Additional Terms and Conditions to Notice

Name: Suresh Vasudevan

Number of RSUs:

Date of Grant:

The following terms and conditions apply to the RSUs described above and granted pursuant to the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award to which this Attachment 1 is attached:

RSUs NOT ASSUMED IN CONNECTION WITH CORPORATE TRANSACTION

1. If the RSUs are not assumed, converted, replaced or substituted by a successor or acquiring corporation (if any) in connection with a Corporate Transaction (as defined in the Plan), the RSUs shall fully accelerate as to all Shares subject to the RSUs.

UPON A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

2. If the Company is subject to a Corporate Transaction, and you continue to provide Service to the Company as an Employee through the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, 50% of your then-unvested RSUs shall become fully vested, effective as of immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction. Following the Corporate Transaction and after giving effect to the acceleration, your RSUs will continue to vest on their original vesting schedule as set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION FOLLOWING A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

3. If, on or within twelve (12) months following the consummation of a Corporate Transaction, (a) you are terminated by the Company or a successor company without Cause (as defined in your Offer Letter with the Company dated December 28, 2010 (the “Offer Letter”)) or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (as defined in your Offer Letter), (b) the termination of your employment is other than as a result of your death or disability, (iii) such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), and (iv) you satisfy the release requirement referenced in your Offer Letter, all of your then-unvested RSUs shall become fully vested.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Nimble Storage, Inc. has caused this Attachment to be executed by its duly-authorized officer as of the Date of Grant.

 

 

FOR NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

By:   

 

Title:   

 

 

3


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT — CEO FORM

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

You have been granted Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Notice”) and this RSU Agreement.

1. Settlement. Settlement of RSUs shall be made within 30 days following the applicable date of vesting under the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice. Settlement of RSUs shall be in Shares. Settlement means the delivery of the Shares vested under an RSU. No fractional RSUs or rights for fractional Shares shall be created pursuant to this RSU Agreement.

2. No Stockholder Rights. Unless and until such time as Shares are issued in settlement of vested RSUs, you shall have no ownership of the Shares allocated to the RSUs and shall have no right dividends or to vote such Shares.

3. Dividend Equivalents. Dividends, if any (whether in cash or Shares), shall not be credited to you.

4. No Transfer. RSUs may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or court order or unless otherwise permitted by the Committee on a case-by-case basis.

5. Termination. If your Service terminates for any reason, all unvested RSUs shall be forfeited to the Company forthwith, and all rights you have to such RSUs shall immediately terminate. In case of any dispute as to whether your termination of Service has occurred, the Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether such termination has occurred and the effective date of such termination.

6. Tax Consequences. You acknowledge that there will be tax consequences upon settlement of the RSUs or disposition of the Shares, if any, received in connection therewith, and you should consult a tax adviser regarding your tax obligations prior to such settlement or disposition in the jurisdiction where you are subject to tax.

7. Withholding Taxes and Stock Withholding. Regardless of any action the Company or your actual employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), you acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by you is and remains your responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the award, including the settlement of the RSUs, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the award or any aspect of the RSUs to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items. You acknowledge that if you are subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, the Company and/or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to the settlement of your RSUs, you shall pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment on account obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, you authorize the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by you from your wages or other cash compensation paid to you by the Company and/or the Employer. With the Company’s consent, these arrangements may also include, if permissible under local law, (a) withholding Shares that otherwise would be issued to you when your RSUs are settled, provided that the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding amount, (b) having the Company withhold taxes from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf and you hereby authorize

 

1


such sales by this authorization), (c) your payment of a cash amount, or (d) any other arrangement approved by the Company; all under such rules as may be established by the Committee and in compliance with the Company’s Insider Trading Policy and 10b5-1 Trading Plan Policy, if applicable; provided however, that if you are a Section 16 officer of the Company under the Exchange Act, then the Committee (as constituted in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act) shall establish the method of withholding from alternatives (a)-(d) above, and the Committee shall establish the method prior to the Tax-Related Items withholding event. The Fair Market Value of these Shares, determined as of the effective date when taxes otherwise would have been withheld in cash, will be applied as a credit against the withholding taxes. You shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of your participation in the Plan or your purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. Finally, you acknowledge that the Company has no obligation to deliver Shares to you until you have satisfied the obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this Section.

8. Acknowledgement. The Company and you agree that the RSUs are granted under and governed by the Notice, this RSU Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. You: (i) acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan prospectus, (ii) represent that you have carefully read and are familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accept the RSUs subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Notice.

9. Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This RSU Agreement, the Plan and the Notice constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No modification of or amendment to this RSU Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this RSU Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the parties to this RSU Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this RSU Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

10. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The issuance of Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and you with all applicable state, federal and foreign laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer. The Shares issued pursuant to this RSU Agreement shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if any, determined by the Company.

11. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this RSU Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this RSU Agreement, (ii) the balance of this RSU Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of this RSU Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This RSU Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of litigating any dispute that may arise directly or indirectly from the Plan, the Notice and this RSU Agreement, the parties hereby submit and consent to litigation in the exclusive jurisdiction of the State of California and agree that any such litigation shall be conducted only in the courts of California or the federal courts of the United States for the Northern District of California and no other courts.

11. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. Nothing in this RSU Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate your Service, for any reason, with or without Cause.

12. Consent to Electronic Delivery of All Plan Documents and Disclosures. By acceptance of this RSU, you consent to the electronic delivery of the Notice, this RSU Agreement, the Plan, account statements, Plan prospectuses required by the Securities and Exchange Commission, U.S. financial reports of the Company, and

 

2


all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements) or other communications or information related to the RSU. Electronic delivery may include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other delivery determined at the Company’s discretion. You acknowledge that you may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost if you contact the Company by telephone, through a postal service or electronic mail. You further acknowledge that you will be provided with a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails; similarly, you understand that you must provide on request to the Company or any designated third party a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically if electronic delivery fails. Also, you understand that your consent may be revoked or changed, including any change in the electronic mail address to which documents are delivered (if you have provided an electronic mail address), at any time by notifying the Company of such revised or revoked consent by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, you understand that you are not required to consent to electronic delivery.

13. Code Section 409A. For purposes of this RSU Agreement, a termination of employment will be determined consistent with the rules relating to a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”). Notwithstanding anything else provided herein, to the extent any payments provided under this RSU Agreement in connection with your termination of employment constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and you are deemed at the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A, then such payment shall not be made or commence until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from your separation from service from the Company or (ii) the date of your death following such a separation from service; provided, however, that such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to you including, without limitation, the additional tax for which you would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) in the absence of such a deferral. To the extent any payment under this RSU Agreement may be classified as a “short-term deferral” within the meaning of Section 409A, such payment shall be deemed a short-term deferral, even if it may also qualify for an exemption from Section 409A under another provision of Section 409A. Payments pursuant to this section are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

14. Award Subject to Company Clawback or Recoupment. The RSU shall be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board or required by law during the term of your employment or other Service with the Company that is applicable to executive officers, Employees, Directors or other service providers of the Company, and in addition to any other remedies available under such policy and applicable law may require the cancellation of your RSU (whether vested or unvested) and the recoupment of any gains realized with respect to your RSU.

BY ACCEPTING THIS RSU, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.

 

3


APPENDIX A

NON-U.S. ADDENDUM

Additional Terms and Conditions for Equity Grants Under

the Nimble Storage, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

October 2013

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

This Non-U.S. Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern the options granted to you under the Nimble Storage, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (referred to as the “Plan”) if you reside in one of the countries listed below. Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in this Non-U.S. Addendum have the meanings set forth in the Plan and/or your award agreement (the “Agreement”) that relates to your award. By accepting your award, you agree to be bound by the terms and conditions contained in the paragraphs below in addition to the terms of the Plan, the Agreement, and the terms of any other document that may apply to you and your award.

NOTIFICATIONS

This Non-U.S. Addendum also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which you should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of October 2013. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, it is strongly recommended that you not rely on the information in this Non-U.S. Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of your participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time you exercise your options or sell shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to your particular situation, and Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) is not in a position to assure you of a particular result. Accordingly, you are advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in your country may apply to your situation.

Finally, if you are a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which you are currently working, transferred employment after the options were granted to you, or are considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information contained herein may not apply.

COUNTRY-SPECIFIC LANGUAGE

Below please find country specific language that applies to Participants in the following countries: Australia, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, The Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, Sweden and the United Kingdom.

 

1


AUSTRALIA

Terms and Conditions

Prospectus Information. The written or other materials provided to you in connection with the options granted to you have been prepared for the purpose of complying with the relevant United States securities regulations and applicable stock exchange requirements. The information disclosed may not be the same as that which must be disclosed in a prospectus prepared under Australian law.

Notifications

Securities Law Information. If you acquire shares of Common Stock and offers such shares for sale to a person or entity resident in Australia, the offer may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law. You should obtain legal advice on disclosure obligations prior to making any such offer.

Exchange Control Information. Exchange control reporting is required for cash transactions exceeding A$10,000 and international fund transfers. The Australian bank assisting with the transaction will file the report. If there is no Australian bank involved in the transfer, you will be required to file the report.

 

2


CANADA

Terms and Conditions

[The following provision will apply to residents of Quebec:

Language Consent. The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that the Agreement, as well as all documents, notices, and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de cette convention, ainsi que de tous documents, avis et procédures judiciaires, exécutés, donnés ou intentés en vertu de, ou liés directement ou indirectement à la présente convention.]

Notifications

Additional Restrictions on Resale. In addition to the restrictions on resale and transfer noted in Plan materials, securities purchased under the Plan may be subject to certain restrictions on resale imposed by Canadian provincial securities laws. You are encouraged to seek legal advice prior to any resale of such securities. In general, participants resident in Canada may resell their securities in transactions carried out on exchanges outside of Canada.

Form of Payment. Due to legal restrictions in Canada and notwithstanding any language to the contrary in the Plan, grantees are prohibited from surrendering shares that they already own or from attesting to the ownership of shares to pay the exercise price or any tax withholding in connection with options granted to such grantees. The exercise price and any tax withholding must be paid in cash or by check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by a combination of such methods of payment, or by such other methods as may be approved by the Board.

 

3


DENMARK

Terms and Conditions

Employer Statement. The Employer Statement contains additional terms and conditions that govern your options and participation in the Plan. Please review that document carefully.

Notifications

Exchange Control Information. If you establish an account holding shares or an account holding cash outside Denmark, you must report the account to the Danish Tax Administration. The form to be used for such reporting can be obtained from a local bank. Please note that these obligations are separate from and in addition to the obligations described below.

Securities/Tax Reporting Information. If you hold shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan in a brokerage account with a broker or bank outside Denmark, you are required to inform the Danish Tax Administration about the account by filing a Form V (Erklaering V) with the Danish Tax Administration. The Form V must be signed both by you and the applicable broker or bank where the account is held. By signing the Form V, the broker or bank undertakes to forward information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the shares in the account without further request each year. By signing the Form V, you authorize the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account.

In addition, if you open a brokerage account (or a deposit account with a U.S. bank) for the purpose of holding cash outside Denmark, you are also required to inform the Danish Tax Administration of this account by filing a Form K (Erklaering K) with the Danish Tax Administration. The Form K must be signed both by you and the applicable broker or bank where the account is held. By signing the Form K, the broker/bank undertakes an obligation, without further request each year, to forward information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the content of the account. By signing the Form K, you authorize the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account.

 

4


FRANCE

Terms and Conditions

Clawback. Section 16 of the Option Agreement is deleted from the agreement in its entirety.

Data Privacy. This language replaces Section 18 of the Option Agreement:

“18. Data Privacy. (a) You hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this Agreement and any other award materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its Affiliates, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan.

(b) You understand that the Company and the Employer may hold (but only process or transfer to the extent required or permitted by local law) the following personal information about you: your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of Common Stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

(c) You understand that Data will be transferred to third parties assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, including                     . You understand that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than those that apply in your country. You understand that you may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting your local human resources representative. You authorize the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage your participation in the Plan. You understand that you may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing your local human resources representative. You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of your refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, you understand that you may contact your local human resources representative.

 

5


French translation:

Le Bénéficiaire accepte expressément et sans réserve la collecte, l’utilisation et transfert, électronique ou sous une autre forme, de ses données personnelles par et entre, selon ce qui est applicable, la Société, ses Filiales et Sociétés Affiliées, à savoir, dans l’unique intention de mettre en oeuvre, administrer et gérer la participation du Bénéficiaire au Plan. Le Bénéficiaire comprend que la Société, ses Filiales et Sociétés Affiliées détiennent (mais ne font que traiter et transférer dans les limites requises ou prévues en vertu des règles applicables localement) le traitement des données personnelles suivantes relatives au Bénéficiaire: son nom, son adresse personnelle et numéro de téléphone, sa date de naissance, son numéro de sécurité sociale ou autre numéro d’identification , salaire, nationalité, poste, informations sur les actions ou mandats détenus dans la Société, le détail de toutes les “options” ou tout autre droit sur des Actions attribué, annulé, exercé , exerceable ou non (vested , unvested), ou échu, afin de mettre en oeuvre, administrer et gérer le Plan (ci après “les Données”). Le Bénéficiaire comprend que les Données pourront être transférées à toute partie tierce assistant dans la mise en oeuvre, l’administration et la gestion du Plan, ceci comprenant les sociétés:                     et que ces destinataires pourront être situés dans le pays du Bénéficiaire ou en tout autre lieu (ceci comprenant des pays en dehors de l’Espace Économique Européenne comme les Etats Unis). Le Bénéficiaire comprend que le pays du destinataire des Données pourrait avoir des droits relatifs à la protection des données personnelles différents de ceux applicables dans le pays du Bénéficiaire. Le Bénéficiaire comprend qu’il pourra demander une liste avec les noms et adresses des potentiels destinataires des Données en contactant un représentant local des ressources humaines. Le Bénéficiaire autorise les destinataires à recevoir, posséder, utiliser, garder et transférer les Données, dans une forme électronique ou autre, afin de mettre en oeuvre, administrer et gérer la participation du Bénéficiaire au sein de Plan, incluant tout transfert requis de Données qui pourrait être demandé par un courtier ou une autre partie tierce auquel le Bénéficiaire choisirait de confier les actions après l’exerceabilité (“exercise”) des options. Le Bénéficiaire comprend que les Données seront détenues aussi longtemps que nécessaire pour mettre en oeuvre, administrer et gérer la participation du Bénéficiaire au sein de Plan en fonction des règles locales. Le Bénéficiaire comprend qu’il pourra, à tout moment, accéder aux Données, demander des informations supplémentaires sur leur conservation et leur traitement, demander toute modification nécessaire, ou bien refuser ou retirer son accord, en tout état de cause sans aucun frais, en contactant un représentant local des ressources humaines. Le Bénéficiaire comprend néanmoins, que refuser ou retirer son accord pourra affecter sa faculté de participation au Plan. Pour plus d’information sur les conséquences de ce refus ou de son retrait d’accord, le Bénéficiaire comprend qu’il pourra contacter un représentant local des ressources humaines à ce sujet.

 

6


Notifications

Exchange Control Information. If you import or export cash (e.g., sales proceeds received under the Plan) with a value equal to or exceeding €7,600 and do not use a financial institution to do so, you must submit a report to the customs and excise authorities. If you maintain a foreign bank account, you are required to report such account to the French tax authorities when filing your annual tax return.

 

7


GERMANY

Terms and Conditions

There are no country-specific provisions.

Notifications

Exchange Control Information. Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported monthly to the German Federal Bank. If you use a German bank to transfer a cross-border payment in excess of €12,500 in connection with the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, the bank will make the report for you. In addition, you must report any receivables, payables, or debts in foreign currency exceeding an amount of €5,000,000 on a monthly basis.

 

8


THE NETHERLANDS

Terms and Conditions

There are no country-specific provisions.

Notifications

Insider-Trading Notification. You should be aware of the Dutch insider-trading rules, which may impact the sale of underlying shares of Common Stock. In particular, you may be prohibited from effectuating certain transactions involving shares of Common Stock if you have inside information about the Company. If you are uncertain whether the insider-trading rules apply to you, you should consult your personal legal advisor. By accepting the grant of options, you acknowledge having read and understood this notification and acknowledge that it is your responsibility to comply with the Dutch insider-trading rules.

 

LOGO

 

9


NEW ZEALAND

Terms and Conditions

There are no country-specific provisions.

Notifications

Please review the New Zealand notice document.

 

10


SINGAPORE

Terms and Conditions

There are no country-specific provisions.

Notifications

Director Notification. If you are a director (as the term is defined under Singapore law) of a Singapore incorporated company which is a related corporation of the Company (a “Singapore Related Company”), you are subject to certain notification requirements under the Singapore Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Singapore Related Company in writing when you acquires an interest (e.g., options or shares) in the Company. In addition, you must notify the Singapore Related Company when you sell or dispose of shares of Common Stock of the Company. These notifications must be made within two (2) days of acquiring or disposing of any interest in the Company. In addition, a notification of your interests in the Company must be made within two (2) days of becoming a director of the Singapore Related Company.

 

 

11


SWEDEN

Terms and Conditions

There are no country-specific provisions.

Notifications

There are no country-specific notifications.

 

12


UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

UK Sub-plan. Your grant of options is being made pursuant to the UK Sub-plan, which contains additional terms and conditions that govern your options and participation in the Plan. Please review that document carefully.

Notifications

There are no country-specific notifications.

 

13


APPENDIX A

NON-U.S. ADDENDUM

Additional Terms and Conditions for Equity Grants Under

the Nimble Storage, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

October 2013

Terms and Conditions

This Non-U.S. Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern the restricted stock units (“RSUs”) granted to you under the Nimble Storage, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (referred to as the “Plan”) if you reside in one of the countries listed below. Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in this Non-U.S. Addendum have the meanings set forth in the Plan and/or your award agreement (the “Agreement”) that relates to your award. By accepting your award, you agree to be bound by the terms and conditions contained in the paragraphs below in addition to the terms of the Plan, the Agreement, and the terms of any other document that may apply to you and your award.

Notifications

This Non-U.S. Addendum also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which you should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of October 2013. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, it is strongly recommended that you not rely on the information in this Non-U.S. Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of your participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time you vest in your RSUs or sell shares acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to your particular situation, and Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) is not in a position to assure you of a particular result. Accordingly, you are advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in your country may apply to your situation.

Finally, if you are a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which you are currently working, transferred employment after the RSUs were granted to you, or are considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information contained herein may not apply.

COUNTRY-SPECIFIC LANGUAGE

Below please find country specific language that applies to Participants in the following countries: Australia, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, The Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, Sweden and the United Kingdom.

 

1


AUSTRALIA

Terms and Conditions

Prospectus Information. The written or other materials provided to you in connection with the RSUs granted to you have been prepared for the purpose of complying with the relevant United States securities regulations and applicable stock exchange requirements. The information disclosed may not be the same as that which must be disclosed in a prospectus prepared under Australian law.

Notifications

Securities Law Information. If you acquire shares of Common Stock and offers such shares for sale to a person or entity resident in Australia, the offer may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law. You should obtain legal advice on disclosure obligations prior to making any such offer.

Exchange Control Information. Exchange control reporting is required for cash transactions exceeding A$10,000 and international fund transfers. The Australian bank assisting with the transaction will file the report. If there is no Australian bank involved in the transfer, you will be required to file the report.

 

2


CANADA

Terms and Conditions

RSUs Settled in Shares Only. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan and/or the RSU Agreement, any RSUs granted to you shall be paid in shares only and do not provide any right to receive a cash payment.

[The following provision will apply to residents of Quebec:

Language Consent. The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that the RSU Agreement, as well as all documents, notices, and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de cette convention, ainsi que de tous documents, avis et procédures judiciaires, exécutés, donnés ou intentés en vertu de, ou liés directement ou indirectement à la présente convention.]

Notifications

Additional Restrictions on Resale. In addition to the restrictions on resale and transfer noted in Plan materials, securities purchased under the Plan may be subject to certain restrictions on resale imposed by Canadian provincial securities laws. You are encouraged to seek legal advice prior to any resale of such securities. In general, participants resident in Canada may resell their securities in transactions carried out on exchanges outside of Canada.

Form of Payment. Due to legal restrictions in Canada and notwithstanding any language to the contrary in the Plan, grantees are prohibited from surrendering shares that they already own or from attesting to the ownership of shares to pay the exercise price or any tax withholding in connection with RSUs granted to such grantees. The exercise price and any tax withholding must be paid in cash or by check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by a combination of such methods of payment, or by such other methods as may be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

3


DENMARK

Terms and Conditions

Employer Statement. The Employer Statement contains additional terms and conditions that govern your RSUs and participation in the Plan. Please review that document carefully.

Notifications

Exchange Control Information. If you establish an account holding shares or an account holding cash outside Denmark, you must report the account to the Danish Tax Administration. The form to be used for such reporting can be obtained from a local bank. Please note that these obligations are separate from and in addition to the obligations described below.

Securities/Tax Reporting Information. If you hold shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan in a brokerage account with a broker or bank outside Denmark, you are required to inform the Danish Tax Administration about the account by filing a Form V (Erklaering V) with the Danish Tax Administration. The Form V must be signed both by you and the applicable broker or bank where the account is held. By signing the Form V, the broker or bank undertakes to forward information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the shares in the account without further request each year. By signing the Form V, you authorize the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account.

In addition, if you open a brokerage account (or a deposit account with a U.S. bank) for the purpose of holding cash outside Denmark, you are also required to inform the Danish Tax Administration of this account by filing a Form K (Erklaering K) with the Danish Tax Administration. The Form K must be signed both by you and the applicable broker or bank where the account is held. By signing the Form K, the broker/bank undertakes an obligation, without further request each year, to forward information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the content of the account. By signing the Form K, you authorize the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account.

 

4


FRANCE

Terms and Conditions

Clawback. Section 15 of the RSU Agreement is deleted from the agreement in its entirety.

Data Privacy. This language replaces Section 17 of the RSU Agreement:

“17. Data Privacy. (a) You hereby explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this Agreement and any other award materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its Affiliates, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan.

(b) You understand that the Company and the Employer may hold (but only process or transfer to the extent required or permitted by local law) the following personal information about you: your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of Common Stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all RSUs or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

(c) You understand that Data will be transferred to third parties assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, including                     . You understand that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than those that apply in your country. You understand that you may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting your local human resources representative. You authorize the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage your participation in the Plan. You understand that you may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing your local human resources representative. You understand, however, that refusing or withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of your refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, you understand that you may contact your local human resources representative.

 

5


French translation:

Le Bénéficiaire accepte expressément et sans réserve la collecte, l’utilisation et transfert, électronique ou sous une autre forme, de ses données personnelles par et entre, selon ce qui est applicable, la Société, ses Filiales et Sociétés Affiliées, à savoir, dans l’unique intention de mettre en oeuvre, administrer et gérer la participation du Bénéficiaire au Plan. Le Bénéficiaire comprend que la Société, ses Filiales et Sociétés Affiliées détiennent (mais ne font que traiter et transférer dans les limites requises ou prévues en vertu des règles applicables localement) le traitement des données personnelles suivantes relatives au Bénéficiaire: son nom, son adresse personnelle et numéro de téléphone, sa date de naissance, son numéro de sécurité sociale ou autre numéro d’identification , salaire, nationalité, poste, informations sur les actions ou mandats détenus dans la Société, le détail de toutes les “RSUs” ou tout autre droit sur des Actions attribué, annulé, exercé , exerceable ou non (vested , unvested), ou échu, afin de mettre en oeuvre, administrer et gérer le Plan (ci après “les Données”). Le Bénéficiaire comprend que les Données pourront être transférées à toute partie tierce assistant dans la mise en oeuvre, l’administration et la gestion du Plan, ceci comprenant les sociétés:                     et que ces destinataires pourront être situés dans le pays du Bénéficiaire ou en tout autre lieu (ceci comprenant des pays en dehors de l’Espace Économique Européenne comme les Etats Unis). Le Bénéficiaire comprend que le pays du destinataire des Données pourrait avoir des droits relatifs à la protection des données personnelles différents de ceux applicables dans le pays du Bénéficiaire. Le Bénéficiaire comprend qu’il pourra demander une liste avec les noms et adresses des potentiels destinataires des Données en contactant un représentant local des ressources humaines. Le Bénéficiaire autorise les destinataires à recevoir, posséder, utiliser, garder et transférer les Données, dans une forme électronique ou autre, afin de mettre en oeuvre, administrer et gérer la participation du Bénéficiaire au sein de Plan, incluant tout transfert requis de Données qui pourrait être demandé par un courtier ou une autre partie tierce auquel le Bénéficiaire choisirait de confier les actions après l’exerceabilité (“vesting”) des RSU. Le Bénéficiaire comprend que les Données seront détenues aussi longtemps que nécessaire pour mettre en oeuvre, administrer et gérer la participation du Bénéficiaire au sein de Plan en fonction des règles locales. Le Bénéficiaire comprend qu’il pourra, à tout moment, accéder aux Données, demander des informations supplémentaires sur leur conservation et leur traitement, demander toute modification nécessaire, ou bien refuser ou retirer son accord, en tout état de cause sans aucun frais, en contactant un représentant local des ressources humaines. Le Bénéficiaire comprend néanmoins, que refuser ou retirer son accord pourra affecter sa faculté de participation au Plan. Pour plus d’information sur les conséquences de ce refus ou de son retrait d’accord, le Bénéficiaire comprend qu’il pourra contacter un représentant local des ressources humaines à ce sujet.

 

6


Notifications

Exchange Control Information. If you import or export cash (e.g., sales proceeds received under the Plan) with a value equal to or exceeding €7,600 and do not use a financial institution to do so, you must submit a report to the customs and excise authorities. If you maintain a foreign bank account, you are required to report such account to the French tax authorities when filing your annual tax return.

 

7


GERMANY

Terms and Conditions

There are no country-specific provisions.

Notifications

Exchange Control Information. Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported monthly to the German Federal Bank. If you use a German bank to transfer a cross-border payment in excess of €12,500 in connection with the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, the bank will make the report for you. In addition, you must report any receivables, payables, or debts in foreign currency exceeding an amount of €5,000,000 on a monthly basis.

 

8


THE NETHERLANDS

Terms and Conditions

There are no country-specific provisions.

Notifications

Insider-Trading Notification. You should be aware of the Dutch insider-trading rules, which may impact the sale of underlying shares of Common Stock. In particular, you may be prohibited from effectuating certain transactions involving shares of Common Stock if you have inside information about the Company. If you are uncertain whether the insider-trading rules apply to you, you should consult your personal legal advisor. By accepting the grant of RSUs, you acknowledge having read and understood this notification and acknowledge that it is your responsibility to comply with the Dutch insider-trading rules.

 

LOGO

 

9


NEW ZEALAND

Terms and Conditions

There are no country-specific provisions.

Notifications

Please review the New Zealand notice document.

 

10


SINGAPORE

Terms and Conditions

There are no country-specific provisions.

Notifications

Director Notification. If you are a director (as the term is defined under Singapore law) of a Singapore incorporated company which is a related corporation of the Company (a “Singapore Related Company”), you are subject to certain notification requirements under the Singapore Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Singapore Related Company in writing when you acquires an interest (e.g., RSUs or shares) in the Company. In addition, you must notify the Singapore Related Company when you sell or dispose of shares of Common Stock of the Company. These notifications must be made within two (2) days of acquiring or disposing of any interest in the Company. In addition, a notification of your interests in the Company must be made within two (2) days of becoming a director of the Singapore Related Company.

 

11


SWEDEN

Terms and Conditions

There are no country-specific provisions.

Notifications

There are no country-specific notifications.

 

12


UNITED KINGDOM

Terms and Conditions

UK Sub-plan. Your grant of RSUs is being made pursuant to the UK Sub-plan, which contains additional terms and conditions that govern your RSUs and participation in the Plan. Please review that document carefully.

Notifications

There are no country-specific notifications.

 

13


UK UNAPPROVED SUB-PLAN

under the

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

This Sub-Plan, adopted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan of Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Plan”) by the Compensation Committee of the Board pursuant to section 4.5 of the Plan, is effective as of                      , 2013.

 

1. Purpose. The primary purpose of this Sub-Plan is to amend those provisions of the Plan that are required to be amended in order for grants under the Plan, and communications concerning those grants, to be exempt from the provisions of the United Kingdom Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. (For the purposes of this Sub-Plan, the term “awards” shall mean Awards that are granted under this Sub-Plan.)

 

2. Restricted Availability of Awards. This Sub-Plan shall be used solely to grant awards to employees of the Company or any member of the same group as the Company resident and providing services in the United Kingdom. (The term “group” in relation to the Company shall bear the meaning given to such term in section 421 of the United Kingdom Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.)

 

3. Restricted Delivery of Awards. Payments of benefits under this Sub-Plan shall be made only in Common Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, and without limitation, no cash settlement of awards (including dividends or dividend equivalents in cash) shall be permissible.

 

4. Withholding of Taxes. All awards will be subject to tax withholding as described in section 13 of the Plan but, for the purposes of this Sub-Plan, references to “tax” shall be read and construed as including, without limitation, United Kingdom income tax and primary class 1 (employee’s) national insurance contributions that the Participant’s employer is liable to account for and, if so agreed between the Company and the Participant, secondary class 1 (employer’s) national insurance contributions that the Participant’s employer is liable to account for.

 

5. Conditions of Delivery or Vesting of Shares. It is a further condition of delivery of any Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option or the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit that the Participant will, if required to do so by the Company, enter into a joint election under section 431(1) of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 of the United Kingdom (“ITEPA”) in the case of an Option at the time of exercise, or section 430(1) of ITEPA in the case of a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit at the time of vesting, the effect of which is that the shares of Common Stock will be treated as if they were not restricted securities and that sections 425 to 430 of ITEPA will not apply to those shares.

 

6. Restricted Transfer of Rights. The persons to whom awards, or interests therein, under this Sub-Plan may be transferred, whether by will or the laws of descent and distribution under section 14 of the Plan or otherwise, shall be limited to a Participant’s children and step-children under the age of eighteen, spouses and surviving spouses and civil partners (within the meaning of the United Kingdom Civil Partnerships Act 2004) and surviving partners.


7. Incorporation of Plan. The provisions of the Plan shall apply to all awards and shall accordingly be deemed to be incorporated herein, save as varied by the terms of this Sub-Plan.

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
By:  

 

Title:  

 

2


EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

 

LOGO

Nimble Storage, Inc.

2645 Zanker Road

San Jose, CA 95134

December 28, 2010

Suresh Vasudevan

[Address]

 

Re: CEO Employment Terms

Dear Suresh:

On behalf of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to offer you employment at the Company on the terms set forth in this offer letter agreement (the “Agreement”). This Agreement remains subject to review and approval by the Board and its Compensation Committee, and it will not be binding unless and until fully approved thereby. Your start date will be February 28, 2011, or another mutually agreeable date.

 

1. Employment and Board Positions and Duties.

You will be employed in the executive positions of President and Chief Executive Officer, and you shall perform the duties of such positions as are customary, as specified in the Bylaws of the Company, and as may be required by the Board. You will report to the Board and you will be based in the Company’s corporate headquarters located in San Jose. In addition, promptly after the commencement of your employment, the Company will use its best efforts to appoint you as a member of the Company’s Board and to continue you as a member so long as you remain the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. You agree to promptly resign as a member of the Board in the event that, at any time and for any reason, your employment terminates or you are no longer serving in the position of Chief Executive Officer.

During your employment with the Company, you will devote your full-time best efforts and business time and attention to the business of the Company. Your employment relationship with the Company shall also be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company (except that if the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement will control), and you will be required to abide by the general employment policies and practices of the Company. The Board reserves the right to change your position, duties, reporting relationship, work location, and the Company’s general employment policies and procedures, from time to time in its discretion (provided, however, that certain changes by the Company without your written consent could provide grounds for a “Good Reason” termination by you and receipt of compensation and benefits as provided in Section 8 (Severance Benefits)).

 

2. Base Salary and Annual Performance Bonus.

Your base salary will be paid at the initial rate of $22,916.67 per month (an annual rate of $275,000), less payroll deductions and withholdings. You will be paid your base salary on a semi-monthly basis, on the Company’s normal payroll schedule. As an exempt salaried employee, you will be required to work the Company’s normal business hours, and such additional time as appropriate for your work assignments and positions. You will not be eligible for overtime premiums.


Suresh Vasudevan

December 28, 2010

Page 2

 

In this position you will be eligible to earn an annual performance bonus at a target amount of $100,000 for a full year of employment. Given the anticipated partial year of employment for 2011, the target amount for 2011 will be prorated based on your start date; for example, if your start date is February 28, 2011 as anticipated, then the target amount shall be $83,333.33. The actual bonus amount determined by the Board can be higher than the target amount to recognize extraordinary corporate and personal performance beyond the MBOs determined for the applicable bonus year. The Compensation Committee of the Board, following consultation with you and with the Board, shall determine the MBOs to apply to each bonus year, which will include both corporate and personal performance objectives. The Board (or an authorized committee thereof) will determine level of achievement of the MBOs following the end of the bonus year, and based on this determination, the Board will determine whether you have earned an annual performance bonus, and the amount of the earned annual performance bonus. The annual performance bonus, if earned, will be paid no later than March 15 of the calendar year after the year to which it relates. No amount of the annual performance bonus is guaranteed, and you must be an employee in good standing on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus; no partial or prorated bonuses will be provided (other than for 2011 to reflect your mid-year start date, as stated above).

Your base salary and bonus eligibility will be reviewed on an annual or more frequent basis by the Board (or any authorized committee thereof), and are subject to change in the discretion of the Board (or any authorized committee thereof) (provided, however, that certain changes by the Company without your written consent could provide grounds for a “Good Reason” termination by you and receipt of compensation and benefits as provided in Section 8 (Severance Benefits)).

 

3. Benefits.

As a regular, full-time employee, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard employee benefits (pursuant to the terms and conditions of the benefit plans and applicable policies), which currently include the following: health, dental, vision, Long Term Disability, AD&D insurance coverage; life insurance coverage; and 401(k) plan. You will also accrue vacation at the initial rate of three (3) weeks (15 business days) per year, subject to the terms of the Company’s vacation policy (including any maximum accrual amounts).

In addition, you agree that the Company has the right to obtain “key man” life insurance on you, under which the Company would be the designated beneficiary. If the Company seeks such key man life insurance, you agree to cooperate fully with the Company and its insurer to aid in the obtaining of this insurance, including but not limited to consenting to review of your medical files and/or any medical examinations as may be required by the insurer.

The Company may modify its employee benefits from time to time in its discretion.

 

4. Equity Awards.

Subject to approval by the Board, the Company shall grant you an option under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”) to purchase 1,884,850 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”) at fair market value as determined by the Board as of the date of grant. The Option will be governed in full by the Equity Plan and your grant agreement. Your grant agreement for the Option will include a four-year vesting schedule subject to your Continuous Service (as defined in the Equity Plan), under which (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Option will vest on the one year anniversary of your vesting commencement date, and (ii) the remaining unvested shares shall vest in monthly installments equal to 1/48th of all shares beginning with the first monthly anniversary of the initial vesting tranche and continuing on a monthly basis thereafter.


Suresh Vasudevan

December 28, 2010

Page 3

 

In addition, if the Company is subject to a Change in Control (as defined in Section 9(b)) and you remain an employee of the Company as of the consummation of the Change in Control, any then-outstanding equity awards (including stock options or restricted stock) provided to you in connection with your employment with the Company (the “Equity Awards”) will be subject to accelerated vesting in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the then-unvested shares, effective as of immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control (the “Single Trigger Acceleration”) and, following the Single Trigger Acceleration, the Equity Awards will continue to vest on their original vesting schedules. For example, if an Equity Award contains a monthly vesting schedule under which 1/48th of the total shares subject to the Equity Award vest each month, then following the Single Trigger Acceleration, such Equity Award will continue vesting in monthly increments of 1/48th of the total shares subject to the Equity Award (which would result in full vesting at an earlier date than in the absence of the Single Trigger Acceleration, contingent upon Continuous Service). Notwithstanding the foregoing, as a pre-condition of the Single Trigger Acceleration, you will be required to timely sign, date and return to the Company (or its successor), and to not subsequently revoke, a general release of all known and unknown claims in the form provided to you by the Company.

In addition, the Equity Awards may be subject to the Double Trigger Acceleration, as provided in Section 8(b) of this Agreement.

 

5. Compliance With Proprietary Information Agreement and Company Policies; Protection of Third Party Information.

As a condition of employment, you must sign and comply with the Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (the “Proprietary Information Agreement”) which prohibits unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s proprietary information, among other obligations. In addition, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and policies, as may be changed from time to time within the Company’s sole discretion.

In your work for the Company, you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company or by you in the course of your employment with the Company. You agree that you will not bring onto Company premises, or use in the performance of your duties, any unpublished documents or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. You hereby represent that you have disclosed to the Company any contract you have signed that may restrict your activities on behalf of the Company.

 

6. Outside Activities.

Throughout your employment with the Company, you may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of your duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein and only with the prior written consent of the Board, you may serve as a director of other corporations and may devote a reasonable amount of your time to other types of business or public activities not expressly mentioned in this


Suresh Vasudevan

December 28, 2010

Page 4

 

paragraph. The Board may rescind its consent to your service as a director of all other corporations or participation in other business or public activities, if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that such activities compromise or threaten to compromise the Company’s business interests or conflict with your duties to the Company. The Board hereby provides consent for you to continue your service as a director on the Board of Directors of Cirtas Systems (the “Cirtas Board”) and if the Board determines, in the future, that your continued membership on the Cirtas Board compromises or threatens to compromise the Company’s business interests or conflicts with your duties to the Company, then the Board will provide you with written notice of such determination and permit you a period of at least ninety (90) days to resign from the Cirtas Board.

During your employment by the Company, except on behalf of the Company, you will not directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint venturer, associate, representative or consultant of any other person, corporation, firm, partnership or other entity whatsoever known by you to compete with the Company (or is planning or preparing to compete with the Company), anywhere in the world, in any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company; provided, however, that you may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) one percent (1%) of any class of securities of any enterprise (but without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange.

 

7. At-Will Employment Relationship.

You may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without Cause (as defined in Section 9(a)), and with or without advance notice. You will be eligible for severance benefits under certain circumstances, only as expressly provided in Section 8 below (Severance Benefits).

 

8. Severance Benefits.

 

  A. General Severance Benefits.

If, at any time, (i) the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (as defined in Section 9(c)), (ii) the termination of your employment is other than as a result of your death or disability, (iii) such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), a “Separation from Service”), and (iv) on or within twenty-one (21) days following the Separation from Service you sign, date, and return to the Company a general release of all known and unknown claims in the form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and you subsequently do not revoke the Release, then you shall be entitled to receive the following severance benefits (the “General Severance Benefits”):

(1) The Company shall pay you severance in the form of continuation of your final base salary for the first twelve (12) months after the date of your Separation from Service; and

(2) If you are enrolled in the Company’s group health insurance plan as of your Separation from Service and, in accordance with the terms of the group health plan, you timely elect continued coverage under federal COBRA law or comparable state insurance laws (collectively, “COBRA”), then the Company shall pay the COBRA premiums (the “COBRA Payments”) necessary to continue your medical insurance coverage in effect for yourself and your covered dependents for the first twelve (12) months of coverage following the Separation from Service (the “COBRA Payment Period”), provided,


Suresh Vasudevan

December 28, 2010

Page 5

 

however, that the COBRA Payments shall cease earlier in the event that you lose eligibility for COBRA coverage or you become eligible for group health insurance coverage through another employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the COBRA Payments without a substantial risk of violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company instead shall provide you with taxable monthly payments in an amount equal to the amount of the monthly COBRA premium that you would be required to pay to continue coverage (including covered dependents), which amount shall be based on the premium amount for the first month of your COBRA coverage, and such monthly payments shall be made through the earlier of: (i) the entire COBRA Payment Period; or (ii) such date as you become eligible for group health insurance coverage through another employer. You shall provide prompt written notice to the Board if you become eligible for group health insurance coverage through another employer during the COBRA Payment Period.

 

  B. Change in Control Severance Benefits.

If, on or within twelve (12) months following the consummation of a Change in Control, (i) either the Company or any successor-in-interest terminates your employment without Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason, (ii) the termination of your employment is other than as a result of your death or disability, (iii) such termination constitutes a Separation from Service, and (iv) on or within twenty-one (21) days following the Separation from Service you sign, date, and return to the Company the Release, and you subsequently do not revoke the Release, then you shall be entitled to receive the General Severance Benefits and the following additional severance benefits (collectively, the “Change in Control Severance Benefits”):

(1) The Company shall pay you an additional lump sum severance payment with the amount calculated as follows (the “Bonus Severance”): (A) the amount of your annual performance bonus target amount in effect as of the year in which your termination occurs (or, if no target amount is in effect as of such year, the target amount for purposes of this sentence shall be $100,000); multiplied by (B) a fraction with a numerator equal to the number of calendar days that you are employed by the Company during the year in which your termination occurs, and a denominator equal to 365. The Bonus Severance shall be subject to required payroll deductions and tax withholdings, and shall be paid on the thirtieth day following the Separation from Service (provided that all conditions for payment are met); and

(2) Any Equity Awards that were subject to Single Trigger Acceleration (as provided under the second paragraph of Section 4 of this Agreement), shall become fully vested and exercisable, effective as of your employment termination date (the “Double Trigger Acceleration”).

 

  C. Generally Applicable Severance Terms.

The salary continuation payments described in subpart (1) of the General Severance Benefits will be subject to required payroll deductions and tax withholdings, and will be paid in substantially equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule over the twelve (12) month period following your Separation from Service; provided, however, that no payments will be made prior to the 30th day following your Separation from Service. On the 30th day following your Separation from Service date, the Company will pay you the salary continuation payments that you would have received on or prior to such date in a lump sum under the original schedule but for the delay while waiting for the effectiveness of the Release, with the balance of the cash severance being paid as originally scheduled.


Suresh Vasudevan

December 28, 2010

Page 6

 

In addition, the Severance Benefits are conditional upon: (i) your continuing to comply with your obligations under your Proprietary Information Agreement; and (ii) your resignation from the Board no later than the date of your termination of employment.

 

9. Definitions.

For purposes of the above paragraph, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Cause. “Cause” for the Company (or any acquiror or successor in interest thereto) to terminate your employment shall exist if any of the following occurs: (i) your commission of any felony, or of any other crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) your actual or attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or material act of dishonesty against the Company or any of its affiliates; (iii) your material violation of any contract or agreement between you and the Company (including but not limited to this Agreement, or the Proprietary Information Agreement), of any statutory duty owed to the Company, or of any policy of the Company; (iv) your unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) your gross misconduct. With regard to termination for Cause pursuant to subsection (iii) of the preceding sentence, if the material violation is reasonably susceptible to being cured, the Company will provide you with at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice describing your violation (which notice will be provided by the Company within thirty (30) days after the Company has learned of your violation), and you shall thereafter have thirty (30) days to cure the violation; and if you cure the violation within such thirty (30) day period, such violation shall not provide Cause for termination by the Company. Subject to the foregoing, the determination that a termination is for Cause shall be made by the Board in its sole discretion.

(b) Change in Control. A “Change in Control” shall be as defined in the Equity Plan, with the exception of subpart (iii) of such definition which shall not apply.

(c) Definition of Good Reason. A resignation for “Good Reason” shall mean a resignation of your employment within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any of the following events taken without your written consent which is not corrected within thirty (30) days after the Company (or any successor thereto) receives written notice from you that any of the following events have occurred (which notice must be provided to the Company by you within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such event) and that you assert that grounds for a resignation for Good Reason exist as a result: (A) a material diminution of your duties, position or responsibilities, provided, however, a mere change in title or reporting relationship following a Change in Control will not by itself constitute “Good Reason” for your resignation, and further provided, however, that the acquisition of the Company and subsequent conversion of the Company as a whole to a division or unit of the acquiring entity will not by itself result in a “diminution;” (B) a reduction by the Company in your base salary or your annual performance bonus target amount by more than ten percent (10%) (unless such reduction is made pursuant to an across the board reduction of base salaries or bonus targets applicable to senior executives of the Company); or (C) the relocation of your assigned office location resulting in an increase in your one-way commuting distance from your residence by at least forty-five (45) miles.


Suresh Vasudevan

December 28, 2010

Page 7

 

10. Tax Matters.

 

  A. Section 409A.

It is intended that the severance benefits payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A (“Section 409A”) of the Internal Revenue Code Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), your right to receive installment payments under this letter shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if you are deemed by the Company at the time of your Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the severance benefits to which you are entitled under this letter is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), such portion of your benefits shall not be provided to you prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of your Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of your death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to you, and any remaining payments due under this letter shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

 

  B. Parachute Payment.

In the event that the Company reasonably determines that the severance and other benefits (including the Change in Control Severance Benefits) provided for in this Agreement to you (the “Benefits”) could reasonably (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then, to the extent the Benefits may be excluded from the definition of “parachute payments” pursuant to Section 280G(b)(5), the Company will undertake its best efforts to cause the Benefits to be submitted to stockholders for approval in a manner contemplated by Section 280G(b)(5)(B) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder so that if approved by the requisite number of stockholders the Benefits would not be considered “parachute payments” and if not so approved, the Benefits would not be made or provided or would be forfeited to the extent they would cause any amounts to constitute “parachute payments,” pursuant to the waiver of the Benefits, which would be executed by you prior to the stockholder vote. Further, the Board agrees that it will support the Company’s efforts to obtain such stockholder approval and that it will recommend to stockholders that they approve the parachute payments.

 

11. Dispute Resolution.

To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with your employment with the Company, you and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, including but not limited to statutory claims, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, or interpretation of this Agreement, your employment with the Company, or the termination of your employment, shall be resolved, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration in San Jose, California conducted by JAMS, Inc. (“JAMS”) or its successor, under JAMS’ then applicable rules and procedures for employment disputes. By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both you and the Company waive the right to resolve any


Suresh Vasudevan

December 28, 2010

Page 8

 

such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or by administrative proceeding. You will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. The arbitrator shall: (i) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be available under applicable law in a court proceeding; and (ii) issue a written statement signed by the arbitrator regarding the disposition of each claim and the relief, if any, awarded as to each claim, the reasons for the award, and the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. The Company shall bear JAMS’ arbitration fees and administrative costs in excess of the court filing fees that you would be required to pay if the dispute was litigated in civil court. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and state courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

12. Miscellaneous

As required by federal law, this offer is contingent upon satisfactory proof of your identity and right to work in the United States. In addition, this offer is contingent upon the satisfactory completion of the Company’s pre-hiring procedures, including but not limited to completion of a references check, background check, and drug and alcohol screening test, and you must cooperate with providing the necessary authorizations for, and participating in, completion of such checks and testing.

This Agreement, together with your Proprietary Information Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with the Company. It supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. Changes in your employment terms, other than those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s or Board’s discretion in this letter, require a written modification approved by the Board and signed by a duly authorized Member of the Board. This Agreement will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement and the provision in question shall be modified so as to be rendered enforceable in a manner consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible under applicable law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of law principles. Any ambiguity in this Agreement shall not be construed against either party as the drafter. Any waiver of a breach of this Agreement, or rights hereunder, shall be in writing and shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any successive breach or rights hereunder. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts which shall be deemed to be part of one original, and facsimile signatures and signatures transmitted via .pdf file shall be equivalent to original signatures.


Suresh Vasudevan

December 28, 2010

Page 9

 

Please sign and date this letter, and the enclosed Proprietary Information Agreement, and return the fully signed agreements to me as soon as practicable if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above. I would be happy to discuss any questions that you may have about these terms.

We are delighted to be making this offer and the Board looks forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

 

Sincerely,    

/s/ Varun Mehta

   
Varun Mehta    
Member, Board of Directors    
Understood and Accepted:    

/s/ Suresh Vasudevan

   

3 January 2011

Suresh Vasudevan     Date

Enclosure: Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement


EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

October 21, 2011

Anup Singh

[Address]

 

Re: CFO Employment Terms

Dear Anup:

On behalf of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to offer you employment at the Company on the terms set forth in this offer letter agreement (the “Agreement”). Your start date will be November 14, 2011, or another mutually agreeable date.

 

1. Employment and Board Positions and Duties.

You will be employed in the executive positions of Chief Financial Officer, and you shall perform the duties of such positions as are customary, as specified in the Bylaws of the Company, and as may be required by the Board. You will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and you will be based in the Company’s corporate headquarters located in San Jose.

During your employment with the Company, you will devote your full-time efforts and business time and attention to the business of the Company. Your employment relationship with the Company shall also be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, which will be provided to you prior to your start date (except that if the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement will control), and you will be required to abide by the general employment policies and practices of the Company. The Company reserves the right to change your position, duties, reporting relationship, work location, and the Company’s general employment policies and procedures, from time to time in its discretion (provided, however, that certain changes by the Company without your written consent could provide grounds for a “Good Reason” termination by you and receipt of compensation and benefits as provided in Section 8 (Severance Benefits)).

 

2. Base Salary and Annual Performance Bonus.

Your base salary will be paid at the initial rate of $20,000 per month (an annual rate of $240,000), less payroll deductions and withholdings. You will be paid your base salary on a semi-monthly basis, on the Company’s normal payroll schedule. As an exempt salaried employee, you will be required to work the Company’s normal business hours, and such additional time as appropriate for your work assignments and positions. You will not be eligible for overtime premiums.

In this position you will be eligible to earn an annual performance bonus at a target amount of 33.3% of your annual base pay for a full year of employment. Given the anticipated partial year of employment for 2011, the target amount for 2011 will be prorated based on your start date; for example, if your start date is November 14, 2011 as anticipated, then the target amount shall be $20,000. The actual bonus amount determined by the Board can be higher than the target amount to recognize extraordinary corporate and/or personal performance beyond the MBOs determined for the applicable bonus year. The Compensation Committee of the Board, following consultation with the Board, shall determine the MBOs to apply to


Anup Singh

October 21, 2011

Page 2

 

each bonus year, which will include both corporate and personal performance objectives. The Board (or an authorized committee thereof) will determine level of achievement of the MBOs following the end of the bonus year, and based on this determination, the Board will determine the extent, if any, to which you have earned an annual performance bonus, and the amount of the earned annual performance bonus. The annual performance bonus, if earned, will be paid no later than March 15 of the calendar year after the year to which it relates. No amount of the annual performance bonus is guaranteed, and you must be an employee in good standing on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus; no partial or prorated bonuses will be provided (other than for 2011 to reflect your mid-year start date, as stated above).

Your base salary and bonus eligibility will be reviewed on an annual or more frequent basis by the Company, and are subject to change in the discretion of the Company (provided, however, that certain changes by the Company without your written consent could provide grounds for a “Good Reason” termination by you and receipt of compensation and benefits as provided in Section 8 (Severance Benefits)).

 

3. Benefits.

As a regular, full-time employee, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s employee benefits provided for the Company’s senior-most executives (pursuant to the terms and conditions of the benefit plans and applicable policies), which currently include the following: health, dental, vision, Long Term Disability, AD&D insurance coverage; life insurance coverage; and 401(k) plan. You will also accrue vacation at the initial rate of three (3) weeks (15 business days) per year, subject to the terms of the Company’s vacation policy (including any maximum accrual amounts).

The Company may modify its employee benefits from time to time in its discretion.

 

4. Equity Awards.

Subject to approval by the Board (to be sought as soon as practicable following the date hereof), the Company shall grant you an option under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”) to purchase 420,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”) at fair market value as determined by the Board as of the date of grant. The Option will be governed in full by the Equity Plan and your grant agreement. Your grant agreement for the Option will include a four-year vesting schedule subject to your Continuous Service (as defined in the Equity Plan), under which (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Option will vest on the one year anniversary of your vesting commencement date, and (ii) the remaining unvested shares shall vest in monthly installments equal to 1/48th of all shares beginning with the first monthly anniversary of the initial vesting tranche and continuing on a monthly basis thereafter. You shall be entitled to exercise your option prior to it being fully vested subject to the Company’s right to repurchase any unvested shares following termination of your employment. Your option agreement shall also provide for accelerated vesting in certain circumstances as provided in Section 8 of this Agreement.

 

5. Compliance With Proprietary Information Agreement and Company Policies; Protection of Third Party Information.

As a condition of employment, you must sign and comply with the Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (the “Proprietary Information Agreement”) which prohibits unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s proprietary information, among other obligations. In addition, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and policies, as may be changed from time to time within the Company’s sole discretion.


Anup Singh

October 21, 2011

Page 3

 

In your work for the Company, you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company or by you in the course of your employment with the Company. You agree that you will not bring onto Company premises, or use in the performance of your duties, any unpublished documents or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. You hereby represent that you have disclosed to the Company any contract you have signed that may restrict your activities on behalf of the Company.

 

6. Outside Activities.

Throughout your employment with the Company, you may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of your duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein and only with the prior written consent of the Board (not to be unreasonably withheld), you may serve as a director of other corporations and may devote a reasonable amount of your time to other types of business or public activities not expressly mentioned in this paragraph. The Board may rescind its consent to your service as a director of all other corporations or participation in other business or public activities, if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that such activities compromise or threaten to compromise the Company’s business interests or conflict with your duties to the Company.

During your employment by the Company, except on behalf of the Company, you will not directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint venturer, associate, representative or consultant of any other person, corporation, firm, partnership or other entity whatsoever known by you to compete with the Company (or that is planning or preparing to compete with the Company), anywhere in the world, in any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company; provided, however, that you may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) one percent (1%) of any class of securities of any enterprise (but without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange.

 

7. At-Will Employment Relationship.

You may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without Cause (as defined in Section 9(a)), and with or without advance notice. You will be eligible for severance benefits under certain circumstances, only as expressly provided in Section 8 below (Severance Benefits).

 

8. Severance Benefits.

 

  A. General Severance Benefits.

If, at any time, (i) the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (as defined in Section 9(c), (ii) the termination of your employment is


Anup Singh

October 21, 2011

Page 4

 

other than as a result of your death or disability, (iii) such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), a “Separation from Service”), and (iv) on or within twenty-one (21) days following the Separation from Service you sign, date, and return to the Company a general release of all known and unknown claims in a customary form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and you subsequently do not revoke the Release, then you shall be entitled to receive the following severance benefits (the “General Severance Benefits”):

(1) The Company shall pay you severance in the form of continuation of your final base salary for the first six (6) months after the date of your Separation from Service; and

(2) If you are enrolled in the Company’s group health insurance plan as of your Separation from Service and, in accordance with the terms of the group health plan, you timely elect continued coverage under federal COBRA law or comparable state insurance laws (collectively, “COBRA”), then the Company shall pay the COBRA premiums (the “COBRA Payments”) necessary to continue your medical insurance coverage in effect for yourself and your covered dependents for the first six (6) months of coverage following the Separation from Service (the “COBRA Payment Period”), provided, however, that the COBRA Payments shall cease earlier in the event that you lose eligibility for COBRA coverage or you become eligible for group health insurance coverage through another employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the COBRA Payments without a substantial risk of violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company instead shall provide you with taxable monthly payments in an amount equal to the amount of the monthly COBRA premium that you would be required to pay to continue coverage (including covered dependents), which amount shall be based on the premium amount for the first month of your COBRA coverage, and such monthly payments shall be made through the earlier of: (i) the entire COBRA Payment Period; or (ii) such date as you become eligible for group health insurance coverage through another employer. You shall provide prompt written notice to the Board if you become eligible for group health insurance coverage through another employer during the COBRA Payment Period.

 

  B. Change in Control Accelerated Vesting.

If, on or within twelve (12) months following the consummation of a Change in Control, (i) either the Company or any successor-in-interest terminates your employment without Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason or the termination of your employment is as a result of your death or disability, (ii) such termination constitutes a Separation from Service, and (iv) on or within twenty-one (21) days following the Separation from Service you sign, date, and return to the Company the Release, and you subsequently do not revoke the Release, then in addition to the General Severance Benefits, the lesser of 50% of the originally granted option shares or all of the remaining unvested shares, shall vest immediately on the date of such termination.

 

  C. Generally Applicable Severance Terms.

The salary continuation payments described in subpart (1) of the General Severance Benefits will be subject to required payroll deductions and tax withholdings, and will be paid in semi-monthly installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule over the six (6) month period following your Separation from Service; provided, however, that no payments will be made prior to the 21st day following your Separation from Service. On the 22nd day following your Separation from Service date, the Company will pay you the salary continuation payments that you would have received on or prior to such date in a lump sum under the original schedule but for the delay while waiting for the effectiveness of the Release, with the balance of the cash severance being paid as originally scheduled.


Anup Singh

October 21, 2011

Page 5

 

In addition, the Severance Benefits are conditional upon your continuing to comply with your obligations under your Proprietary Information Agreement.

 

9. Definitions.

For purposes of the above paragraph, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Cause. “Cause” for the Company (or any acquiror or successor in interest thereto) to terminate your employment shall exist if any of the following occurs: (i) your commission of any felony, or of any other crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) your actual or attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or material act of dishonesty against the Company or any of its affiliates; (iii) your material violation of any contract or agreement between you and the Company (including but not limited to this Agreement, or the Proprietary Information Agreement), of any statutory duty owed to the Company, or of any policy of the Company; (iv) your unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets (resulting in material harm to the Company); or (v) your willful misconduct that is likely to result in material harm to the Company. With regard to termination for Cause pursuant to subsection (iii) of the preceding sentence, if the material violation is reasonably susceptible to being cured, the Company will provide you with at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice describing your violation (which notice will be provided by the Company within thirty (30) days after the Company has learned of your violation), and you shall thereafter have thirty (30) days to cure the violation; and if you cure the violation within such thirty (30) day period, such violation shall not provide Cause for termination by the Company. Subject to the foregoing, the determination that a termination is for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Board in its sole discretion.

(b) Change in Control. A “Change in Control” shall be as defined in the Equity Plan, with the exception of subpart (iii) of such definition which shall not apply.

(c) Definition of Good Reason. A resignation for “Good Reason” shall mean a resignation of your employment within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any of the following events taken without your written consent which is not corrected within thirty (30) days after the Company (or any successor thereto) receives written notice from you that any of the following events have occurred (which notice must be provided to the Company by you within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such event) and that you assert that grounds for a resignation for Good Reason exist as a result: (A) a material diminution of your duties, position or responsibilities, provided, however, a mere change in title or reporting relationship following a Change in Control will not by itself constitute “Good Reason” for your resignation, and further provided, however, that the acquisition of the Company and subsequent conversion of the Company as a whole to a division or unit of the acquiring entity will not by itself result in a “diminution;” (B) a reduction by the Company in your base salary or your animal performance bonus target amount by more than ten percent (10%) (unless such reduction is made pursuant to an across the board reduction of base salaries or bonus targets applicable to all senior executives of the Company); or (C) the relocation of your assigned office location resulting in an increase in your one-way commuting distance from your residence by at least forty-five (45) miles; (D) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement or any agreement incorporated herein by reference; or (E) the Company’s failure to obtain agreement from any acquiror or successor to assume the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.


Anup Singh

October 21, 2011

Page 6

 

10. Tax Matters.

 

  A. Section 409A.

It is intended that the severance benefits payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A (“Section 409A”) of the Internal Revenue Code Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A- I (b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), your right to receive installment payments under this letter shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if you are deemed by the Company at the time of your Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the severance benefits to which you are entitled under this letter is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), such portion of your benefits shall not be provided to you prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of your Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of your death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to you, and any remaining payments due under this letter shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

 

  B. Parachute Payment.

In the event that the Company reasonably determines that the severance and other benefits (including the Change in Control Severance Benefits) provided for in this Agreement to you (the “Benefits”) could reasonably (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then, to the extent the Benefits may be excluded from the definition of “parachute payments” pursuant to Section 280G(b)(5), the Company will cause the Benefits to be submitted to stockholders for approval in a manner contemplated by Section 280G(b)(5)(B) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder so that if approved by the requisite number of stockholders the Benefits would not be considered “parachute payments” and if not so approved, the Benefits would not be made or provided or would be forfeited to the extent they would cause any amounts to constitute “parachute payments,” pursuant to the waiver of the Benefits, which would be executed by you prior to the stockholder vote. Further, the Board agrees that it will support the Company’s efforts to obtain such stockholder approval and that it will recommend to stockholders that they approve the parachute payments.

 

11. Dispute Resolution.

To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with your employment with the Company, you and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, including but not limited to statutory claims, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, or interpretation of this Agreement, your employment with the Company, or the termination of your employment, shall be resolved, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration in San Jose, California conducted by JAMS, Inc. (“JAMS”) or its successor, under JAMS’ then applicable rules and procedures for employment disputes. By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both you and the Company waive the right to resolve any


Anup Singh

October 21, 2011

Page 7

 

such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or by administrative proceeding. You will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. The arbitrator shall: (i) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be available under applicable law in a court proceeding; and (ii) issue a written statement signed by the arbitrator regarding the disposition of each claim and the relief, if any, awarded as to each claim, the reasons for the award, and the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. The Company shall bear JAMS’ arbitration fees and administrative costs except for, in the case of an arbitration you initiate, such fees and costs in excess of the court filing fees that you would be required to pay if the dispute was litigated in civil court. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and state courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

12. Miscellaneous

As required by federal law, this offer is contingent upon satisfactory proof of your identity and right to work in the United States. In addition, this offer is contingent upon the satisfactory completion of the Company’s pre-hiring procedures, including but not limited to completion of a references check, background check, and drug and alcohol screening test, and you must reasonably cooperate with providing the necessary authorizations for, and participating in, completion of such checks and testing.

This Agreement, together with your Proprietary Information Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with the Company. It supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. Changes in your employment terms, other than those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s or Board’s discretion in this letter, require a written modification approved by the Board and signed by you and a duly authorized Member of the Board. This Agreement will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement and the provision in question shall be modified so as to be rendered enforceable in a manner consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible under applicable law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of law principles. Any ambiguity in this Agreement shall not be construed against either party as the drafter. Any waiver of a breach of this Agreement, or rights hereunder, shall be in writing and shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any successive breach or rights hereunder. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts which shall be deemed to be part of one original, and facsimile signatures and signatures transmitted via .pdf file shall be equivalent to original signatures.

Please sign and date this letter, and the enclosed Proprietary Information Agreement, and return the fully signed agreements to me as soon as practicable if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above. I would be happy to discuss any questions that you may have about these terms.

We are delighted to be making this offer and the Board looks forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.


Anup Singh

October 21, 2011

Page 8

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Suresh Vasudevan

   
Suresh Vasudevan    
Chief Executive Officer    
Understood and Accepted:    

/s/ Anup Singh

   

10/22/2011

Anup Singh     Date

Enclosure: Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement


EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2645 Zanker Road

San Jose, CA 95134

February 4th 2010

Mike Munoz

[Address]

 

Re: Employment Terms

Dear Mike:

Nimble Storage, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you the position of Vice President of Sales on the following terms.

You will report to the CEO. You will be based at the company’s Silicon Valley office.

Your base salary will be paid at the rate of $175,000.00 annually, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. You will be paid twice monthly and you will be eligible for the following standard Company benefits: health, dental, and vision insurance, vacation, and holidays. Details about these benefit plans are available for your review.

Your total on-target annual commission is $175,000.00 with the variable compensation above your base salary contingent on beta site recruiting and meeting revenue sales targets.

Subject to and following approval by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), the Company shall grant you an option to purchase 306,388 shares of the Company’s common stock at the fair market value as determined by the Board as of the date of grant (the “Option”). The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and your grant agreement. Your grant agreement will include a four-year vesting schedule, under which 25% of your Option will vest after 12 months and 1/48th of the total will vest at the end of each month thereafter, until either the Option is fully vested or your employment ends, whichever occurs first. Your option agreement shall also provide that in the event that you are terminated without cause or constructively terminated within twelve months following a change of control transaction involving the corporation, the lesser of 25% of the originally granted shares or the remaining unvested shares shall vest immediately on the date of such termination.

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to abide by the Company’s policies and procedures as may be in effect from time to time. You also agree to read, sign and comply with the Company’s Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (“Proprietary Information Agreement”), attached hereto as Exhibit A.

In your work for the Company, you will be expected not to make unauthorized use or disclosure of any confidential information or materials, including the trade secrets, of any former employer or other third party to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be


expected to use only that information generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company. By accepting employment with the Company, you are representing to us that you will be able to perform your duties within the guidelines described in this paragraph. You represent further that you have disclosed to the Company any contract you have signed that may restrict your activities on behalf of the Company in any manner.

Your employment relationship is at-will. Accordingly, you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with your employment, you and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, execution, or interpretation of this agreement, your employment, or the termination of your employment, shall be resolved, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration in the county of Santa Clara, California, conducted before a single arbitrator by Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”) or its successor, under the then applicable JAMS rules. By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both you and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or by administrative proceeding. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision including the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. The Company shall pay all JAMS’ arbitration fees. Nothing in this letter agreement shall prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court if necessary to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any arbitration.

This letter, together with your Proprietary Information Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your agreement with the Company concerning the subject matter hereof. The terms in this letter supersede any other representations or agreements made to you by any party, whether oral or written. The terms of this agreement cannot be changed (except with respect to those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this letter) without a written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

This agreement is to be governed by the laws of the state of California without reference to conflicts of law principles. In case any provision contained in this agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this agreement, and such provision will be construed and enforced so as to render it valid and enforceable consistent with the general intent of the parties insofar as possible under applicable law. With respect to the enforcement of this agreement, no waiver of any right hereunder shall be effective unless it is in writing. For purposes of construction of this agreement, any ambiguity shall not be construed against either party as the drafter. This agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, and signatures transmitted via facsimile shall be deemed equivalent to originals. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your identity and right to work in the United States.

 

Page 2


If you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above, please sign and date this letter and the Proprietary Information Agreement, and return them to me by February 9th, 2010. If you accept our offer, we would like you to start work on March 15th, 2010 or on another start date mutually agreeable to you and the Company.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

 

Sincerely,    
NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.    

/s/ Varun Mehta

   
Varun Mehta    
President and Chief Executive Officer    
Exhibit A – Proprietary Information    
Understood and Accepted:    

/s/ Mike Munoz

   

2/5/10

Mike Munoz     Date

 

Page 3


 

LOGO

Exhibit A

Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement


EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

TRIPLE-NET LEASE

(SINGLE-TENANT)

BETWEEN

RO PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

LANDLORD

AND

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

TENANT

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

1.

  

BASIC LEASE TERMS

     1   

2.

  

PREMISES

     2   

3.

  

COMMENCEMENT DATE; POSSESSION

     3   

4.

  

RENT

     4   

5.

  

OPERATING EXPENSES

     5   

6.

  

SECURITY DEPOSIT

     6   

7.

  

USE

     7   

8.

  

NOTICES

     8   

9.

  

BROKERS

     8   

10.

  

SURRENDER; HOLDING OVER

     9   

11.

  

TAXES

     10   

12.

  

ALTERATIONS

     11   

13.

  

REPAIRS

     11   

14.

  

LIENS

     13   

15.

  

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     13   

16.

  

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

     13   

17.

  

ASSUMPTION OF RISK AND INDEMNIFICATION

     15   

18.

  

INSURANCE

     16   

19.

  

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

     18   

20.

  

EMINENT DOMAIN

     19   

21.

  

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     20   

22.

  

LANDLORD’S DEFAULT

     22   

23.

  

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     23   

24.

  

SUBORDINATION

     26   

25.

  

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

     26   

26.

  

EASEMENTS

     27   

27.

  

RULES AND REGULATIONS

     27   

28.

  

MODIFICATION AND CURE RIGHTS OF LANDLORD’S MORTGAGEES AND LESSORS

     27   

29.

  

DEFINITION OF LANDLORD

     27   

30.

  

WAIVER

     27   

31.

  

PARKING

     28   

32.

  

FORCE MAJEURE

     28   

33.

  

SIGNS

     28   

34.

  

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

     29   

35.

  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     29   

36.

  

QUIET ENJOYMENT

     30   

37.

  

AUCTIONS

     30   

38.

  

MISCELLANEOUS

     30   

39.

  

EXECUTION OF LEASE

     31   

40.

  

ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES

     31   

EXHIBITS

 

  

A    Site Plan Showing Premises   
B    Work Letter   
C    Estoppel Certificate   
D    Rules and Regulations   
E    Statement of Tenant Regarding Lease Commencement   
F    Form of SNDA   
G    Project Schedule   

RIDERS

 

Rider No. 1    Extension Option Rider
Rider No. 2    Fair Market Rental Rate
Rider No. 3    Options in General
Rider No. 4    Letter of Credit Rider
Rider No. 5    Rooftop Space Rider

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -i-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


TRIPLE-NET LEASE

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

(San Jose, California)

This TRIPLE-NET LEASE (“Lease”) is entered into, for reference purposes only, as of the 19th day of April, 2013, by and between RO PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

1. BASIC LEASE TERMS. For purposes of this Lease, the following terms have the following definitions and meanings:

(a) Landlord’s Address (For Notices):

2211 Michelson Drive, Suite 500

Irvine, California 92612

Attention: Property Manager, Bixby @ River Oaks

(b) Tenant’s Address (For Notices): After the Commencement Date: the Premises; Attention: Chief Financial Officer; Prior to the Commencement Date: Nimble Storage, Inc., 2740 Zanker Road; San Jose, CA 95134; Attn: Chief Financial Officer.

(c) Premises: The improved parcel(s) of real property (the “Land”), located in the City of San Jose (the “City”), County of Santa Clara (the “County”), State of California (the “State”), designated as APN Nos. 097-33-033 and 097-33-034, as shown on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A, together with the Building and all other improvements located thereon.

(d) Building: Those certain buildings (collectively, the “Building”) located on the Land, consisting of approximately 164,608 rentable square feet, and commonly known as Bixby @ River Oaks (collectively, the “Project”).

(e) Operating Expenses: The costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the ownership and operation of the Project, as more particularly described in Section 5 of the Lease.

(f) Term: Ninety-six (96) months.

(g) Commencement Date: Subject to Section 3 of this Lease and the terms of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B, the Term shall commence on November 1, 2013 (the “Commencement Date”), and shall expire on the Expiration Date (defined in Section 1(h) below), subject to extension or earlier termination, if applicable, in accordance with the terms of this Lease. The Commencement Date shall be subject to extension in the event the Premises are delivered to Tenant Ready for Occupancy after November 1, 2013 only if and to the extent the delay in delivery arises out of a Landlord Delay (as defined in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B) or Act of God Force Majeure Delays (as defined in Section 32 of this Lease). Tenant shall have one (1) option to extend the Term for an additional period of sixty (60) months, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of Rider No. 1, Rider No. 2 and Rider No. 3 attached hereto.

(h) Expiration Date: The last day of the ninety-sixth (96th) month following the Commencement Date, subject to extension pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of Riders No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 attached hereto.

(i) Monthly Base Rent:

 

Months of Term

   Annual Base
Rent
     Monthly Base
Rent
     Monthly Base Rent per Rentable
Square Foot of the Premises –

NNN
 

1 -12

   $ 3,749,343.00       $ 312,445.00       $ 1.90 - NNN

13-24

   $ 3,853,046.00       $ 321,087.00       $ 1.95 – NNN   

25-36

   $ 3,959.860.00       $ 329,988.00       $ 2.00 – NNN   

37-48

   $ 4,069,879.00       $ 339,157.00       $ 2.06 – NNN   

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -1-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


                      

49-60

   $ 4,183,198.00       $ 348,600.00       $ 2.12 – NNN   

61-72

   $ 4,299,917.00       $ 358,326.00       $ 2.18 – NNN   

73-84

   $ 4,420,137.00       $ 368,345.00       $ 2.24 – NNN   

85-96

   $ 4,543,964.00       $ 378,664.00       $ 2.30 – NNN   

 

* Subject to the “Abatement Period,” as defined in Section 4(d) below.

(j) Security Deposit: $367,930.27, which amount will be posted by Tenant as a condition to the release of the Letter of Credit, as set forth in Rider No. 4 attached to this Lease.

(k) Guarantor: None.

(I) Permitted Use: The Premises shall be used solely for general office, research and development, light manufacturing, testing, assembly, shipping, receiving, and any other related legal use, and for no other use or purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, but only to the extent permitted by the City and all agencies and governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof.

(m) Broker(s): Cassidy Turley Northern California (Steve Horton, Kelly Yoder and Erik L. Hallgrimson), representing Landlord, and Cresa (Steve Lico and David Tipton) representing Tenant.

(n) Interest Rate: shall mean eight percent (8%) per annum, provided, however, the Interest Rate will in no event exceed the maximum interest rate permitted to be charged by applicable law.

(o) “Tenant Improvements” means the work to be performed by Landlord in the Premises pursuant to a separate work letter agreement (the “Work Letter”) attached to this Lease as Exhibit B.

(p) Letter of Credit: Within three (3) business days after the date on which this Lease has been fully executed by Landlord and Tenant and each party has received an original executed counterpart of this Lease from the other party (the “Execution Date”), Tenant shall post a Letter of Credit in the face amount of $3,900,000.00. which shall be subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit Rider attached hereto as Rider No. 4. Tenant’s failure to deliver the Letter of Credit within such three (3)-business-day period shall constitute a default by Tenant.

(q) Exhibits: Exhibit A (Site Plan Showing Premises), Exhibit B (Work Letter), Exhibit C (Estoppel Certificate), Exhibit D (Rules and Regulations). Exhibit E (Statement of Tenant Regarding Lease Commencement), Exhibit F (Form of SNDA), and Exhibit G (Project Schedule) inclusive. which Exhibits are attached to this Lease and incorporated herein by this reference.

(r) Riders: Rider No. 1 (Extension Option Rider), Rider No. 2 (Fair Market Rental Rate). Rider No. 3 (Options in General). Rider No. 4 (Letter of Credit Rider), and Rider No.5 (Rooftop Space Rider) inclusive, which Riders are attached to this Lease and incorporated herein by this reference.

This Section 1 represents a summary of the basic terms and definitions of this Lease. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms contained in this Section 1 and any specific provision of this Lease, the terms of the more specific provision shall prevail.

2. PREMISES.

(a) Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises.

(b) Mutual Covenants. Landlord and Tenant agree that the letting and hiring of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease and each party covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform their respective obligations under this Lease.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -2-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


3. COMMENCEMENT DATE; POSSESSION.

(a) Commencement Date. The Term of the Lease shall be as set forth in Section 1(f) above, commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date, subject to earlier termination or extension, if applicable, in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Each consecutive twelve (12) month period of the Term of this Lease, commencing on the Commencement Date, will be referred to herein as a “Lease Year”.

(b) Condition of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Building or any portions thereof or with respect to the suitability of same for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Lease and in addition to Landlord’s specific obligations under the Work Letter or this Lease, Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant clean and free of debris, in compliance with all Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 7(b) below) in effect and applicable to the Premises as of the date of delivery of the Premises to Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease, and in good operating order, condition and repair, including existing plumbing, lighting, heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and other building systems serving the Premises, all structural elements, landscaping and parking areas of the Premises, all roofs, exterior windows and doors of the Premises, including loading doors (collectively, the “Delivery Condition”). If Tenant determines that the Premises or any portion thereof was not in compliance with the Delivery Condition as of the date of delivery to Tenant, and the lack of compliance with the Delivery Condition is not due to Tenant’s particular use of, or activities or work in the Premises, then in addition to and without limiting any available Construction Warranty under the Work Letter or Landlord’s specific obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall, as Tenant’s sole remedy, remedy the defects and/or correct the non-compliance at no cost or charge to Tenant within a commercially reasonable time following Landlord’s receipt of written notice setting forth the details thereof, which notice shall be delivered to Landlord by no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the Commencement Date. Additionally, Landlord shall assign to Tenant, on a non-exclusive basis, any and all warranties related to the Building systems or other items that Tenant is responsible to maintain under this Lease, and Landlord shall promptly upon request by Tenant use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce such warranties for the benefit of Tenant.

(c) Early Access. Commencing on the later of (i) September 1, 2013, and (ii) the date by which all of the following conditions (collectively, the “Access Conditions”) have been satisfied and continuing to the Commencement Date (the “Early Access Period”), Tenant shall have the right to access the Premises for the purpose of preparing the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof, including installation of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment therein. As referenced herein the “Access Conditions” shall mean and include: (i) this Lease has been fully executed and delivered by the parties hereto, (ii) Landlord has received the first (1st) monthly installments of Monthly Base Rent and Operating Expenses payable hereunder (pursuant to Section 4 of this Lease), (iii) Tenant has delivered to Landlord the Letter of Credit to be provided by Tenant upon the execution and delivery of this Lease (pursuant to Rider No. 4 attached hereto), and (iv) Landlord has received insurance certificates evidencing that Tenant is carrying the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of Section 18 of this Lease. During such Early Access Period, all of the applicable terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Project and all work conducted therein, provided that, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Monthly Base Rent or Operating Expenses until the Commencement Date occurs. Further, any work to be performed by Tenant or its contractors within the Premises shall be performed in strict accordance with the terms of Section 12 of this Lease, including obtaining Landlord’s prior approval of plans for any cabling, wiring or other work which may affect (a) any of the Tenant Improvements or the Base, Shell and Core, (b) the Building’s roof membrane; (c) the Building’s structural roof elements, footings, foundation, and structural portions of exterior and load-bearing walls, or any outside pipes or conduit up to the point of entry into the Building (collectively, the “Building Structure”); or (d) any of the Building’s systems, including HVAC, life-safety, plumbing, electrical, lighting or mechanical systems (collectively, the “Building Systems”), or which may require the issuance of a permit or may be visible from outside the Premises.

(d) Coordination of Work. In connection with any entry into the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees shall fully cooperate, work in harmony and not, in any manner, interfere with Landlord or its agents or representatives in performing work at the Building and the Premises, or interfere with the general operation of the Building and/or the Premises, or delay the timely completion of the Tenant Improvements. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 3, Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord, for Landlord’s approval (which approval shall not be

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -3-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry and provide a reasonably detailed description of any work to be performed. If at any time any person representing Tenant shall not be cooperative or shall otherwise cause or threaten to cause any such disharmony or interference, and Tenant fails to promptly institute and maintain corrective actions, then Landlord may revoke Tenant’s entry rights upon not less than one business day’s prior written notice to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any such entry into and occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof by Tenant or any person or entity working for or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be subject to all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Lease applicable to any such construction or other fit-up work to be performed on the Premises, excluding only the covenant to pay rent (until the occurrence of the Commencement Date, or upon such earlier date as Tenant may commence business operations within the Premises). Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s work made in or about the Premises in connection with such entry or to any property placed therein prior to the Commencement Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk and liability. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damage to any portion of the Premises caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees, provided that if and to the extent such damage is covered by insurance required to be carried by Landlord or the contractors completing the work under this Lease (such as course of construction coverage), Tenant shall pay any amounts in excess of the amount of insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord with respect thereto. In addition, subject to the insurance, indemnity and waiver of subrogation provision of this Lease, Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building or Premises and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s entry or work during the Early Access Period.

(e) Statement of Lease Commencement. Within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall return an executed Statement of Tenant Regarding Lease Commencement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E. The Statement of Tenant Regarding Lease Commencement shall be binding upon Tenant unless Tenant objects thereto in writing within such thirty (30) day period.

4. RENT.

(a) Monthly Base Rent. Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of $360,181.32 constituting Monthly Base Rent ($312,445.00) and estimated Operating Expenses ($47,736.32, calculated at the estimated rate of $0.29 per rentable square foot of the Building per month) due and payable by Tenant for the first (1st) full calendar month of the Term for which such amounts are payable hereunder. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises set forth in Section 1(i) above in advance on the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the Term without prior notice or demand, plus all applicable rental taxes, including, without limitation, occupancy, transaction privilege and excise taxes on the rent payable by Tenant hereunder, if any. As set forth in Section 3(a) above, if the Term of this Lease commences or ends on a day other than the first (1st) day of a calendar month, then the rent (as defined below) for such period will be prorated in the proportion that the number of days this Lease is in effect during such period bears to the number of days in such month. All rent must be paid to Landlord without any deduction or offset (except as herein specifically provided for), in lawful money of the United States of America, at the address set forth in Section 1(a) above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing to Tenant.

(b) Additional Rent. In addition to the payment of Monthly Base Rent, Tenant shall pay all Operating Expenses applicable to the Building, late charges, and any other sums due and payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, and the word “rent” as used in this Lease will include all such additional rent unless the context specifically or clearly implies that only Monthly Base Rent is intended. This Lease is what is commonly called a “Triple-Net Lease,” it being understood that, except where and to extent that Monthly Base Rent is waived by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 4(d) of this Lease, Landlord shall receive the Monthly Base Rent set forth in Section 4(a) in addition to, the Operating Expenses and other amounts due and payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

(c) Late Payments. Late payments of Monthly Base Rent and/or any item of additional rent will be subject to interest and a late charge as provided in Section 21(f) below.

(d) Rent Abatement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant shall not be required to pay Monthly Base Rent for the first (1st) six (6) full months of the initial Term (the “Abatement Period”). During the Abatement Period, Tenant shall still be responsible for the payment of all of its other monetary obligations under

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -4-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


this Lease. In the event of a default by Tenant under the terms of this Lease that results in termination of this Lease in accordance with the provisions of Section 21 hereof, then as a part of the recovery set forth in Section 21 of this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the recovery of the unamortized amount of the Monthly Base Rent that was abated under the provisions of this Section 4 (based upon the amortization of the abated Monthly Base Rent in equal monthly amounts, without interest, during the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the original Expiration Date).

5. OPERATING EXPENSES.

(a) Operating Expenses. In addition to Monthly Base Rent, throughout the Term of this Lease, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as additional rent in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the Operating Expenses as defined in this Section 5(a). As used in this Lease, “Operating Expenses” means only: (i) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Section 11(b) of this Lease); (ii) any and all assessments imposed with respect to the Premises pursuant to any recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Premises as of the Effective Date (it being understood that Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any increase in Operating Expenses resulting from any new or change in any covenants, conditions or restrictions affecting the Premises recorded after the Effective Date unless and to the extent imposed upon Landlord or the Property without any voluntary act of, or permission granted by, Landlord); (iii) costs of insurance premiums carried by Landlord pursuant to Section 18 of this Lease; and (iv) a management fee in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the Monthly Base Rent payable with respect to the Building.

(b) Estimate Statement. Prior to the Commencement Date and as soon as practical following the start of each subsequent calendar year during the Term of this Lease, Landlord will endeavor to deliver to Tenant a statement (“Estimate Statement”) wherein Landlord will reasonably estimate the Operating Expenses for the then current calendar year. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, as additional rent, one-twelfth (1I/12th) of the estimated Operating Expenses each month thereafter, beginning with the next installment of rent due, until such time as Landlord issues a revised Estimate Statement or the Estimate Statement for the succeeding calendar year; except that, concurrently with the regular monthly rent payment next due following the receipt of each such Estimate Statement, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord an amount equal to one monthly installment of the estimated Operating Expenses (less any applicable Operating Expenses already paid) multiplied by the number of months from January, in the current calendar year, to the month of such rent payment next due, all months inclusive. If at any time during the Term of this Lease, but not more often than quarterly, Landlord reasonably determines that the Operating Expenses for the current calendar year will be greater than the amount set forth in the then current Estimate Statement, Landlord may issue a revised Estimate Statement and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the revised Estimate Statement, the difference between the amount owed by Tenant under such revised Estimate Statement and the amount owed by Tenant under the original Estimate Statement for the portion of the then current calendar year which has expired. Thereafter Tenant agrees to pay Operating Expenses based on such revised Estimate Statement until Tenant receives the next calendar year’s Estimate Statement or a new revised Estimate Statement for the current calendar year.

(c) Actual Statement. As soon as practical following the end of each calendar year during the Term of this Lease, Landlord will also endeavor to deliver to Tenant a statement (“Actual Statement”) which states the actual Operating Expenses for the preceding calendar year. If the Actual Statement reveals that the actual Operating Expenses are more than the total additional rent paid by Tenant for Operating Expenses on account of the preceding calendar year, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord the difference in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Actual Statement. If the Actual Statement reveals that the actual Operating Expenses is less than the additional rent paid by Tenant for Operating Expenses on account of the preceding calendar year, Landlord will credit any overpayment toward the next monthly installment(s) of the Operating Expenses due under this Lease, or promptly refund such overpayment if the Term has ended.

(d) Miscellaneous. Any delay or failure by Landlord in delivering any Estimate Statement or Actual Statement pursuant to this Section 5 will not constitute a waiver of its right to require an increase in rent nor will it relieve Tenant of its obligations pursuant to this Section 5, except that Tenant will not be obligated to make any payments based on such Estimate Statement or Actual Statement until thirty (30) days after receipt of such Estimate Statement or Actual Statement. Even though the Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of the actual Operating Expenses for the year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant agrees to promptly pay any increase due over the estimated expenses paid and, conversely, any overpayment made in the event said expenses decrease shall promptly be

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -5-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


rebated by Landlord to Tenant. Such obligation will be a continuing one which will survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Operating Expenses that are fairly allocable to any time period before the Commencement Date or after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

(e) Audit Rights. Tenant, within one hundred twenty (120) days after receiving Landlord’s statement of actual Operating Expenses, may give Landlord written notice (“Review Notice”) that Tenant intends to review Landlord’s records of the Operating Expenses for the calendar year to which the statement applies. Within a reasonable time after receipt of the Review Notice, Landlord shall make all pertinent records available for inspection that are reasonably necessary for Tenant or Tenant’s agents to conduct its review, it being agreed that in no event shall Tenant retain any agents to conduct such review who are compensated in whole or in part on a contingency basis. If any records are maintained at a location other than the management office for the Building, Tenant may either inspect the records at such other location or pay for the reasonable cost of copying and shipping the records. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs, expenses and fees incurred for the audit unless the audit determines that Landlord has overstated Operating Expenses by greater than five percent (5%), in which case Landlord shall be responsible for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses and fees incurred by Tenant for the audit, in an amount not to exceed $5,000 in anyone instance. Within thirty (30) days after the records are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord written notice (an “Objection Notice”) stating in reasonable detail any objection to Landlord’s statement of actual Operating Expenses for that year. If Tenant fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice within the thirty (30) day period or fails to provide Landlord with a Review Notice within the one hundred twenty (120) day period described above, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved Landlord’s statement of actual Operating Expenses and shall be barred from raising any claims regarding the Operating Expenses for that year. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine Landlord’s records or to dispute any statement of actual Operating Expenses unless Tenant has paid and continues to pay all rent when due. If Tenant does not provide the Review Notice within the time period set forth above in this Section 5(e), such statement will be deemed final and binding on Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall each use their best efforts to cooperate with each other to resolve any discrepancies between them in the accounting of Operating Expenses and additional rent. Further, upon request and prior to conducting any such audit, Tenant shall enter into a commercially reasonable form of nondisclosure agreement with respect to the materials reviewed during the course of the audit, and the results thereof.

6. SECURITY DEPOSIT. If at any time during the Term (including in satisfaction of the LOC Release Conditions, as set forth in Rider No. 4 attached hereto) Landlord holds a cash security deposit under this Lease (the “Security Deposit”), then the terms of this Section 6 shall apply to such Security Deposit. If and to the extent the Letter of Credit is returned to Tenant, subject to the terms and conditions of Rider No. 4 attached hereto, then upon return of the Letter of Credit, Tenant shall be required to deliver the Security Deposit to Landlord in immediately available funds, to be held by Landlord without liability for interest (unless required by laws) as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of rent or a measure of damages. Landlord may use all or a portion of the Security Deposit to cure any default (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) by Tenant, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods). If Landlord uses any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall within ten (10) days of its receipt of a written demand restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a default under this Lease. Landlord shall return any balance of the Security Deposit to Tenant (after applying any amount that may be necessary to cure a default by Tenant and to compensate Landlord for loss or damage incurred as a result thereof) within forty-five (45) days after the date Tenant surrenders the Premises to Landlord in compliance with Section 10(a) below and Tenant has paid to Landlord any rent which then remains outstanding and is due and payable by Tenant under the terms of this Lease, excluding amounts which will be billed to Tenant more than thirty (30) days following the Commencement Date (such as Operating Expense reconciliations) which Tenant will pay in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Security Deposit are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord can maintain the Security Deposit separate and apart from Landlord’s general funds or can commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s general and other funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code (excepting subsection (b) thereof), and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -6-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


7. USE.

(a) Tenant’s Use of the Premises. The Premises may be used for the use or uses set forth in Section 1(l) above only, and Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(b) Compliance. At Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant agrees to procure, maintain and hold available for Landlord’s inspection, all governmental licenses and permits required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business from the Premises, if any. Tenant agrees not to use, alter or occupy the Premises or allow the Premises to be used, altered or occupied in violation of, and Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, agrees to use and occupy the Premises and cause the Premises to be used and occupied in compliance with: (i) any and all laws, statutes, zoning restrictions, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and rulings now or hereafter in force and any requirements of any insurer, insurance authority or duly constituted public authority having jurisdiction over the Premises now or hereafter in force, (ii) the requirements of the Board of Fire Underwriters and any other similar body, (iii) the Certificate of Occupancy issued for the Building, and (iv) any recorded covenants, conditions or restrictions in effect as of the Effective Date or later becoming binding upon the Project through no act or omission of Tenant (collectively, “Legal Requirements”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent any Legal Requirements first becoming effective after the Commencement result in an obligation to construct any improvements or Alterations to the Premises or Building, then (A) Tenant shall be solely obligated to perform at its sole cost any improvements or Alterations which are required by reason of (i) the specific nature of Tenant’s use of the Premises (as opposed to office and other uses by tenants in general), (ii) any work or Alterations to the Premises made and paid for by Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors, or (iii) a default (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods hereunder) by Tenant, and (B) Landlord shall arrange for the performance of any capital improvements or other improvements or alterations that will cost more than Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) in each instance, that in each case are otherwise not required to be performed and paid for by Tenant as set forth in (A) above, and the cost thereof shall be amortized over the useful life of such improvement in the manner referenced in Section 13(a) below. Tenant agrees to comply with the Rules and Regulations referenced in Section 27 below; provided, however, that to the extent there is any inconsistency between any such Rules and Regulations and the remainder of this Lease, the remainder of this Lease shall govern and control. Tenant agrees not to use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful or otherwise reasonably objectionable purpose. Tenant agrees not to cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on, under or about the Premises. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, all transferable development rights related in any way to the Premises are and will remain vested in Landlord, and Tenant hereby waives any rights thereto.

(c) Hazardous Materials. Except for ordinary and general office supplies, equipment and facilities, such as copier toner, liquid paper, back-up power sources, glue, ink and common professional cleaning materials, as well as customary quantities of first aid and healthcare supplies and the parking of vehicles in the parking areas adjacent to the Premises (some or all of which may constitute “Hazardous Materials” as defined in this Lease), Tenant agrees not to cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, stored, used, handled, generated, released or disposed of on, in, under or about the Premises, the Building ·or any portion thereof by Tenant, its agents, employees, subtenants, assignees, licensees, contractors or invitees (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to promptly remove from the Premises, at its sole cost and expense, any and all Hazardous Materials, including any equipment or systems containing Hazardous Materials which are installed, brought upon, stored, used, or generated upon, in, under or about the Premises, the Building, or any portion thereof by Tenant or any Tenant Parties in violation of applicable Legal Requirements. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees to promptly indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s partners, officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, “Landlord Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities, penalties, fines, expenses and costs (including, without limitation, clean-up, removal, remediation and restoration costs, sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and expert fees and court costs) which arise or result from the introduction of Hazardous Materials on, in, under or about the Premises or the Building and which are caused by Tenant or any Tenant Parties. Tenant agrees to promptly notify Landlord of any release of Hazardous Materials at the Premises in violation of applicable Legal

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -7-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


Requirements of which Tenant becomes aware of during the Term of this Lease, whether caused by Tenant or any other persons or entities. In the event of any release of Hazardous Materials in violation of applicable Legal Requirements caused by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause Tenant to immediately take all steps Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to remediate such release and prevent any similar future release to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee(s). As used in this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall mean and include any hazardous or toxic materials, substances or wastes as now or hereafter designated under any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order or ruling of any agency of the State, the United States Government or any local governmental authority, including, without limitation, asbestos, asbestos-containing material (“ACM”), presumed asbestos containing materials (“PACM”), petroleum, petroleum hydrocarbons and petroleum based products, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”), and freon and other chlorofluorocarbons. The provisions of this Section 7(c) will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. To the extent it is determined that Hazardous Materials exist at the Premises as of the Commencement Date in violation of laws governing Hazardous Materials, and such violation does not arise out of any wrongful acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors, Landlord shall promptly take such action as is necessary to remove and remediate such Hazardous Materials in compliance with such laws at no cost to Tenant. If, following the Commencement Date, the Premises becomes contaminated with Hazardous Materials in violation of laws governing Hazardous Materials, and such violation does not arise out of any wrongful acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors, Landlord shall promptly take such action as is necessary to remove and remediate such Hazardous Materials in compliance with such laws, at no cost to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has advised Tenant that the Building contains or, because of its age, is likely to contain, asbestos. Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord will make available for review by Tenant at the Premises during normal business hours (without warranty) copies of any current asbestos management plans, inspection reports, test results or other similar documents in Landlord’s possession relating to the presence of asbestos at the Building. To the extent such reports or documents indicate the presence of asbestos at the Building, this provision shall constitute notice to Tenant as required by the California Health & Safety Code. In connection with performing any work that may disturb asbestos at the Building, Tenant shall comply, at its cost, with any applicable laws or asbestos management plans relating to the Building. Tenant shall also comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations requiring disclosure to employees or invitees of the presence of asbestos or other hazardous materials at or around the Premises or the Building. Landlord has no special knowledge of the general procedures or handling restrictions to minimize or prevent the disturbance, release or exposure to asbestos or of the potential health risks that may result from any exposure to asbestos. Tenant is encouraged to contact local or state public health agencies for further information. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay the cost of remediation or to indemnify, protect, defend or hold harmless Landlord or any of the Landlord Indemnified Parties from or against, any claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities, penalties, fines, expenses and costs (including, without limitation, clean-up, removal, remediation and restoration costs, sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and expert fees and court costs) of any kind, if and to the extent arising, directly or indirectly, out of Hazardous Materials which are or were present at the Project in violation of Legal Requirements as of the date of execution and delivery of this Lease, or which later become located at the Project in violation of Legal Requirements through no fault (no act, omission or negligence) of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractor or invitees.

8. NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and may be given by personal delivery (including delivery by reputable overnight courier or an express mailing service) or by mail, if sent by registered or certified mail. Notices to Tenant shall be sufficient if delivered to Tenant at the address designated in Section 1(b) above and notices to Landlord shall be sufficient if delivered to Landlord at the address designated in Section 1(a) above. Either party may specify a different address for notice purposes by written notice to the other, except that the Landlord may in any event use the Premises as Tenant’s address for notice purposes. Notices in accordance with this Section 8 shall be deemed given upon: (i) hand delivery, (ii) three (3) business days after the notice has been deposited with the United States postal service as first class registered or certified mail, or (iii) the next business day after the notice has been deposited with a reputable overnight delivery service, postage prepaid

9. BROKERS. The parties acknowledge that the broker(s) who negotiated this Lease are stated in Section 1(m) above. Landlord shall pay all commissions due to such brokers arising out of the execution of this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s separate written agreement with such brokers. Each party represents and warrants to the other, that, to its knowledge, no other broker, agent or finder (a) negotiated or was instrumental in negotiating or consummating this Lease on its behalf, and (b) is or might be entitled to a commission or compensation in

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -8-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


connection with this Lease. Landlord and Tenant each agree to promptly indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the other from and against any and all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities, penalties, fines, expenses and costs (including attorneys’ fees and court costs) resulting from any breach by the indemnifying party of the foregoing representation, including, without limitation, any claims that may be asserted by any broker, agent or finder undisclosed by the indemnifying party. The foregoing mutual indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

10. SURRENDER; HOLDING OVER.

(a) Surrender. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not constitute a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases or subtenancies. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to peaceably surrender the Premises to Landlord broom clean and in a state of good order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear (which shall encompass, among other items, the natural fading of painted surfaces, fabric and materials over time, and carpet wear caused by normal foot traffic) and casualty and condemnation damage excepted, but in any event with all carpeted areas cleaned and all floor areas cleaned and all of Tenant’s Property (as defined in Section 18 below) and Alterations (as defined in Section 12 below) and all cabling and wiring removed, unless and to the extent Tenant is not required to remove any such Alterations from the Premises pursuant to the terms of Article 12 of this Lease. Further, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove from the Premises at the end of the Term of the Lease any Tenant Improvements installed pursuant to the Work Letter, unless and to the extent Landlord specifies in writing at the time of approval of the Approved Working Drawings that Tenant is obligated to remove such items, it being agreed that Landlord shall not specify for removal any items of the Tenant Improvements which are standard office tenant improvements in compliance with Legal Requirements. In connection with the removal of any Tenant Improvements, Alterations or other items from the Premises, Tenant shall be solely responsible to repair at its sole cost and expense any damage caused by such removal and to restore the Premises to good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. At least ninety (90) days, prior to the date Tenant is to actually surrender the Premises to Landlord, Tenant agrees to give Landlord notice of the exact date Tenant will surrender the Premises so that Landlord and Tenant can schedule a walk-through of the Premises to review the condition of the Premises, to confirm Tenant’s removal obligations, and to otherwise confirm Tenant’s obligations to surrender the Premises as required by this Lease. During such ninety (90) day period, Landlord may inspect the Premises and all equipment and fixtures located therein to determine if they are in the condition required for proper surrender by Tenant, or at Landlord’s option, Landlord may retain the services of one (1) or more inspectors or consultants to perform such inspections. If there are any deficiencies discovered in the condition of the Premises that do not comply with the surrender requirements established in this Section 10(a), Tenant will promptly cause the same to be corrected in a good and workmanlike manner at Tenant’s sole cost and expense prior to the surrender date. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or to Landlord’s agent or any employee thereof alone will not be sufficient to constitute a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant does not wish to be obligated to remove items from the Premises or the Building at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term as set forth herein, Tenant shall have the right to request in writing, in connection with Landlord’s approval of any construction or installation by Tenant, that Tenant be entitled to leave certain items in place; provided that, if Tenant makes written request to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s request for consent to any Alterations, then Landlord shall make its election whether or not to require removal of such Alterations, if at all, at the time consent to such Alterations is given, and Landlord’s failure to do so shall be deemed to constitute Landlord’s election not to require Tenant to remove the Alteration at issue.

(b) Holding Over. Tenant will not be permitted to hold over possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. If Tenant holds over after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord may, at its option, treat Tenant as a tenant at sufferance only, and such continued occupancy by Tenant shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, so far as applicable, except that the Monthly Base Rent for any such holdover period shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Base Rent in effect under this Lease immediately prior to such holdover, prorated on a daily basis. Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such expiration or earlier termination will not result in a renewal of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of re-entry or any rights of Landlord under this Lease or as otherwise provided by law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of this Lease in accordance with the terms of this Section 10 despite demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant agrees to promptly indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord harmless

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -9-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


from all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities, penalties, fines, expenses and costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs), including, without limitation, costs and expenses reasonably and actually incurred by Landlord in returning the Premises to the condition in which Tenant was to surrender it and claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on or resulting from Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises. The provisions of this Section 10(b) will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

11. TAXES.

(a) Payment of Taxes. Tenant agrees to pay all Real Property Taxes, as defined in Section 11(b) below, as part of Operating Expenses, during the Term of this Lease. If any such Real Property Taxes paid by Tenant shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration of the Term thereof, Tenant’s share of such Real Property Taxes is to be equitably prorated to cover only the period of time within the tax fiscal year during which this Lease shall be in effect, and Landlord will reimburse Tenant to the extent required.

(b) Definition of “Real Property Taxes”. The term “Real Property Taxes” as used herein means: any form of real estate assessment, license fee, license tax, business license fee, commercial rental tax, levy, charge, improvement bond, tax or similar imposition imposed by any authority having the direct power to tax, including any city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, lighting, drainage or other improvement or special assessment district thereof, as against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises or any part thereof, including the following by way of illustration but not limitation (i) any tax on Landlord’s “right” to rent or as against Landlord’s business of leasing the Premises; and (ii) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, excluding any liens or levies related to Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises that were not introduced onto the Premises by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or invitees. It is the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of “Real Property Taxes” for the purposes of this Lease; (A) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Building or Premises or the rent payable by Tenant hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross receipts tax or excise tax levied by state, city or federal government, or any political subdivision thereof, with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof but not on Landlord’s other operations; (B) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and/or (C) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge by any governmental agency related to any transportation plan, fund or system (including assessment districts) instituted within the geographic area of which the Building is a part. In the case of any Real Property Taxes that may be evidenced by improvement or other bonds or that may be paid in annual or other periodic installments, for the purpose of calculating Impositions under this Lease, Landlord shall elect to cause such bonds to be issued or such assessment to be paid in installments over the maximum period permitted by applicable Legal Requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Real Property Taxes shall not include, and Tenant shall have no obligation to payor reimburse Landlord for any of the following: (i) any franchise, estate, inheritance, succession or transfer tax of Landlord; (ii) any income, profits or revenue tax or charge upon the net income of Landlord from all sources; (iii) any penalties or interest charges (through no fault of Tenant); or (iv) any supplemental real estate taxes related to any period of time before or after the Term. Tenant shall have the right to request Landlord to contest Real Property Taxes assessed against the Premises or Tenant’s personal property, and if Landlord is not willing to undertake such contest, Landlord agrees that Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, can institute a contest on its own and Landlord will reasonably cooperate with such contest. Tax refunds shall be credited against Real Property Taxes and Tenant’s personal property taxes, as applicable, and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Lease Year to which the refund is applicable during the Term; it being understood that this obligation shall survive the termination of this Lease.

(c) Personal Property Taxes. Tenant agrees to pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises. When reasonably possible, Tenant will request said trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Landlord. If any of Tenant’s personal property is assessed with Landlord’s real property, Tenant shall pay Landlord the taxes attributable to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of a written statement and bill from the taxing authority setting forth the taxes applicable to Tenant’s property.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -10-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


12. ALTERATIONS.

(a) Alterations. Except as otherwise provided in the Work Letter, which shall apply to the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall not make alterations, repairs, additions or improvements or install any Cable (collectively referred to as “Alterations”) without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition. In order to obtain such approvals, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with plans and specifications; names of contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord; required permits and approvals, if any; evidence of contractor’s and subcontractor’s insurance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord and naming Landlord as an additional insured on all commercial general liability policies; and any security for performance in amounts reasonably required by Landlord after taking into account all relevant factors including the financial strength of Tenant, provided, however, if the named Tenant hereunder (or an affiliate of Tenant under a Permitted Transfer) is the Tenant under the Lease and no breach or default by Tenant exists hereunder, Landlord shall not require security for the work to be performed unless the costs of the proposed work exceeds $1,000,000.00. Upon completion, Tenant shall furnish “as-built” plans for Alterations, completion affidavits and full and final waivers of lien.

(b) Cosmetic Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing , so long as Tenant (i) complies with all applicable laws, rules (including the then current construction rules, guidelines and specifications for the Building), regulations and the terms and conditions of this Lease, and (ii) reasonably coordinates construction of the Alterations with Landlord, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent, but upon three (3) business days prior written notice to Landlord, to make non-structural additions and alterations to the Premises that do not (A) involve the expenditure of more than $75,000.00 in anyone instance, (B) affect the appearance of the Building or any areas outside the Premises, or (C) affect or impact in any material way the systems or structure of the Building, or (D) require the issuance of a building permit (collectively, the “Cosmetic Alterations”).

(c) Plan Review. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, as additional rent, the actual and reasonable, out-of-pocket costs of professional services and costs for general conditions of Landlord’s third party consultants if utilized by Landlord for review of all plans, specifications and working drawings for any Alterations, within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of invoices either from Landlord or such consultants. In addition, with respect to any Alterations (other than Cosmetic Alterations), Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations, a fee in the amount of five percent (5%) of the cost of such Alterations, but in no event less than Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00).

(d) Personal Property. All articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises (including Tenant’s business and trade fixtures, furniture, movable partitions, Cable and equipment [such as telephones, copy machines, computer terminals, refrigerators and facsimile machines]) will be and remain the property of Tenant, and, unless otherwise agreed between Landlord and Tenant in writing, must be removed by Tenant from the Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, on or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant agrees to repair any damage caused by such removal at its cost on or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(e) Removal of Alterations. If Tenant fails to remove by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease all of its personal property, Cable, or any Alterations required to be removed hereunder under Section 10(a) above, Landlord may (without liability to Tenant for loss thereof) treat such personal property, Cable and/or Alterations as abandoned and, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and in addition to Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity: (i) remove and store such items; and/or (ii) upon ten (10) days’ prior notice to Tenant, sell, discard or otherwise dispose of all or any such items at private or public sale for such price as Landlord may obtain or by other commercially reasonable means. Tenant shall be liable for all costs of disposition of Tenant’s abandoned property and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant with respect to any such abandoned property.

13. REPAIRS.

(a) Tenant’s Obligations. Subject to Section 7(b) and the Construction Warranty referenced in the Work Letter, Landlord’s repair and maintenance obligations set forth in Sections 13(c) and 13(d) below, and further subject to the terms of Sections 19 and 20 hereof in the event of casualty or a condemnation, respectively, Tenant agrees to keep in good order, condition and repair the Premises and every part thereof, regardless of the need for repairs arises out of Tenant’s use or otherwise, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, maintaining, repairing and replacing, as and when needed, at Tenant’s sole cost (except as specifically set forth in Sections 13(c) and 13(d) below) all Building Systems and

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -11-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


related equipment and fixtures, non-load bearing interior walls, any walls constructed or modified by Tenant, exterior wall graffiti removal and painting when necessary, ceilings, roof membrane (excluding capital replacement thereof and subject to the terms of Sections 13(c) and 13(d) below with respect to the roof of the 211 Building), floors, windows, doors, plate glass and skylights located within the Premises, and all landscaping, driveways, loading docks, parking lots, fences and signs located on the Premises and sidewalks and parkways located in or on the Premises. In performing its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall consistently exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including arranging for and maintaining at Tenant’s cost (with copies to Landlord) maintenance and service contracts reasonably approved by Landlord for HVAC equipment, fire extinguishing and alarm systems, roof preventative maintenance and landscaping maintenance, which maintenance and service contracts (other than for landscaping) shall include a requirement for an annual inspection. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of each inspection report. In addition, Tenant shall arrange for any required maintenance and the correction of any defects noted in any such inspection report. Tenant agrees to cause any mechanics’ liens or other liens arising as a result of work performed by Tenant or at Tenant’s direction to be eliminated as provided in Section 14 below. In the event Tenant fails to maintain any required maintenance or service contract, or fails to obtain and deliver to Landlord an inspection report, Landlord shall have the right (following written notice to Tenant and the expiration of applicable cure periods), to arrange for such maintenance and service contracts, and the required inspections, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s delivery of an invoice therefor. In any event, Tenant shall pay the costs of and arrange for the correction of any deficiencies found. Tenant shall perform at its expense routine and non-capital maintenance of the Building Systems. Tenant shall be responsible for work relating to the Building Structure only if and to the extent the need for any such work arises out of or results from specific work or acts conducted by Tenant at the Premises.

(b) Tenant’s Failure to Repair. If Tenant refuses or neglects to repair and maintain the Premises properly as required hereunder to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, Landlord, at any time following twenty (20) days from the date Landlord delivers to Tenant a written demand to effect such repair or maintenance, may enter upon the Premises and make such repairs and/or maintenance, and upon completion thereof, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent, Landlord’s costs for making such repairs plus an amount not to exceed five percent (5%) of such costs for overhead, within thirty (30) days of receipt from Landlord of a written itemized bill therefor. Any amounts not reimbursed by Tenant within such thirty (30) day period will bear interest at the Interest Rate until paid by Tenant.

(c) Landlord’s Obligations. Except for the obligations of Landlord under Section 19 below relating to damage or destruction of the Premises, or under Section 20 below relating to eminent domain (it being acknowledged and agreed that such provisions shall control in the event of casualty or condemnation, as applicable), it is intended by the parties that Landlord’s sole obligation to repair and maintain the Premises and to pay the cost thereof shall be as set forth in this Section 13(c) and in Section 13(d). Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute, ordinance, rule or regulation. Landlord shall at no cost to Tenant (unless and to the extent specifically set forth in this Lease) maintain and repair as needed, and, if necessary, replace the Building Structure, and shall complete any necessary capital repairs or replacement of the roof membranes, it being acknowledged that non-capital repairs of the roof membranes shall be the responsibility of Tenant as set forth in Section 13(a) above, provided, however, Landlord agrees to repair and maintain the roof membrane of the 211 Building until such time as it is recoated (and thereafter, Tenant shall assume non-capital repairs and maintenance of such roof).

(d) Capital Repairs and Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 13(a) above, Landlord shall cause to be completed any capital repairs or capital replacement work required to be performed with respect to the Building Structure or Building Systems of the Premises during the Term of this Lease. Only if and to the extent any such required repairs and replacements are the specific responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, the amortized cost of such work shall be included in Operating Expenses payable by Tenant under the terms of this Lease. For purposes of the foregoing, the following shall govern: (1) Required work shall be deemed a “capital repair” or a “capital replacement” if it would normally be required to be capitalized under generally accepted commercial real estate accounting principles; (2) the cost of any capital repair or capital replacement shall be amortized over the useful life of the improvement, as reasonably determined by Landlord, at an annual interest rate equal to Wells Fargo Prime plus one percent (1%), and Tenant shall pay the monthly amortization amount during the Term of this Lease, as part of Operating Expenses; and (3) notwithstanding the foregoing, if the cost of any resurfacing of the driveways or parking areas will exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) then such work shall likewise be deemed a capital repair hereunder and shall be amortized under clause (2) above and shall likewise be payable by Tenant monthly

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -12-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


as an Operating Expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to pay the cost of any maintenance, repairs or replacements to the Project to the extent the need for such arises out of any failure of Tenant to perform its specific repair and maintenance obligations under this Lease or any breach or default of Tenant hereunder which continues to exist beyond the expiration of any applicable notice or cure period.

14. LIENS. Tenant agrees not to permit any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens to be filed against all or any part of the Premises, nor against Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises, by reason of or in connection with any repairs, alterations, improvements or other work contracted for or undertaken by Tenant or any other act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees. At Landlord’s request, Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with enforceable, conditional and final lien releases (or other evidence reasonably requested by Landlord to demonstrate protection from liens) from all persons furnishing labor and/or materials at the Project for other than the Tenant Improvements. Landlord will have the right at all reasonable times to post on the Premises and record any notices of non-responsibility which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. If any such liens are filed, Tenant will, at its sole cost, promptly cause such liens to be released of record or bonded so that it no longer affects title to the Premises. If Tenant fails to cause any such liens to be so released or bonded within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of notice of the filing thereof, such failure will be deemed a material breach by Tenant under this Lease without the benefit of any additional notice or cure period described in Section 21 below, and Landlord may, without waiving its rights and remedies based on such breach, and without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations, cause such liens to be released by any means it shall deem proper, including payment in satisfaction of the claims giving rise to such liens. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of invoice from Landlord, any required sum paid by Landlord to remove such liens, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of such payment by Landlord.

15. ENTRY BY LANDLORD. Landlord and its employees and agents will at all times have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers or, during the last two hundred seventy (270) days of the Term only, tenants, to post notices of non-responsibility, and/or to repair the Premises as permitted or required by this Lease. In exercising such entry rights, Landlord will minimize, as reasonably practicable, the interference with Tenant’s business, and will provide Tenant with not less than one (1) business days’ advance notice of any such entry and abide by Tenant’s reasonable security requirements (except in emergency situations). Landlord may, in order to carry out such purposes, erect scaffolding and other necessary structures where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed. Landlord will at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes and other confidential and proprietary areas. Landlord will have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may reasonably deem proper to open said doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises. Any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise in accordance with this Section 15, will not be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises. Landlord will not be liable to Tenant for any damages or losses for any entry by Landlord in accordance with this Section 15.

16. UTILITIES AND SERVICES.

(a) Utilities and Services. Effective as of the Commencement Date and throughout the Term, Tenant agrees to contract directly for and to pay for all utilities and services provided to the Premises (including the Land and the Building), including, without limitation, water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, waste/trash removal, sewer and other utilities, janitorial and cleaning services, landscaping and outdoor maintenance, together with any taxes thereon. Landlord will not be liable to Tenant for any failure to furnish any of the foregoing utilities and services if such failure is caused by all or any of the following: (a) accident, breakage or repairs; (b) strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbance or labor dispute of any character; (c) governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action or inaction; (d) inability despite the exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain electricity, water or fuel; or (e) any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. In addition, in the event of any stoppage or interruption of services or utilities, except as otherwise specifically set forth in Section 16(c) below, Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent (except as expressly provided in Section 19(f) below or Section 20(b) below if such failure results from a damage or taking described therein), no eviction of Tenant will result from such failure and Tenant will not be relieved from the performance of any covenant or agreement in this Lease because of such failure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be solely responsible for providing adequate security for its Premises, and its use of the

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -13-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


Building and the common areas thereof. Landlord shall have no responsibility to prevent, and shall not be liable to Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, visitors or invitees, for losses due to theft, burglary or other criminal activity, or for damages or injuries to persons or property resulting from persons gaining access to the Premises or the Building.

(b) 211 Building HVAC Units.

(i) If it becomes necessary (as referenced below) for any of the existing package rooftop units located upon or serving the building located at 211 River Oaks Parkway (each a “211 Building HVAC Unit” and, collectively, the “211 Building HVAC Units”) to be replaced (rather than just be repaired and maintained as set forth in Section 13(a) above), Landlord will arrange for such replacement promptly and with diligence so as to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s business operations. Landlord will work with Tenant to schedule a time for the completion of such work so that Tenant’s business and comfort during business hours will not be compromised by performance of the necessary work. The following guidelines shall be applicable to a determination of whether replacement rather than repair of any or all of the 211 Building HVAC Units is necessary:

 

   

If the subject 211 Building HVAC Unit or Units fails two (2) or more times in a 12- month period (provided that the 211 Building HVAC Units at issue have not been operated by Tenant in an abusive manner), with each such failure resulting in the need for an outside HVAC system technician to make a service call to the 211 Building in order to complete the necessary repairs to return the 211 Building HVAC Unit or Units to functionality; and/or

 

   

If it is determined, based upon competitive bids obtained from reputable HVAC contractors, that the cost of the necessary repairs is reasonably expected to exceed fifty percent (50%) of the replacement cost of such system.

(ii) If it is determined based upon the foregoing that any of the 211 Building HVAC Units need to be replaced through no fault of Tenant, and as a result the 211 Building will not be served by HVAC service for a period of time, Landlord shall at its cost make the necessary arrangements in order to provide temporary HVAC service to the 211 Building until the new HVAC units are installed and operational, which measures may include the use of “box car” or similar temporary HVAC units at the 211 Building

(iii) Based on the foregoing, if and to the extent Landlord is required to replace the existing 211 Building HVAC Units within the initial Term, Landlord shall pay the cost of such replacement, and such costs will not be included within Operating Expenses. If the existing 211 Building HVAC Units require replacement following the expiration of the initial Term, the costs thereof shall be amortized over the useful life of such system in accordance with generally accepted commercial building accounting practices and such monthly amortized costs shall be included within Operating Expenses.

(c) Abatement of Rent When Tenant Is Prevented From Using Premises. In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, for five (5) days, or after ten (10) non-consecutive business days within any twelve (12) month period during the Term of the Lease (the “Eligibility Period”), as a result of (i) any cessation of essential utilities and services provided to the Premises, or (ii) any failure by Landlord to perform any repairs required to be performed by Landlord under Section 13 above or elsewhere in this Lease, within a reasonable time after Landlord has received notice from Tenant of the need for such repairs, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required for such repair work if Landlord diligently commences such repair work within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes same to completion), or (iii) the presence and remediation of any Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises as set forth in Section 7(c) above, then Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, from and after the first (1st) day following the Eligibility Period and continuing until such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable square feet of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be entitled to abatement or reduction of rent to the extent the matters described in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) were not caused by any wrongful acts or omissions of Landlord or any of Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors, or such matters arise out of or result from a matter outside of Landlord’s reasonable control. It is further acknowledged and agreed that if Tenant would be otherwise be entitled to rental abatement under the terms of this subsection (c) but for the cause of the loss at issue being outside of Landlord’s control, Tenant may still be entitled to an abatement of rent as set forth in this subsection (c) if and to the extent the rental abatement to

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -14-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


which Tenant is entitled is covered by any rental loss proceeds actually received by Landlord under insurance Landlord is then carrying with respect to the Premises (it being understood that nothing herein shall obligate Landlord to carry such insurance coverage, but if such coverage is available to Landlord, Landlord will make a good faith claim for applicable proceeds). To the extent Tenant shall be entitled to abatement of rent because of a damage or destruction pursuant to Section 19 or a taking pursuant to Section 20, then the terms of this Section 16(c) shall not be applicable.

17. ASSUMPTION OF RISK AND INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) Assumption of Risk. Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to Landlord, hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor any Landlord Indemnified Parties (as defined in Section 7(c) above) will be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant expressly assumes the risk of and waives any and all claims it may have against Landlord or any Landlord Indemnified Parties with respect to, (i) any and all damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises or any part thereof (except to the extent resulting from the negligent or willful act or omission or violation of any Legal Requirements by Landlord, Landlord’s contractors, or any Landlord Indemnified Parties), (ii) any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in or about the Premises, or caused by quasi-public work, (iii) any damage to property entrusted to employees of the Premises, (iv) any loss of or damage to property by theft or otherwise, or (v) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from any casualty, explosion, falling plaster or other masonry or glass, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other place, or resulting from dampness (except to the extent resulting from the negligent or willful act or omission of Landlord, Landlord’s contractors, or any Landlord Indemnified Parties). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any Landlord Indemnified Parties will be liable for consequential damages to Tenant’s business or loss of income therefrom arising out of any loss of the use of the Premises or any equipment or facilities therein by Tenant or any Tenant Parties or for interference with light or other incorporeal hereditaments. Tenant agrees to endeavor to give prompt notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the Premises, or of defects therein or in the fixtures or equipment of which Tenant becomes aware.

(b) Indemnification. Tenant will be liable for, and agrees, to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord Indemnified Parties, from and against, any and all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities, penalties, fines, expenses and costs, including attorneys’ fees and court costs (collectively, “Indemnified Claims”), to the extent arising or resulting from (i) any negligent act or omission or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Parties (as defined in Section 7(c) above); (ii) the use of the Premises and conduct of Tenant’s business by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, or any other activity, work or thing done by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, in or about the Premises; and/or (iii) any default by Tenant of any obligations on Tenant’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnities shall not apply to the extent the Indemnified Claim arises out of or results from the violation of any Legal Requirements, negligence (but only to the extent the Indemnified Claims are not actually covered by insurance Tenant is required to carry under this Lease), gross negligence, or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of the Landlord Indemnified Parties. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord or any Landlord Indemnified Parties by reason of any such Indemnified Claims, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, agrees to promptly defend the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, which approval Landlord will not unreasonably withhold. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 17 above to the contrary, Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not apply to: (i) any claims to the extent resulting from the negligence (but only to the extent the Indemnified Claims are not covered by insurance Tenant is required to carry under this Lease), gross negligence or willful misconduct of or violation of Legal Requirements by Landlord or any of the Landlord Parties (collectively, the “Excluded Claims”); or (ii) any loss of or damage to Landlord’s property to the extent Landlord has waived such loss or damage pursuant to Section 18(f) below. In addition, Landlord shall indemnify, defend (using counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant, approval Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold), protect and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s partners, officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns from all such Excluded Claims, except for (A) any loss or damage to Tenant’s property to the extent Tenant has waived such loss or damage pursuant to Section 18(f) below, and (B) any lost profits, loss of business or other consequential damages to Tenant’s business.

(c) Survival; No Release of Insurers. Tenant’s and Landlord’s indemnification obligations under Section 17(b) will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The covenants, agreements and indemnification obligation in Sections 17(a) and 17(b) above, are not intended to and will not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by the parties hereto pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -15-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


18. INSURANCE.

(a) Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall obtain and maintain throughout the Term the following insurance (“Tenant’s Insurance”):

(i) Commercial General Liability Insurance, on an occurrence basis, insuring bodily injury and property damage including but not limited to the following coverage: Premises and Operations; Personal/Advertising Injury; Owners and Contractors protective; blanket contractual liability (including coverage for Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease); and products and completed operations. Such insurance must have the following minimum limits of liability: $5,000,000.00 Per Occurrence, $5,000,000.00 General Aggregate, $5,000,000.00 Personal and Advertising Injury - Per Occurrence, $5,000,000.00, Products and Completed Operations Aggregate, such coverage to be available on a “per location” basis (or in any event such coverage applicable to the Building shall not also serve as coverage for any other facilities or premises utilized for other than general office purposes or measuring more than 50,000 square feet of rentable area).

(ii) Property Insurance, written on an “All Risk” or Special Form Perils, with coverage for broad form water damage including earthquake sprinkler leakage and pollution coverage for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire, at full replacement cost value (without deduction for depreciation) and with a replacement cost endorsement covering all of Tenant’s business and trade fixtures, equipment, movable partitions, furniture, merchandise and other personal property, including property of others for which the tenant may be legally liable, within the Premises (“Tenant’s Property”) and any Alterations performed by or for the benefit of Tenant, it being confirmed that Tenant wishes for Landlord’s property/casualty insurance coverage to cover the Tenant Improvements to be performed pursuant to this Lease, with the cost of such coverage (including any applicable deductible) payable by Tenant as set forth in this Lease;

(iii) Extra Expense, Loss of Income or Property/Business Interruption Insurance, in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils included within “All Risk” coverage or otherwise commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises, Tenant’s parking areas or to the Building as a result of such perils, with such coverage to extend to actual loss sustained subject to a minimum of one year loss of Rental Value, including Extra Expense as needed to reduce the period of restoration after the loss;

(iv) Workers’ Compensation Insurance as required by laws and in amounts as may be required by applicable statute and Employers Liability Coverage of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) each accident, $1,000,000.00 policy limit, $1,000,000.00 each employee (or any higher amount required by law), and containing a waiver of subrogation endorsement in favor of Landlord;

(v) Commercial Automobile Liability insuring bodily injury and property damage ariSing from all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, if any, with minimum limits of liability of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per accident; and

(vi) with respect to improvements or Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant within the Premises, Builder’s Risk insurance or an Installation Floater.

(vii) Any other form or forms of insurance as Tenant or Landlord or any mortagees or Landlord may reasonably require from time to time (but not more than once per year) in form, in amounts, and for insurance risks against which, a prudent tenant would protect itself, but only to the extent coverage for such risks and amounts are available in the insurance market at commercially acceptable rates; provided, however, that in no event will Tenant have any obligation to carry any type or amount of insurance in excess of that which tenants of comparable building projects are then being required to carry in the San Jose, California market area. Landlord makes no representation that the limits of liability required to be carried by Tenant under the terms of this Lease are adequate to protect Tenant’s interests and Tenant should obtain such additional insurance or increased liability limits as Tenant deems appropriate. No policy required hereunder shall contain a co-insurance clause and all policy deductibles in excess of $100,000.00 must be approved by Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Landlord.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -16-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


(b) Supplemental Tenant Insurance Requirements. Any company writing Tenant’s Insurance shall have an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-:VIII and shall be licensed to issue insurance coverage in the state in which the premises are located. All Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall (i) name Landlord (or its successors and assignees), the managing agent for the Building (or any successor), and their respective members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and other designees of Landlord and its successors having an interest in the Premises as the interest of such designees shall appear, as additional insureds, (ii) must contain an endorsement stating “such insurance as is afforded by this policy for the benefit of Landlord and any other additional insured(s) designated by Landlord, shall be primary as respects any liability or claims arising out of the occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s operations, and any insurance carried by Landlord or any other additional insured(s) shall be non-contributory” (iii) with respect to Tenant’s property insurance only, contain an endorsement that the insurer waives its right to subrogation as described in Section 18(f) below; (iv) contain a cross-liability endorsement or separation of insureds clause. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certificate of insurance evidencing all insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder (including evidence of all required endorsements and additional insured coverage as noted above) prior to the earlier to occur of the Commencement Date or the date Tenant is provided with possession of the Premises (and in any event prior to the commencement of the Early Access Period), and thereafter as necessary to assure that Landlord always has current certificates evidencing Tenant’s Insurance. If any such initial or replacement policies or certificates are not furnished within the time(s) specified herein and such failure continues for three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of notice thereof from Landlord, Tenant shall be deemed to be in material Default under this Lease without the benefit of any additional notice or cure period provided in Section 21 below, and Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to procure such policies and certificates at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s submission of an invoice therefor. In no event shall the limits of any insurance policy obtained by a Tenant be considered to limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

(c) Property Insurance. Landlord shall obtain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Premises (including the Tenant Improvements as referenced above), in the amount of the full replacement value thereof, as the same may exist from time to time, but in no event less than the total amount required by lenders having liens on the Premises (but not any of Tenant’s property), against all perils included within the classification of fire, extended coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, flood, earthquake, and special extended perils (“All Risk”, as such term is used in the insurance industry), including twelve (12) months rent loss insurance. Said insurance shall provide for payment of loss to Landlord, or to the holders of mortgages or the beneficiaries under deeds of trust on the Premises. If the Premises are part of a group of buildings owned by Landlord which are adjacent to the Premises, then Tenant shall pay for any increase in the property insurance of such other buildings if said increase is caused by Tenant’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises. If Tenant determines that cost of obtaining and maintaining flood and/or earthquake insurance required under the terms of this Lease is no longer commercially reasonable, Landlord agrees to seek the consent of its Lender to reduce or otherwise adjust such obligation to insure.

(d) Tenant’s Use. Tenant will not keep, use, sell or offer for sale in or upon the Premises any article which may be prohibited by any insurance policy periodically in force covering the Premises. If Tenant’s occupancy or business in, or on, the Premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same, results in any increase in premiums for the insurance periodically carried by Landlord with respect to the Building or results in the need for Landlord to maintain special or additional insurance, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord the cost of any such increase in premiums or special or additional coverage as additional rent within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor by Landlord. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises, a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Building showing the various components of such rate, will be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up such rate. Tenant agrees to promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or any present or future insurer relating to the Premises.

(e) Cancellation of Landlord’s Policies. If any of Landlord’s insurance policies are canceled or cancellation is threatened or the coverage reduced or threatened to be reduced in any way because of the use of the Premises or any part thereof in violation of this Lease by Tenant or any assignee or subtenant of Tenant or by anyone Tenant permits on the Premises and, if Tenant fails to remedy the condition giving rise to such cancellation, threatened cancellation, reduction of coverage, threatened reduction of coverage, increase in premiums, or threatened increase in premiums, within three (3) business days after notice thereof, Tenant will

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -17-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


be deemed to be in material default of this Lease and Landlord may, at its option, either terminate this Lease or enter upon the Premises and attempt to remedy such condition, and Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord the reasonable costs of such remedy as additional rent. If Landlord is unable, or elects not to remedy such condition, then Landlord will have all of the remedies provided for in this Lease in the event of a default by Tenant.

(f) Waiver of Claims. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, the parties hereto release each other, and their respective agents, employees and approved subtenants from any liability for damage to property that arises out of or incident to any peril which is actually insured against, which is required to be insured against under this Lease, or which would normally be covered by so called “all risk” property insurance, without regard to the negligence or willful misconduct of the entity or party so released or any other cause. Each party shall cause each property insurance policy it obtains to provide that the insurer thereunder waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation as required herein in connection with any injury or damage covered by the policy.

19. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

(a) Landlord’s Obligation to Rebuild. If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, then Landlord shall promptly and diligently repair or restore the Premises subject to the provisions of this Section 19 (excluding Alterations, Tenant’s Property and other improvements which Landlord is not obligated to restore pursuant to the terms hereof), unless Landlord or Tenant has the option to terminate this Lease as provided herein, and Landlord or Tenant exercises such option.

(b) Right to Terminate. Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option to terminate this Lease if the Premises are destroyed or damaged by fire or other casualty, regardless of whether the casualty is insured against under this Lease, if Landlord reasonably determines that (i) the damage is of a type not covered by the insurance Landlord is required to carry, or actually carries under this Lease, and the cost to repair the damage will exceed $500,000.00 for anyone (1) building comprising the Premises, (ii) the repair or restoration of the Premises is substantial and cannot be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days following the date of delivery of Landlord’s Repair Notice, or (iii) Landlord is not permitted by applicable Legal Requirements to rebuild the Premises in substantially the same form as existed prior to the fire or other casualty. If Landlord or Tenant elects to exercise the option to terminate this Lease as a result of a casualty, Landlord or Tenant shall exercise the option by giving the other party notice of its election to terminate this Lease within thirty (30) days following delivery of Landlord’s Repair Notice, in which event this Lease shall terminate thirty (30) days after the date of the notice of election by Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord and Tenant. If neither Landlord nor Tenant exercises its right to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall promptly commence the process of obtaining all of the necessary permits and approvals for the repair or restoration of the Premises or the Building as soon as practicable and thereafter prosecute the repair or restoration of the Premises or the Building diligently to completion and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

(c) Notice. Within sixty (60) days following the date Landlord becomes aware of the occurrence of a casualty affecting the Premises (the “Notice Period”), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written notice (“Repair Notice”) setting forth the reasonably projected time for completion of the necessary repairs and restoration to address the casualty event, and a good faith estimate of the costs to be incurred to restore the Premises, including the Tenant Improvements, which estimates shall be based upon consultation with and the determination of qualified and experienced contractors. Such Repair Notice shall also confirm whether Landlord reasonably expects to be permitted by applicable Legal Requirements to rebuild the Premises as referenced in subsection 19(b)(iii) above.

(d) Tenant’s Costs and Insurance Proceeds. In the event of any damage or destruction of all or any part of the Premises, Tenant agrees to immediately (i) notify Landlord thereof, and (ii) deliver to Landlord all property insurance proceeds received by Tenant with respect to any items or improvements which Landlord is obligated to restore hereunder, if any (it being acknowledged and agreed that Landlord shall not be obligated to restore, and Tenant shall not be obligated to deliver to Landlord any insurance proceeds for, Alterations and Tenant’s Property, whether or not this Lease is terminated as permitted in this Section 19), and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all rights to receive such insurance proceeds; provided, however, that unless and to the extent Landlord fails to cover the insurance coverage Landlord is obligated to carry under the terms of this Lease, Landlord shall not be obligated to restore improvements for which it has not received insurance proceeds or other payment by Tenant. If Tenant’s fails to carry the insurance required under Section 18(a)(ii) hereof, Tenant will be deemed to have self-insured the replacement cost of the items for which Tenant is obligated to

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -18-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


carry insurance, and upon any damage or destruction thereto, Tenant agrees to immediately pay to Landlord the full replacement cost of such items, less any insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord from Landlord’s or Tenant’s insurance with respect to such items; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to restore improvements which it has specified must be removed upon expiration of this Lease unless Tenant provides the insurance proceeds therefor, which Tenant, at its option, may retain.

(e) Abatement of Rent. In the event of any damage, repair, reconstruction and/or restoration described in this Section 19, rent will be abated or reduced, as the case may be, in proportion to the degree to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired until such use is restored or this Lease is terminated. Except for abatement of rent as provided hereinabove, Tenant will not be entitled to any compensation or damages for loss of, or interference with, Tenant’s business or use or access of all or any part of the Premises or for lost profits or any other consequential damages of any kind or nature, which result from any such damage, repair, reconstruction or restoration.

(f) Inability to Complete. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 19, if Landlord is obligated or elects to repair, reconstruct and/or restore the damaged portion of the Premises pursuant to Sections 19(a) or 19(b)(i) above, but is delayed from completing such repair, reconstruction and/or restoration beyond the date which is ninety (90) days after the date estimated by Landlord’s contractor for completion thereof by reason of any causes (it being understood, however, that such 90-day time frame shall be extended by one day for each day of any delay caused by Tenant, its subtenants, employees, agents or contractors, or by delays caused by any Force Majeure Events described in Section 32 below), but not in excess of number of days of actual delay in the completion of restoration, then either Landlord (except to the extent of delays arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord) or Tenant (except to the extent of delays arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant) may elect to terminate this Lease upon ten (10) days’ prior written notice given to the other after the expiration of such ninety (90) day period (as such period may be extended as provided herein).

(g) Damage Near End of Term. Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease if any material damage to the Building occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term of this Lease where Landlord’s contractor estimates in a writing delivered to Landlord and Tenant that the repair, reconstruction or restoration of such damage cannot be completed within sixty (60) days after the date of such casualty. If either party desires to terminate this Lease under this Section 19(h), it shall provide written notice to the other party of such election within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s contractor’s repair estimates; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may not terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 19(g) if Tenant, at the time of such damage, has an option to extend the Term and Tenant exercises such option within ten (10) business days following the delivery to Tenant of Landlord’s termination notice.

(h) Waiver of Termination Right. Landlord and Tenant agree that the foregoing provisions of this Section 19 are to govern their respective rights and obligations in the event of any damage or destruction and supersede and are in lieu of the provisions of any applicable law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order or ruling now or hereafter in force which provide remedies for damage or destruction of leased premises.

(i) Termination. Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Section 19 and Landlord’s return to Tenant of any and all prepaid rent and cash security deposit or letter of credit held by Landlord hereunder, the parties will be released without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord except for items which have accrued and are unpaid as of the date of termination and matters which are to survive any termination of this Lease as provided in this Lease.

20. EMINENT DOMAIN.

(a) Substantial Taking. If (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the floor area of the Building, or fifty percent (50%) of the land area of the Premises which is not occupied by the Building, is taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking (“Condemned” or “Condemnation”), or (ii) if any smaller portion of the Premises is Condemned, and such partial Condemnation renders the Premises unusable for the business of Tenant, as reasonably determined by Tenant and Landlord, either party will have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to such authority.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -19-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


(b) Partial Taking; Abatement of Rent. In the event of a taking of a portion of the Premises which does not constitute a substantial taking under Section 20(a) above, then, neither party will have the right to terminate this Lease and Landlord will thereafter proceed to make a functional unit of the remaining portion of the Premises (but only to the extent Landlord receives proceeds therefor from the condemning authority), and rent will be abated in proportion to the percentage of parking or the floor area of the Premises which Tenant is deprived of on account of such taking; provided, however, there will be no abatement of rent if the only area taken is that which does not have a building or parking area used by Tenant located thereon.

(c) Condemnation Award. In connection with any taking of all or any portion of the Premises, Landlord will be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award which may be made or given in such taking or condemnation, without deduction or apportionment for any estate or interest of Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed by Tenant that no portion of any such award will be allowed or paid to Tenant for any so-called bonus or excess value of this Lease, and such bonus or excess value will be the sole property of Landlord; provided, however, Tenant will have the right to recover from the condemning authority (but not from Landlord unless included in the award to Landlord) any compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for the taking of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and other personal property within the Premises, for Tenant’s moving and relocation expenses, and for loss of goodwill and any other damage to Tenant’s business by reason of such taking.

(d) Temporary Taking. In the event of taking of the Premises or any part thereof for temporary use, this Lease shall remain in effect and Tenant shall be entitled to receive for itself such portion or portions of any award made for such use with respect to the period of the taking that is within the Term, provided that if such taking remains in force at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant will then pay to Landlord a sum equal to the reasonable cost of performing Tenant’s obligations under Section 10 above with respect to surrender of the Premises and upon such payment Tenant will be excused from such obligations. For purpose of this Section 20(d), a temporary taking shall be defined as a taking for a period of ninety (90) days or less.

21. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.

(a) Defaults. The occurrence of anyone (1) or more of the following events will be deemed a default by Tenant:

(i) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant while in default under any provision of this Lease.

(ii) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of rent or additional rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, as and when due, where such failure continues for a period of five (5) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice will be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under applicable law as long as such notice is prepared and served upon Tenant in accordance with Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure (or any successor statute) and otherwise in accordance with applicable all applicable Legal Requirements.

(iii) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in Sections 21(a)(i) or (ii) above, where such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days (or such other period of time as may be specified in this Lease as to the specific circumstances) after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant. The provisions of any such notice will be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under applicable law as long as such notice is prepared and served upon Tenant in accordance with Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure (or any successor statute) and otherwise in accordance with applicable all applicable Legal Requirements. If the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days (or such other period of time as may be specified in this Lease as to the specific circumstances) are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant will not be deemed to be in default if Tenant, with Landlord’s concurrence, commences such cure within such thirty (30) day period (or such other period of time as may be specified in this Lease as to the specific circumstances) and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(iv) (a) The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (c) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -20-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (d) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.

(b) Landlord’s Remedies; Termination. In the event of any default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity under applicable law, Landlord will have the immediate right and option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease then, to the extent permitted under applicable law, Landlord may recover from Tenant: (i) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which, in the ordinary course of things, results therefrom including, but not limited to: attorneys’ fees and costs; brokers’ commissions; the costs of refurbishment, alterations, renovation and repair of the Premises, and removal (including the repair of any damage caused by such removal) and storage (or disposal) of Tenant’s personal property, equipment, fixtures, Alterations and any other items which Tenant is required under this Lease to remove but does not remove, as well as the unamortized value of any free or reduced rent granted by Landlord pursuant to this Lease. The unamortized value of such concessions shall be determined by taking the total value of such concessions and multiplying such value by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months of the Term of the Lease not yet elapsed as of the date on which this Lease is terminated, and the denominator of which is the total number of months of the Term.

As used in Sections 21(b)(i) and (ii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. As used in Section 21(b)(iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

(c) Landlord’s Remedies; Re-Entry Rights. In the event of any default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord will also have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, and subject to all applicable legal due process requirements, to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere and/or disposed of at the sole cost and expense of and for the account of Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Section 12(h) of this Lease or any other procedures permitted by applicable law. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Section 21(c) will be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(d) Landlord’s Remedies; Re-Letting. In the event that Landlord elects to re-enter the Premises or takes possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceeding, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease, Landlord may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, either recover all rent as it becomes due or relet the Premises or any part thereof on terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion may deem advisable with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises in connection with such reletting. If Landlord elects to relet the Premises, then rents received by Landlord from such reletting will be applied: first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any cost of such reletting, it being understood that the costs of reletting chargeable to Tenant shall exclude the cost of decorating or improving the Premises for a new tenant; third, to the payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder and the residue, if any, will be held by Landlord and applied to payment of future rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder. Should that portion of such rents received from such reletting during any month, which is applied to the payment of rent hereunder, be less than the rent payable during that month by Tenant hereunder, then Tenant agrees to pay such deficiency to Landlord immediately upon demand therefor by Landlord. Such deficiency will be calculated and paid monthly.

(e) Landlord’s Remedies; Performance for Tenant. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease, all covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease are to be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sale cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money owed to any party other

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -21-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


than Landlord, for which it is liable under this Lease, or if Tenant fails to cure a default by Tenant within the applicable notice and cure period, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from its obligations, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such other act to be made or performed by Tenant. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for all sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, from the date of such payment by Landlord until reimbursed by Tenant. This remedy shall be in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord set forth in this Section 21.

(f) Late Payment. If Tenant fails to pay any installment of rent within five (5) days of the date when due or if Tenant fails to make any other payment for which Tenant is obligated under this Lease within five (5) days of the date when due, such late amount will accrue interest at the Interest Rate and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as additional rent such interest on such amount from the date such amount becomes due until such amount is paid. In addition, if Tenant fails to pay any installment of rent within five (5) days of the date when due or if Tenant fails to make any other payment for which Tenant is obligated under this Lease within five (5) days of the date when due, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord concurrently with such late payment amount, as additional rent, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount due to compensate Landlord for the extra costs Landlord will incur as a result of such late payment. The parties agree that (i) it would be impractical and extremely difficult to fix the actual damage Landlord will suffer in the event of Tenant’s late payment, (ii) such interest and late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the detriment that Landlord will suffer by reason of late payment by Tenant, and (iii) the payment of interest and late charges are distinct and separate in that the payment of interest is to compensate Landlord for the use of Landlord’s money by Tenant, while the payment of late charges is to compensate Landlord for Landlord’s processing, administrative and other costs incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s delinquent payments. Acceptance of any such interest and late charge will not constitute a waiver of the Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount, or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord. If Tenant incurs a late charge more than three (3) times in any period of twelve (12) months during the Term, then, notwithstanding that Tenant cures the late payments for which such late charges are imposed, Landlord will have the right for the next one-year period to require Tenant thereafter to (i) pay all installments of Monthly Base Rent quarterly in advance throughout the remainder of the Term and (ii) submit all payments of Monthly Base Rent via cashier’s check or wire transfer. Further, in the event any check submitted by Tenant is returned by reason of “non sufficient funds”, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an “NSF Fee” at Landlord’s standard and reasonable rate then in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will not assess a late charge until Landlord has given written notice of such late payment for the first late payment in any twelve (12) month period and after Tenant has not cured such late payment within three (3) business days from receipt of such notice. No other notices will be required during the following twelve (12) months for a late charge to be incurred.

(g) Rights and Remedies Cumulative. All rights, options and remedies of Landlord contained in this Lease will be construed and held to be cumulative, and no one of them will be exclusive of the other, and Landlord shall have the right to pursue anyone or all of such remedies or any other remedy or relief which may be provided by law or in equity, whether or not stated in this Lease. Nothing in this Section 21 will be deemed to limit or otherwise affect Tenant’s indemnification of Landlord pursuant to any provision of this Lease.

22. LANDLORD’S DEFAULT.

(a) Landlord’s Default. Landlord will not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within a reasonable time, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Landlord will not be deemed in default if it commences such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion.

(b) Tenant’s Self-Help Right. If following the Commencement Date, Tenant provides written notice to Landlord of an event or circumstance which requires the action of Landlord with respect to repair, maintenance and/or replacement obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Lease, then if Landlord fails to take the necessary corrective action to perform the work or take the action Landlord is required to perform under the Lease within a reasonable period of time, given the circumstances, after the receipt of such notice, but in any event not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice (unless such repair is reasonably expected to take longer than thirty (30) days and Landlord has commenced such work within said 30-day period and diligently prosecutes such work to completion), then Tenant may proceed to take the

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -22-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


required action upon delivery of an additional five (5) days’ notice (“Self-Help Notice”) to Landlord specifying that Tenant is taking such required action (provided, however, that such additional notice shall not be required in the event of an emergency). If such action was required under the terms of this Lease to be taken by Landlord and is not taken by Landlord within said 5-day period, then Tenant shall be entitled to take such action and to receive reimbursement from Landlord for all reasonable and actual out-of-pocket costs and expense incurred by Tenant in connection with such action (, which out-of-pocket costs are referred to herein as the “Reimbursement Amount”). In the event Tenant takes such action, and such work will affect the Building Systems or Building Structure, Tenant shall use only those contractors used by Landlord in the Building for work on such systems or structure unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform, or timely perform, such work at a commercially reasonable cost, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor which normally and regularly performs similar work in comparable buildings. Promptly following completion of any work completed by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Section 22(b), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a detailed statement of the work completed (including a detailed schedule of Tenant’s costs of taking such action which Tenant claims should have been taken by Landlord), the materials used, and all invoices evidencing the cost of work, together with proof of payment by Tenant. If Landlord does not deliver a detailed written objection to Tenant, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such detailed information from Tenant regarding the work and the Reimbursement Amount, then Tenant shall be entitled to deduct from rent payable by Tenant under this Lease, the amount set forth in such invoice as the Reimbursement Amount. If, however, Landlord delivers to Tenant within ten (10) business days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice, a written objection to the payment of such invoice, setting forth with reasonable particularity Landlord’s reasons for its claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease or that the charges claimed as a Reimbursement Amount are unreasonably excessive (in which case Landlord shall pay the amount it contends would not have been unreasonably excessive), and if Landlord and Tenant are unable to resolve such dispute within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of such written objection from Landlord, either party may submit such dispute to binding arbitration according to the then rules of commercial arbitration as referenced in Section 40 below. If such dispute is so submitted to arbitration, Tenant shall not be permitted any such offset of the disputed amount against rent unless and until any such arbitration proceedings are concluded in Tenant’s favor. The costs of any such arbitration shall be paid to the prevailing party as determined by the arbitrator, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Tenant is prevented from instituting an arbitration proceeding because of the existence of the automatic stay under applicable bankruptcy law, then notwithstanding the foregoing provisions to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to proceed to offset the disputed amount against Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease without proceeding to arbitration.

23. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

(a) Restriction on Transfer. Except as expressly provided in this Section 23, Tenant will not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign or encumber this Lease or any interest herein or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by any party other than Tenant (any such assignment, encumbrance, sublease or the like will sometimes be referred to as a “Transfer”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. It is further understood that any renewal, extension or modification of an existing sublease shall also require Landlord’s prior written consent, which Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay.

(b) Corporate and Partnership Transfers. For purposes of this Section 23, if Tenant is a corporation, partnership or other entity, any transfer, assignment, encumbrance or hypothecation of fifty percent (50%) or more (in one or a series of related transactions) of any stock or other ownership interest in such entity, and/or any transfer, assignment, hypothecation or encumbrance of any controlling ownership or controlling voting interest in such entity, will be deemed a Transfer and will be subject to all of the restrictions and provisions contained in this Section 23. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the immediately preceding sentence will not apply to any change in the controlling ownership interest of the entity that constitutes Tenant which results from any of the following: (i) the infusion of additional equity capital in Tenant or an initial public offering of equity securities of Tenant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which results in Tenant’s stock being traded on a national securities exchange, including, but not limited to, the NYSE, the NASDAQ Stock Market or the NASDAQ Small Cap Market System; or (ii) any transfer or sale of the stock or other ownership interest in Tenant (1) to the spouse(s) and/or children of a shareholder of Tenant, (2) to any trust, the beneficiary(ies) of which are family members of a shareholder of Tenant, (3) by reason of bequest or inheritance, or (4) in connection with the issuance of warrants or stock options to purchase Tenant’s stock, and the exercise of any purchase rights under any such warrants or stock options.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -23-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


(c) Permitted Controlled Transfers. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 23 to the contrary, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof (“Permitted Transfer”), without Landlord’s consent and without any sharing of Excess Rent, to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any entity resulting from a merger or consolidation with Tenant, or to, with respect to partial subleases only, any person or entity acting as a subcontractor or service provider for Tenant, or to any entity with whom Tenant is undertaking or will undertake a joint venture or similar joint research and development, marketing, distribution, sales or development project at the Premises, or to any person or entity which acquires substantially all the assets of Tenant’s business as a going concern, provided that: (i) at least ten (10) days prior to such assignment or sublease (or within ten [10] days thereafter when such prior notification is restricted by applicable Legal Requirement or bona fide confidentiality restrictions), Tenant delivers to Landlord the financial statements and other financial and background information of the assignee or sublessee described in Section 23(d) below; (ii) if an assignment, the assignee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant thereafter accruing under this Lease (or if a sublease, the sublessee of a portion of the Premises or Term assumes, in full, the applicable non-monetary obligations of Tenant with respect to such portion); (iii) the financial net worth of the assignee or sublessee as of the time of the proposed assignment or sublease, as determined in a manner consistent with prevailing commercial lease underwriting standards, is reasonably sufficient in Landlord’s judgment for the Transferee to perform the obligations it is undertaking under this Lease; (iv) Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease; and (v) the use of the Premises is permitted under Section 7 above.

(d) Transfer Notice. If Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then at least thirty (30) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “Transfer Date”), Tenant agrees to give Landlord a notice (the “Transfer Notice”), stating the name, address and business of the proposed assignee, sublessee or other transferee (sometimes referred to hereinafter as “Transferee”), reasonable information concerning the character, ownership, and financial condition of the proposed Transferee, the Transfer Date, any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed Transferee, and the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord may reasonably require. If Landlord reasonably requests additional detail, the Transfer Notice will not be deemed to have been received until Landlord receives such additional detail, and Landlord may withhold consent to any Transfer until such information is provided to it.

(e) Landlord’s Options. Within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of any Transfer Notice, and any additional information requested by Landlord concerning the proposed Transferee’s financial responsibility, Landlord will elect by written notice to Tenant to do one of the following: (i) consent to the proposed Transfer; (ii) refuse such consent, which refusal shall be on reasonable grounds including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 23(f) below; or (iii) in the case of an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or an assignment of this Lease or sublease of more than fifty percent (50%) of the original Premises for substantially the remainder of the Term to any party other than a Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, terminate this Lease as to all or such portion of the Premises which is proposed to be sublet or assigned and recapture all or such portion of the Premises for reletting by Landlord, subject to and in accordance with Section 23(i) below.

(f) Reasonable Disapproval. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that Landlord’s disapproval of any proposed Transfer pursuant to Section 23(e) above will be deemed reasonable if based upon any reasonable factor, including, without limitation, any or all of the following factors: (i) the proposed Transferee is a governmental entity; (ii) the use of the Premises by the Transferee (A) is not permitted by the use provisions in Section 7 hereof, or (B) poses a material risk of substantial increased liability to Landlord; or (iii) the Transferee does not have the financial capability to fulfill the obligations imposed by the Transfer and the applicable provisions of this Lease.

(g) Additional Conditions. A condition to Landlord’s consent to any Transfer of this Lease will be the delivery to Landlord of a true copy of the fully executed instrument of assignment, sublease, transfer or hypothecation, and, in the case of an assignment, the delivery to Landlord of an agreement executed by the Transferee in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, whereby the Transferee assumes and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of this Lease and to perform all of the obligations of Tenant thereafter first accruing hereunder. As a condition for granting its consent to any assignment or sublease, Landlord may require that upon any default by Tenant hereunder (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) the assignee or sublessee shall remit directly to Landlord on a monthly basis, all monies due to Tenant by said assignee or sublessee. As a condition to Landlord’s consent to any sublease, such sublease must provide that it is subject and subordinate to this Lease and to all mortgages; that Landlord may enforce the provisions of the sublease, including collection of

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -24-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


rent; that in the event of termination of this Lease for any reason, including without limitation any reentry or repossession of the Premises by Landlord, Landlord may, at its option, either (i) terminate the sublease, or (ii) take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, in which case such sublessee will attorn to Landlord, but that nevertheless Landlord will not (A) be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, provided that Landlord shall be obligated to cure any defaults by Tenant that are of a continuing nature, such as repair and maintenance obligations, (8) be subject to any defense or offset previously accrued in favor of the sublessee against Tenant, or (C) be bound by any previous modification of any sublease made without Landlord’s written consent, or by any previous prepayment by sublessee of more than one month’s rent.

(h) Excess Rent. If Landlord consents to any assignment of this Lease, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as additional rent, fifty percent (50%) of all sums and other consideration actually paid to and for the benefit of Tenant by the assignee on account of the assignment, as and when such sums and other consideration are paid by the assignee to or for the benefit of Tenant (or, if Landlord so requires, and without any release of Tenant’s liability for the same, Tenant agrees to instruct the assignee to pay fifty percent (50%) of such sums and other consideration directly to Landlord). If for any sublease, Tenant receives rent or other consideration, either initially or over the term of the sublease, in excess of the rent fairly allocable to the portion of the Premises which is subleased based on square footage, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent, fifty percent (50%) of the excess of each such payment of rent or other consideration received by Tenant promptly after its receipt. In calculating excess rent or other consideration which may be payable to Landlord under this paragraph, Tenant will be entitled to deduct commercially reasonable third party brokerage commissions and attorneys’ fees, tenant improvement construction costs, free rent, the fair market value of any goods or services provided by Tenant as additional consideration, and other amounts reasonably and actually expended by Tenant in connection with such assignment or subletting. Upon request, Tenant will provide reasonable evidence of such expenditures to Landlord.

(i) Termination Rights. If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to any assignment of the Lease, or a sublease of more than fifty percent (50%) of the original Premises for the entire remainder of the Term, Landlord will have the right, as provided in Section 23(e) above, to terminate this Lease as to all or such portion of the Premises which is proposed to be sublet or assigned effective as of the date Tenant proposes to sublet or assign as set forth herein. Landlord’s consent to any sublease or assignment by Tenant shall not affect any rights of Landlord under this Section 23(i) with respect to any future sublease or assignment meeting the criteria set forth herein. Landlord will exercise such termination right, if at all, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days of receipt by Landlord of the financial responsibility information required by this Section 23. Tenant understands and acknowledges that the option, as provided in this Section 23, to terminate this Lease as to all or such portion of the Premises which is proposed to be sublet or assigned rather than approve the subletting or assignment of all or a portion of the Premises, is a material inducement for Landlord’s agreeing to lease the Premises to Tenant upon the terms and conditions herein set forth. In the event of any such termination with respect to less than all of the Premises, the cost of segregating the recaptured space from the balance of the Premises will be paid by Landlord and Tenant’s future monetary obligations under this Lease will be reduced proportionately on a square footage basis to correspond to the balance of the Premises which Tenant continues to lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing , if Landlord elects to exercise its termination rights under this Section 23(i), then Tenant, within ten (10) days after its receipt of Landlord’s notice of such termination, may notify Landlord in writing that Tenant’s elects to rescind the proposed Transfer, in which event the Transfer and such termination shall be deemed null and void and this Lease shall remain unchanged and otherwise in full force and effect.

(j) No Release. No Transfer will release Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. Landlord may require during any period of time that Tenant is in default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) under this Lease that any Transferee remit directly to Landlord on a monthly basis, all monies due Tenant by said Transferee. However, the acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other person will not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof. Consent by Landlord to one Transfer will not be deemed consent to any subsequent Transfer. In the event of default by any Transferee of Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such Transferee or successor. Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments of this Lease or sublettings or amendments or modifications to this Lease with assignees of Tenant, upon notice to Tenant, or any successor of Tenant, but without obtaining its or their consent thereto and any such actions will not relieve Tenant of liability under this Lease.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -25-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


(k) Administrative and Attorneys’ Fees. If Tenant effects a Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer) or requests the consent of Landlord to any Transfer (whether or not such Transfer is consummated), then, upon demand, Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord an administrative fee of $500.00 plus any reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ and paralegal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such Transfer or request for consent; provided, however, Landlord agrees that so long as Landlord’s standard form of consent document is utilized and such consent document is reasonably negotiated with no more than two (2) drafts of the consent document circulated, the total fees charged to Tenant for a consent request will not exceed $2,500.00. Reimbursement of Landlord’s attorneys’ and paralegal fees will in no event obligate Landlord to consent to any proposed Transfer.

24. SUBORDINATION. Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, and at the election of Landlord or any mortgagee or beneficiary with a deed of trust encumbering the Premises, or any lessor of a ground or underlying lease with respect to the Premises, this Lease will be subject and subordinate at all times to: (a) all ground leases or underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting the Premises; and (b) the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now exist or hereafter be executed for which the Premises, or Landlord’s interest and estate in any of said items, is specified as security (collectively, “Mortgages”, and individually, a “Mortgage”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right to subordinate any such ground leases or underlying leases or any such liens to this Lease. If any such ground lease or underlying lease terminates for any reason or any such mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, at the election of Landlord’s successor in interest, Tenant agrees to attorn to and become the tenant of such successor in which event Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises will not be disturbed as long as Tenant is not in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives its rights under any law which gives or purports to give Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any such foreclosure proceeding or sale. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, promptly upon demand by Landlord and in the form reasonably required by Landlord, any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease and Tenant’s attornment agreement with respect to any such ground lease or underlying leases or the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust. If Tenant fails to sign and return any such documents within ten (10) days of receipt, and such default continues for five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of a second written notice from Landlord, Tenant will be in default hereunder. Landlord represents and warrants that there are no Mortgages encumbering the Building or Premises as of the date of this Lease, except as set forth in that certain policy of title insurance dated [            ], 2011 (policy no. [            ]). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Lease: (i) Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall be conditioned on its receipt of a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F; and (ii) with respect to any Mortgage entered into by Landlord following the date of this Lease, Tenant’s agreement to subordinate its interest under this Lease to the lien of any such future Mortgage shall be subject to receiving an SNDA in a commercially reasonable form from the holder of such Mortgage that Tenant’s possession of the Premises and this Lease, including any option to extend the Term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not then in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) and Tenant attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

25. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Within ten (10) days following any written request which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant agrees to execute and deliver to Landlord a statement, in a form similar to the form of Exhibit C attached hereto or in such other commercially reasonable form as may be required by Landlord’s lender, certifying: (i) the date of commencement of this Lease; (ii) whether this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (iii) the date to which the rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (iv) whether there are any known current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant; and (v) such other matters reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section 25 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of the Premises or any interest therein. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time, when such failure continues for five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of a second written request from Landlord, will be conclusive upon Tenant (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (ii) that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, and (iii) that not more than one (1) month’s rent has been paid in advance. Without limiting the foregoing, if Tenant fails to deliver any such statement within such ten (10) day period, Landlord may deliver to Tenant an additional request for such statement and Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement to Landlord within five (5) days after delivery of such additional request will constitute a default under this Lease. Tenant agrees to

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -26-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


indemnify and protect Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs) attributable to any default by Tenant under this Section 25.

26. EASEMENTS. Landlord reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant such easements, rights and dedications that Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the access to and use of the Premises by Tenant and Tenant’s parking rights. Tenant shall promptly sign any of the aforementioned documents upon request of Landlord and failure to do so beyond the applicable notice and cure period shall constitute a material breach of this Lease.

27. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant agrees to faithfully observe and comply with the “Rules and Regulations”, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference as Exhibit D, and all reasonable and nondiscriminatory modifications thereof and additions thereto from time to time put into effect by Landlord. To the extent there is inconsistency between such rules and regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the other provisions of this Lease shall govern and control.

28. MODIFICATION AND CURE RIGHTS OF LANDLORD’S MORTGAGEES AND LESSORS. If, in connection with Landlord’s obtaining or entering into any financing or ground lease affecting the Premises, the lender or ground lessor requests modifications to this Lease, Tenant, within ten (10) days after request therefor, agrees to execute an amendment to this Lease incorporating such modifications, provided such modifications are reasonable and do not increase the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, shorten or lengthen the Term, or otherwise adversely affect the leasehold estate created by this Lease. In the event of any default on the part of Landlord, Tenant will give notice by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgage covering the Premises or ground lessor of Landlord whose address has been furnished to Tenant, and Tenant agrees to offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or ground lessor a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, as long as Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises is not materially impaired during such period.

29. DEFINITION OF LANDLORD. The term “Landlord”, as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, means and includes only the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title of the Premises or the lessees under any ground lease, if any. In the event of any transfer, assignment or other conveyance or transfers of any such title (other than a transfer for security purposes only), Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then grantor) will be automatically relieved from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance of all liability as respects the performance of any covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease first accruing and thereafter to be performed, so long as the transferee assumes in writing (or is otherwise obligated as a matter of law with respect to obligations that run with the land) all such covenants and obligations of Landlord arising after the date of such transfer. Landlord and Landlord’s transferees and assignees have the absolute right to transfer all or any portion of their respective title and interest in the Premises and/or this Lease without the consent of Tenant, and such transfer or subsequent transfer will not be deemed a violation on Landlord’s part of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease. In any event, the obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be limited to its actual period of ownership of title to the Property.

30. WAIVER. The waiver by either party of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained will not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained, nor will any custom or practice which may develop between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof be deemed a waiver of or in any way affect the right of either party to insist upon performance in strict accordance with said terms. The subsequent acceptance of rent or any other payment hereunder by Landlord will not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum than the basic rent and additional rent or other sum then due will be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest installment of such rent or other amount due, nor will any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or other amount or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease. The consent or approval of Landlord to or of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval will not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar acts by Tenant.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -27-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


31. PARKING. Tenant shall have the right to use all of the onsite parking spaces for the Building, at no cost throughout the Term (including any extension or renewal thereof). Landlord reserves the right from time to time to modify and/or adopt reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations for the parking areas as it deems reasonably necessary for the operation of the parking areas.

32. FORCE MAJEURE. If either Landlord or Tenant is delayed, hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act required under this Lease by reason of strikes, lock-outs, labor troubles, inability to procure standard materials, failure of power, restrictive governmental laws, regulations or orders or governmental action or inaction (including failure, refusal or delay in issuing permits, approvals and/or authorizations which is not the result of the action or inaction of the party claiming such delay), riots, civil unrest or insurrection, war, fire, earthquake, flood or other natural disaster, unusual and unforeseeable delay which results from an interruption of any public utilities (e.g., electricity, gas, water, telephone) or other unusual and unforeseeable delay not within the reasonable control of the party delayed in performing work or doing acts required under the provisions of this Lease (collectively, “Force Majeure Events”), then performance of such act will be excused for the period of the delay and the period for the performance of any such act will be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay. The provisions of this Section 32 will not operate to excuse Tenant or Landlord from prompt payment of rent or any other payments required under the provisions of this Lease, nor will such provisions extend the time that Tenant may be entitled to an abatement of rent or to terminate this Lease pursuant to any express abatement right or termination provision contained in this Lease. As referenced herein, an “Act of God Force Majeure Delay” shall mean a Force Majeure Event which arises out of an “act of God”, such as fire, flood, earthquake or other casualty or by reason of acts of war or terrorism (but not for any other Force Majeure Events). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Landlord Delay or an Act of God Force Majeure Delay shall postpone the Lease Commencement Date only in the event that substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises is actually delayed despite Tenant’s commercially reasonable efforts to adapt and compensate for such delays.

33. SIGNS.

(a) Exterior Signage. Subject to the approval of all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental entities and applicable covenants, conditions and restrictions, and subject to all Legal Requirements and the terms hereof, Landlord hereby grants Tenant the right to install and maintain one (1) exterior sign on top of each Building comprising the Premises bearing Tenant’s name (the “Exterior Signage”). The design, size, specifications, graphics, materials, manner of affixing, exact location, colors and lighting (if applicable) of the Exterior Signage shall be (i) consistent with the quality and appearance of the Premises, and (ii) subject to the approval of all applicable governmental authorities, and Landlord’s approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Tenant shall install, maintain and repair the Exterior Signage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after demand, from time to time, all other actual, documented and reasonable costs incurred by Landlord attributable to the fabrication, installation, insurance, lighting (if applicable), maintenance and repair of the Exterior Signage, to the extent not directly paid by Tenant. The signage rights granted to Tenant under this Section 33.a may only be exercised by the named Tenant hereunder executing this Lease (the “Original Tenant”), and may not be exercised or used by or assigned to any other person or entity other than a Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer or a Transferee approved by Landlord that will be occupying more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises, or in the case of individual building signage, a transferee that will be occupying more than fifty percent (50%) of the building at issue (but in no event may any Exterior Signage reflect an “Objectionable Name” which shall mean any name which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or which is associated with an activity, action, political orientation or faction, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project, or which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord or tenant of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Project). Further, Tenant’s signage rights shall be conditioned upon this Lease being in fully force and effect, and Tenant leasing more than fifty percent (50%) of the Building pursuant to the terms hereof. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, or upon the earlier termination of Tenant’s signage right under this Section 33(a) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove the Exterior Signage from the Building and repair all damage to the Building resulting from such removal and restore the affected area to its original condition existing prior to the installation of such Exterior Signage, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or repair any damage caused by the removal of the Exterior Signage (including patching and painting with matching paint, as necessary), Landlord shall have the right to do so, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable costs thereof.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -28-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


(b) Monument Signage. Subject to the approval of all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental entities and applicable covenants, conditions and restrictions, and subject to all Legal Requirements and the terms hereof, Landlord hereby grants Tenant the right to install and maintain its name on the landscape monument (the “Monument Sign”). The design, size, specifications, graphics, materials, manner of affixing, exact location, colors and lighting (if applicable) of Tenant’s name on the Monument Sign shall be (i) consistent with the quality and appearance of the Premises, and (ii) subject to the approval of all applicable governmental authorities, and Landlord’s approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Tenant shall install, maintain and repair the Monument Sign at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after demand, from time to time, all other actual, documented and reasonable costs incurred by Landlord attributable to the fabrication, installation, insurance, lighting (if applicable), maintenance and repair of the Monument Sign, to the extent not directly paid by Tenant. The signage rights granted to Tenant under this Section 33.b may only be exercised by the Original Tenant, and may not be exercised or used by or assigned to any other person or entity other than a Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer or a Transferee approved by Landlord that will be occupying more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises (or in the case of a Monument Sign for a particular building, at least 50% of the specific building at issue), but in no event shall any Monument Sign display an Objectionable Name. Further, Tenant’s signage rights shall be conditioned upon this Lease being in full force and effect, and Tenant leasing more than fifty percent (50%) of the Building pursuant to the terms hereof. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, or upon the earlier termination of Tenant’s signage right under this Section 33.b, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove its name from the Monument Sign and repair all damage to the Monument Sign and the Premises resulting from such removal and restore the affected area to its original condition existing prior to the installation of Tenant’s name on the Monument Sign, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or repair any damage caused by the removal of its name from the Monument Sign, Landlord shall have the right to do so, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable costs thereof.

34. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant on behalf of itself and all successors and assigns of Tenant covenants and agrees that, in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord: (a) Tenant’s recourse against Landlord for monetary damages will be limited to Landlord’s interest in the Premises including, subject to the prior rights of any mortgagee, Landlord’s interest in the rents of the Premises and any condemnation and insurance proceeds payable to Landlord; (b) except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of Landlord, no member or partner of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action and no service of process shall be made against any member or partner of Landlord; (c) no member or partner of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process; (d) no judgment will be taken against any member or partner of Landlord and any judgment taken against any member or partner of Landlord may be vacated and set aside at any time after the fact; (e) no writ of execution will be levied against the assets of any member or partner of Landlord; (f) the obligations under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the individual members, partners, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against the individual members, partners, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability in respect to this Lease; and (g) these covenants and agreements are enforceable both by Landlord and also by any member or partner of Landlord. In connection with any sale or transfer of the Premises by the Landlord under this Lease, the entity comprising the selling or transferring Landlord shall not wind up or dissolve or distribute insurance, condemnation or sales proceeds (“Owner Proceeds”) except in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements, including providing for any contingent liabilities of Landlord in accordance with the terms of applicable Legal Requirements. Accordingly, Tenant shall not be entitled to recover against any third parties any Owner Proceeds which were distributed by Landlord in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements (but may seek Owner Proceeds from a third party on the grounds that such third party obtained such proceeds from Landlord when Landlord was insolvent or in a transfer that was preferential or fraudulent as to Landlord’s creditors).

35. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Prior to the execution of this Lease by Landlord and at any time during the Term of this Lease upon ten (10) days prior written notice from Landlord in connection with a monetary or material non-monetary default by Tenant, any sale, refinancing or transfer of the Premises, or any portion thereof, or any transfer of an interest in the entity comprising Landlord, and to the extent Tenant’s financial statements are not otherwise publicly available, Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with the most current audited financial statement legally available for Tenant and audited financial statements for the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year for Tenant, if available. Such statements are to be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and audited by an independent

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -29-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


certified public accountant or, if audited financial statements are not available, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, Tenant’s financial statements certified to be true and correct by to the knowledge of Tenant’s chief financial officer. Such financial statements may reflect the financial condition of Tenant and its affiliated entities on a consolidated basis if separate financials do not exist. All such financial statements that are not otherwise publicly available shall be held in strict confidence by Landlord and its consultants.

36. QUIET ENJOYMENT. Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the rent required under this Lease and paying all other charges and performing all of the covenants and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Tenant may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises in accordance with this Lease without hindrance or molestation by Landlord or its agents.

37. AUCTIONS. Tenant shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either voluntarily or involuntarily, any public auction upon the Premises without first having obtained Landlord’s prior written consent.

38. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Access. Subject to Legal Requirements and Section 32 hereof, Tenant and its employees shall have access to the Premises seven (7) days per week, twenty-four (24) hours a day, three hundred sixty five (365) days a year.

(b) Conflict of Laws. This Lease shall be governed by and construed solely pursuant to the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to choice of law principles thereunder.

(c) Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

(d) Professional Fees and Costs. If either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit against the other with respect to this Lease, then all costs and expenses, including without limitation, actual professional fees and costs such as appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by the party which prevails in such action, whether by final judgment or out of court settlement, shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment. As used herein, attorneys’ fees and costs shall include, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any (i) post-judgment motions; (ii) contempt proceedings; (iii) garnishment, levy, and debtor and third party examination; (iv) discovery; and (v) bankruptcy litigation.

(e) Terms and Headings. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. Words used in any gender include other genders. The paragraph headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

(f) Time. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

(g) Prior Agreement; Amendments. This Lease with its incorporated Exhibits, Riders, Addenda and attachments constitutes and is intended by the parties to be a final, complete and exclusive statement of their entire agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Lease. This Lease supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings of any kind relating to the subject matter of this Lease. There are no other agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, or statements, either oral or in written form, concerning the subject matter of this Lease. No alteration, modification, amendment or interpretation of this Lease shall be binding on the parties unless contained in a writing which is signed by both parties.

(h) Separability. The provisions of this Lease shall be considered separable such that if any provision or part of this Lease is ever held to be invalid, void or illegal under any law or ruling, all remaining provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(i) Recording. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease nor a short form memorandum thereof without the consent of the other.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -30-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


(j) Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement. The parties may exchange counterpart signatures by facsimile or electronic transmission and the same shall constitute delivery of this Lease with respect to the delivering party.

(k) Rooftop Equipment. Tenant, at its sole cost, shall have the right to install and maintain satellite communication dishes, antennae, or other standard communication equipment, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Rooftop Space Rider attached hereto as Rider No.5.

39. EXECUTION OF LEASE.

(a) Joint and Several Obligations. If more than one (1) entity executes this Lease as Tenant, their execution of this Lease will constitute their covenant and agreement that (i) each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, and (ii) the term “Tenant” as used in this Lease means and includes each of them jointly and severally. The act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of anyone or more of them, with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, will be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

(b) Corporation or Partnership. If either party executes this Lease as a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, then and the persons executing this on their behalf represent and warrant that such entity is duly qualified and in good standing to do business in the State in which the Premises is located, and that the individuals executing this Lease on their behalf are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on their behalf, and in the case of a corporation, in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the board of directors of Tenant, a copy of which is to be delivered to the other party promptly on request, and in accordance with the by-laws of such party, and, in the case of a partnership, in accordance with the partnership agreement and the most current amendments thereto, if any, copies of which are to be delivered to the other party promptly on request, and that this Lease is binding upon the executing party in accordance with its terms.

(c) Examination of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant, and Landlord’s lender holding a lien with respect to the Building has approved this Lease and the terms and conditions hereof.

40. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to resolve a dispute regarding any Reimbursement Amount claimed by Tenant under the terms of Section 22(b) (Tenant’s Self-Help Right) of the Lease, then within twenty (20) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s objection notice, Landlord or Tenant may elect to have such dispute resolved by expedited binding arbitration before a retired judge of the Superior Court of the State of California under the auspices of JAMS (or any successor to such organization, or if there is no such successor, then to a comparable organization mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant) in San Jose, California, according to the then rules of commercial arbitration of such organization. JAMS shall be instructed to complete the arbitration within thirty (30) days. If such dispute is so submitted to arbitration, the terms set forth below shall apply with respect to such arbitration and Tenant shall not be permitted any such offset against Monthly Base Rent unless and until the arbitration proceedings are concluded in Tenant’s favor. ANY DISPUTE RELATING TO LANDLORD’S FAILURE TO DISBURSE A REIMBURSEMENT AMOUNT MAY, AT EITHER PARTY’S ELECTION, BE RESOLVED BY EXPEDITED ARBITRATION BEFORE ONE (1) ARBITRATOR. THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE ADMINISTERED BY JAMS PURSUANT TO ITS COMPREHENSIVE ARBITRATION RULES AND PROCEDURE, MODIFIED AS FOLLOWS: (I) THE TOTAL TIME FROM DATE OF DEMAND FOR ARBITRATION TO FINAL AWARD SHALL NOT EXCEED 45 DAYS; (II) ALL NOTICES MAY BE BY TELEPHONE OR OTHER ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION WITH LATER CONFIRMATION IN WRITING; (III) THE TIME, DATE, AND PLACE OF THE HEARING SHALL BE SET BY THE ARBITRATOR IN HIS OR HER SOLE DISCRETION, PROVIDED THAT THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST 10 BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR NOTICE OF THE HEARING; (IV) THERE SHALL BE NO POST-HEARING BRIEFS; (V) THERE SHALL BE NO DISCOVERY EXCEPT BY ORDER OF THE ARBITRATOR; AND (VI) THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ISSUE HIS OR HER AWARD WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE CLOSE OF THE

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -31-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


HEARING. THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE HELD IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE FINAL AND BINDING ON THE PARTIES AND JUDGMENT ON THE AWARD RENDERED BY THE ARBITRATOR MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION. THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE PAID HALF BY LANDLORD AND HALF BY TENANT UNLESS THE ARBITRATOR DECIDES OTHERWISE IN ITS DECISION.

41. TENANT’S INSTALLATION OF GENERATOR.

(a) Use and Operation. Subject to the terms of this Section 41, Tenant may install and maintain at the Project an emergency backup generator, including wiring, tanks and other related equipment (collectively, the “Generator”) in order to provide a source of backup power for the Premises. The specifications, location and methods of installation of the Generator and all equipment related thereto shall be subject to Landlord’s written approval prior to installation, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall not be charged any rent for the space necessary to accommodate such Generator, provided that all costs and expenses of the permitting, installation, operation, maintenance and repair of the Generator shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Installation of the Generator shall be performed by contractors approved in advance by Landlord in writing. Prior to installation of the Generator, Tenant shall provide Landlord with information regarding the preliminary layout of the Generator within the proposed location of the Generator (the “Generator Area”). Tenant shall install, maintain and operate the Generator in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, obtaining and maintaining at Tenant’s sole cost and expense any permits, certificates or other authorizations required for installation or operation of the Generator, such as to comply with requirements of applicable zoning restrictions, City and County requirements and regulations of the applicable Air Quality Management District.

(b) Removal. The Generator shall remain the property of Tenant notwithstanding the fact that any such machines, equipment and fixtures may be affixed or attached to the Building or any portion thereof. On or before the termination or expiration of this Lease, Tenant shall remove the Generator from the Building at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall repair any damage caused by such removal. In addition, Tenant shall apply for and obtain a closure report, make any necessary disclosures and filings with relevant governmental agencies and municipalities and obtain any applicable certifications regarding the decommissioning and removal of the Generator, and shall promptly provide Landlord with copies thereof. If Tenant fails to remove the Generator and repair any resulting damage at or within ten (10) business days following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to remove the Generator and repair all resulting damage, at Tenant’s sole cost.

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  -32-  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Lease to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

LANDLORD:

 

RO PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   BLC River Oaks, LLC,
  a California limited liability company
  its Managing Member
  By:   Bixby Land Company,
    a California corporation
    its Manager
    By:  

/s/ Aaron Hill

    Print Name:  

Aaron D. Hill

    Title:  

Vice President

    By:  

/s/ Martin O’Hea

    Print Name:  

Martin T. O’Hea

    Title:  

Executive Vice President, CFO

TENANT:

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Suresh Vasudevan

  Print Name:  

Suresh Vasudevan

  Title:  

CEO

By:  

/s/ Anup Singh

  Print Name:  

Anup Singh

  Title:  

CFO

 

[        ]

Tenant’s Tax ID Number (SSN or FEIN)

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

  S-1  

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


EXHIBIT A

SITE PLAN SHOWING PREMISES

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT A

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter (“Work Letter”) sets forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of improvements for the Premises. All references in this Work Letter to the “Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of the Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B.

SECTION 1

BASE, SHELL AND CORE

Tenant hereby accepts the base, shell and core of the Premises (collectively, the “Base, Shell and Core”), in current “AS-IS” condition existing as of the date of the Lease and the Commencement Date, subject to and without limiting Landlord’s repair, maintenance, warranty and other obligations under the Lease. Further, as of the date of Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the Premises Ready for Occupancy, Tenant shall accept the Premises “AS-IS” subject only to completion of Punch List Items, rights under the Construction Warranty referenced below, and Landlord’s repair and maintenance obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Tenant Improvements or the Premises were not in good condition and in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations as of the date of delivery to Tenant, and such non-compliance is not due to Tenant’s particular use of, or activities or work in, the Premises, Landlord shall (in addition to enforcing any applicable Construction Warranty but otherwise as Tenant’s sole remedy therefor, subject to and without limiting Landlord’s ongoing repair and maintenance obligations under the Lease) correct such non-compliance at no cost to Tenant within a commercially reasonable time after Landlord’s receipt of written notice thereof (provided that such notice must be received within ninety (90) days following the Commencement Date).

SECTION 2

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”) in the amount of, but not exceeding, $30.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises (i.e., up to $4,938,240.00, based on 164,608 rentable square feet of the Premises), for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the improvements to be constructed by Landlord to the Premises under this Work Letter (the “Tenant Improvements”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any balance of the Tenant Improvement Allowance remains after the Tenant Improvements have been fully completed, such remaining balance shall be applied towards Monthly Base Rent next coming due under this Lease following Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements and completion of all Punch List Items.

2.2 Disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Letter, the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed for the following items and costs (collectively, the “Tenant Improvement Allowance Items”):

2.2.1 payment of the reasonable, out-of-pocket fees, charged and costs invoiced by Tenant’s construction/project management consultants, the “Architect” and the “Engineers”, as those terms are defined in Section 3.1 of this Work Letter, including with respect to the preparation and review of all construction plans and drawings, as that term is defined in Section 3.1 of this Work Letter;

2.2.2 the payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Tenant Improvements;

2.2.3 the cost of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, contractors’ fees and general conditions, testing and inspection costs, trash removal and hoists and costs of utilities;

2.2.4 the cost of any changes in the Base, Shell and Core when such changes are required by the Approved Working Drawings (including if such changes are due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT B

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


2.2.5 the cost of any changes to the Approved Working Drawings or Tenant Improvements required by Code or any other applicable laws;

2.2.6 sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees;

2.2.7 the “Landlord Supervision Fee”, as that term is defined in Section 4.3.2 of this Work Letter;

2.2.8 the cost of all utilities and services consumed at the Project during the construction of the Tenant Improvements and during any Early Access Period; and

2.2.9 all other costs to be expended by Landlord in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Work Letter, Landlord shall not charge or disburse the Tenant Improvement Allowance for the following: (i) charges and expenses for changes to the Approved Working Drawings that are not required to comply with laws and have not been approved in writing or requested by Tenant; (ii) wages, labor and overhead for over-time and premium time (unless approved in writing by Tenant); (iii) additional costs and expenses incurred by Landlord on account of any contractor’s or any subcontractor’s default or construction defects; (iv) principal, interest and fees for any construction or permanent financing; (v) with the exception of the Landlord Supervision Fee and fees paid to Tenant’s construction/project management consultant as referenced above, any fees or charges for construction management, supervision, profit, overhead or general conditions by Landlord or any third party other than the contractor performing the Work; (vi) costs for which Landlord receives reimbursement from others, including, without limitation, insurers and warrantors (and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce any such rights of reimbursement); (vii) penalties and late charges attributable to Landlord’s failure to pay the costs of completing the Tenant Improvements in a timely fashion; (viii) costs arising from or in connection with the presence of any Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, asbestos) on the Building or Premises unless and to the extent brought to the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors; or (ix) costs incurred to remedy any violations of law existing with respect to the Premises as of the date of execution and delivery of this Lease and prior to the commencement of the Tenant Improvements (excluding any violations arising out of the performance of any of the Tenant Improvements); (x) insurance premiums for other than insurance carried by architects, engineers and contractors designing and performing the Tenant Improvements and “course of construction” (builders’ risk) coverage maintained during the construction of the Tenant Improvements; or (xi) attorneys’ and experts’ fees incurred in connection with the resolution of disputes and breach of contract claims relating to the design or construction of the Tenant Improvements

SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1 Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings. Landlord and Tenant have agreed upon and approved Studio G (“Architect”) as the licensed and experienced architects who will to prepare the plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements as set forth herein. Following the execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall thereafter release the Architect to commence programming, schematic design and design development, subject to any prior agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the commencement of this work prior to execution and delivery of this Lease. Landlord shall retain engineering consultants (the “Engineers”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, electrical, plumbing, HVAC and fire life safety work in the Premises, which Engineers shall be subject to the prior approval of Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Notwithstanding that any plans or drawings are reviewed by Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors, Landlord and its employees shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the plans or drawings, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in Article 17 of the Lease as to Landlord and its employees only shall specifically apply to the plans and drawings referenced herein; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to release or limit the liability of Landlord’s Architect, Engineers, and other independent consultants from any professional errors or omissions. In this regard, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce, including on behalf of Tenant, the terms of any agreements entered into with the Contractor, Architects, Engineers, or other

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT B

-2-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


parties designing or constructing the Tenant Improvements, including all rights under Construction Warranties and claims against professional errors and omissions coverage or other insurance maintained by any of such parties.

3.2 Final Space Plan. Landlord acknowledges the description of the Tenant Improvements stated on Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof. Promptly following the execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall mutually approve a detailed space plan equivalent to one hundred percent (100%) complete design development documents for the construction of the Tenant Improvements. During the course of completion of the design development documents, Landlord and Tenant shall communicate and exchange information (with each other and the Architect) and shall cooperate with each other to achieve mutually satisfactory design development documents. In the event any dispute arises between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the approval of the Final Space Plan, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly meet and confer and negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute.

3.3 Final Working Drawings. Based on the Final Space Plan, Landlord shall cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and Architect shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Final Working Drawings”) and shall submit the same to Tenant for Tenant’s approval. Final Working Drawings shall be submitted to Tenant for review at approximately the 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% stages of completion of such documents. Tenant and its consultants shall have the right to review and comment on the Final Working Drawings during each of these stages and Landlord shall direct the Architect to incorporate all comments on such documents that are reasonably requested by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord (Tenant shall be responsible for coordinating its consultants’ comments and presenting them together on a timely basis). Additionally, the Final Working Drawings shall incorporate modifications to the Final Space Plan as necessary to comply with the floor load and other structural and system requirements of the Building. Tenant shall approve or reasonably disapprove the Final Working Drawings or any revisions thereto within five (5) business days after Landlord delivers the Final Working Drawings or any revisions thereto to Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant may only disapprove the Final Working Drawings to the extent the same does not (subject to changes reasonably required by Landlord) represent the logical evolution of the Final Space Plan (“Working Drawing Design Problem”). Tenant’s failure to approve or reasonably disapprove the Final Working Drawings or any revisions thereto by written notice to Landlord (which notice shall specify in detail the reasonable reasons for Tenant’s disapproval pertaining to any Working Drawing Design Problem) within said five (5) business day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s approval of the Final Working Drawings or such revisions. If Tenant timely disapproves the Final Working Drawings or such revisions in any respect, it shall deliver its detailed written proposal for required changes to Landlord and the parties shall negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Final Working Drawings.

3.4 Approved Working Drawings. The Final Working Drawings shall be approved or deemed approved by Tenant (the “Approved Working Drawings”) prior to the commencement of the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall cause the Architect to submit the Approved Working Drawing to the applicable local governmental agency for all applicable building permits necessary to allow “Contractor”, as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Work Letter, to commence and fully complete the construction of the Tenant Improvements (the “Permits”). No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord and Tenant, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

3.5 Project Schedule. Attached hereto as Exhibit G is a Project Schedule setting forth the reasonably projected time frames for each phase of the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements pursuant to this Work Letter (as it may be supplemented and updated from time to time, the “Project Schedule”). In connection with finalizing the Approved Working Drawings and following selection of a Contractor, Landlord will cause to be prepared and delivered to Tenant a detailed schedule of the construction phases of the Project Schedule reflecting the reasonably projected time to construct the improvements specified in the Approved Working Drawings, and as the work progresses Landlord shall cause Contractor and/or Architect to promptly notify Landlord and Tenant of any necessary modification of the Project Schedule based upon revisions of the scope or nature of the work, events or occurrences or other factors affecting the expected time for completion, and shall issue a revised Project Schedule.

3.6 Time Deadlines. Tenant and Landlord shall use reasonable good faith efforts to cooperate with one another and with the Architect, the Engineers, and the Contractor to

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT B

-3-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


complete all phases of the Final Space Plan and the Approved Working Drawings, to obtain all necessary Permits, and with Contractor, for approval of the “Cost Proposal”, as that term is defined in Section 4.2 below within the time frames stated in this Work Letter and pursuant to the Project Schedule. From and after the execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall hold weekly project meetings that will include Landlord and its project manager, Tenant and its project manager, Architect, and Tenant’s design consultant. Architect shall document each meeting and promptly distribute meeting minutes after each meeting. The project meetings will be held on a weekly basis through the final completion of the Tenant Improvements.

SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Contractor. A qualified and experienced licensed general contractor, under the supervision of Landlord and selected by Landlord (with Tenant’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), shall construct the Tenant Improvements (the “Contractor”). Landlord and Tenant confirm and agree that South Bay Construction has been selected to complete certain pre-construction work relating to the Tenant Improvements. The following three (3) qualified and licensed contractors have been mutually selected to competitively bid the work necessary to complete the Tenant Improvements: Skyline Construction, XL Construction and South Bay Construction, and an additional mutually approved non-union contractor shall also be invited to submit a bid for the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Following receipt of the bids from each of these four (4) contractors, Landlord and Tenant shall mutually agree upon and select the Contractor to complete the Tenant Improvements.

4.2 Pre- Construction Work: Cost Proposal. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to proceed with the necessary design and permitting work in order to prepare for completion of the Tenant Improvements, and confirms that Landlord may charge the soft costs incurred in completing such preliminary work against the Tenant Improvement Allowance in an amount not to exceed $5.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises. After the Approved Working Drawings are signed by Landlord and Tenant and the Contractor has been selected, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a final cost proposal in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings, which cost proposal shall include the reasonably projected cost of all Tenant Improvement Allowance Items to be incurred in connection with the design, permitting and construction of the Tenant Improvements (the “Cost Proposal”). Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice approving or disapproving the Cost Proposal within five (5) business days of the receipt of the same. If Tenant disapproves the Cost Proposal, Tenant’s notice of disapproval shall be accompanied by proposed revisions to the Approved Working Drawings that Tenant requests in order to resolve its objections to the Cost Proposal. Landlord and Tenant shall promptly meet and confer and negotiate in good faith to attempt to resolve any dispute they may have in connection with the Cost Proposal. Based upon the approved Cost Proposal, Landlord will enter into a construction contract with Contractor on a “stipulated sum” basis (“Construction Contract”), which Construction Contract shall also set forth a projected date for Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements. Prior to execution and delivery of such stipulated sum construction contract with Contractor, Landlord shall provide to Tenant for review a copy of the proposed contract.

4.3 Construction of Tenant Improvements by Landlord’s Contractor under the Supervision of Landlord.

4.3.1 Over-Allowance Amount. Following Tenant’s review and approval of the Cost Proposal and in connection with Landlord’s execution of the Construction Contract, and in any event prior to the commencement of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash in an amount equal to 25% of the projected Over-Allowance Amount (as defined below). As used herein, the “Over-Allowance Amount” shall mean an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount shown in the mutually approved Cost Proposal and (ii) the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (less any portion thereof already disbursed by Landlord, or committed for disbursement, in accordance with the terms of his Work Letter). Tenant shall be obligated to pay the balance of the Over-Allowance Amount as follows:

 

   

The next 25% of the Over-Allowance Amount shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) business days following delivery to Tenant of an invoice from Contractor confirming that the Tenant Improvement Work is 25% complete.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT B

-4-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


   

The next 25% of the Over-Allowance Amount shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) business days following delivery to Tenant of an invoice from Contractor confirming that the Tenant Improvement Work is 50% complete.

 

   

The remaining 25% of the Over-Allowance Amount shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) business days following delivery to Tenant of an invoice from Contractor confirming that the Tenant Improvement Work is 75% complete.

The Over-Allowance Amount delivered to Landlord shall be disbursed and applied in the same manner as the Tenant Improvement Allowance. In the event that, after the Cost Proposal Date, Tenant shall request any revisions, changes, or substitutions to the Approved Working Drawings or the Tenant Improvements and Contractor is entitled to charge additional amounts for completion of the Tenant Improvements under the terms of the Construction Contract, the additional costs which arise in connection with such revisions, changes or substitutions shall be added to the Cost Proposal and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s delivery of an invoice from Contractor setting forth the additional costs resulting in an increase of the existing Over-Allowance Amount. Following completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a final cost statement which shall indicate the final costs of the Tenant Improvement Allowance Items, and if such cost statement indicates that Tenant has underpaid or overpaid the Over-Allowance Amount, then within ten (10) business days after receipt of such statement, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the amount of such underpayment or Landlord shall return to Tenant the amount of such overpayment, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the reasonable right to review Landlord’s and Contractor’s records with respect to the cost of construction of the Tenant Improvements and the calculation of the Over-Allowance Amount, and in the event of any dispute regarding such costs or amounts, the parties shall meet to resolve any such dispute in good faith.

4.3.2 Landlord Supervision Fee. After the Contractor has been selected, Landlord shall enter into a contract with Contractor to construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings and the Cost Proposal, in a good and workmanlike manner, and in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations. Landlord shall supervise the construction by Contractor, and Tenant shall pay (as a charge against the Tenant Improvement Allowance on a progress payment basis) a construction supervision and management fee (the “Landlord Supervision Fee”) in an amount equal to the product of (i) four percent (4%) and (ii) an amount equal to the Tenant Improvement Allowance plus any Over-Allowance Amount (as applicable).

4.3.5 Contractor’s Warranties and Guarantees. Landlord confirms that it shall require Contractor to issue an industry standard one-year warranty in connection with the completion of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all warranties and guarantees by Contractor relating to the Tenant Improvements (collectively, “Construction Warranty” or “Construction Warranties”), which assignment shall be on a non-exclusive basis such that the warranties and guarantees may be enforced by Landlord and/or Tenant, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord relating to, or arising out of the construction of, the Tenant Improvements.

SECTION 5

SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION; COMMENCEMENT DATE

5.1 Substantial Completion. For purposes of the Lease, including for purposes of determining the Commencement Date (as set forth in Section 1(g) of the Lease), the Premises shall be “Ready for Occupancy” upon Substantial Completion of the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “Substantial Completion” of the Premises shall occur when: (i) the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has been completed pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings (as modified by approved Change Orders), with the exception of “Punchlist Items”, and any tenant fixtures, work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by; (ii) all of the Building Systems shall be completed and in good order and operating condition, except for Punch List Items; (iii) Landlord shall have obtained all governmental permits and approvals required for the legal occupancy of the Premises and the completion of the Tenant Improvements; and (iv) Landlord shall have delivered to Tenant a current list of Punchlist Items, certified by Landlord and approved by Tenant (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep Tenant

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT B

-5-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


informed as to any change in Landlord’s estimate of the date upon which Substantial Completion will occur, including through revisions of the Project Schedule. As used herein, the term “Punch List Items” shall mean details of construction, decoration, and mechanical adjustment which in the aggregate, are minor in character and do not interfere with Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises. Landlord shall cause all Punch List Items to be completed by the Contractor and shall obtain a final version of any temporary governmental permits and approvals necessary to occupy the Premises within thirty (30) days after Substantial Completion or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable.

5.2 Tenant Delays. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Premises (as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of any of the following (collectively, “Tenant Delays”):

5.2.1 Tenant’s failure to timely approve or reasonably disapprove any matter requiring Tenant’s approval, including a the Cost Proposal and/or Tenant’s failure to timely perform any other obligation or act required of Tenant hereunder;

5.2.2 a breach by Tenant of the terms of this Work Letter (including, without limitation, any anticipatory breach as referenced in Section 6.4 below) that is not cured within one (1) business day after Tenant has received written notice of such breach from Landlord;

5.2.3 Tenant’s request for changes in the Approved Working Drawings;

5.2.4 Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a reasonable time (based upon the anticipated date of the Commencement Date); and

5.2.5 any other act or omission of any kind or nature caused by resulting from the acts or negligence of Tenant, or its agents, or employees that is not remedied within one (1) business day after Tenant has received written notice of such delay from Landlord;

then, provided that Tenant shall have first received no less than one (1) business days written notice of the occurrence of a Tenant Delay, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Premises, the Commencement Date (as set forth in Section 1(g) of the Lease) shall be deemed to be the date the Commencement Date would have occurred if no Tenant Delay or Delays, as set forth above, had occurred, but in no event shall the Commencement Date occur prior to November 1, 2013.

5.3 Landlord Delay. As referenced in the Lease and this Work Letter, a “Landlord Delay” shall mean an actual delay in the delivery to Tenant of the Premises Ready for Occupancy due to material and unreasonable interference by Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors with the completion of the Tenant Improvements, or the misconduct or negligence of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors which results in any such delay. If Tenant contends that a Landlord Delay has occurred and will delay Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing (the “Delay Notice”) of the event which constitutes such delay. If such actions, inactions or circumstances described in the Delay Notice are not cured by Landlord within three (3) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Delay Notice and if such action, inaction or circumstance otherwise qualifies as a Landlord Delay, then such delay shall be deemed to have occurred commencing as of the date of Landlord’s receipt of the Delay Notice and ending as of the date such delay ends, and such Landlord Delay shall affect the Commencement Date only if and to the extent it is established that the Tenant Improvements would have been completed as of an earlier date if the Landlord Delay had not occurred. Landlord and Tenant each agree to reasonably cooperate in the prompt and efficient completion of the Tenant Improvements and to use commercially reasonable and diligent efforts to promptly address and minimize the effects of any Landlord Delay.

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Tenant’s Representative. Tenant has designated Awanish Mishra as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT B

-6-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


6.2 Landlord’s Representative. Landlord has designated Mike Hodges as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Work Letter.

6.3 Time of the Essence in This Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. In all instances where Tenant is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Landlord’s sole option, at the end of said period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Tenant and the next succeeding time period shall commence.

6.4 Tenant’s Lease Default. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, if an event of monetary or material non-monetary default by Tenant of this Work Letter (which, for purposes hereof, shall include, without limitation, the delivery by Tenant to Landlord of any oral or written notice instructing Landlord to cease the design and/or construction process, advising that Tenant does not intend to occupy the Premises, and/or any other anticipatory breach of the Lease, and which is not cured by Tenant within three [3] business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof by Landlord) or the Lease (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) has occurred at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Premises, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, at law and/or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may cause Contractor to cease the construction of the Premises (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Premises caused by such work stoppage as set forth in Section 5.2 of this Work Letter), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Premises caused by such inaction by Landlord). In addition, if the Lease is terminated prior to the Commencement Date, for any reason due to a default by Tenant as described in Section 21 of the Lease or under this Work Letter (including, without limitation, any anticipatory breach described above in this Section 6.4), then (A) Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all damages available to Landlord pursuant to the Lease and otherwise available to Landlord at law and/or in equity by reason of a default by Tenant under the Lease or this Work Letter (including, without limitation, the remedies available to Landlord pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.2), and (B) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent under the Lease, within thirty (30) days of receipt of a statement therefor, any and all costs incurred by Landlord (including any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance disbursed by Landlord) and not reimbursed or otherwise paid by Tenant through the date of such termination in connection with the Tenant Improvements to the extent planned, installed and/or constructed as of such date of termination, including, but not limited to, any costs related to the removal of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements and restoration costs related thereto. For purposes of calculating the damages available to Landlord under California Civil Code 1951.2, the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the date which the Commencement Date would have otherwise occurred but for such default by Tenant.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT B

-7-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B

DESCRIPTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

The Tenant Improvements Will include open office areas, conference rooms, break rooms, coffee bar areas, an executive briefing center, software and hardware labs, IT data center, engineering lab data center, server rooms, storage rooms, and a shipping/receiving area.

 

  SCHEDULE 1 TO  

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT B

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


EXHIBIT C

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned,                                          (“Tenant”), hereby certifies to                                         , as follows:

1. Attached hereto is a true, correct and complete copy of that certain lease dated             , 20    , between                      (“Landlord”) and Tenant (the “Lease”), regarding the premises located at                                          (the “Premises”). The Lease is now in full force and effect and has not been amended, modified or supplemented, except as set forth in Paragraph 4 below.

2. The Term of the Lease commenced on             , 20    .

3. The Term of the Lease shall expire on             , 20    .

4. The Lease has: (Initial one)

(            ) not been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned.

(            ) been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned by the following described terms or agreements, copies of which are attached hereto:

5. Tenant has accepted and is now in possession of the Premises.

6. Tenant and Landlord acknowledge that Landlord’s interest in the Lease will be assigned to                                          and that no modification, adjustment, revision or cancellation of the Lease or amendments thereto shall be effective unless written consent of                                          is obtained, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and that until further notice, payments under the Lease may continue as heretofore.

7. The amount of Monthly Base Rent is $        .

8. The amount of Security Deposit (if any) is $        .

No other security deposits have been made except as follows:                                                             .

9. Tenant is paying the full lease rental which has been paid in full as of the date hereof. No rent or other charges under the Lease have been paid for more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date except as follows:                                        .

10. All work required to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed except as follows:                                        .

11. To Tenant’s current actual knowledge, there are no defaults on the part of the Landlord or Tenant under the Lease except as follows:                                        .

12. To Tenant’s current actual knowledge, Tenant presently has no defense as to its obligations under the Lease and claims no set-off or counterclaim against the other party except as follows:                                        

13. Tenant has no right to any concession (rental or otherwise) or similar compensation in connection with renting the space it occupies other than as provided in the Lease except as follows:                                        .

All provisions of the Lease and the amendments thereto (if any) referred to above are hereby ratified. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Estoppel Certificate, nothing herein shall constitute or be deemed to constitute an amendment or modification of any term or condition of the Lease or any right or remedy of Tenant thereunder, all of which are expressly reserved.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT C

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


The foregoing certification is made with the knowledge that                                          is about to fund a loan to Landlord or                                          is about to purchase the Building from Landlord and that                                          is relying upon the representations herein made in funding such loan or in purchasing the Building.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT C

-2-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this certificate has been duly executed and delivered by the authorized officers of the undersigned as of             , 20    .

 

TENANT:    

 

 
a  

 

 
    SAMPLE ONLY
    [NOT FOR EXECUTION]
By:  

 

 
  Print Name:  

 

 
  Title:  

 

 

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT C

-3-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

The following rules and regulations govern the use of the Premises. Tenant will be bound by such rules and regulations and agrees to cause Tenant’s authorized users, its employees, subtenants, assignees, contractors, suppliers, customers and invitees to observe the same.

1. Except as specifically provided in the Lease to which these Rules and Regulations are attached, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice may be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord will have the right to remove, at Tenant’s expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls are to be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant.

2. If Landlord reasonably objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades, screens or hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises, or placed on any windowsill, which is visible from the exterior of the Building, Tenant will immediately discontinue such use. Tenant agrees not to place anything against or near glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear unsightly from outside the Building.

3. Tenant will not obstruct any sidewalks, passages, exits or entrances of the Premises. The sidewalks, passages, exits and entrances are not open to the general public, but are open, subject to reasonable regulations, to Tenant’s business invitees. Landlord will in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence in the reasonable judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interest of the Premises, provided that nothing herein contained will be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal or unlawful activities. No tenant and no employee or invitee of any tenant will go upon the roof of the Building, except as contemplated in such tenant’s lease.

4. Landlord expressly reserves the right to absolutely prohibit solicitation, canvassing, sales and displays of products, goods and wares in all portions of the Premises except for such activities as may be expressly requested by a tenant and conducted solely within such requesting tenant’s premises.

5. Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Premises in case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion by closing the doors or by other appropriate action.

6. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, will deliver to Landlord the keys to all doors which have been furnished to Tenant, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished, will pay Landlord therefor. Further, if and to the extent Tenant re-keys, re-programs or otherwise changes any locks at the Building, Tenant shall be obligated to provide a key to such locks (excluding any safes and vaults and other confidential or proprietary areas).

7. If Tenant requires telegraphic, telephonic, burglar alarm, satellite dishes, antennae or similar services, it will first advise Landlord, and comply with, Landlord’s reasonable rules and requirements applicable to such services.

8. No deliveries will be made which impede or interfere with the operation of the Premises.

9. Tenant will not permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, nor will Tenant bring into or keep in or about the Premises any birds or animals, with the exception of service animals (such as “seeing eye” dogs).

10. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus will not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind for which such items are not designed shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from any violation of this rule will be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, break this rule.

11. Tenant will not sell, or permit the sale at retail of newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods or merchandise to the general public in or on the Premises. Tenant will not make any building-to-building solicitation of business from other tenants in the Premises. Tenant will not use the Premises for any business or activity other than that

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT D

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


specifically provided for in this Lease. Canvassing, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written material, and peddling in the Premises are prohibited, and Tenant will cooperate with Landlord to prevent such activities.

12. Except as permitted by the Lease, Tenant will not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker, satellite dishes or other devices on the roof(s) or exterior walls of the Building or the Premises. Tenant will not interfere with radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Premises or elsewhere.

13. Tenant will not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

14. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Premises any person who, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, is in violation of any of the Rules and Regulations.

15. Tenant will store all its trash and garbage within the Building or in other facilities provided therefor. Tenant will not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal is to be made in accordance with reasonable directions issued from time to time by Landlord.

16. The Premises will not be used for lodging nor shall the Premises be used for any improper or reasonably objectionable purpose.

17. Tenant agrees to comply with all reasonable safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations reasonably established by Landlord or established any governmental agency.

18. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting its Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Building closed.

19. Tenant shall use at Tenant’s cost reasonably necessary pest extermination and control contractor(s) at such intervals as Landlord may reasonably require.

20. Tenant shall not install, operate or maintain in the Premises or in any other area of the Building, electrical equipment that would overload the electrical system beyond its capacity for proper, efficient and safe operation as determined reasonably by Landlord. Tenant shall not furnish cooling or heating to the Premises, including, without limitation, the use of electronic or gas heating devices, portable coolers (such as “move n cools”) or space heaters, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

21. Tenant’s requirements will be attended to only upon appropriate application to Landlord’s property management office for the Premises by an authorized individual of Tenant. Employees of Landlord will not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.

22. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and will not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease. Landlord may waive anyone or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord will be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against Tenant.

23. So long as the same do not materially interfere with the rights and benefits afforded to Tenant under the Lease, Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable and non-discriminatory Rules and Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care and cleanliness of the Premises and for the preservation of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such Rules and Regulations herein above stated and any additional reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations which are adopted. Tenant is responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT D

-2-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

(i) Tenant shall not store or permit its employees to store any automobiles in the parking areas (with the exception of any commuter vans and vehicles owned and operated by Tenant in connection with its business at the Premises) without the prior written consent of the operator. Except for emergency repairs, Tenant and its employees shall not perform any work on any automobiles while located in the parking areas, or on the Land. If it is necessary for Tenant or its employees to leave an automobile in the parking areas overnight, Tenant shall provide the operator with prior notice thereof designating the license plate number and model of such automobile.

 

(ii) Cars must be parked entirely within the stall lines painted on the floor, and only small cars may be parked in areas reserved for small cars.

 

(iii) All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

 

(iv) The speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour.

 

(v) Parking spaces reserved for handicapped persons must be used only by vehicles properly designated.

 

(vi) Parking is prohibited in all areas not expressly designated for parking, including without limitation:

 

  (a) areas not striped for parking

 

  (b) aisles

 

  (c) where “no parking” signs are posted

 

  (d) ramps

 

  (e) loading zones

 

(vii) Parking stickers, key cards or any other devices or forms of identification or entry supplied by the operator shall remain the property of the operator. Such device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Parking passes and devices are not transferable and any pass or device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void.

 

(viii) Parking areas managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules.

 

(ix) Every parker is required to park and lock his/her own car.

 

(x) Loss or theft of parking pass, identification, key cards or other such devices must be reported to Landlord and to the parking areas manager immediately. Any parking devices reported lost or stolen found on any authorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution. Lost or stolen passes and devices found by Tenant or its employees must be reported to the office of the parking areas immediately.

 

(xi) Parking spaces may be used only for parking automobiles trucks, vans and sport utility vehicles.

 

(xii) Tenant agrees to acquaint all persons to whom Tenant assigns a parking space with these Rules.

 

A. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO TENANT OR TENANT’S PROPERTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATIONS, ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO TENANT’S AUTOMOBILE OR THE CONTENTS THEREOF DUE TO THEFT, VANDALISM OR ACCIDENT) ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO TENANT’S USE OF THE PARKING AREAS OR EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS PARKING AGREEMENT, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE RESULTS FROM LANDLORD’S ACTIVE NEGLIGENCE OR NEGLIGENT OMISSION. THE LIMITATION ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY UNDER THE PRECEDING SENTENCE SHALL NOT APPLY HOWEVER TO LOSS OR DAMAGE ARISING DIRECTLY FROM LANDLORD’S OR ITS AGENTS’, EMPLOYEES’ AND CONTRACTORS’ GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

 

B.

Without limiting the provisions of Paragraph A above, Tenant hereby voluntarily releases, discharges, waives and relinquishes any and all actions or causes of action for

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT D

-3-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


  personal injury or property damage occurring to Tenant arising as a result of parking in the parking areas or any activities incidental thereto, wherever or however the same may occur, and further agrees that Tenant will not prosecute any claim for personal injury or property damage against Landlord or any of its officers, agents, servants or employees for any said causes of action. It is the intention of Tenant by this instrument, to exempt and relieve Landlord from liability for personal injury or property damage caused by passive negligence, but not active or gross negligence or willful misconduct. If Tenant fails to comply with the parking rules and regulations set forth herein, Landlord shall have the right to take such action as may be necessary to enforcement thereof, which may include the towing of vehicles, attachment of wheel immobilizer units (boots) and the like.

 

C. The provisions of Section 31 of the Lease are hereby incorporated by reference as if fully recited.

By executing the Lease to which this Exhibit D is attached, Tenant acknowledges that it has read and agreed to be bound by the forgoing Building Rules and Regulations. Tenant further confirms that it has been fully and completely advised of the potential dangers incidental to parking in the parking areas and the terms and conditions set forth above.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT D

-4-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


EXHIBIT E

STATEMENT OF TENANT REGARDING LEASE COMMENCEMENT

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Triple-Net Lease (Single-Tenant) made and entered into by and between RO PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord, and the undersigned, as Tenant (the “Lease”), hereby certifies that:

 

  1) The undersigned has entered into occupancy of the Premises described in said Lease on             , 20    , and has accepted the Premises subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

 

  2) The Term of the Lease commenced as of             , 20    , which date shall be the “Commencement Date” under the terms of the Lease; 3)

 

  3) The “Expiration Date” of the Lease is             , 20    , subject to extension or earlier termination in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease.

 

  4) Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent will commence on             , 20     The Abatement Period (as defined in Section 4(d) of the Lease) will commence on             , and end on             , 20    .

 

  5) Tenant’s obligation to pay Operating Expenses will commence on             , 20    .

 

Yours very truly,
NIMBLE STORAAGE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

 

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT E

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SNDA

RECORDING REQUESTED BY

AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

REAL ESTATE GROUP (AU# 0002955)

2030 Main Street, Suite 800

Irvine, California 92614

Attn: Margie Ramirez

Loan No.: [    ]

 

 

 

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT; ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF LEASE ASSIGNMENT, ESTOPPEL,

ATTORNMENT AND NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT

(Lease To Deed of Trust)

 

NOTICE:   THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT RESULTS IN YOUR SECURITY INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY BECOMING SUBJECT TO AND OF LOWER PRIORITY THAN THE LIEN OF SOME OTHER OR LATER SECURITY INSTRUMENT.

THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT; ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF LEASE ASSIGNMENT, ESTOPPEL, ATTORNMENT AND NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made April 19, 2013, by and between RO Parkway Associates, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Owner”), Nimble Storage, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Lender”).

RECITALS

 

A. Pursuant to the terms and provisions of a lease dated April 19, 2013 (“Lease”), Owner, as “Lessor”, granted to Lessee a leasehold estate in and to a portion of the property described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (which property, together with all improvements now or hereafter located on the property, is defined as the “Property”).

 

B. Owner has executed, or proposes to execute, a deed of trust with absolute assignment of leases and rents, security agreement and fixture filing (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Deed of Trust”) securing, among other things, a promissory note (as amended, supplemented, replaced or modified from time to time, the “Note”) in the principal sum of approximately $18,965,000.00, in favor of Lender, which Note is payable with interest and upon the terms and conditions described therein (“Loan”).

 

C. As a condition to making the Loan secured by the Deed of Trust, Lender requires that the Deed of Trust be unconditionally and at all times remain a lien on the Property, prior and superior to all the rights of Lessee under the Lease and that the Lessee specifically and unconditionally subordinate the Lease to the lien of the Deed of Trust.

 

D. Owner and Lessee have agreed to the subordination, attornment and other agreements herein in favor of Lender.

NOW THEREFORE, for valuable consideration and to induce Lender to make the Loan, Owner and Lessee hereby agree for the benefit of Lender as follows:

 

1. SUBORDINATION. Owner and Lessee hereby agree that:

 

  1.1 Prior Lien. The Deed of Trust securing the Note in favor of Lender, and any modifications, renewals or extensions thereof (including, without limitation, any modifications, renewals or extensions with respect to any additional advances made subject to the Deed of Trust), shall unconditionally be and at all times remain a lien on the Property prior and superior to the Lease;

 

  1.2 Subordination. Lender would not make the Loan without this agreement to subordinate; and

 

  1.3 Whole Agreement. This Agreement shall be the whole agreement and only agreement with regard to the subordination of the Lease to the lien of the Deed of Trust and shall supersede and cancel, but only insofar as would affect the priority between the Deed of Trust and the Lease, any prior agreements as to such subordination, including, without limitation, those provisions, if any, contained in the Lease which provide for the subordination of the Lease to a deed or deeds of trust or to a mortgage or mortgages.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT F

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


AND FURTHER, Lessee individually declares, agrees and acknowledges for the benefit of Lender, that:

 

  1.4 Use of Proceeds. Lender, in making disbursements pursuant to the Note, the Deed of Trust or any loan agreements with respect to the Property, is under no obligation or duty to, nor has Lender represented that it will, see to the application of such proceeds by the person or persons to whom Lender disburses such proceeds, and any application or use of such proceeds for purposes other than those provided for in such agreement or agreements shall not defeat this agreement to subordinate in whole or in part;

 

  1.5 Waiver, Relinquishment and Subordination. Lessee intentionally and unconditionally waives, relinquishes and subordinates all of Lessee’s right, title and interest in and to the Property to the lien of the Deed of Trust and understands that in reliance upon, and in consideration of, this waiver, relinquishment and subordination, specific loans and advances are being and will be made by Lender and, as part and parcel thereof, specific monetary and other obligations are being and will be entered into which would not be made or entered into but for said reliance upon this waiver, relinquishment and subordination.

 

2. ASSIGNMENT. Lessee acknowledges and consents to the assignment of the Lease by Lessor in favor of Lender.

 

3. ESTOPPEL. Lessee acknowledges and represents that:

 

  3.1 Lease Effective. The Lease has been duly executed and delivered by Lessee and, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the Lease is in full force and effect, the obligations of Lessee thereunder are valid and binding and there have been no modifications or additions to the Lease, written or oral;

 

  3.2 Commencement. The date upon which the term of the Lease is anticipated to commence is November 1, 2013. The earliest date upon which the Lease expires is the last day of the ninety-sixth (96th) month following the Commencement Date (as such term is defined in the Lease);

 

  3.3 No Assignment or Subletting. Once the commencement date under the Lease occurs, no one other than Lessee and Lessee’s employees is currently anticipated to occupy or currently has any right to occupy, through Lessee, any part of the Premises;

 

  3.4 No Default. To Lessee’s current actual knowledge, as of the date hereof: (i) there exists no breach, default, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under the Lease; and (ii) there are no existing claims, defenses or offsets against rental due or to become due under the Lease;

 

  3.5 Entire Agreement. The Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Lessor and Lessee with respect to the Property and Lessee claims no rights with respect to the Property other than as set forth in the Lease;

 

  3.6 No Prepaid Rent. No deposits or prepayments of rent have been made in connection with the Lease, except as follows: (if none, state “None”) The sum of $360,181.32 paid by Lessee to Owner pursuant to Section 4(a) of the Lease;

 

  3.7 Security Deposit. Lessee paid a security deposit in connection with the Lease in the amount of: (if none, state “None”) None; Letter of Credit in the amount of 3,900,000.00 posted by Lessee pursuant to the Lease;

 

  3.8 No Rights of Purchase. Lessee does not have any rights or options to purchase the Premises or the building in which the Premises is located; and

 

  3.9 No Bankruptcy. No actions, voluntary or otherwise, are pending against Lessee under any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or similar laws of the United States or any state thereof.

 

4. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS. Lessee covenants and agrees that, during all such times as Lender is the Beneficiary under the Deed of Trust:

 

  4.1 Modification and Termination. Lender will not be bound by any modification or amendment of the Lease that has the effect of (i) reducing the rent or additional rent owed by Lessee, (ii) shortening or lengthening the term of the Lease, or adding, or increasing Lessee’s rights under, any renewal or expansion option or right of first refusal or first offer, or (iii) materially increasing Lessor’s obligations under the Lease, without Lender’s prior written consent in each case, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

 

  4.2 Cancellation. Unless expressly contemplated by the Lease, Lessee will not consent to any cancellation of the Lease (in whole or in part) without Lender’s prior written consent and will not make any payment to Lessor in consideration of any cancellation of the Lease (in whole or in part) without Lender’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT F

-2-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


  4.3 Notice of Default. Lessee will use reasonable efforts to notify Lender in writing of any default by Lessor under the Lease, and Lessee agrees that Lender has the right (but not the obligation) to cure any breach or default specified in such notice within the time periods set forth below and Lessee will not declare a default of the Lease, as to Lender, if Lender cures such default within fifteen (15) days from and after the expiration of the time period provided in the Lease for the cure thereof by Lessor; provided, however, that if such default cannot with diligence be cured by Lender within such fifteen (15) day period, the commencement of action by Lender within such fifteen (15) day period to remedy the same shall be deemed sufficient so long as Lender pursues such cure with diligence and so long as Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises is not materially impaired during such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee shall inadvertently fail to provide such default notice to Lender, such failure shall not constitute a default of Lessee hereunder or under the Lease, but no such notice or statement shall be binding on Lender until actually delivered by Lessee in accordance with the notice provisions set forth below, and Lessee shall have no right to terminate the Lease until Lender has received notice and had the opportunity to cure as set forth above in this Section 4.3;

 

  4.4 No Advance Rents. Lender will not be bound by any prepayments of rent by Lessee more than one (1) month in advance of the time when the same become due under the Lease; and

 

  4.5 Assignment of Rents. Upon receipt by Lessee of written notice from Lender that Lender has elected to terminate the license granted to Lessor to collect rents, as provided in the Deed of Trust, and directing the payment of rents by Lessee to Lender, Lessee shall comply with such direction to pay and shall not be required to determine whether Lessor is in default under the Loan and/or the Deed of Trust. Lessor represents to Lessee that under the Deed of Trust documents Lessor waives any right, claim or demand it may have against Lessee by reason of such direct payment to Lender and agrees that such direct payment to Lender shall discharge all obligations of Lessee to make such payment to Lessor.

 

5. ATTORNMENT. In the event of a foreclosure under the Deed of Trust, Lessee agrees for the benefit of Lender (including for this purpose any transferee of Lender or any transferee of Lessor’s title in and to the Property by Lender’s exercise of the remedy of sale by foreclosure under the Deed of Trust) as follows:

 

  5.1 Payment of Rent. Lessee shall pay to Lender all rental payments required to be made by Lessee pursuant to the terms of the Lease for the duration of the term of the Lease;

 

  5.2 Continuation of Performance. Lessee shall be bound to Lender in accordance with all of the provisions of the Lease for the balance of the term thereof, and Lessee hereby attorns to Lender as its landlord, such attornment to be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instrument immediately upon Lender succeeding to Lessor’s interest in the Lease and giving written notice thereof to Lessee;

 

  5.3 No Offset. Lender shall not be liable for, nor subject to, any offsets or defenses which Lessee may have by reason of any act or omission of Lessor under the Lease, nor for the return of any sums which Lessee may have paid to Lessor under the Lease as and for security deposits, advance rentals or otherwise, except to the extent that such sums are actually delivered by Lessor to Lender; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may exercise its self-help rights subject to and in accordance with the terms of Section 22(b) of the Lease so long as Lender is provided the opportunity to exercise all rights of Landlord under the terms of such Section 22(b), including without limitation, notice and cure rights prior to the exercise of any rental offset; and

 

  5.4 Subsequent Transfer. If Lender, by succeeding to the interest of Lessor under the Lease, should become obligated to perform the covenants of Lessor thereunder, then, upon any further transfer of Lessor’s interest by Lender, all of such obligations first accruing thereafter shall terminate as to Lender.

 

6. NON-DISTURBANCE. In the event of a foreclosure under the Deed of Trust, so long as there shall then exist no default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) on the part of Lessee under the Lease, Lender agrees for itself and its successors and assigns that the leasehold interest of Lessee under the Lease shall not be extinguished or terminated by reason of such foreclosure, but rather the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct agreement between Lender, as landlord, and Lessee, as tenant, and Lender shall recognize and accept Lessee as tenant under the Lease subject to the terms and provisions of the Lease except as modified by this Agreement; provided, however, that Lessee and Lender agree that the following provisions of the Lease (if any) shall not be binding on Lender: any option to purchase with respect to the Property; any right of first refusal to purchase with respect to the Property. The lien of the Deed of Trust does not and will not encumber any trade fixtures, equipment or personal property used by Lessee in its business on the Property.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT F

-3-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


7. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

  7.1 Heirs, Successors, Assigns and Transferees. The covenants herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto; and

 

  7.2 Notices. All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be deemed served upon delivery or, if mailed, upon the first to occur of receipt or the expiration of three (3) days after deposit in United States Postal Service, certified mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the address of Lessee or Lender appearing below:

“OWNER”

RO Parkway Associates, LLC

2211 Michelson Drive, Suite 500

Irvine, CA 92612

Attention: Martin O’Hea

“LENDER”

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Real Estate Group (AU# 0002955)

2030 Main Street, Suite 800

Irvine, CA 92614

Attention: Andrew Amaro

Loan No.[    ]

“LESSEE”

After the “Commencement Date” of the Lease

Nimble Storage, Inc.

211 River Oaks Parkway

San Jose, California

Attention: Chief Financial Officer.

Prior to the Commencement Date of the Lease:

Nimble Storage, Inc.

2740 Zanker Road

San Jose, CA 95134

Attn: Chief Financial Officer.

provided, however, any party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder by the giving of written notice thereof to the other party in the manner set forth in this Agreement; and

 

  7.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute and be construed as one and the same instrument; and

 

  7.4 Remedies Cumulative. All rights of Lender herein to collect rents on behalf of Lessor under the Lease are cumulative and shall be in addition to any and all other rights and remedies provided by law and by other agreements between Lender and Lessor or others; and

 

  7.5 Paragraph Headings. Paragraph headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement or in any way limiting or applying the provisions hereof.

 

  7.6 INCORPORATION. Exhibit A is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT F

-4-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

NOTICE:    THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT CONTAINS A PROVISION WHICH ALLOWS THE PERSON OBLIGATED ON YOUR REAL PROPERTY SECURITY TO OBTAIN A LOAN A PORTION OF WHICH MAY BE EXPENDED FOR OTHER PURPOSES THAN IMPROVEMENT OF THE LAND.

IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT, PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES CONSULT WITH THEIR ATTORNEYS WITH RESPECT HERETO.

 

“LENDER”

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:  

 

  Name: Andrew Amaro
  Its: Vice President

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

Signature Page

To

Subordination Agreement; Acknowledgment of Lease Assignment, Estoppel,

Attornment and Non-Disturbance Agreement

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT F

-5-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


LENDER’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF                                          ss.

On                                          before me,                                                              , personally appeared                                         , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) isfare subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(les), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal
Signature  

 

My commission expires.  

 

Acknowledgement

To

Subordination Agreement; Acknowledgment of Lease Assignment, Estoppel,

Attornment and Non-Disturbance Agreement

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT F

-6-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


  “LESSEE”

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Its:  

 

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Its:  

 

[Signatures continues on following page]

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT F

-7-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


LESSEE’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF                                          ss.

On                                          before me,                                                              , personally appeared                                         , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) isfare subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(les), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal
Signature  

 

My commission expires  

 

Acknowledgement

To

Subordination Agreement; Acknowledgment of Lease Assignment, Estoppel,

Attornment and Non-Disturbance Agreement

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT F

-8-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


  “OWNER”
RO PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LLC.
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   BLC River Oaks, LLC
  a California limited liability company,
  its Managing Member
  By:   Bixby River Oaks, LLV
    a California limited liability company
    its Managing Member
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Its:  

 

    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Its:  

 

Signature Page

To

Subordination Agreement; Acknowledgment of Lease Assignment, Estoppel,

Attornment and Non-Disturbance Agreement

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT F

-9-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


OWNER’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF                                          ss.

On                                          before me,                                                              , personally appeared                                         , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) isfare subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(les), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal
Signature  

 

My commission expires.  

 

Acknowledgement

To

Subordination Agreement; Acknowledgment of Lease Assignment, Estoppel,

Attornment and Non-Disturbance Agreement

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT F

-10-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

EXHIBIT A to Subordination Agreement, Acknowledgment of Lease Assignment, Estoppel, Attornment and Non-Disturbance Agreement dated as of April 19, 2013 executed by RO Parkway Associates, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as “Owner”, Nimble Storage, Inc., as “Lessee”, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as “Lender”.

All that certain real property located in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California, described as follows:

PARCEL ONE:

All of Parcel 3, as shown upon that certain Map entitled, “Parcel Map being a portion of Parcel 1 & Parcel 2, of the Parcel Map Recorded in Book 462 of Maps Page 47, Santa Clara County Records”, which Map was filed for Record in the Office of the Recorder of the County of Santa Clara, State of California, on June 18, 1982 in Book 501 of Maps, at Pages 31 and 32.

PARCEL ONE A:

An Easement for the purpose of ingress and egress over the Northerly 16.00 feet of Parcels 1 and 2, as said parcels are shown upon that certain Map entitled, “Parcel Map being a resubdivision of Parcel 4 of Parcel Map Recorded In Book 456 at Pages 46-40, Santa Clara County Records”, which Map was filed for Record in the Office of the Recorder of the County of Santa Clara, State of California, on April 29, 1980 in Book 462 of Maps, at Pages 47 and 48.

Excepting therefrom all that portion thereof lying Westerly of that certain course described as South 19°.06’ East 0.38 chains in the Deed to the State of California, Recorded on October 17, 1927 in Book 355 Official Records Page 41, Santa Clara County Records.

PARCEL ONE B:

An easement 16.00 feet in width for the purpose of ingress and egress, the Southerly line of which is described as follows:

Beginning at a Southwesterly corner of that certain Tract of Land described In the Deed to the State of California, Recorded on October 17, 1927 in Book 355 Official Records, Page 41, Santa Clara County Records, said point also being in the Southerly line of Mauvais Lane 16.00 feet wide; thence from said Point of Beginning South 70° 56’ 15” West along the Westerly prolongation of the Southerly line of said land described to the State of California, also being the Southerly line of Mauvais Lane to the point of intersection thereof with the Easterly line of Zanker Road and the terminus of said easement.

PARCEL TWO:

All of Parcel 2, as shown upon that certain Map entitled, “Parcel Map being a portion of Parcel 1 & Parcel 2, of the Parcel Map recorded in Book 462 of Maps, page 47, Santa Clara County Records’’, which Map was filed for record in the office of the Recorder of the County of Santa Clara, State of California, on June 18, 1982 in Book 501 of Maps, at Pages 31 and 32.

PARCEL TWO A:

An Easement for the purpose of ingress and egress over the Northerly 16.00 feet at Parcels 1 and 2, as said Parcels are shown upon that certain Map entitled “Parcel Map being a resubdivision of Parcel 4 of Parcel Map recorded in Book 456 at Pages 36-40, Santa Clara County Records”, which Map was filed for record in the office of the recorder of the County of Santa Clara, State of California, on April 29, 1980, in Book 462 of Maps at pages 47 and 48.

Excepting therefrom all that portion thereof lying Westerly of that certain course described as 19° 06’ East, 0.38 chains In the Deed to the State of California, recorded on October 17,1927 in Book 355 Official Records, Page 41, Santa Clara County Records.

PARCEL TWO B:

An easement 16.00 feet in width for the purpose of ingess and egress, the Southerly line of which is described as follows:

Beginning at a Southwesterly comer of that certain tract of rand described in the Deed to the State of California, recorded on October 17, 1927 In Book 355 Official Records, Page 41, Santa Clara County Records. Said point also being in the Southerly line of Mauvais Lane 16.00 feet wide; thence from said Point of Beginning south 70° 56’ 15” West along the Westerly prolongation of the Southerly line of said land described to the State of California, also being the Southerly line of Mauvais Lane to the point of intersection thereof with the Easterly line of Zanker Road and the terminus of said easement.

APN: 097-33-033, 097-33-034

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT F

-11-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


EXHIBIT G

PROJECT SCHEDULE

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT G

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


RIDER NO. 1

EXTENSION OPTION RIDER

This Rider No. 1 is made and entered into by and between RO PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease. All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider. All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

1. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant (1) option (the “Extension Option”) to extend the Term of the Lease for an additional period of sixty (60) months (the “Option Term”), on the same terms, covenants and conditions as provided for in the Lease during the initial Term, except for the Monthly Base Rent, which shall equal the “fair market rental rate” for the Premises for the Option Term as defined and determined in accordance with the provisions of Rider No. 2 attached to the Lease.

2. The Extension Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice (“Extension Notice”) delivered by Tenant to Landlord no sooner than that date which is twelve (12) months and no later than that date which is nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the then current Term of the Lease. The Extension Option shall, at Landlord’s sole option, not be deemed to be properly exercised if, at the time the Extension Option is exercised or on the scheduled commencement date for the Option Term, Tenant has (a) committed an uncured event of monetary or material non-monetary default whose cure period has expired pursuant to Section 21 of the Lease, (b) assigned all or any portion of the Lease or its interest therein to any other party other than a Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, or (c) sublet more than fifty percent of the Premises to any other party other than a Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer. Provided Tenant has properly and timely exercised the Extension Option, the then current term of the Lease shall be extended by the Option Term, and all terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect, except that the Monthly Base Rent shall be as set forth above.

3. Tenant’s Extension Option is further subject to the terms and conditions of Rider No.3 attached hereto.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

RIDER NO. 1

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


RIDER NO. 2

FAIR MARKET RENTAL RATE

This Rider No. 2 is made and entered into by and between RO PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease. All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider. All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

1. The term “fair market rental rate” as used in the Lease and any Rider attached thereto shall mean the annual amount per square foot, projected during the Option Term that a willing, non-equity renewal tenant (excluding sublease and assignment transactions) would pay, and a willing landlord of a comparable class office building project located in the North San Jose, California market area (the “Comparison Area”) would accept, in an arm’s length transaction, for space of comparable size, quality and floor height as the Premises, taking into account the age, quality and layout of the existing improvements in the Premises, and taking into account items that professional real estate brokers or professional real estate appraisers customarily consider, including, but not limited to, rental rates, space availability, tenant size, whether a tenant improvement allowance, free rent, and other market concessions will be provided, distinctions between “gross” and “net” leases, parking charges and any other lease considerations, if any, then being charged or granted by Landlord or the lessors of such similar office buildings. All economic terms other than Monthly Base Rent, such as tenant improvement allowance amounts, if any, operating expense allowances, parking charges, etc., will be established by Landlord and will be factored into the determination of the fair market rental rate for the Option Term. Accordingly, the fair market rental rate will be an effective rate, not specifically including, but accounting for, the appropriate economic considerations described above. The fair market rental rate shall include the periodic rental increases that would be included for space leased for the period of the Option Term.

2. Landlord shall provide written notice of Landlord’s determination of the fair market rental rate not later than ninety (90) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Extension Notice. Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days (“Tenant’s Review Period”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the fair market rental rate within which to accept such fair market rental rate or to object thereto in writing. Failure of Tenant to so object to the fair market rental rate submitted by Landlord in writing within Tenant’s Review Period shall conclusively be deemed Tenant’s disapproval thereof. If within Tenant’s Review Period Tenant objects to or is deemed to have disapproved the fair market rental rate submitted by Landlord, Landlord and Tenant will meet together with their respective legal counsel to present and discuss their individual determinations of the fair market rental rate for the Premises under the parameters set forth in Section 1 above and shall diligently and in good faith attempt to negotiate a rental rate on the basis of such individual determinations. Such meeting shall occur no later than ten (10) days after the expiration of Tenant’s Review Period. The parties shall each provide the other with such supporting information and documentation as they deem appropriate. At such meeting if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the fair market rental rate, they shall each submit to the other their respective best and final offer as to the fair market rental rate. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement on such fair market rental rate within five (5) business days following such a meeting (the “Outside Agreement Date”), Tenant’s Extension Option will be deemed null and void unless Tenant demands appraisal within five (5) days business days after the Outside Agreement Date, in which event each party’s determination shall be submitted to appraisal in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 below.

3. (a) Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one (1) competent, independent and impartial commercial real estate broker with at least ten (10) years full time commercial real estate brokerage experience in the Comparison Area (each a “broker”). The determination of the brokers shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s last proposed (as of the Outside Agreement Date) best and final fair market rental rate for the Premises is the closest to the actual fair market rental rate for the Premises as determined by the brokers, taking into account the requirements specified in Section 1 above. Each such broker shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date.

(b) The two (2) brokers so appointed shall within fifteen (15) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed broker agree upon and appoint a third broker who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two (2) brokers.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

RIDER NO. 3

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


(c) The three (3) brokers shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third broker reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

(d) The decision of the majority of the three (3) brokers shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and neither party shall have the right to reject the decision or to nullify the exercise of the Extension Option. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an broker within the time period specified in Section 3(a) hereinabove, the broker appointed by one of them shall within thirty (30) days following the date on which the party failing to appoint an broker could have last appointed such broker reach a decision based upon the same procedures as set forth above (i.e., by selecting either Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate), and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such broker’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and neither party shall have the right to reject the decision or to nullify the exercise of the Extension Option.

(e) If the two (2) brokers fail to agree upon and timely appoint a third broker, either party, upon ten (10) days written notice to the other party, can apply to the Presiding Judge of the Superior Court of Santa Clara County to appoint a third broker meeting the qualifications set forth herein. The third broker, however, selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party.

(f) The cost of each party’s broker shall be the responsibility of the party selecting such broker, and the cost of the third broker (or arbitration, if necessary) shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.

(g) If the process described hereinabove has not resulted in a selection of either Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate by the commencement of the applicable lease term, then the fair market rental rate estimated by Landlord will be used until the broker(s) reach a decision, with an appropriate rental credit and other adjustments for any overpayments of Monthly Base Rent or other amounts if the brokers select Tenant’s submitted best and final estimate of the fair market rental rate. The parties shall enter into an amendment to this Lease confirming the terms of the decision.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

RIDER NO. 3

-2-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


RIDER NO. 3

OPTIONS IN GENERAL

This Rider No. 3 is made and entered into by and between RO PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease. All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider. All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

(a) Definition. As used in the Lease and any Rider or Exhibit attached thereto, the word “Option” shall mean all options granted to Tenant under the Lease, including the Extension Option pursuant to Rider No.1 attached thereto.

(b) Option Personal. The Option granted to Tenant is personal to the original Tenant executing the Lease (the “Original Tenant”) and any Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer and may be exercised only by the Original Tenant while occupying not less than fifty percent of the Premises and without the intent of thereafter assigning the Lease or subletting the Premises and may not be exercised or be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, by any person or entity other than the Original Tenant and any Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer. The Option granted to Tenant under the Lease is not assignable separate and apart from the Lease, nor may the Option be separated from the Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise.

(c) Effect of Default on Options. Tenant will have no right to exercise any Option, notwithstanding any provision of the grant of option to the contrary, and Tenant’s exercise of any Option may be nullified by Landlord and deemed of no further force or effect, if (i) Tenant is in default of any monetary obligation or material non-monetary obligation under the terms of the Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) as of Tenant’s exercise of the Option in question or at any time after the exercise of any such Option and prior to the commencement of the Option event, or (ii) Tenant has been in monetary or material non-monetary default (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) two (2) or more times during the last (12) consecutive month period of the initial Term.

(d) Option as Economic Term. The Option is hereby deemed an economic term which Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, mayor may not offer in conjunction with any future extensions of the Term.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

RIDER NO. 3

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


RIDER NO. 4

LETTER OF CREDIT RIDER

This Rider No. 4 is made and entered into by and between RO PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease. All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider. All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

1. Within three (3) business days following the full execution and delivery of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as collateral for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under the Lease and to compensate Landlord for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any default by Tenant under the Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), an irrevocable standby letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”), in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1 or as otherwise reasonably approved by Landlord and containing the terms required herein, payable in the City of San Jose, California, running in favor of Landlord issued by Silicon Valley Bank, or another solvent, nationally recognized commercial bank that is acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion (the “Bank”) and is chartered under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and which is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; and (b) has a long term rating of BBB or higher as rated by Moody’s Investors Service and/or A or higher as rated by Standard & Poor’s, and Fitch Ratings Ltd., under the supervision of the Superintendent of Banks of the State of California, or a national banking association] (collectively, the “Letter of Credit Issuer Requirements”), in the amount of Three Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,900,000.00) (the “Letter of Credit Amount”). Upon satisfaction of the LOC Release Conditions (defined in Section 8 below), the Letter of Credit shall be released and returned to Tenant, and as a condition to release of the Letter of Credit, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the cash Security Deposit which will thereafter be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms of Section 6 of the Lease.

2. The Letter of Credit shall be (i) at sight and irrevocable (subject to the specific terms set forth therein), (ii) maintained in effect, whether through replacement, renewal or extension, for the period from the Commencement Date and continuing until the date (the “Letter of Credit Expiration Date”) which is (120) days after the Expiration Date, and shall provide for automatic renewals of one-year periods or Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) subject to “The Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits” (2007 Revision) International Chamber Of Commerce Publication No. 600, (iv) fully assignable by Landlord, and (v) permit partial draws. In addition to the foregoing, the form and terms of the Letter of Credit shall provide, among other things, in effect that: (A) Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit (1) upon the presentation to the Bank of Landlord’s (or Landlord’s then managing agent’s) written statement that the terms and conditions of the Lease authorize Landlord to draw under the Letter of Credit, or (2) in the event Tenant, as applicant, shall have failed to provide to Landlord a new or renewal Letter of Credit satisfying the terms of this Rider at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, it being understood that if Landlord or its managing agent be a limited liability company, corporation, partnership or other entity, then such statement shall be signed by a managing member (if a limited liability company), an officer (if a corporation), a general partner (if a partnership), or any authorized party (if another entity) and (B) the Letter of Credit will be honored by the Bank without inquiry as to the accuracy thereof and regardless of whether Tenant disputes the content of such statement.

3. The Letter of Credit shall also provide that Landlord may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer all or any portion of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity that is assuming Landlord’s interest in this Lease and the Premises. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part (or cause a substitute letter of credit to be delivered, as applicable) to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability with respect to the Letter of Credit, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to a

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

RIDER NO. 4

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer and, Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

4. If, as result of any application or use by Landlord of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total Letter of Credit Amount), and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Rider, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 21 of the Lease, the same shall constitute an incurable default by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, a renewal thereof or substitute letter of credit, as applicable, shall be delivered to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit, which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the Letter of Credit Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole but reasonable discretion. However, if the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed or a substitute letter of credit is not timely received, or if Tenant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Rider, Landlord shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Rider, and the proceeds of the Letter of Credit may be applied by Landlord for Tenant’s failure to fully and faithfully perform all of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease and against any rent payable by Tenant under the Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any default by Tenant under the Lease. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets.

5. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into the Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit in the event Tenant is in default under the Lease (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) and to compensate Landlord for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of the occurrence of any default on the part of Tenant under the Lease (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) and Landlord may, at any time, but without obligation to do so, and without notice, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, for such purposes. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof and that, in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code.

6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if at any time the Letter of Credit Issuer Requirements are not met, or if the financial condition of such issuer changes in any other materially adverse way, as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, then Tenant shall within ten (10) days of written notice from Landlord deliver to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit which otherwise meets the requirements of the Lease, including without limitation, the Letter of Credit Issuer Requirements. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Tenant’s failure to replace the Letter of Credit and satisfy the Letter of Credit Issuer Requirements within such ten (10) day period Landlord shall constitute a material default for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto. In addition and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the issuer of any letter of credit held by Landlord is insolvent or is placed in receivership or conservatorship by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any successor or similar entity, or if a trustee, receiver or liquidator is appointed for the issuer, then, effective as of the date of such occurrence, said Letter of Credit shall be deemed to not meet the requirements of this Rider, and Tenant shall within ten (10) days of written notice from Landlord deliver to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit which otherwise meets the requirements of this Rider and that meets the Letter of Credit Issuer Requirements (and Tenant’s failure to do so shall, notwithstanding anything in this Rider or the Lease to the contrary, constitute a material default for while there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto other than the aforesaid ten (10) day period).

7. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor be (i) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

RIDER NO. 4

-2-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws with respect to the Letter of Credit.

8. Provided that there exists no monetary or material non-monetary default by Tenant under the Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), Tenant shall be entitled to a release and return of the Letter of Credit upon satisfaction of the following conditions (collectively, the “LOC Release Conditions”): either (a) Tenant shall achieve an “investment grade rating” from any of the three (3) rating agencies (Moody’s Investors Service, Standard & Poor’s, and Fitch Ratings Ltd.); or (b) Tenant shall have satisfied each of the following financial tests effective as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending as of a date from and after month twenty-four (24) of the initial Term (November 30, 2015):

 

   

Tenant shall have achieved Net Revenue equal to or in excess of $175 million over the prior four (4) fiscal quarters; and

 

   

Tenant shall have achieved pre-tax profit equal to or in excess of $15 million over the prior four (4) fiscal quarters; and

 

   

During the last fiscal quarter in which Tenant shall have satisfied the prior two (2) metrics, Tenant’s shall have achieved a total market capitalization of at least $1.25 billion as of the market close for a trading day during such quarter. (Accordingly, if this third metric is not achieved in the last fiscal quarter, Tenant shall be required to make a new submittal for the next fiscal quarter in which the first two metrics are satisfied).

In order to obtain a release and surrender of the Letter of Credit, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written notice requesting the release and surrender of such Letter of Credit, which notice shall be accompanied by (i) full written evidence of the satisfaction of the LOC Release Conditions, as referenced above, and (ii) immediately available funds in the amount of $367,930.27, representing the Security Deposit (which Landlord shall promptly release back to Tenant if it fails to release the Letter of Credit within the time frame stated in the next sentence). Upon receipt of Tenant’s notice requesting release of the Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have fifteen (15) business days to review Landlord’s records with respect to Tenant’s performance under the Lease and satisfaction of the LOC Release Conditions. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with requests by Landlord for information regarding Tenant’s performance under the Lease and Tenant’s current financial condition.

[CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

RIDER NO. 4

-3-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


EXHIBIT 1 TO LETTER OF CREDIT RIDER

THIS DRAFT IS FOR DISCUSSION PURPOSES ONLY.

IT WILL BECOME AN INTEGRAL PART OF AND MUST BE ATTACHED TO

SILICON VALLEY BANK APPLICATION FOR STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WHEN APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY

APPLICANT: NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF     

(THE ABOVE LC NUMBER AND THE DATE BELOW WILL BE INSERTED BY SVB AT TIME OF ACTUAL LC ISSUANCE)

DATED:              , 20    

BENEFICIARY:

RO PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LLC

C/O BIXBY LAND COMPANY

2211 MICHELSON DRIVE, SUITE 500

IRVINE, CA 92612

ATTENTION: PROPERTY MANAGER, BIXBY@RlVER OAKS

APPLICANT:

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

2740 ZANKER ROAD, 2ND FLOOR

SAN JOSE, CA 95154

 

AMOUNT: US$3,900,000.00 (THREE MILLION NINE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 U.S. DOLLARS)

EXPIRATION DATE: April XX, 2014

LOCATION: SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF          IN YOUR FAVOR. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS AVAILABLE BY SIGHT PAYMENT WITH OURSELVES ONLY AGAINST PRESENTATION AT THIS OFFICE OF THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

 

  1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT (S), IF ANY.

 

  2. YOUR SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US IN THE FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “A”.

 

  3. A DATED CERTIFICATION PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BENEFICIARY, FOLLOWED BY HISIHER PRINTED NAME AND DESIGNATED TITLE, STATING EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING WITH INSTRUCTIONS IN BRACKETS THEREIN COMPLIED WITH:

 

  (A) “BENEFICIARY, AS LANDLORD, IS NOW ENTITLED TO DRAW UPON SILICON VALLEY BANK IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF             PURSUANT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THAT CERTAIN LEASE AGREEMENT DATED APRIL XX, 2013 FOR PREMISES LOCATED AT BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS”

OR

 

 

PAGE 1 OF 81

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK, THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.

 

                                                                                                    

 

CLIENT’S SIGNATURE(S)

FILE NAME: \NIMBLE_RO PARKWAY_V3_05APR13

    DATE

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT 1 TO RIDER NO. 4

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


THIS DRAFT IS FOR DISCUSSION PURPOSES ONLY.

IT WILL BECOME AN INTEGRAL PART OF AND MUST BE ATTACHED TO

SILICON VALLEY BANK APPLICATION FOR STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WHEN APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY

APPLICANT: NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

 

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF     

(THE ABOVE LC NUMBER AND THE DATE BELOW WILL BE INSERTED BY SVB AT TIME OF ACTUAL LC ISSUANCE)

DATED:              , 20    

 

  (B) “SILICON VALLEY BANK HAS NOTIFIED US THAT IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF             WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE AND APPLICANT HAS NOT DELIVERED TO BENEFICIARY AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE CURRENT EXPIRATION A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT SATISFACTORY TO THE BENEFICIARY.”

OR

 

  (C) “TENANT HAS FILED A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE FEDERAL BANKRUPTCY CODE;”

OR

 

  (D) “AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HAS BEEN FILED AGAINST TENANT UNDER THE FEDERAL BANKRUPTCY CODE.”

THE LEASE AGREEMENT MENTIONED ABOVE IS FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT SAID LEASE AGREEMENT BE INCORPORATED HEREIN OR FORM PART OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

PARTIAL AND MULTIPLE DRAWINGS ARE ALLOWED. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

WE AGREE THAT WE SHALL HAVE NO DUTY OR RIGHT TO INQUIRE AS TO THE BASIS UPON WHICH BENEFICIARY HAS DETERMINED THAT THE AMOUNT IS DUE AND OWING OR HAS DETERMINED TO PRESENT TO US ANY DRAFT UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, AND THE PRESENTATION OF SUCH DRAFT IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, SHALL AUTOMATICALLY RESULT IN PAYMENT TO THE BENEFICIARY.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU A NOTICE BY REGISTERED MAIL/OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND FEBRUARY 28, 2022, WHICH SHALL BE THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

 

PAGE 2 OF 81

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK, THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.

 

                                                                                                    

 

CLIENT’S SIGNATURE(S)

FILE NAME: \NIMBLE_RO PARKWAY_V3_05APR13

    DATE

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT 1 TO RIDER NO. 4

-2-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


THIS DRAFT IS FOR DISCUSSION PURPOSES ONLY.

IT WILL BECOME AN INTEGRAL PART OF AND MUST BE ATTACHED TO

SILICON VALLEY BANK APPLICATION FOR STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WHEN APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY

APPLICANT: NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

 

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF     

(THE ABOVE LC NUMBER AND THE DATE BELOW WILL BE INSERTED BY SVB AT TIME OF ACTUAL LC ISSUANCE)

DATED:              , 20    

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE ONE OR MORE TIMES, BUT IN EACH INSTANCE ONLY TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AS TRANSFEREE AND ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF ANY NOMINATED TRANSFEREE THAT IS THE SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST TO BENEFICIARY (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR LETTER OF TRANSFER DOCUMENTATION AS PER ATTACHED EXHIBIT “B” DULY EXECUTED. THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK. APPLICANT SHALL PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE OF  1/4 OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM US$250.00) UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT. ANY REQUEST FOR TRANSFER WILL BE EFFECTED BY US SUBJECT TO THE ABOVE CONDITIONS. HOWEVER, ANY REQUEST FOR TRANSFER IS NOT CONTINGENT UPON APPLICANT’S ABILITY TO PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE. ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT CHANGE THE PLACE OR DATE OF EXPIRATION OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FROM OUR ABOVE SPECIFIED OFFICE. EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT SO ENDORSED TO THE TRANSFEREE.

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

DOCUMENTS MUST BE DELIVERED TO US DURING REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS ON A BUSINESS DAY OR FORWARDED TO US BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY SERVICE TO: SILICON V ALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, 2ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF21O, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054, ATTENTION: GLOBAL FINANCIAL SERVICES - STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT DEPARTMENT (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”).

AS USED HEREIN, THE TERM “BUSINESS DAY” MEANS A DAY ON WHICH WE ARE OPEN AT OUR ABOVE ADDRESS IN SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA TO CONDUCT OUR LETTER OF CREDIT BUSINESS. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION TO THE CONTRARY IN THE UCP (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED), IF THE EXPIRATION DATE OR THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH DATE SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED TO THE NEXT SUCCEEDING DATE WHICH IS A BUSINESS DAY.

 

 

PAGE 3 OF 81

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK, THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.

 

                                                                                                    

 

CLIENT’S SIGNATURE(S)

FILE NAME: \NIMBLE_RO PARKWAY_V3_05APR13

    DATE

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT 1 TO RIDER NO. 4

-3-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


THIS DRAFT IS FOR DISCUSSION PURPOSES ONLY.

IT WILL BECOME AN INTEGRAL PART OF AND MUST BE ATTACHED TO

SILICON VALLEY BANK APPLICATION FOR STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WHEN APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY

APPLICANT: NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

 

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF     

(THE ABOVE LC NUMBER AND THE DATE BELOW WILL BE INSERTED BY SVB AT TIME OF ACTUAL LC ISSUANCE)

DATED:              , 20    

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT DRAFT(S) DRAWN AND/OR DOCUMENTS PRESENTED UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO SILICON VALLEY BANK, IF PRESENTED ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT.

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (2007 REVISION), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 600 (THE “UCP”)

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

 

(FOR S V BANK USE ONLY)     (FOR S V BANK USE ONLY)

 

   

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE     AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

 

PAGE 4 OF 81

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK, THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.

 

                                                                                                    

 

CLIENT’S SIGNATURE(S)

FILE NAME: \NIMBLE_RO PARKWAY_V3_05APR13

    DATE

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT 1 TO RIDER NO. 4

-4-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


THIS DRAFT IS FOR DISCUSSION PURPOSES ONLY.

IT WILL BECOME AN INTEGRAL PART OF AND MUST BE ATTACHED TO

SILICON VALLEY BANK APPLICATION FOR STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WHEN APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY

APPLICANT: NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

 

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF     

(THE ABOVE LC NUMBER AND THE DATE BELOW WILL BE INSERTED BY SVB AT TIME OF ACTUAL LC ISSUANCE)

DATED:              , 20    

EXHIBIT “A”

SIGHT DRAFT/BILL OF EXCHANGE

 

DATE:                         REF NO.                     

AT SIGHT OF THIS BILL EXCHANGE

PAY TO THE ORDER OF                                                               US$             U.S. DOLLARS                                                         

“DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO. SVBSF    DATED              , 20    ”

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK      

 

   3003 TASMAN DRIVE       (INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY)
   SANTA CLARA, CA 95054      
        

 

         Authorized Signature

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE:

 

1. DATE              INSERT ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE.

 

2. REF. NO.     INSERT YOUR REFERENCE NUMBER IF ANY.

 

3. PAY TO THE ORDER OF: INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY

 

4. US$          INSERT AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN NUMERALS/FIGURES.

 

5. U.S. DOLLARS          INSERT AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

 

6. LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER INSERT THE LAST DIGITS OF OUR STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

 

7. DATED              INSERT THE ISSUANCE DATE OF OUR STANDBY L/C.

 

NOTE: BENEFICIARY SHOULD ENDORSE THE BACK OF THE SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE AS YOU WOULD A CHECK.

IF YOU NEED FURTHER ASSISTANCE IN COMPLETING THIS SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE, PLEASE CALL OUR L/C PAYMENT SECTION AT (408) 654-6274 OR (408) 654-7127 OR (408) 654-3035 OR (408) 654-7716 OR (408) 654-7128.

 

 

PAGE 5 OF 81

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK, THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.

 

                                                                                                    

 

CLIENT’S SIGNATURE(S)

FILE NAME: \NIMBLE_RO PARKWAY_V3_05APR13

    DATE

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT 1 TO RIDER NO. 4

-5-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


THIS DRAFT IS FOR DISCUSSION PURPOSES ONLY.

IT WILL BECOME AN INTEGRAL PART OF AND MUST BE ATTACHED TO

SILICON VALLEY BANK APPLICATION FOR STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WHEN APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY

APPLICANT: NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

 

 

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF     

(THE ABOVE LC NUMBER AND THE DATE BELOW WILL BE INSERTED BY SVB AT TIME OF ACTUAL LC ISSUANCE)

DATED:              , 20    

EXHIBIT “B”

DATE:

 

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK

303 TASMAN DRIVE

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

 

  ATTN: GLOBAL FINANCIAL SERVICES

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

RE: SILICON VALLEY BANK IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.

GENTLEMEN:

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

 

 

 

 
  (NAME OF TRANSFEREE)  
 

 

 
  (ADDRESS)  

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMNDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE, ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECT TO THE TRANSFERREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGEND BENEFICIARY.

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARDED IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE.

 

SINCERELY,             SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATED   
  

 

 

     

 

THE NAME(S) TITLE(S), AND SIGNATURE(S) CONFORM TO THAT/THOSE ON FILE WITH US FOR THE COMPANY AND THE SIGNATURE(S) IS/ARE AUTHORIZED TO EXECUTE THIS INSTRUMENT.

 

WE FURTHER CONFIRM THAT THE COMPANY HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED APPLYING THE APPROPRIATE DUE DILIGENCE AND ENAHCNED DUE DILIGENCE AS REQUIRED BY THE BANK SECRECY ACT AND ALL ITS SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS.

   (BENEFICIARY’S NAME)      
  

 

 

     
   (SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY)      
  

 

 

     
   (PRINTED NAME AND TITLE)      
           
           
           
           
           
              

 

  
               (NAME OF BANK)   
              

 

  
               (ADDRESS OF BANK)   
              

 

  
               (CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE)   
              

 

  
               (PRINTED NAME AND TITLE)   
              

 

  
               (TELEPHONE NUMBER)   

 

 

PAGE 6 OF 81

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK, THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.

 

                                                                                                    

 

CLIENT’S SIGNATURE(S)

FILE NAME: \NIMBLE_RO PARKWAY_V3_05APR13

    DATE

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

EXHIBIT 1 TO RIDER NO. 4

-6-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


RIDER NO. 5 TO OFFICE LEASE

ROOFTOP SPACE RIDER

This Rider No. 5 is made and entered into by and between RO PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease. All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider. All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

1. Right to Install Rooftop Equipment. During the Term, and, subject to Tenant’s compliance with all applicable Laws (defined below) and covenants, conditions and restrictions, and Landlord’s prior review and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of plans and specifications for any such installation, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors (which shall first be reasonably approved by Landlord) shall have the right to access, install, replace, remove, operate and maintain, subject to the terms of Section 12 of the Lease and this Rooftop Space Rider, a satellite antenna and/or microwave dish, or other standard communication equipment measuring no more than 2 meters in diameter (the “Tenant Roof Equipment”) on the rooftop of the Building at the location (which location has been mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant) more specifically shown on the diagram attached hereto as Schedule 1 (or if no location is shown on Schedule 1, at a location reasonably approved by Landlord in writing), including the cabling and connecting equipment (collectively, the “Connecting Equipment”). The Tenant Roof Equipment and the Connecting Equipment are collectively referred to as the “Rooftop Equipment”.

2. Fee. No fee shall be charged for Tenant’s maintenance of the Rooftop Equipment on the rooftop.

3. Conditioned Upon Lease. This Rooftop Space Rider is contingent upon the Lease being in effect and compliance by Tenant with all of the terms and provisions hereof. If the Lease terminates or expires for any reason, Tenant’s rights under this Rooftop Space Rider shall also terminate concurrently therewith unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion.

4. No Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Article 11 of the Lease, Tenant’s rights under this Rooftop Space Rider may not be assigned, transferred to or used by any other person or entity, other than a Permitted Transferee, an approved subtenant or approved assignee.

5. Installation. Tenant’s installation and operation of the Rooftop Equipment shall be governed by the following terms and conditions:

a. Installation shall be conducted by licensed contractors reasonably approved by Landlord. If any roof penetration is required, unless Landlord elects to perform such penetrations at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant shall retain Landlord’s designated roofing contractor to make any necessary penetrations and associated repairs to the roof in order to preserve Landlord’s roof warranty, provided that such contractor is available to perform the work at a commercially reasonable cost.

b. All plans and specifications for the Rooftop Equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s prior review and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

c. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for any modifications to the rooftop, risers, utility areas or other facilities or portions of the Building which may be necessary to accommodate the Rooftop Equipment.

d. It is expressly understood that Landlord retains the right to use the roof of the Building for any purpose whatsoever in connection with Landlord’s maintenance and other operations on the Premises (specifically excluding granting rights to third parties to utilize any portion of the roof not utilized by Tenant).

e. For the purposes of determining Tenant’s obligations with respect to its use of the roof of the Building herein provided, all of the provisions of the Lease relating to

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

RIDER NO. 5

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


compliance with requirements as to insurance, indemnity, and compliance with Laws shall apply to the installation, use and maintenance of the Rooftop Equipment. Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Rooftop Equipment. Landlord makes no representation that the Rooftop Equipment will function properly and Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor.

f. Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Rooftop Equipment, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any Laws in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Rooftop Equipment and comply with all Laws pertaining to the use of the Rooftop Equipment, and (iii) pay for all necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Rooftop Equipment.

g. To the extent not installed by Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Work Letter attached to the Lease, the installation of the Rooftop Equipment shall constitute Alterations and shall be performed in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 9.02 of the Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to obtain Landlord’s prior consent to the size and other specifications of the Rooftop Equipment, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

6. Design Considerations.

a. All Rooftop Equipment shall be properly screened from view for aesthetic reasons, and must not be visible from street level.

b. The Tenant Roof Equipment may not protrude above a height equal to the highest point of the Building structure

c. Intentionally Omitted.

d. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall install and maintain such fencing and other protective equipment and/or visual screening on or about the Rooftop Equipment as Landlord may reasonably determine.

e. The Rooftop Equipment shall be clearly marked to show the name, address, telephone number of the person to contact in case of emergency.

f. The Rooftop Equipment must be properly secured and installed so as not to be affected by high winds or other elements.

g. The weight of the Rooftop Equipment shall not exceed the load limits of the Building.

7. Compliance with Laws. Tenant’s rights set forth in this Rooftop Space Rider shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, zoning rules, health and safety rules (including OSHA requirements), and applicable building and fire codes, including any required conditional use permit (collectively, “Laws”). Landlord makes no representation that any such Laws permit such installation and operation, and Tenant shall be solely responsible to determine the feasibility and legality of installing the Rooftop Equipment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any testing, sampling or disclosures relating to rooftop equipment at the Building are required to satisfy OSHA or other governmental agencies (including for radio frequency [RF] or electromagnetic field [EMF] emissions), Tenant shall pay the costs of any such required tests and studies (or its prorata share thereof if the cost is properly shared by other rooftop users). Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for the maintenance or compliance with laws of any towers, antennas or structures, including, without limitation, compliance with Part 17 of the Federal Communications Commissions’ Rules.

8. No Interference.

a. The Rooftop Equipment and operations shall comply with all non-interference rules of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”). Subsequent to the date Tenant commences the operation of the Rooftop Equipment, Landlord shall not knowingly install or permit the installation of new equipment at the Property if such new equipment is likely to cause interference with the operation of the Rooftop Equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall Landlord have any liability with respect to interference with Tenant’s operations or any loss of business or profits, and Tenant’s sole remedy in the event of a breach of this provision shall be to pursue an action for injunctive relief and actual damages.

b. In no event shall the Tenant Roof Equipment or any Connecting Equipment damage or adversely affect or interfere with the normal operation of the Building

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

RIDER NO. 5

-2-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


(including, but not limited to mechanical, electrical, life-safety, structural systems, window washing or other maintenance functions of the Building). Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Rooftop Space Rider, provided that Tenant’s indemnification obligation hereunder shall not apply to the extent same is caused by the negligence (and not covered by the insurance Tenant is required to carry under this Lease), gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors. Should the use of the Rooftop Equipment by Tenant interfere with systems of the Building or telecommunications systems of any tenant, Tenant shall make such adjustments to the Rooftop Equipment or its related equipment as may be reasonably required by Landlord.

9. Access. Subject to the terms of this Rooftop Space Rider, Tenant shall have the right to access its Rooftop Equipment. In exercising its right of access to the roof, Tenant agrees to cooperate and comply with any reasonable security procedures, access requirements and rules and regulations utilized by Landlord for the Building and further agrees not to unduly disturb or interfere with the business or other activities of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to provide to Landlord a list of authorized representatives and approved maintenance contractors who are entitled to access the roof immediately and without any prior notification or delay (each an “Authorized Roof Access Party” and, collectively, from time to time, “Authorized Roof Access Parties”). Landlord shall provide such list to Building security and shall direct Building security to provide the Authorized Roof Access Parties with roof access. With respect to any parties other than Authorized Roof Access Parties, at least one (1) Authorized Roof Access Party must accompany such parties seeking access to the roof, and such Authorized Roof Access Party shall remain with them until all such parties have left the roof and the Building.

10. Costs. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall pay all costs, expenses and taxes incurred in connection with the ownership, installation, operation, maintenance, use and removal of the Rooftop Equipment and the appurtenant equipment located in or on the Building.

11. Insurance. Tenant shall cause the insurance policies maintained by Tenant pursuant to the Lease to include the Rooftop Equipment and all related equipment and materials as part of Tenant’s insured property.

12. Indemnity. Tenant specifically agrees that the indemnification of Landlord by Tenant in accordance with the Lease is deemed to include any claims arising from the installation, operation, use, maintenance or removal of the Rooftop Equipment, and the provisions of Section 13 of the Lease are incorporated herein by reference.

13. Relocation. Landlord shall have the right, at its option, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior notice to Tenant, to relocate the Rooftop Equipment to another location in the Building adequate to afford equivalent service to Tenant. Landlord shall pay the costs of relocation reasonably incurred by Tenant in connection with such substituted location, subject to adequate substantiation of such costs.

14. Removal and Restoration. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, the Tenant Roof Equipment and the Connecting Equipment shall be removed from the Building by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall pay to repair any damage caused by such removal, ordinary wear and tear and damage caused by casualty excepted. If Tenant fails to remove the Tenant Roof Equipment (if requested by Landlord to be removed) and any related Connecting Equipment (to the extent applicable) and repair the Building upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Landlord, upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant, may do so at Tenant’s expense. The provisions of this Section 14 of the Rooftop Space Rider shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

15. Intentionally Omitted.

16. Default. If any of the conditions set forth in this Rooftop Space Rider are not complied with by Tenant and such conditions are not remedied within the applicable default notice and cure periods under the Lease, then such failure shall constitute a default by Tenant under the Lease. Except to the extent modified or superseded by the terms and provisions of this Rooftop Space Rider, the terms and provisions of the Lease are incorporated by reference herein.

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

RIDER NO. 5

-3-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


SCHEDULE 1 TO ROOFTOP SPACE RIDER

PLAN

[to be attached, if applicable]

 

[FINAL EXECUTION COPY]

SMRH:408064901.14

041813

 

RSCHEDULE 1 TO

RIDER NO. 5

-1-

 

BIXBY @ RIVER OAKS

Nimble Storage, Inc.

14CZ·176334


EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE POLICY

as adopted September 25, 2013

ELIGIBILITY: Named executive officers and other employees designated by the Committee are eligible to receive change in control severance benefits. Initial Executives are the Chief Executive Officer and members of the Executive Staff.

BENEFITS: In the event of a Qualifying Termination in connection with a Change in Control (as defined below) and contingent upon the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a binding separation and release agreement, the Executive will be entitled to receive:

 

(i) A lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 12 months of such Executive’s base salary plus target bonus as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

and

 

(ii) 12 months of COBRA premiums or equivalent cash.

The foregoing benefits under (i) will be provided on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Qualifying Termination and, in the case of (ii) will begin on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Qualifying Termination.

DEFINITIONS:

A “Change in Control” will have the same definition as Corporate Transaction in the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

A “Qualifying Termination” means an involuntary termination of employment other than for “Cause,” or a voluntary resignation for “Good Reason” within twelve months following a “Change in Control” or within three months preceding a Change in Control provided a definitive agreement has been signed as of the date of termination.

Cause” shall mean (a) an unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company, (b) a material breach of any agreement between Executive and the Company, (c) a material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules, (d) conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, (e) gross negligence or willful misconduct, (f) failure to cooperate with the Company in any investigation or formal proceeding, or (g) a continued failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (or, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, from the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors); provided that Executive must be provided with written notice of Executive’s termination for “Cause” and Executive must be provided with a 30-day period following Executive’s receipt of such notice to cure the event(s) that trigger “Cause,” with the Compensation Committee making the final determination whether Executive has cured any Cause.

Good Reason” shall mean (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities, provided, however, if by virtue of the Company being acquired and made a division or business unit of a larger entity following a Change in Control, Executive retains substantially similar authority, duties or responsibilities for such division or business unit of the acquiring corporation but not for the entire acquiring corporation, such reduction in authority, duties or responsibilities shall not constitute Good Reason for purposes of this sub-clause (i); (ii) a 10% or greater reduction in his or her level of compensation (except where there is a general reduction in the total target cash compensation of all similarly situated executive officers), which will be determined based on an average of the Executive’s annual total target cash compensation (annual base salary plus target annual cash incentives) for the


prior three calendar years or, if less, the number of years the Executive has been employed by the Company; or (iii) a relocation of Executive to a facility or a location that would increase Executive’s one-way commute by more than 30 miles from Executive’s then current place of employment, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company without Executive’s consent. For the Executive to receive the benefits under this Agreement as a result of a voluntary resignation under this paragraph, all of the following requirements must be satisfied: (1) the Executive must provide notice to the Company of his or her intent to assert Good Reason within 120 days of the initial existence of one or more of the conditions set forth in subclauses (i) through (iii); (2) the Company will have 30 days from the date of such notice to remedy the condition and, if it does so, the Executive may withdraw his or her resignation or may resign with no benefits; and (3) any termination of employment under this provision must occur within six months of the initial existence of one or more of the conditions set forth in subclauses (i) through (iii). Should the Company remedy the condition as set forth above and then one or more of the conditions arises again within twelve months following the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Executive may assert Good Reason again subject to all of the conditions set forth herein.

EXPIRATION: Each agreement terminates automatically three years from the date it was implemented, with the initial agreement effective upon the Company’s initial public offering, and automatic three year extensions hereafter unless the Company gives notice of non-renewal, unless a Change in Control has occurred prior to its expiration.

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT ELECTION: In order to be eligible to participate in this program, the Executive must execute a new agreement and, except as provided below in “Vesting Acceleration,” generally waive any existing cash and health benefits severance arrangement that would be triggered by a Change in Control or similar transaction.

VESTING ACCELERATION: The vesting acceleration provisions set forth in Section 21.1 of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will govern all equity awards granted pursuant to equity incentive plans adopted by the Company prior to, and outstanding on, the effective date of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “New Plan Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the vesting acceleration provisions set forth in any employment agreement or letter or similar agreement between the Company and an Executive in effect on the New Plan Date, to the extent more favorable to the Executive, will continue to apply to the equity awards held by the Executive on the New Plan Date.

280G BEST-OF PROVISION. If the benefits described in the agreement constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of the Code and would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the benefits will be payable either (i) in full, or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts (taking into consideration applicable taxes, including the excise tax under Section 4999) would result in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis of the greatest amount of benefits (even if some of such benefits are taxable under Section 4999).


EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of October 1, 2013 (the “Closing Date”), by and between NIMBLE STORAGE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”).

RECITALS

Borrower has requested that Bank extend or continue credit to Borrower as described below, and Bank has agreed to provide such credit to Borrower on the terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Bank and Borrower hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

CREDIT TERMS

SECTION 1.1. LINE OF CREDIT.

(a) Line of Credit. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank hereby agrees to make advances to Borrower from time to time up to and including October 1, 2014, not to exceed at any time the aggregate principal amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) (“Line of Credit”), the proceeds of which shall be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital. Borrower’s obligation to repay advances under the Line of Credit shall be evidenced by a promissory note dated as of the Closing Date (“Revolving Line of Credit Note”), all terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

(b) Limitation on Borrowings. Outstanding borrowings under the Line of Credit, to a maximum of the principal amount set forth above, shall not at any time exceed an aggregate of eighty percent (80%) of Borrower’s eligible accounts receivable. All of the foregoing shall be determined by Bank upon receipt and review of all collateral reports required hereunder and such other documents and collateral information as Bank may from time to time require. Borrower acknowledges that said borrowing base was established by Bank with the understanding that, among other items, the aggregate of all returns, rebates, discounts, credits and allowances for the immediately preceding three (3) months at all times shall be less than five percent (5%) of Borrower’s gross sales for said period. If such dilution of Borrower’s accounts for the immediately preceding three (3) months at any time exceeds five percent (5%) of Borrower’s gross sales for said period, or if there at any time exists any other matters, events, conditions or contingencies which Bank reasonably believes may affect payment of any portion of Borrower’s accounts, Bank, in its sole discretion, may reduce the foregoing advance rate against eligible accounts receivable to a percentage appropriate to reflect such additional dilution and/or establish additional reserves against Borrower’s eligible accounts receivable.

As used herein, “eligible accounts receivable” shall consist solely of trade accounts created in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon which Borrower’s right to receive payment is absolute and not contingent upon the fulfillment of any condition whatsoever, and in which Bank has a perfected security interest of first priority, and shall not include:

(i) any account which is past due more than ninety (90) days from invoice date;

 

1


(ii) that portion of any account for which there exists any right of setoff, defense or discount (except regular discounts allowed in the ordinary course of business to promote prompt payment) or for which any defense or counterclaim has been asserted;

(iii) any account which represents an obligation of any state or municipal government or of the United States government or any political subdivision thereof;

(iv) any account which represents an obligation of an account debtor located in a foreign country, except for Eligible Foreign Accounts or as approved by Bank in writing. As used herein, “Eligible Foreign Accounts” means those accounts which represent obligations of account debtors located in Canada, Australia, United Kingdom, Germany, Denmark, Netherlands, and Sweden and only to the extent such accounts from said account debtors do not exceed twenty percent (20%) of Borrower’s total eligible accounts receivable;

(v) any account which arises from the sale or lease to or performance of services for, or represents an obligation of, an employee, affiliate, partner, member, parent or subsidiary of Borrower;

(vi) that portion of any account, which represents interim or progress billings or retention rights on the part of the account debtor;

(vii) any account which represents an obligation of any account debtor when twenty percent (20%) or more of Borrower’s accounts from such account debtor are not eligible pursuant to (i) above;

(viii) that portion of any account from an account debtor which represents the amount by which Borrower’s total accounts from said account debtor exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of Borrower’s total accounts, except as approved by Bank in writing;

(ix) any account deemed ineligible by Bank when Bank, in its sole discretion, deems the creditworthiness or financial condition of the account debtor, or the industry in which the account debtor is engaged, to be unsatisfactory.

(c) Borrowing and Repayment. Borrower may from time to time during the term of the Line of Credit borrow, partially or wholly repay its outstanding borrowings, and reborrow, subject to all of the limitations, terms and conditions contained herein or in the Revolving Line of Credit Note; provided however, that the total outstanding borrowings under the Line of Credit shall not at any time exceed the maximum principal amount available thereunder, as set forth above. If, at any time, the outstanding borrowings under the Line of Credit exceed the maximum amount permitted under this Section 1.1, Borrower shall promptly pay to Bank in cash such excess.

SECTION 1.2. INTEREST/FEES.

(a) Interest. The outstanding principal balance hereunder shall bear interest at the rate of interest set forth in the Revolving Line of Credit Note and each other promissory note or other instrument or document executed in connection herewith or therewith.

 

2


(b) Computation and Payment. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year, actual days elapsed. Interest shall be payable at the times and place set forth in the Revolving Line of Credit Note and each other promissory note or other instrument or document required hereby.

(c) Unused Commitment Fee. Borrower shall pay to Bank a fee equal to one fifth of one percent (0.20%) per annum (computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year, actual days elapsed) on the average daily unused amount of the Line of Credit, which fee shall be calculated on a quarterly basis by Bank and shall be due and payable by Borrower in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter.

SECTION 1.3. COLLECTION OF PAYMENTS. Borrower authorizes Bank to collect all principal, interest and fees due under this Agreement by charging Borrower’s deposit account number [                    ], or any other deposit account maintained by Borrower with Bank, for the full amount thereof. Should there be insufficient funds in any such deposit account to pay all such sums when due, the full amount of such deficiency shall be immediately due and payable by Borrower.

SECTION 1.4. COLLATERAL.

As security for all indebtedness and other obligations of Borrower to Bank, Borrower hereby grants to Bank security interests of first priority in all Borrower’s personal property, as more fully described in that certain Security Agreement (the “Collateral”) between Borrower and Bank dated as of the date hereof (the “Security Agreement”).

All of the foregoing shall be evidenced by and subject to the terms of such security agreements, financing statements, deeds or mortgages, and other documents as Bank shall reasonably require, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, provided that all of the foregoing shall be consistent with the terms of the Security Agreement. Subject to Section 7.3, Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand the full amount of all charges, costs and expenses (to include fees paid to third parties and all allocated costs of Bank personnel), expended or incurred by Bank in connection with any of the foregoing security, including without limitation, filing and recording fees and costs of appraisals, audits and title insurance.

SECTION 1.5. SUBORDINATION OF DEBT. All indebtedness and other obligations of Borrower, other than Permitted Indebtedness, to any other creditor shall be subordinated in right of repayment to all indebtedness and other obligations of Borrower to Bank, as evidenced by and subject to the terms of subordination agreements in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

As used herein, “Permitted Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in writing to and approved by Bank; (c) Indebtedness secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness and in the aggregate does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); (d) reimbursement obligations to Silicon Valley Bank with respect to the River Oaks Letter of Credit and, for a period up to one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing Date, the SVB Card Indebtedness (each as defined in clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Liens) and (e) Indebtedness owed or hereafter incurred to trade creditors and incurred in the ordinary course of business.

 

3


As used herein, “Permitted Liens” means the following, which shall secure obligations in the aggregate not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (excluding any obligations secured by liens described in subsections (a), (c) or (e) below): (a) any liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in writing to and approved by Bank or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (b) liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings with adequate reserves under generally accepted accounting principles; (c) liens securing obligations in the aggregate not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (i) upon or in any equipment which was not financed by Bank acquired or held by Borrower to secure the purchase price of such equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment, or (ii) existing on such equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such equipment; (d) deposits to secure real property lease obligations in the ordinary course of business; (e) liens on restricted deposit accounts or other cash collateralization arrangements in favor of Silicon Valley Bank (i) to secure reimbursement obligations not to exceed Three Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,900,000) in the aggregate under agreements related to the issuance of a letter of credit to the landlord on Borrower’s lease on 211 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, California (the “River Oaks Letter of Credit”), and (ii) to secure obligations not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate for a period up to one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing Date, due or to become due to Silicon Valley Bank under any corporate credit cards issued to Borrower or its employees (the “SVB Card Indebtedness”) and (f) liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (e)(i) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to Bank, which representations and warranties shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect until the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article VII.

SECTION 2.1. LEGAL STATUS. Borrower is a corporation, duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and is qualified or licensed to do business (and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, if applicable) in all jurisdictions in which such qualification or licensing is required or in which the failure to so qualify or to be so licensed could have a material adverse effect on Borrower.

SECTION 2.2. AUTHORIZATION AND VALIDITY. This Agreement, the Revolving Line of Credit Note, the Security Agreement, each promissory note, contract, instrument and other document required hereby or at any time hereafter to be delivered to Bank in connection herewith (collectively, the “Loan Documents”) have been (or at the time of such delivery will have been) duly authorized, and upon their execution and delivery in accordance with the provisions hereof will constitute legal, valid and binding agreements and obligations of Borrower or the party which executes the same, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

SECTION 2.3. NO VIOLATION. The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of each of the Loan Documents do not violate any provision of any law or regulation, or

 

4


contravene any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of Borrower, or result in any breach of or default under any contract, obligation, indenture or other instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound.

SECTION 2.4. LITIGATION. There are no pending, or to the best of Borrower’s knowledge threatened, actions, claims, investigations, suits or proceedings by or before any governmental authority, arbitrator, court or administrative agency which could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operation of Borrower other than those disclosed by Borrower to Bank in writing prior to the date hereof.

SECTION 2.5. CORRECTNESS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT. The annual financial statement of Borrower dated for the 2012 fiscal year, and all interim financial statements delivered to Bank since, true copies of which have been delivered by Borrower to Bank prior to the date hereof, (a) are complete and correct and present fairly the financial condition of Borrower as of the dates and for the periods covered thereby, (b) disclose all liabilities of Borrower that are required to be reflected or reserved against under generally accepted accounting principles, whether liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, and (c) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except that unaudited financial statements do not contain footnotes and interim financial statements are subject to year-end adjustments). Since the dates of such financial statements there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower, nor has Borrower mortgaged, pledged, granted a security interest in or otherwise encumbered any of its assets or properties except in favor of Bank or as otherwise permitted by Bank in writing.

SECTION 2.6. INCOME TAX RETURNS. Borrower has no knowledge of any pending assessments or adjustments of its income tax payable with respect to any year.

SECTION 2.7. NO SUBORDINATION. There is no agreement, indenture, contract or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound that requires the subordination in right of payment of any of Borrower’s obligations subject to this Agreement to any other obligation of Borrower.

SECTION 2.8. PERMITS, FRANCHISES. Borrower possesses, and will hereafter possess, all permits, consents, approvals, franchises and licenses required and rights to all trademarks, trade names, patents, and fictitious names, if any, necessary to enable it to conduct the business in which it is now engaged in compliance with applicable law.

SECTION 2.9. ERISA. Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended or recodified from time to time (“ERISA”); Borrower has not violated any provision of any defined employee pension benefit plan (as defined in ERISA) maintained or contributed to by Borrower (each, a “Plan”); no Reportable Event as defined in ERISA has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Plan initiated by Borrower; Borrower has met its minimum funding requirements under ERISA with respect to each Plan; and each Plan will be able to fulfill its benefit obligations as they come due in accordance with the Plan documents and under generally accepted accounting principles.

SECTION 2.10. OTHER OBLIGATIONS. Borrower is not in default on any obligation for borrowed money, any purchase money obligation or any other material lease, commitment, contract, instrument or obligation.

 

5


SECTION 2.11. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. Except as disclosed by Borrower to Bank in writing prior to the date hereof, Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal or state environmental, hazardous waste, health and safety statutes, and any rules or regulations adopted pursuant thereto, which govern or affect any of Borrower’s operations and/or properties, including without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and the Federal Toxic Substances Control Act, as any of the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. None of the operations of Borrower is the subject of any federal or state investigation evaluating whether any remedial action involving a material expenditure is needed to respond to a release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment. Borrower has no material contingent liability in connection with any release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment.

SECTION 2.12. REGULATORY COMPLIANCE.

(a) Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. Borrower has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all government authorities that are necessary to continue its businesses as currently conducted.

(b) Borrower is in compliance with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the Uniting And Strengthening America By Providing Appropriate Tools Required To Intercept And Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001) and the USA PATRIOT Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 109-177) (the “Patriot Act”). No part of the proceeds of the Line of Credit or any other extension of credit from Bank from time to time, will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

(c) Borrower (i) is not a person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001), (ii) does not engage in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise associated with any such person in any manner violative of Section 2, and (iii) is not a person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order.

 

6


ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS

SECTION 3.1. CONDITIONS OF INITIAL EXTENSION OF CREDIT. The obligation of Bank to extend any credit contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment to Bank’s satisfaction of all of the following conditions:

(a) Approval of Bank Counsel. All legal matters incidental to the extension of credit by Bank shall be satisfactory to Bank’s counsel.

(b) Documentation. Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each of the following, duly executed:

 

  (i) this Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Revolving Line of Credit Note or other instrument or document required hereby;

 

  (ii) Certificate of Incumbency;

 

  (iii) Corporate Resolutions: Borrowing;

 

  (iv) a Borrowing Base Certificate, together with an aged listing of accounts receivable and accounts payable, and a deferred revenue schedule;

 

  (v) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto; and

 

  (vi) such other documents as Bank may require under any other Section of this Agreement.

(c) Financial Condition. There shall have been no material adverse change, as determined by Bank, in the financial condition or business of Borrower, nor any material decline, as determined by Bank, in the market value of any collateral required hereunder or a substantial or material portion of the assets of Borrower.

(d) Insurance. Borrower shall have delivered to Bank evidence of insurance coverage on all Borrower’s property, in form, substance, amounts, covering risks and issued by companies satisfactory to Bank, and where required by Bank, with loss payable endorsements in favor of Bank.

SECTION 3.2. CONDITIONS OF EACH EXTENSION OF CREDIT. The obligation of Bank to make each extension of credit requested by Borrower hereunder shall be subject to the fulfillment to Bank’s satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) Compliance. The representations and warranties contained herein and in each of the other Loan Documents shall be true on and as of the date of the signing of this Agreement and on the date of each extension of credit by Bank pursuant hereto, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of each such date, and on each such date, except to the extent that any representation or warranty speaks as of an earlier date (in which case, such representation or warranty shall be true as of such earlier date), no Event of Default as defined herein, and no condition, event or act which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute such an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing or shall exist.

 

7


(b) Documentation. Bank shall have received all additional documents which may be required in connection with such extension of credit.

(c) Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each of the following, duly executed, at least five (5) days prior to each extension of credit: a Borrowing Base Certificate, together with an aged listing of accounts receivable and accounts payable, and a deferred revenue schedule.

SECTION 3.3 POST CLOSING CONDITIONS.

(a) Within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such landlord waivers as Bank may request as of the Closing Date and bailee waivers from Flextronics International and Synnex Corporation; and

(b) Within one hundred twenty (120) days after delivery of any request after the Closing Date, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such bailee and landlord waivers as Bank may request; and

(c) Within one hundred twenty (120) days of the Closing Date, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank:

(i) evidence of (a) closure of all of Borrower’s accounts maintained at Silicon Valley Bank, subject to Section 4.11, and (b) termination of all of Borrower’s credit cards issued by Silicon Valley Bank; and

(ii) a landlord waiver for 211 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, CA 95134.

With respect to waivers set forth in Section 3.3(b) that are requested by Bank after the Closing Date, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain each of them within the time required by Section 3.3(b); provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such waiver shall not constitute an Event of Default.

ARTICLE IV

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower covenants that so long as this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Article VII, Borrower shall, unless Bank otherwise consents in writing:

SECTION 4.1. PUNCTUAL PAYMENTS. Punctually pay all principal, interest, fees or other liabilities due under any of the Loan Documents at the times and place and in the manner specified therein, and immediately upon demand by Bank, the amount by which the outstanding principal balance of any credit subject hereto at any time exceeds any limitation on borrowings applicable thereto.

SECTION 4.2. ACCOUNTING RECORDS. Maintain adequate books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (other than with respect to exclusions, on a monthly basis, of stock based compensation and other non-cash items), and permit any representative of Bank, at any reasonable time, to inspect, audit and examine such books and records, to make copies of the same, and to inspect the properties of Borrower.

 

8


SECTION 4.3. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Provide to Bank all of the following, in form and detail satisfactory to Bank:

(a) not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after and as of the end of each fiscal year, CPA audited financial statements of Borrower, prepared by a CPA firm reasonably acceptable to Bank, together with an unqualified opinion with respect to the financial statements prepared by such CPA firm, which financial statements shall include a balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows, auditor’s report and all supporting schedules;

(b) not later than thirty (30) days after and as of the end of each month, a financial statement of Borrower, prepared by Borrower, to include a balance sheet and income statement, which details depreciation and any other applicable non-cash items;

(c) not later than thirty (30) days after and as of the end of each calendar quarter, Borrower’s cash flow statement;

(d) not later than thirty (30) days after and as of the end of each month, a borrowing base certificate, an aged listing of accounts receivable and accounts payable, a reconciliation of accounts receivable and accounts payable, and a deferred revenue schedule, and immediately upon each request from Bank, a list of the names and addresses of all Borrower’s account debtors;

(e) contemporaneously with each annual and monthly financial statement of Borrower required hereby, a Compliance Certificate executed by the president or chief financial officer of Borrower, including a certification that said financial statements are accurate and that there exists no Event of Default nor any condition, act or event which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default;

(f) as soon as available after approval thereof by Borrower’s Board of Directors, but no later than sixty (60) days after the last day of each of Borrower’s fiscal years, Borrower’s financial projections for the then current fiscal year as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; and

(g) from time to time such other information as Bank may reasonably request.

SECTION 4.4. COMPLIANCE. Preserve and maintain all licenses, permits, governmental approvals, rights, privileges and franchises necessary for the conduct of its business; and comply with the provisions of all documents pursuant to which Borrower is organized and/or which govern Borrower’s continued existence and with the requirements of all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority applicable to Borrower and/or its business.

SECTION 4.5. INSURANCE. Maintain and keep in force, for each business in which Borrower is engaged, insurance of the types and in amounts customarily carried in similar lines of business, including but not limited to fire, extended coverage, public liability, flood, property damage and workers’ compensation, with all such insurance carried with companies and in amounts satisfactory to Bank, and deliver to Bank from time to time at Bank’s request schedules setting forth all insurance then in effect.

 

9


SECTION 4.6. FACILITIES. Keep all properties useful or necessary to Borrower’s business in good repair and condition, and from time to time make necessary repairs, renewals and replacements thereto so that such properties shall be fully and efficiently preserved and maintained.

SECTION 4.7. TAXES AND OTHER LIABILITIES. Pay and discharge when due any and all indebtedness, obligations, assessments and taxes, both real or personal, including without limitation federal and state income taxes and state and local property taxes and assessments, except (a) such as Borrower may in good faith contest or as to which a bona fide dispute may arise, and (b) for which Borrower has made provision, to Bank’s satisfaction, for eventual payment thereof in the event Borrower is obligated to make such payment.

SECTION 4.8. LITIGATION. Promptly after a Responsible Officer becomes aware thereof, give notice in writing to Bank of any litigation pending or threatened against Borrower with a claim in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000).

As used herein, “Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Borrower.

SECTION 4.9. FINANCIAL CONDITION. Maintain Borrower’s financial condition as follows using generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and used consistently with prior practices (except to the extent modified by the definitions herein):

(a) Minimum Modified Quick Ratio. A Modified Quick Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00 at any time, measured monthly, with “Modified Quick Ratio” defined as (i) the aggregate of cash and Borrower’s net accounts receivable (or the accounts receivable that are reported on the balance sheet), divided by (ii) (X) Current Liabilities minus (Y) Deferred Revenue, with “Current Liabilities” defined as all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as current liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness (defined in Section 5.4), but excluding all other subordinated debt, that mature within one (1) year, and with “Deferred Revenue” defined as all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

(b) EBITDA. EBITDA of not less than the covenant levels as set forth in the table immediately below for the following measuring periods, with “EBITDA” defined as net profit before tax plus interest expense (net of capitalized interest expense), depreciation expense, amortization expense and non-cash stock compensation expense.

 

Measuring period ending

  

Covenant Level

 

October 31, 2013

   ($ 11,278,000

January 31, 2014

   ($ 10,014,000

April 30, 2014

   ($ 8,513,000

July 31, 2014

   ($ 7,759,000

SECTION 4.10. NOTICE TO BANK. Promptly (but in no event more than five (5) days after the occurrence of each such event or matter) give written notice to Bank in reasonable detail of: (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default, or any condition, event or act which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default; (b) any

 

10


change in the name or the organizational structure of Borrower; (c) the occurrence and nature of any Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, each as defined in ERISA, or any funding deficiency with respect to any Plan; or (d) any termination or cancellation of any insurance policy which Borrower is required to maintain, or any uninsured or partially uninsured loss through liability or property damage, or through fire, theft or any other cause affecting Borrower’s property in excess of an aggregate of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000).

SECTION 4.11 ACCOUNTS. Maintain its deposit and operating accounts with Bank or Bank’s affiliates (subject to control agreements reasonably acceptable to Bank), provided, however, (i) Borrower shall have one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing Date to close existing accounts of Borrower listed on the Perfection Certificate at Silicon Valley Bank, other than Excluded Accounts, subject to Bank having established for Borrower (a) functioning deposit and operating accounts (including cash in U.S. Dollars and foreign currencies) and, (b) with respect to any collateral account securing the SVB Card Indebtedness, credit card services in amounts and on terms reasonably satisfactory to Borrower (provided that Borrower’s reasonable satisfaction shall not be required if, in Bank’s good faith credit judgment, the amounts and terms of any such credit card services are reasonable in consideration of the Bank’s credit requirements) and (ii) Borrower may maintain up to fifty percent (50%) of its cash outside Bank. For any domestic deposit, operating, investment or other account maintained by Borrower or any subsidiary at any time at a financial institution outside of Bank (other than the River Oaks Collateral Account, as defined below), Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which such account is maintained to execute a control agreement in favor of, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, Bank.

As used herein, “Excluded Accounts” means accounts of foreign subsidiaries, security accounts and any restricted account required by SVB to secure reimbursement obligations with respect to the River Oaks Letter of Credit (the “River Oaks Collateral Account”).

SECTION 4.12 COLLATERAL AUDIT. Permit Bank to perform audits of the Collateral at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, which collateral audits will be conducted at Bank’s request; provided, that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be required to pay for more than two (2) collateral audits in any calendar year.

ARTICLE V

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower further covenants that so long as this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Article VII, Borrower will not without Bank’s prior written consent:

SECTION 5.1. USE OF FUNDS. Use any of the proceeds of any credit extended hereunder except for the purposes stated in Article I hereof.

SECTION 5.2. CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Make any additional investment in fixed assets in Borrower’s 2014 and 2015 fiscal years, combined, in excess of an aggregate of Thirty Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall not make any additional investment in fixed assets in excess of an aggregate of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) in any one of Borrower’s 2014 or 2015 fiscal years.

SECTION 5.3. LEASE EXPENDITURES. Incur operating lease expense in any fiscal year in excess of an aggregate of Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000).

 

11


SECTION 5.4. OTHER INDEBTEDNESS. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

As used herein, “Indebtedness” shall be construed in its most comprehensive sense and shall include any and all advances, debts, obligations and liabilities of Borrower, or any of them, heretofore, now or hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or involuntary and however arising, whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, including under any swap, derivative, foreign exchange, hedge, deposit, treasury management or other similar transaction or arrangement, and whether Borrower may be liable individually or jointly with others, or whether recovery upon such Indebtedness may be or hereafter becomes unenforceable.

SECTION 5.5. MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, TRANSFER OF ASSETS. Merge into or consolidate with any other entity; make any substantial change in the nature of Borrower’s business as conducted as of the date hereof; acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any other entity; nor sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial or material portion of Borrower’s assets except in the ordinary course of its business.

SECTION 5.6. GUARANTIES. Guarantee or become liable in any way as surety, endorser (other than as endorser of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business), accommodation endorser or otherwise for, nor pledge or hypothecate any assets of Borrower as security for, any liabilities or obligations of any other person or entity, except any of the foregoing in favor of Bank.

SECTION 5.7. LOANS, ADVANCES, INVESTMENTS. Make any loans or advances to or investments in any person or entity, except any of the foregoing existing as of, and disclosed to Bank prior to, the date hereof.

SECTION 5.8. DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS. Declare or pay any dividend or distribution either in cash, stock or any other property on Borrower’s stock now or hereafter outstanding, nor redeem, retire, repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of any class of Borrower’s stock now or hereafter outstanding, except for payments to repurchase shares from employees whose employment has terminated pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or similar arrangements so long as (i) an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such payment and would not exist after giving effect to such payment and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such payments does not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per fiscal year, in addition to all payments (if any) made for such repurchases of shares from any of Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer, or any Vice President of Borrower not to exceed an aggregate of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) during the term of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.9. PLEDGE OF ASSETS. Mortgage, pledge, grant or permit to exist a security interest in, or Lien upon, all or any portion of Borrower’s assets now owned or hereafter acquired, except any of the foregoing in favor of Bank or which is existing as of, and disclosed to Bank in writing prior to, the date hereof.

As used herein, “Lien” shall mean, with respect to any property, any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, claim, charge or other encumbrance in, of, or on such property or the income therefrom, including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor or lessor under a conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement, or any agreement to provide any of the foregoing, and the filing of any financing statement or similar instrument under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction.

 

12


SECTION 5.10 AGREEMENTS NOT TO ENCUMBER. Agree with any person other than Bank not to grant or allow to exist a Lien upon any of its property, including Intellectual Property (as defined below), or covenant to any other person that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property, including Intellectual Property, other than with respect to documents executed in connection with Permitted Liens.

As used herein, “Intellectual Property” shall mean any copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, know-how, trade secret rights, rights to unpatented inventions, or any claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing.

ARTICLE VI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 6.1. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

(a) Borrower shall fail to pay when due any principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Loan Documents.

(b) Any financial statement or certificate furnished to Bank in connection with, or any representation or warranty made by Borrower or any other party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to be incorrect, false or misleading in any material respect when furnished or made.

(c) Any default in the performance of or compliance with any obligation, agreement or other provision contained herein or in any other Loan Document (other than those specifically described as an “Event of Default” in this section 6.1), and with respect to any such default that by its nature can be cured, such default shall continue for a period of twenty (20) days from its occurrence.

(d) Any default in the payment or performance of any obligation, or any defined event of default, under the terms of any contract, instrument or document (other than any of the Loan Documents) pursuant to which Borrower, any guarantor hereunder or any general partner or joint venturer in Borrower if a partnership or joint venture (with each such guarantor, general partner and/or joint venturer referred to herein as a “Third Party Obligor”) has incurred any debt or other liability to any person or entity in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), including Bank.

(e) Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall become insolvent, or shall suffer or consent to or apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator of itself or any of its property, or shall generally fail to pay its debts as they become due, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall file a

 

13


voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or seeking reorganization, in order to effect a plan or other arrangement with creditors or any other relief under the Bankruptcy Reform Act, Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended or recodified from time to time (“Bankruptcy Code”), or under any state or federal law granting relief to debtors, whether now or hereafter in effect; or Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall file an answer admitting the jurisdiction of the court and the material allegations of any involuntary petition; or Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt, or an order for relief shall be entered against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor by any court of competent jurisdiction under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable state or federal law relating to bankruptcy, reorganization or other relief for debtors.

(f) The filing of a notice of judgment lien against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor; or the recording of any abstract of judgment against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor in any county in which Borrower or such Third Party Obligor has an interest in real property; or the service of a notice of levy and/or of a writ of attachment or execution, or other like process, against the assets of Borrower or any Third Party Obligor; or the entry of a judgment against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); or any involuntary petition or proceeding pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable state or federal law relating to bankruptcy, reorganization or other relief for debtors is filed or commenced against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor.

(g) There shall exist or occur any event or condition that materially impairs the prospect of payment or performance by Borrower of its obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

(h) The death or incapacity of Borrower or any Third Party Obligor if an individual. The dissolution or liquidation of Borrower or any Third Party Obligor if a corporation, partnership, joint venture or other type of entity; or Borrower or any such Third Party Obligor, or any of its directors, stockholders or members, shall take action seeking to effect the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower or such Third Party Obligor.

(i) Any change in control of Borrower or any entity or combination of entities that directly or indirectly control Borrower, with “control” defined as ownership of an aggregate of thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the common stock, members’ equity or other ownership interest (other than a limited partnership interest), other than changes resulting from Borrower’s initial public offering or issuance of shares to existing investors as of the Closing Date in bona fide financing transactions approved by Borrower’s board of directors.

SECTION 6.2. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default: (a) all indebtedness of Borrower under each of the Loan Documents, any term thereof to the contrary notwithstanding, shall at Bank’s option and without notice become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of dishonor, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower; (b) the obligation, if any, of Bank to extend any further credit under any of the Loan Documents shall immediately cease and terminate; and (c) Bank shall have all rights, powers and remedies available under each of the Loan Documents, or accorded by law, including without limitation the right to resort to any or all security for any credit subject hereto and to exercise any or all of the rights of a beneficiary or secured party pursuant to applicable law. All rights, powers and remedies of Bank may be exercised at any time by Bank and from time to time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, are cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be in addition to any other rights, powers or remedies provided by law or equity.

 

14


ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 7.1. NO WAIVER. No delay, failure or discontinuance of Bank in exercising any right, power or remedy under any of the Loan Documents shall affect or operate as a waiver of such right, power or remedy; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude, waive or otherwise affect any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind by Bank of any breach of or default under any of the Loan Documents must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent set forth in such writing.

SECTION 7.2. NOTICES. All notices, requests and demands which any party is required or may desire to give to any other party under any provision of this Agreement must be in writing delivered to each party at the following address:

 

BORROWER:    NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.
   2740 Zanker Road
   San Jose, CA 95134
   Attn:                             
BANK:    WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   121 South Market Street, 3rd Floor
   San Jose, CA 95113
   Attn: Megan Schoettmer

or to such other address as any party may designate by written notice to all other parties. Each such notice, request and demand shall be deemed given or made as follows: (a) if sent by hand delivery, upon delivery; (b) if sent by mail, upon the earlier of the date of receipt or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class and postage prepaid; and (c) if sent by telecopy, upon receipt.

SECTION 7.3. COSTS, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES. Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand the full amount of all payments, advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (to include outside counsel fees and all allocated costs of Bank’s in-house counsel), expended or incurred by Bank in connection with (a) the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Collateral Audit to a maximum of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) up to the Closing Date, Bank’s continued administration hereof and thereof, and the preparation of any amendments and waivers hereto and thereto, (b) the enforcement of Bank’s rights and/or the collection of any amounts which become due to Bank under any of the Loan Documents, and (c) the prosecution or defense of any action in any way related to any of the Loan Documents, including without limitation, any action for declaratory relief, whether incurred at the trial or appellate level, in an arbitration proceeding or otherwise, and including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding (including without limitation, any adversary proceeding, contested matter or motion brought by Bank or any other person) relating to Borrower or any other person or entity in any way related to the Loan Documents.

SECTION 7.4. SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties; provided however, that Borrower may not assign or transfer its interests or rights hereunder without Bank’s prior written consent. Bank reserves the right to

 

15


sell, assign, transfer, negotiate or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s rights and benefits under each of the Loan Documents. In connection therewith, Bank may disclose all documents and information which Bank now has or may hereafter acquire relating to any credit subject hereto, Borrower or its business, or any Collateral required hereunder.

SECTION 7.5. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement between Borrower and Bank with respect to each credit subject hereto and supersede all prior negotiations, communications, discussions and correspondence concerning the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be amended or modified only in writing signed by each party hereto.

SECTION 7.6. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and no other person or entity shall be a third party beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents to which it is not a party.

SECTION 7.7. TIME. Time is of the essence of each and every provision of this Agreement and each other of the Loan Documents.

SECTION 7.8. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS. If any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or any remaining provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.9. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

SECTION 7.10. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

SECTION 7.11. ARBITRATION.

(a) Arbitration. The parties hereto agree, upon demand by any party, to submit to binding arbitration all claims, disputes and controversies between or among them (and their respective employees, officers, directors, attorneys, and other agents), whether in tort, contract or otherwise in any way arising out of or relating to (i) any credit subject hereto, or any of the Loan Documents, and their negotiation, execution, collateralization, administration, repayment, modification, extension, substitution, formation, inducement, enforcement, default or termination; or (ii) requests for additional credit.

(b) Governing Rules. Any arbitration proceeding will (i) proceed in a location in California selected by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”); (ii) be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code), notwithstanding any conflicting choice of law provision in any of the documents between the parties; and (iii) be conducted by the AAA, or such other administrator as the parties shall mutually agree upon, in accordance with the AAA’s commercial dispute resolution procedures, unless the claim or counterclaim is at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) exclusive of claimed interest, arbitration fees and costs in which case the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AAA’s optional procedures

 

16


for large, complex commercial disputes (the commercial dispute resolution procedures or the optional procedures for large, complex commercial disputes to be referred to herein, as applicable, as the “Rules”). If there is any inconsistency between the terms hereof and the Rules, the terms and procedures set forth herein shall control. Any party who fails or refuses to submit to arbitration following a demand by any other party shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such other party in compelling arbitration of any dispute. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be a waiver by any party that is a bank of the protections afforded to it under 12 U.S.C. §91 or any similar applicable state law.

(c) No Waiver of Provisional Remedies, Self-Help and Foreclosure. The arbitration requirement does not limit the right of any party to (i) foreclose against real or personal property collateral; (ii) exercise self-help remedies relating to collateral or proceeds of collateral such as setoff or repossession; or (iii) obtain provisional or ancillary remedies such as replevin, injunctive relief, attachment or the appointment of a receiver, before during or after the pendency of any arbitration proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or obligation of any party to submit any dispute to arbitration or reference hereunder, including those arising from the exercise of the actions detailed in sections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph.

(d) Arbitrator Qualifications and Powers. Any arbitration proceeding in which the amount in controversy is Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or less will be decided by a single arbitrator selected according to the Rules, and who shall not render an award of greater than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000). Any dispute in which the amount in controversy exceeds Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) shall be decided by majority vote of a panel of three arbitrators; provided however, that all three arbitrators must actively participate in all hearings and deliberations. The arbitrator will be a neutral attorney licensed in the State of California or a neutral retired judge of the state or federal judiciary of California, in either case with a minimum of ten years’ experience in the substantive law applicable to the subject matter of the dispute to be arbitrated. The arbitrator will determine whether or not an issue is arbitratable and will give effect to the statutes of limitation in determining any claim. In any arbitration proceeding the arbitrator will decide (by documents only or with a hearing at the arbitrator’s discretion) any pre-hearing motions which are similar to motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or motions for summary adjudication. The arbitrator shall resolve all disputes in accordance with the substantive law of California and may grant any remedy or relief that a court of such state could order or grant within the scope hereof and such ancillary relief as is necessary to make effective any award. The arbitrator shall also have the power to award recovery of all costs and fees, to impose sanctions and to take such other action as the arbitrator deems necessary to the same extent a judge could pursuant to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the California Rules of Civil Procedure or other applicable law. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such action for judicial relief.

(e) Discovery. In any arbitration proceeding, discovery will be permitted in accordance with the Rules. All discovery shall be expressly limited to matters directly relevant to the dispute being arbitrated and must be completed no later than twenty (20) days before the hearing date. Any requests for an extension of the discovery periods, or any discovery disputes, will be subject to final determination by the arbitrator upon a showing that the request for discovery is essential for the party’s presentation and that no alternative means for obtaining information is available.

 

17


(f) Class Proceedings and Consolidations. No party hereto shall be entitled to join or consolidate disputes by or against others in any arbitration, except parties who have executed any Loan Document, or to include in any arbitration any dispute as a representative or member of a class, or to act in any arbitration in the interest of the general public or in a private attorney general capacity.

(g) Payment Of Arbitration Costs And Fees. The arbitrator shall award all costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding.

(h) Reserved.

(i) Miscellaneous. To the maximum extent practicable, the AAA, the arbitrators and the parties shall take all action required to conclude any arbitration proceeding within 180 days of the filing of the dispute with the AAA. No arbitrator or other party to an arbitration proceeding may disclose the existence, content or results thereof, except for disclosures of information by a party required in the ordinary course of its business or by applicable law or regulation. If more than one agreement for arbitration by or between the parties potentially applies to a dispute, the arbitration provision most directly related to the Loan Documents or the subject matter of the dispute shall control. This arbitration provision shall survive termination, amendment or expiration of any of the Loan Documents or any relationship between the parties.

(j) Small Claims Court. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each party retains the right to pursue in Small Claims Court any dispute within that court’s jurisdiction. Further, this arbitration provision shall apply only to disputes in which either party seeks to recover an amount of money (excluding attorneys’ fees and costs) that exceeds the jurisdictional limit of the Small Claims Court.

SECTION 7.12. TERMINATION. This Agreement and all security interests granted by this Agreement shall terminate when all indebtedness owed by Borrower to Bank has been paid in full in cash and all obligations owed by Borrower to Bank have been satisfied and Bank has no obligation to extend further credit to Borrower. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination. Bank, at Borrower’s sole expense, shall take all actions reasonably requested by Borrower to evidence such terminations.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first written above.

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.    

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:  

/s/ Anup Singh

    By:  

/s/ Megan Schoettmer

Name:   Anup Singh     Name:   Megan Schoettmer
Title:   Chief Financial Officer     Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

19


EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

SECURITY AGREEMENT

1. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. Reference hereby is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of October 1, 2013 by and between NIMBLE STORAGE, INC. (“Debtor”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”); capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Credit Agreement. For valuable consideration, as of October 1, 2013, the undersigned Debtor hereby grants and transfers to Bank a security interest in all of the property of Debtor described as follows (collectively, the “Collateral”):

(a) all accounts, deposit accounts (other than the River Oaks Collateral Account, as defined in the Credit Agreement), contract rights, chattel paper, (whether electronic or tangible) instruments, promissory notes, documents, general intangibles, payment intangibles, software, commercial tort claims, securities and all other investment property, supporting obligations and financial assets, letter of credit rights, health-care insurance receivables and other rights to payment of every kind now existing or at any time hereafter arising, wherever located;

(b) all inventory, goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under contracts for service, or goods so leased or furnished, raw materials, component parts, work in process and other materials used or consumed in Debtor’s business, now or at any time hereafter owned or acquired by Debtor, wherever located, and all products thereof, whether in the possession of Debtor, any warehousemen, any bailee or any other person, or in process of delivery, and whether located at Debtor’s places of business or elsewhere;

(c) all warehouse receipts, bills of sale, bills of lading and other documents of every kind (whether or not negotiable) in which Debtor now has or at any time hereafter acquires any interest, and all additions and accessions thereto, whether in the possession or custody of Debtor, any bailee or any other person for any purpose;

(d) all money and property heretofore, now or hereafter delivered to or deposited with Bank or otherwise coming into the possession, custody or control of Bank (or any agent or bailee of Bank) in any manner or for any purpose whatsoever during the existence of this Agreement and whether held in a general or special account or deposit for safekeeping or otherwise;

(e) all right, title and interest of Debtor under licenses, guaranties, warranties, management agreements, marketing or sales agreements, escrow contracts, indemnity agreements, insurance policies, service or maintenance agreements, supporting obligations and other similar contracts of every kind in which Debtor now has or at any time hereafter shall have an interest;

(f) all goods, tools, machinery, furnishings, furniture and other equipment and fixtures of every kind now existing or hereafter acquired, and all improvements, replacements, accessions and additions thereto and embedded software included therein, whether located on any property owned or leased by Debtor or elsewhere, including without limitation, any of the foregoing now or at any time hereafter located at or installed on the land or in the improvements at any of the real property owned or leased by Debtor, and all such goods after they have been severed and removed from any of said real property; and

 

1


(g) all motor vehicles, trailers, mobile homes, manufactured homes, boats, other rolling stock and related equipment of every kind now existing or hereafter acquired and all additions and accessories thereto, whether located on any property owned or leased by Debtor or elsewhere;

together with all of Debtor’s books and records relating to the foregoing, and whatever is receivable or received when any of the foregoing or the proceeds thereof are sold, leased, licensed, collected, exchanged or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, including without limitation, (i) all rights to payment, including returned premiums, with respect to any insurance relating to any of the foregoing, (ii) all rights to payment with respect to any claim or cause of action affecting or relating to any of the foregoing, and (iii) all stock rights, rights to subscribe, stock splits, liquidating dividends, cash dividends, dividends paid in stock, new securities or other property of any kind which Debtor is or may hereafter be entitled to receive on account of any securities pledged hereunder, including without limitation, stock received by Debtor due to stock splits or dividends paid in stock or sums paid upon or in respect of any securities pledged hereunder upon the liquidation or dissolution of the issuer thereof (collectively, “Proceeds”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the grant of the security interest shall not extend to, and the Collateral shall not include now owned or hereafter acquired, any copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, know-how, trade secret rights, rights to unpatented inventions, or any claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of October 1, 2013, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the grant of the security interest shall not extend to, and the Collateral does not include, more than sixty five percent (65%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote the shares of capital stock (the “Shares”) of any Subsidiary of Borrower, now owned or hereafter acquired, that is not incorporated or organized under the laws of one of the States or jurisdictions of the United States.

2. OBLIGATIONS SECURED. The obligations secured hereby are the payment and performance of: (a) all present and future Indebtedness of Debtor to Bank; (b) all obligations of Debtor and rights of Bank under this Agreement; and (c) all present and future obligations of Debtor to Bank of other kinds. The word “Indebtedness” is used herein in its most comprehensive sense and includes any and all advances, debts, obligations and liabilities of Debtor, or any of them, heretofore, now or hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or involuntary and however arising, whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or undetermined, including under any swap, derivative, foreign exchange, hedge, deposit, treasury management or other similar transaction or arrangement, and whether Debtor may be liable individually or jointly with others, or whether recovery upon such Indebtedness may be or hereafter becomes unenforceable.

 

2


3. TERMINATION. This Agreement will terminate upon the termination of the Credit Agreement. Upon such termination, Bank will promptly take all actions reasonably requested by Debtor to evidence or effect such termination and the termination of the security interest in the Collateral granted hereunder.

4. OBLIGATIONS OF BANK. Bank has no obligation to make any loans hereunder. Any money received by Bank in respect of the Collateral may be deposited, at Bank’s option, into a non-interest bearing account over which Debtor shall have no control, and the same shall, for all purposes, be deemed Collateral hereunder.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Debtor represents and warrants to Bank that: (a) Debtor’s legal name is exactly as set forth on the first page of this Agreement, and all of Debtor’s organizational documents or agreements delivered to Bank are complete and accurate in every respect; (b) Debtor is the owner and has possession or control of the Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment; (c) Debtor has the exclusive right to grant a security interest in the Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment; (d) all Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment are genuine, free from liens, adverse claims, setoffs, default, prepayment, defenses and conditions precedent of any kind or character, except Permitted Liens; (e) all statements of Debtor contained herein and in any of the Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement) are true and complete in all material respects; (f) no financing statement covering any of the Collateral or Proceeds, and naming any secured party other than Bank, is on file in any public office; (g) where Collateral consists of rights to payment, all persons appearing to be obligated on the Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment have authority and capacity to contract and are bound as they appear to be, all property subject to chattel paper has been properly registered and filed in compliance with law and to perfect the interest of Debtor in such property, and all such Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment comply with all applicable laws concerning form, content and manner of preparation and execution, including where applicable Federal Reserve Regulation Z and any State consumer credit laws; and (h) where the Collateral consists of equipment, Debtor is not in the business of selling goods of the kind included within such Collateral, and Debtor acknowledges that no sale or other disposition of any such equipment Collateral, including without limitation, any such Collateral which Debtor may deem to be surplus, has been consented to or acquiesced in by Bank, except as specifically provided for herein or otherwise set forth in writing by Bank.

6. COVENANTS OF DEBTOR.

(a) Debtor agrees in general: (i) to pay Indebtedness secured hereby when due; (ii) to indemnify Bank against all losses, claims, demands, liabilities and expenses of every kind caused by property subject hereto; (iii) to permit Bank to exercise its powers; (iv) to execute and deliver such documents as Bank deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the security interests contemplated hereby; (v) not to change its name, and as applicable, its chief executive office (other than the move disclosed in clause (a) of the representations following Section 18 hereof), its principal residence or the jurisdiction in which it is organized and/or registered without giving Bank prior written notice thereof; (vi) not to change the places where Debtor keeps any Collateral or Debtor’s records concerning the Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment without giving Bank prior written notice of the address to which Debtor is moving same; and (vii) to cooperate with Bank in perfecting all security interests granted herein and in obtaining such agreements from third parties as Bank deems necessary, proper or convenient in connection with the preservation, perfection or enforcement of any of its rights hereunder.

 

3


(b) Debtor agrees with regard to the Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment, unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing: (i) that Bank is authorized to file financing statements in the name of Debtor to perfect Bank’s security interest in Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment; (ii) where applicable, to insure the Collateral with Bank named as loss payee, in form, substance and amounts, under agreements, against risks and liabilities, and with insurance companies satisfactory to Bank; (iii) where applicable, to operate the Collateral in accordance with all applicable statutes, rules and regulations relating to the use and control thereof, and not to use any Collateral for any unlawful purpose or in any way that would void any insurance required to be carried in connection therewith; (iv) not to remove the Collateral from Debtor’s premises except in the ordinary course of Debtor’s business; (v) to pay when due all license fees, registration fees and other charges in connection with any Collateral; (vi) not to permit any lien on the Collateral or Proceeds, including without limitation, liens arising from repairs to or storage of the Collateral, except Permitted Liens (as defined in the Credit Agreement); (vii) not to sell, hypothecate or dispose of, nor permit the transfer by operation of law of, any of the Collateral or Proceeds or any interest therein, except sales of inventory to buyers in the ordinary course of Debtor’s business and for disposition of obsolete or useless equipment and payment of ongoing bona fide expenses of Debtor incurred in connection with its business, subject to the limitations set forth in the Credit Agreement; (viii) to permit Bank to inspect the Collateral at any time; (ix) to keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, complete and accurate records regarding all Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment, and to permit Bank to inspect the same and make copies thereof at any reasonable time; (x) if requested by Bank, to receive and use reasonable diligence to collect Collateral consisting of accounts and other rights to payment and Proceeds, which after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, shall be held in trust and as the property of Bank, and to immediately endorse as appropriate and deliver such Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment to Bank daily in the exact form in which they are received together with a collection report in form satisfactory to Bank; (xi) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, not to commingle Collateral or Proceeds, or collections thereunder, with other property; (xii) to give only normal allowances and credits and to advise Bank thereof immediately in writing if they affect any rights to payment or Proceeds in any material respect; (xiii) from time to time, when requested by Bank, to prepare and deliver a schedule of all Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment subject to this Agreement and to assign in writing and deliver to Bank all accounts, contracts, leases and other chattel paper, instruments, documents and other evidences thereof; (xiv) in the event Bank elects after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to receive payments or rights to payment or Proceeds hereunder, to pay all expenses incurred by Bank in connection therewith, including expenses of accounting, correspondence, collection efforts, reporting to account or contract debtors, filing, recording, record keeping and expenses incidental thereto; and (xv) to provide any commercially reasonable service and do any other commercially reasonable acts which may be necessary to maintain, preserve and protect all Collateral and, as appropriate and applicable, to keep all Collateral in good and saleable condition, to deal with the Collateral in accordance with the standards and practices adhered to generally by users and manufacturers of like property, and to keep all Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment free and clear of all defenses, rights of offset and counterclaims, other than Permitted Liens.

 

4


7. POWERS OF BANK.

(a) Debtor appoints Bank its true attorney in fact to perform any of the following powers, which are coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until termination of this Agreement and may be exercised from time to time by Bank’s officers and employees, or any of them, whether or not Debtor is in default: (i) to perform any obligation of Debtor hereunder in Debtor’s name or otherwise; (ii) to give notice to account debtors or others of Bank’s rights in the Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment; (iii) to release or substitute security; (iv) to prepare, execute, file, record or deliver notes, assignments, schedules, designation statements, financing statements, continuation statements, termination statements, statements of assignment, applications for registration or like papers to perfect, preserve or release Bank’s interest in the Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment; (v) to take cash, instruments for the payment of money and other property to which Bank is entitled; (vi) to verify facts concerning the Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment by inquiry of obligors thereon, or otherwise, in its own name or a fictitious name; (vii) to endorse, collect, deliver and receive payment under instruments for the payment of money constituting or relating to Proceeds; (viii) to prepare, adjust, execute, deliver and receive payment under insurance claims, and to collect and receive payment of and endorse any instrument in payment of loss or returned premiums or any other insurance refund or return, and to apply such amounts received by Bank, at Bank’s sole option, toward repayment of the Indebtedness or, where appropriate, replacement of the Collateral; (ix) to enter onto Debtor’s premises in inspecting the Collateral as provided in the Credit Agreement; (x) to preserve or release the interest evidenced by chattel paper to which Bank is entitled hereunder and to endorse and deliver any evidence of title incidental thereto; and (xi) to do all acts and things and execute all documents in the name of Debtor or otherwise, deemed by Bank as necessary, proper and convenient in connection with the preservation, perfection or enforcement of its rights hereunder.

(b) Debtor appoints Bank its true attorney in fact to perform any of the following powers, which are coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until termination of this Agreement and may be exercised from time to time by Bank’s officers and employees, or any of them, only after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default: (i) to release persons liable on Collateral or Proceeds and to give receipts and acquittances and compromise disputes in connection therewith; to enforce or forbear from enforcing the Bank’s rights in any Collateral, Proceeds and Rights of Payment and to make extension and modification agreements with respect thereto; (iii) to resort to security in any order; (iv) to receive, open and read mail addressed to Debtor; (v) to exercise all rights, powers and remedies which Debtor would have, but for this Agreement, with respect to all Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment subject hereto; and (vi) to make withdrawals from and to close deposit accounts or other accounts with any financial institution, wherever located, into which Proceeds may have been deposited, and to apply funds so withdrawn to payment of the Indebtedness.

8. PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS, TAXES, CHARGES, LIENS AND ASSESSMENTS. Debtor agrees to pay, prior to delinquency, all insurance premiums, taxes, charges, liens and assessments against the Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment, and upon the failure of Debtor to do so, Bank at its option may pay any of them and shall be the sole judge of the legality or validity thereof and the amount necessary to discharge the same. Any such payments made by Bank shall be obligations of Debtor to Bank, due and payable immediately upon demand, together with interest at a rate determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and shall be secured by the Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment, subject to all terms and conditions of this Agreement.

9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The term “Event of Default” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Credit Agreement.

 

5


10. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, Bank shall have the right to declare immediately due and payable all or any Indebtedness secured hereby and to terminate any commitments to make loans or otherwise extend credit to Debtor. Bank shall have all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies granted to a secured party upon default under the California Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise provided by law, including without limitation, the right (a) to contact all persons obligated to Debtor on any Collateral or Proceeds and to instruct such persons to deliver all Collateral and/or Proceeds directly to Bank, and (b) to sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any or all Collateral. All rights, powers, privileges and remedies of Bank shall be cumulative. No delay, failure or discontinuance of Bank in exercising any right, power, privilege or remedy hereunder shall affect or operate as a waiver of such right, power, privilege or remedy; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, privilege or remedy preclude, waive or otherwise affect any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind by Bank of any default hereunder, or any such waiver of any provisions or conditions hereof, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent set forth in writing. It is agreed that public or private sales or other dispositions, for cash or on credit, to a wholesaler or retailer or investor, or user of property of the types subject to this Agreement, or public auctions, are all commercially reasonable since differences in the prices generally realized in the different kinds of dispositions are ordinarily offset by the differences in the costs and credit risks of such dispositions. While an Event of Default exists: (a) Debtor will deliver to Bank from time to time, as requested by Bank, current lists of all Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment; (b) Debtor will not dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds except on terms approved by Bank; (c) at Bank’s request, Debtor will assemble and deliver all Collateral, Proceeds and Rights to Payment, and books and records pertaining thereto, to Bank at a reasonably convenient place designated by Bank; and (d) Bank may, without notice to Debtor, enter onto Debtor’s premises and take possession of the Collateral. With respect to any sale or other disposition by Bank of any Collateral subject to this Agreement, Debtor hereby expressly grants to Bank the right to sell such Collateral using any or all of Debtor’s trademarks, trade names, trade name rights and/or proprietary labels or marks. Debtor further agrees that Bank shall have no obligation to process or prepare any Collateral for sale or other disposition. For any Collateral or Proceeds consisting of securities, Bank shall have no obligation to delay a disposition of any portion thereof for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under any applicable state or federal law, even if the issuer thereof would agree to do so.

11. DISPOSITION OF COLLATERAL, PROCEEDS AND RIGHTS TO PAYMENT; TRANSFER OF INDEBTEDNESS. In disposing of Collateral hereunder, Bank may disclaim all warranties of title, possession, quiet enjoyment and the like. Any proceeds of any disposition of any Collateral or Proceeds, or any part thereof, may be applied by Bank to the payment of expenses incurred by Bank in connection with the foregoing, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and the balance of such proceeds may be applied by Bank toward the payment of the Indebtedness in such order of application as Bank may from time to time elect. Upon the transfer of all or any part of the Indebtedness, Bank may transfer all or any part of its rights in the Collateral or Proceeds and shall be fully discharged thereafter from all liability and responsibility with respect to any of the foregoing so transferred, and the transferee shall be vested with all rights and powers of Bank hereunder with respect to any of the foregoing so transferred; but with respect to any Collateral or Proceeds not so transferred, Bank shall retain all rights, powers, privileges and remedies herein given.

12. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS. Until the Credit Agreement has been terminated, the power of sale or other disposition and all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies

 

6


granted to Bank hereunder shall continue to exist and may be exercised by Bank at any time and from time to time irrespective of the fact that the Indebtedness or any part thereof may have become barred by any statute of limitations, or that the personal liability of Debtor may have ceased, unless such liability shall have ceased due to the payment in full of all Indebtedness secured hereunder.

13. MISCELLANEOUS. When there is more than one Debtor named herein: (a) the word “Debtor” shall mean all or any one or more of them as the context requires; (b) the obligations of each Debtor hereunder are joint and several; and (c) until all Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, no Debtor shall have any right of subrogation or contribution, and each Debtor hereby waives any benefit of or right to participate in any of the Collateral or Proceeds or any other security now or hereafter held by Bank. Debtor hereby waives any right to require Bank to (i) proceed against Debtor or any other person, (ii) marshal assets or proceed against or exhaust any security from Debtor or any other person, (iii) perform any obligation of Debtor with respect to any Collateral or Proceeds, and (d) make any presentment or demand, or give any notice of nonpayment or nonperformance, protest, notice of protest or notice of dishonor hereunder or in connection with any Collateral or Proceeds. Debtor further waives any right to direct the application of payments or security for any Indebtedness of Debtor or indebtedness of customers of Debtor.

14. NOTICES. All notices, requests and demands required under this Agreement must be in writing, addressed to the parties at the respective address specified in (and in accordance with) the Credit Agreement.

15. COSTS, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES. Debtor shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand the full amount of all payments, advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (to include outside counsel fees and all allocated costs of Bank’s in-house counsel), expended or incurred by Bank in connection with (a) the perfection and preservation of the Collateral or Bank’s interest therein, and (b) the realization, enforcement and exercise of any right, power, privilege or remedy conferred by this Agreement, whether incurred at the trial or appellate level, in an arbitration proceeding or otherwise, and including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding (including without limitation, any adversary proceeding, contested matter or motion brought by Bank or any other person) relating to Debtor or in any way affecting any of the Collateral or Bank’s ability to exercise any of its rights or remedies with respect thereto. All of the foregoing shall be paid by Debtor with interest from the date of demand until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to the greater of ten percent (10%) or Bank’s Prime Rate in effect from time to time.

16. SUCCESSORS; ASSIGNS; AMENDMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties, and may be amended or modified only in writing signed by Bank and Debtor.

17. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or any remaining provisions of this Agreement.

18. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

7


Debtor warrants that Debtor is an organization registered under the laws of Delaware.

Debtor warrants that its chief executive office is located at the following address: 2740 Zanker Road, San Jose, CA 95134.

Debtor warrants that the Collateral (except goods in transit and equipment provided to customers for evaluation purposes in the ordinary course of Debtor’s business) is located or domiciled at the following additional addresses:

(a) 2740 Zanker Road, San Jose, CA 95134, provided, however, Debtor intends to move its chief executive offices to a new site it has leased at 211 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, CA 95134 before the end of December 2013;

(b) 2841 Junction Avenue, San Jose, CA 95134;

(c) 760 Mission Court, Fremont, CA 94539;

(d) 4813 Emperor Blvd., Suite 300, Durham, NC 27703;

(e) 19334 Cabot Blvd., Fremont, CA 94545;

(f) 777 Gibraltar Drive, Milpitas, CA 95035;

(g) 44201 Nobel Drive, Fremont, CA 94538;

(h) 51 Discovery, Suite 150, Irvine, CA 92618;

(i) 980 Rock Avenue, San Jose, CA 95131;

(j) 3355 Michelson Drive, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92612;

(k) 2335 Industrial Parkway West, Hayward, CA 94545.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Security Agreement has been duly executed as of the day and year first written above.

 

NIMBLE STORAGE, INC.    

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:  

/s/ Anup Singh

    By:  

/s/ Megan Schoettmer

Name:   Anup Singh     Name:   Megan Schoettmer
Title:   Chief Financial Officer     Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Security Agreement]

 

9


EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Nimble Storage, Inc.

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

The names of the Company’s subsidiaries are omitted. Such subsidiaries would not, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, constitute a significant subsidiary within the meaning of Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K.


EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated August 19, 2013, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Nimble Storage, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California

October 18, 2013